Intelligence Chief Clapper Likely to Escape Punishment for Perjury

1

Senator Carl Levin (D-Mich.) said July 16 that he’d thought of a way to hold Director of National Intelligence James Clapper (shown) accountable for lying under oath to Congress.

During an address at the Monitor Breakfast sponsored by the Christian Science Monitor and held at the St. Regis Hotel in Washington, D.C., Levin, the chair of the Senate Armed Service Committee, wouldn’t go so far as calling on President Obama to fire Clapper, but he suggested it as a possibility.

“I’m troubled by that testimony,” he said. “I don’t know how he has tried to wiggle out from it, but I’m troubled by it, so how do you hold him accountable? I guess the only way to do that would be for the President to somehow or other fire him. I think he made it clear he regrets saying what he said and I don’t want to call on the President to fire him, although I’m troubled by it.”

Evidence of Clapper’s culpability is convincing. Here’s a brief recap of the events provided by Breitbart.com editor-at-large, Ben Shapiro:

In March 2013, Sen. Ron Wyden (D-OR) asked Clapper whether the NSA grabbed “any type of data at all on millions or hundreds of millions of Americans.” Clapper replied, “No.” Then he said, “Not wittingly. There are cases where they could inadvertently perhaps collect, but not wittingly.”

In June, Clapper said that those statements were “the least untruthful” thing he could say. Clapper then apologized for his “erroneous” statements in a letter to Congress.

Both parties in Congress have declined to do anything about Clapper’s possible perjury. Sen. Wyden and Sen. Mark Udall (D-CO) did not call for his removal; Sens. Dianne Feinstein (D-CA) and Saxby Chambliss (R-GA), and Reps. Mike Rogers (R-MI) and Dutch Ruppersberger (D-CA) have all declined to comment.

“This administration views [NSA leaker Edward] Snowden as the problem, not Gen. Clapper,” said Rep. Adam Schiff (D-CA).

Schiff’s take on the Obama administration’s case of mistaken identity is right and the president’s pursuit of Snowden rather than the defense of the Bill of Rights (something he has twice sworn to do) is perhaps part of the reason Clapper will get off scot-free.

Snowden is not the issue.

If Congress (or the president) valued their oaths of office, they would devote their impressive resources to demolishing the federal government’s unconstitutional Panopticon until every brick is detached from the other and all that remains is a shameful pile of rubble.

All that is accomplished by the hearings, the speeches, and the half-heart recriminations, however, is to serve as critical misdirection allowing the federal government to distract citizens while it makes fundamental rights disappear.

One wonders why there isn’t a stronger, more forceful, and frontal attack on Clapper in the Senate, especially in light of the op-ed written by Senator Rand Paul (R-Ky.) on June 12. Paul wrote:

In the United States, we are supposed to have a government that is limited with its parameters established by our Constitution. This notion that the federal government can monitor everyone’s phone data is a major departure from how Americans have traditionally viewed the role of government.

If this is acceptable practice, as the White House and many in both parties now say it is, then there are literally no constitutional protections that can be guaranteed anymore to citizens.

In the name of security, say our leaders, the Constitution has become negotiable.

He continues:

But those who continue to defend the National Security Agency’s actions are essentially saying that something that would be controversial even as an exception – blanket phone trolling by the government – is now the new rule. They are saying it’s OK to spy on citizens’ phone data without a warrant, not just one time or a few times, but all the time.

They are saying that suspending the Bill of Rights is now the new normal. 

In my world, the Constitution still applies.

If the Constitution is to continue to apply, citizens must maintain their close watch on the eyes of government whose sleight of hand is making our rights no more than an illusion.

Hear. Hear. 

And, regarding Clapper’s mealy-mouthed mea culpa, calling an outright lie an “erroneous” statement is typical of the confused babble that is the lingua franca of Washington, D.C. That said, there is no reason that Americans should sit idly by while their federal representatives let Clapper skate.

For his part, Senator Levin told the audience at the Monitor Breakfast that “in principle” the National Security Agency (NSA) wasn’t doing anything that hadn’t been done before; the only difference is, they are using more advanced technology. Levin also claimed that he felt sufficiently informed of all the NSA’s surveillance programs, with the exception of PRISM. Under PRISM, the NSA and the FBI are “tapping directly into the central servers of nine leading U.S. Internet companies, extracting audio, video, photographs, e-mails, documents, and connection logs that enable analysts to track a person’s movements and contacts over time,” as reported by the Washington Post.

But, when the NSA confines itself to the dragnet seizure and surveillance of millions of cellphone customer’s phone logs, Levin is fine with that.

“They can’t look at the substance of my conversations, but they can find out a heck of a lot about me by what phone calls I make,” Levin said. “If this technology were in the hands of [former FBI director] J. Edgar Hoover, would I feel comfortable? No. But, on the other hand, I wasn’t comfortable with J. Edgar Hoover with his technology.”

Again, Levin plays the lovely assistant helping the master magician pull off one of the greatest illusions of all time.

Despite the misdirection, Americans know that technology isn’t the issue. As The New American has reported, the unconstitutional surveillance of Americans isn’t limited to listening in to phone calls or recording text messages or social media updates. In America in 2013, the government is rifling through old-fashioned letters (the kind with stamps and sealed envelopes), as well.

The bottom line is that if the Constitution is to be saved and if the fundamental liberties that define free societies are to be upheld and secured, readers should remind themselves that Snowden isn’t the story, technology isn’t the story, and predictable congressional impotence isn’t the story. The story is the indisputable fact that the Obama administration unapologetically carries on unconstitutional and criminal surveillance of millions of Americans in open and hostile violation of the Fourth Amendment to the Constitution and neither he nor his accomplices consider themselves accountable to anyone.

Photo of Director of National Intelligence James Clapper: AP Images

Joe A. Wolverton, II, J.D. is a correspondent for The New American and travels frequently nationwide speaking on topics of nullification, the NDAA, and the surveillance state. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
.

Republished with permission from: The New American

Curcumin is safe and efficacious in treating major depressive disorder.

0

Abstract Title:

Efficacy and Safety of Curcumin in Major Depressive Disorder: A Randomized Controlled Trial.

Abstract Source:

Phytother Res. 2013 Jul 6. Epub 2013 Jul 6. PMID: 23832433

Abstract Author(s):

Jayesh Sanmukhani, Vimal Satodia, Jaladhi Trivedi, Tejas Patel, Deepak Tiwari, Bharat Panchal, Ajay Goel, Chandra Bhanu Tripathi

Article Affiliation:

Department of Pharmacology, Government Medical College, Bhavnagar, Gujarat, India.

Abstract:

Curcumin, an active ingredient of Curcuma longa Linn (Zingiberaceae), has shown potential antidepressant-like activity in animal studies. The objectives of this trial were to compare the efficacy and safety of curcumin with fluoxetine in patients with major depressive disorder (MDD). Herein, 60 patients diagnosed with MDD were randomized in a 1:1:1 ratio for six weeks observer-masked treatment with fluoxetine (20 mg) and curcumin (1000 mg) individually or their combination. The primary efficacy variable was response rates according to Hamilton Depression Rating Scale, 17-item version (HAM-D17 ). The secondary efficacy variable was the mean change in HAM-D17 score after six weeks. We observed that curcumin was well tolerated by all the patients. The proportion of responders as measured by the HAM-D17 scale was higher in the combination group (77.8%) than in the fluoxetine (64.7%) and the curcumin (62.5%) groups; however, these data were not statistically significant (P = 0.58). Interestingly, the mean change in HAM-D17 score at the end of six weeks was comparable in all three groups (P = 0.77). This study provides first clinical evidence that curcumin may be used as an effective and safe modality for treatment in patients with MDD without concurrent suicidal ideation or other psychotic disorders. Copyright © 2013 John Wiley&Sons, Ltd.

Article Published Date : Jul 05, 2013

Study Type : Human Study


Republished with permission from: Green Med Info

‘Amnesty’ losing emotional punch in immigration debate

0

Dan Nowicki
The Arizona Republic
July 19, 2013

For years, critics of comprehensive immigration reform have hurled the A-word – “amnesty” – like a political slur.

It was deployed to help torpedo reform efforts in 2006 and 2007 and figures prominently in the vocabulary of opponents of the proposed pathway to citizenship for millions of undocumented immigrants that was included in sweeping legislation passed by the Senate on June 27.

Although “amnesty” remains ubiquitous in the Twitter feeds, websites and Facebook pages of anti-illegal-immigration activists – and is coming up even more frequently now that the debate has moved to the House of Representatives – some veterans of the drive toward reform say the word no longer packs the emotional punch it did six or seven years ago.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, July 19, 2013 at 5:03 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Former CBP officer sentenced for bribery, smuggling immigrants

0

Ildefonso Ortiz
The Monitor
July 19, 2013

A former U.S. Customs and Border Protection officer is to spend nine years in prison for accepting bribes and smuggling immigrants.

On Thursday morning, Juan Carlos Guerrero went before U.S. District Judge Andrew Hanen who handed down a five-year sentence for conspiracy to bribe a public official, nine years in prison for bribery, and nine years for encouraging illegal entry into the U.S. The sentences were set to run concurrently.

Guerrero worked the midnight shift from October 2008 to January 2011, conducting vehicle inspections at the Hidalgo, Pharr and Anzalduas international bridges, through which his girlfriend Claudia Flores and co-defendants Maribel Diana Rivera and Rodolfo Caballero Rojas transported up to 100 individuals.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, July 19, 2013 at 4:58 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Eye Witness to Michael Hastings Murder Says Body Not Charred Beyond Recognition

4

Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
July 19, 2013

Description of accident scene at odds with story provided by officialdom.

A witness to the aftermath of the Michael Hastings accident on June 18 in Hancock Park in Los Angeles, California told Infowars Nightly News that the journalist’s body was not badly charred as reported by the Los Angeles Times.

The LAPD and the Los Angeles County Coroner were “trying their best” to hide the body from the witness, who asked to remain anonymous, when it was pulled from the vehicle approximately three hours after the fire was extinguished, between 7:20 to 7:40 AM.

After the ferocity of the fire, the witness expected to see a body charred beyond recognition. “What I saw was the full body,” she told Infowars Nightly News, “with a completely burned face, up to say the shoulders. From the shoulders down I saw the whole body, completely intact, not burned in any way.”

She identified the body as a “white guy about 25 to 30… a white young guy… I saw full, white arms.”

This contradicts the official story. “The body was badly charred and identified only as ‘John Doe 117,’ law enforcement authorities told The Times. Coroner’s officials were attempting to match dental records to help make a positive identification, according to authorities,” the LA Times reported.

According to the witness, police and the coroner removed something from the back pocket of the victim. She told Infowars Nightly News she assumed this was a wallet that would have likely contained a driver’s license and other identification.

Evidence Reveals Michael Hastings Was Assassinated

Infowars.com and the alternative media have pointed out a number of suspicious anomalies that demonstrate the crash was part of a conspiracy to assassinate the award-winning journalist.

Prior to his murder, Hastings said the Obama administration had declared war on the press. His desire to go into hiding — expressed in an email mere hours before his assassination — demonstrates the ability of the government to monitor opponents by using a well-developed NSA surveillance grid and take executive action against investigative journalists and others who dare to stand up to the national security state.

U.S. Army brass Hastings he would be hunted down and killed over his story that lead to the downfall of General McChrystal’s, according to one of his closest friend during a June 26 interview on the Alex Jones Show.

“I remember when the story broke with General McChrystal and he [Hastings] gave me a call and he’s like ‘man, I’m pretty scared,’” SSG Joe Biggs said. “I told him, ‘You have a reason to be, brother. You basically just got a general of a war fired. I’m pretty sure that doesn’t sit too well with him right now.’”

Biggs, who met Hastings when the journalist was covering the war in Afghanistan, also said a story he was working on about the CIA was apparently what led to his assassination.

“Hastings had the Central Intelligence Agency in his sights is no surprise to those who knew his work,” Dennis Romero wrote last month, adding that “the shadowy world of intelligence and off-the-record American aggression was a favorite topic of the journalist.”

Biggs told Fox News’ Megyn Kelly in late June that “something didn’t feel right” after Hastings sent a panicked email saying the authorities were on his tail, adding that the story of him driving at high speed in the early hours of the morning was completely out of character.

“His friends and family that know him, everyone says he drives like a grandma, so that right there doesn’t seem like something he’d be doing, there’s no way that he’d be acting erratic like that and driving out of control,” said Biggs, adding that “things don’t add up, there’s a lot of questions that need to be answered.”

Earlier this week, it was reported that Hastings’ body was cremated against his family’s wishes, destroying potential evidence that could have contradicted the explanation that he died as a result of an accident, according to San Diego 6 reporter Kimberly Dvorak.

“Despite the LAPD’s categorization of the Hastings fatal accident as a ‘no (evidence of) foul play,’ LAPD continues to ignore FOIA (CPRA in Calif.) requests made by San Diego 6 News for the police report, 9/11 call, autopsy, bomb squad and toxicology reports, or make the Mercedes available for inspection which only fuels conjecture,” writes Dvorak.

Dvorak’s investigation also uncovered the fact that police and firefighters in the area were given a gag order and told not to talk to the media about the death. This would also explain the attempt by the LAPD and Coroner to hide Hastings’ body from witnesses at the scene of the accident.

The corporate media has gone out of its way to dismiss evidence that Hastings was the victim of foul play and has characterized the evidence as little more than baseless conspiracy theories.

Soon after the accident, it was conclusively demonstrated that it is possible to hack into a car’s computer and take control of a vehicle. In 2011, Car and Driver magazine published an article substantiating Pentagon research into the subject.

“What has been revealed as a result of some research at universities is that it’s relatively easy to hack your way into the control system of a car, and to do such things as cause acceleration when the driver doesn’t want acceleration, to throw on the brakes when the driver doesn’t want the brakes on, to launch an air bag,” Former U.S. National Coordinator for Security, Infrastructure Protection, and Counter-terrorism Richard Clarke told The Huffington Post. “You can do some really highly destructive things now, through hacking a car, and it’s not that hard.”

A number of experts dispute the official explanation of the accident.

“No matter how you slice this particular pie, a Mercedes is not just going to explode into flames without a little assistance,” writes freelance journalist Jim Stone. “Car fires in new cars happen for three main reasons – running the engine out of oil, or running the engine out of coolant, or after an absolutely huge car mangling accident, having the hot side of the battery short out against the frame before it reaches the fuse panel. And for all 3 of those normal reasons, which account for virtually all car fires in modern cars, the fire would have started in the engine compartment, progressed slowly, and scorched the hell out of the paint before ever reaching the gas tank. That clean paint is the be all tell all, Michael Hastings was murdered, and the rest is detail.”

 

Republished with permission from: Infowars

CDC Sends Fact Sheet Linking Polio Vaccine to Cancer Down the Memory Hole

0

Page admitting 10-30 million Americans received contaminated doses removed

Adan Salazar
Infowars.com
July 19, 2013

The Center for Disease Control and Prevention website curiously mothballed pages admitting that the polio vaccine administered from 1955 to 1963 to over 98 million Americans was contaminated with a primate form of cancer virus.

cdclogoOther CDC web pages also referencing the link between the widely-distributed vaccine and cancer have similarly been discarded.

The pages are still available through Google’s cache system and at the links below:

http://www.cdc.gov/vaccinesafety/updates/archive/polio_and_cancer_factsheet.htm

http://www.cdc.gov/vaccinesafety/updates/archive/polio_and_cancer.htm

The pages dealt with the fact that the Simian virus 40 (SV40), originally exclusive to monkeys, began appearing in the polio vaccine in 1960.

“Because SV40 was not discovered until 1960, no one was aware in the 1950s that polio vaccine could be contaminated,” the website offered up as an explanation.

How the vaccine came to be contaminated, the CDC explained, was by sheer accident:

Soon after its discovery in 1960, SV40 was identified in polio vaccine. It was found in the injected form of the vaccine (IPV), not the kind given by mouth (OPV). At that time, rhesus monkey kidney cells, which contain SV40 if the animal is infected, were used in preparing viral vaccines.

The vaccine was discovered to contain the monkey cancer virus in 1960, but the “existing polio vaccine stocks were not recalled and were used until 1963,” meaning the CDC was, for a period, consciously dispersed vaccines known to have a possible link to cancer, including to tens of millions of people in other countries, such as the UK, Australia, and the former Soviet Union.

The SV40Foundation.org website details how the vaccine continued being used even after a possible cancer-link was found.

Upon the discovery that SV40 was an animal carcinogen that had found its way into the polio vaccines, a new federal law was passed in 1961 that required that no vaccines contain this virus. However, this law did not require that SV40 contaminated vaccines be thrown away or that the contaminated seed material (used to make all polio vaccines for the next four decades) be discarded. As a result, known SV40 contaminated vaccines were injected into children up until 1963.

In 2004, Michele Carbone, a scientist at the Loyola University Medical Center in Chicago, also discovered that the Soviet polio vaccine may have been contaminated even after 1963, possibly until the early 1980s, according to a report from the New Scientist.

“The vaccine was almost certainly used throughout the Soviet bloc and probably exported to China, Japan and several countries in Africa. That means hundreds of millions could have been exposed to SV40 after 1963,” the report stated.

Members of the U.S. military and several study volunteers were also exposed to the SV40 contaminated vaccines. The now-redacted FAQ asked:

Were any other people in the United States possibly exposed to SV40-contaminated vaccines?

Yes. SV40 was a contaminant of respiratory syncytial virus given to a few volunteers in an experimental study of infection with the live virus (Shah and Nathanson, 1976). In addition, SV40 was also found in adenovirus vaccines given to more than 100,000 young men in army camps in the 1950s and 1960s to protect them from respiratory infections (Sherwood et al., 1961).

The FAQ goes a long way in reassuring that “The majority of scientific evidence suggests that SV40-contaminated vaccine did not cause cancer,” but then backtracks, “however, some research results are conflicting and more studies are needed.”

After mentioning a host of studies which found no cancer link to the SV40-contaminated vaccine, the FAQ section regarding the possible health effects of the vaccine concludes more study is needed.

“…research is needed that focuses on the long-term consequences of SV40 exposure, as some cancers like mesotheliomas typically occur later in life and would not have been detected in several of the studies described above. Moreover, additional studies are needed which focus on the potential long-term effect of SV40 exposure on health outcomes other than cancer (Strickler and Goedert, 1998).”

“The SV-40 virus is now being detected in tumors removed from people never inoculated with the contaminated vaccine, leading some to conclude that those infected by the vaccine might be spreading SV40,” Dave Mihalovic, a writer for the natural health news website Prevent Disease, reported.

Indeed, information regarding SV40 contamination has been widely known for years. The question here is: why has the CDC decided to nix pages dealing with this blatantly obvious (possibly intentional?) snafu at the hands of the U.S. government?

Mihalovic would also like to know “…how many other viruses and toxins are within current day vaccines that we’ll only find out about in a few decades?”

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Border Patrol considers adding razor wire fences to deter migrants

0

Erika Flores
KVOA
July 19, 2013

Border crossers may soon have a more difficult time in Noglaes, Arizona. The Border Patrol is looking at a plan to add razor-wire and coiled metal strands to the border fence, and this has elicited different reactions from the community.

Mary Ann Bocz lives right next to the fence.

“I’ve had issues where they’ve brought marijuana into my yard,” said Bocz.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, July 19, 2013 at 5:01 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Iran, Turkmenistan eye $10bn trade volume

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]The Islamic Republic of Iran and Turkmenistan seek to increase their trade exchanges to $10 billion in the near future as the two countries’ businessmen and merchants are considering a 100-percent growth in the value of trade exchanges.

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Judge orders halt on Detroit bankruptcy filing

0

One day after Detroit’s Emergency Manager announced that city administrators were filing a petition to declare bankruptcy, a Michigan court has ordered that it be withdrawn, citing a violation of the state’s constitution.

The Chapter 9 filing on Thursday, which makes Detroit the largest
city in American history to file for bankruptcy, led to a dump of
city bonds by investors who remained skittish despite
reassurances made by Michigan Governor Rick Snyder and Detroit’s
Emergency Manager Kevyn Orr, reports Reuters.

Lawsuits have already been filed in response to the bankruptcy
bid, and Ingham County Circuit Court Judge Rosemarie Aquilina
ruled on Friday that the process must be halted.

“I have some very serious
concerns because there was this rush to bankruptcy court that
didn’t have to occur and shouldn’t have occurred,”
said
Judge Rosemarie Aquilina.

Governor Snyder lacks the power to “diminish or impair pension
benefits,”
according to the ruling by Judge Aquilina.

Orr, who was appointed by Snyder in March to try and resolve the
city’s financial crisis, had said in June that the chances of
bankruptcy for Detroit were 50-50.

Seemingly unable to strike a deal with the city’s creditors to
tackle Detroit’s $18.5 billion in long-term debt, Orr
acknowledged that court battles over the need for a bankruptcy
filing could be protracted and difficult, while also setting the
seemingly ambitious goal of concluding the bankruptcy process no
later than September 2014.

“I’ve got 15 months left on my
tenure. I promised the governor that we were going to try and get
this done within the time frame provided by the statute,”

said Orr.

Bankruptcy experts cited by Reuters, however, expect the
bankruptcy court case could last years and cost tens of millions
of dollars.

The first test in the city’s Chapter 9 proceeding will be whether
Detroit has explored other reasonable options before filing, and
the city will “have an
eligibility fight, I suspect”
over that qualification, Orr
said.

Orr met with over 180 bond insurers, pension trustees, union
representatives and an assortment of creditors in June and asked
them to accept about 10 cents on the dollar for the city’s debt,
reports the AP.

The White House meanwhile appeared to be closely watching the
bankruptcy proceedings.

On Friday, Judge Aquilina said she intended to keep the
administration informed regarding matters affecting pensions by
sending her rulings in the state cases directly to US President
Barack Obama, according to her law clerk, as well as attorney
William Wertheimer, who is representing retirees in a lawsuit.

Detroit had for years relied on borrowing and deferred payments
to its pension funds to keep the city afloat, said Orr.

Republished with permission from: RT

Idaho Cooperates with Homeland Security on National ID

1

Jim Harper
Cato Institute
July 19, 2013

In June 2011, I noted here how a new cardless national ID system was forming up using state driver license data. It hasn’t gone very far. Passage of an immigration reform bill containing a national E-Verify requirement would slam down the gas pedal.

But a few days ago, Idaho became the third state in the union to sign up for the Department of Homeland Security’s RIDE (Records and Information from DMVs for E-Verify) program, which is administered by the ID-friendly American Association of Motor Vehicle Administrators. Idaho joins Mississippi and Florida in volunteering state driver information to the DHS.

As the full name of the program suggests, RIDE is an “add-on” to E-Verify, the government’s highly problematic system for “internal enforcement” of immigration law via government background checks. RIDE is intended to let the E-Verify system check the authenticity of driver licenses that are typically provided as one of the forms of ID during the broader verification process. E-Verify’s problems are legion–I documented them in my 2008 paper, “Franz Kafka’s Solution to Illegal Immigration“–and we highlighted them again on Capitol Hill in March.

Much like mass-scale license plate scanning, the RIDE program represents the application of technology and systems developed for one purpose to vastly different ones. The RIDE program takes state driver licensing data–which is for driver licensing and traffic law enforcment–and turns it over to the DHS for federal law enforcement and the creation of a national ID.

In 2007, Idaho was the second state in the nation to reject the REAL ID Act, our national ID law. The Idaho House and Senate passed a resolution condemning that effort to put all Americans into a national ID system. But the bureaucrats appear to have waited out the legislature. With most people’s attention elsewhere, the Idaho Transportation Department teamed up with DHS officials to move forward with a national ID.

After the DHS has tapped into Idahoans’ driver data, there is no guarantee that the uses of it would be limited to E-Verify. Mission creep is a law of gravity in government, and it’s likely over time that E-Verify and Idaho driver data will be put to new and interesting uses by the federal government. Expect the DHS to get a lot more familiar with you and your driver license data if mandatory E-Verify comes into effect and RIDE continues to grow.

Texas Abortion Closings Follows National Trend

0

In a major victory for abortion opponents, Texas Gov. Rick Perry’s signing of a controversial law placing new restrictions on abortion was closely followed by Planned Parenthood’s announcement that it will close three of its clinics in the Houston area next month. Only one of them, in Byron, performs abortions, Austinist.com reported. The others are closing, the organization said, as a result of cuts to the Women’s Health Program in 2011, when Texas lawmakers voted to block Medicaid funds from going to Planned Parenthood.

“It is a travesty that Texas politicians are stripping healthcare from women across the state, harming lives and unraveling the health care safety net that has taken decades to build,” Melaney A. Linton, president and CEO of Planned Parenthood Gulf Coast, told the Huffington Post. Gov. Perry, at a by-invitation-only signing ceremony, congratulated supporters of the abortion legislation for their efforts.

“You have been a very integral part of this very important day for all of us who support life,” the Republican Governor said, as he stood flanked by state Representatives Glenn Hegar (R-Katy) and Jodie Laubenberg (R-Parker).”No one will ever have to ask, ‘Where were you when the babies’ lives were being saved?'” Perry said, as shouts of “Shame!” were heard from pro-abortion protestors outside.

The law, passed in a special legislative session called by the governor, will take effect 90 days after the end of the session. It will ban abortions in the state after 20, instead of the current 24, weeks of gestation and will place tougher restrictions on abortion drugs. The legislation, reported to be 117 pages long, also requires abortion clinics to be certified ambulatory surgical centers. Abortion supporters say the new requirements will force the closing of more clinics.

“Regulations imposed by the new law threaten to shutter all but five of the state’s abortion clinics,” wrote Salon.com’s Katie McDonough, who accused Texas Republicans of having “played fast and loose with women’s lives.”

The actual legislation, however, is nowhere as severe as McDonough makes it appear. It still allows abortion as a matter of “choice” for the first 20 weeks after fertilization, which, as the law states, allows a woman “adequate time to decide whether to have an abortion.” And even after 20 weeks, the prohibition applies only to elective abortions. The law specifically states “the Act does not apply to abortions that are necessary to avert the death or substantial and irreversible physical impairment of a major bodily function of the pregnant woman or abortions that are performed on unborn children with severe fetal abnormalities.” That appears to be a far cry from playing “fast and loose with women’s lives.”

Gregory Laughlin, writing for the inter-religious publication First Things, blames the lawmakers for playing fast and loose with the lives of pre-born infants suffering severe deformities. The law states as its objective a legitimate state interest in sparing infants from the pain inflicted by abortion procedures, claiming the ability of a fetus to feel pain starts no later than 20 weeks. “Yet the state refuses to protect such a child when he has a ‘severe fetal abnormality,'” wrote Laughlin, arguing that such an exception undermines the pro-life ethic. Continued Laughlin,

In other words, if the poor little baby is going to die from his disabilities after birth anyway, the state of Texas will explicitly allow his being killed in the womb despite the pain it will cause him. Permitting the killing of someone who will die soon anyway is the position of those who favor euthanasia. In fact, it is also the argument made by those who favor infanticide of babies born with serious disabilities that will likely result in their death shortly after birth. The legislation permits euthanasia by abortion.

A statement issued by Marjorie Dannenfelser, president of the pro-life Susan B. Anthony List, was obviously more enthusiastic about the new law.

“This is a lifesaving victory for Texas women and unborn children,” said Dannenfelser. “We thank Governor Perry, the pro-life legislators, and the entire statewide coalition including Texas Right to Life, Texas Alliance for Life, Concerned Women for America of Texas, 40 Days for Life, and so many others for making this happen.”

Despite the attention and controversy surrounding the measure, neither the new law nor the funding restrictions passed by the Texas lawmakers are unique to the Lone Star State. As Time magazine noted in a cover story in January of this year, the “abortion rights” movement has been losing ground steadily over the decades since the January 22, 1973 Supreme Court decision declaring abortion to be a constitutional right. More than 30 states now prohibit the use Medicaid funds to pay for abortions. The number of abortion providers nationwide shrank from 2,908 in 1982 to 1,793 in the 2008, the last year for which numbers were available, Time reported. Four states–Arkansas, Mississippi, and North and South Dakota–have only one abortion clinic.

“Getting an abortion in America is, in some places, harder today than at any point since it became a constitutionally protected right 40 years ago this month,” Time concluded.

Despite the ability of federal judges to fashion freshly minted “constitutional rights” in matters the Constitution nowhere mentions, battles over abortion continue to be fought state by state. The Supreme Court’s Roe v. Wade ruling unsettled a great many legal issues concerning the ability of states to protect human life. But it has clearly not settled the political wars over abortion 40 years later.

Republished with permission from: The New American

Trayvon-like fury seen before … in Germany

0

Michael Savage
WND
July 19, 2014

Since his show airs later than those of his talk radio colleagues, Dr. Savage was one of the last to comment on the “not guilty” verdict in the George Zimmerman trial.

On Monday night, he said, “Normally I enjoy having the last word in talk radio, but how many times do can you listen to the same thing? I never want to hear the word ‘Zimmerman’ again.”

Later in the week, Savage warned listeners about the growing divisions in the United States being fuelled by radical leftists and race baiters — and the alarming path that has taken another country down before: “In Germany during the Weimar Republic when the country was seething in degeneracy and its economy was floundering after the reparations of World War I, the communists wore masks and beat up people on the streets.

Read More

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, July 19, 2013 at 3:54 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Rebels say Assad transferred chemical weapons to Hezbollah

0

Yoel Goldman
The Times of Israel
July 19, 2013

A spokesman for the Free Syrian Army claimed on Thursday that Syrian President Bashar Assad had recently transferred two shipments of chemical weapons to the Lebanese-based terrorist group Hezbollah.

Fahad al Masri told the Lebanese news website El Nashra that international security forces were aware of the shipments. His comments were not confirmed by any other sources.

Al Masri said that the weapons were moved from an area near Damascus to Lebanese territory sometime in the past several weeks, and that the transfer was coordinated by Syria and Iran.

Read More

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, July 19, 2013 at 3:58 pm

Tags: , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Sheriff’s Deputy Suspended, Given Sensitivity Training for Bringing Skittles, Iced Tea to Work

0

Breitbart
July 19, 2013

On Thursday, the Brevard County Sheriff’s Department suspended Corporal Chris Wood for bringing a can of Arizona Ice Tea and a bag of Skittles to work at the Brevard County Jail on Saturday morning.

He said that he was trying to send a message about the importance of keeping personal predilections about cases from affecting the work environment; instead, his superiors suspended him.

This is Wood’s first disciplinary action in 10 years of working for the force.

Read More

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, July 19, 2013 at 3:50 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Pressure mounts to release bin Laden death details

0

WND
July 19, 2013

Pressure is mounting on the U.S. government to start exhibiting some of that “transparency” Barack Obama promised, by sharing information about the funeral aboard a U.S. ship for radical terrorist Osama bin Laden.

And it’s no longer a legitimate excuse to say that releasing the information would make other radical Muslim terrorists upset, according to a legal team that is challenging the Obama administration’s efforts to conceal details.

“The necessity of conducting the global war on terror should not render the U.S. government so afraid of its own shadow that it refuses to release truthful information to the American people when required by FOIA,” said attorneys with Judicial Watch in a new court filing.

Read More

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, July 19, 2013 at 3:42 pm

Tags: , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Kerry announces renewal of direct peace negotiations

0

Ricky Ben-David and AP
The Times of Israel
July 19, 2013

US Secretary of State John Kerry announced Friday evening that Israel and the Palestinians have agreed to resume peace talks without preconditions, after a more than a three-year freeze on progress.

“We have reached an agreement that establishes a basis for resuming negotiations. This is a significant and welcome step forward,” said Kerry at a press conference in Amman.

“We know that challenges lay ahead. Both sides understand that the dfficult road ahead is worth travelling. They have courageously recognized that in order to live side by side, they must begin by sitting together in direct talks,” said Kerry.

Read More

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, July 19, 2013 at 4:01 pm

Tags: , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Port Orange K-9 bit woman during missing child search, deputies say

0

WKMG Local 6 News
July 19, 2013

A woman is sent to the hospital after a Port Orange police K-9 bit her during the search for a missing 4-year-old boy on Wednesday night.

Police said they had the K-9, Rex, searching for the boy at a home on Nasser Lane at 8:30 p.m. Wednesday near a retention pond.

Police said Rex became tangled in loose palm fronds and debris in the water and the officer lifted up the dog to untangle him when Rex’s collar lead came off and Rex escaped.

Read More

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, July 19, 2013 at 3:47 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Journalist warns of ‘explosive’ news from cache Snowden leaked

0

UPI
July 19, 2013

The journalist who published files leaked by fugitive U.S. leaker Edward Snowden says new reports from the data Snowden supplied would be more volatile.

Glenn Greenwald, who works for British newspaper The Guardian, said the reports from the cache of information Snowden took about the expansive National Security Agency cellphone and Internet surveillance programs would be “more explosive in Germany” than previous reports about cooperation between the NSA and German intelligence, Der Spiegel reported Friday.

During an interview with German public radio, Greenwald said Germany wasn’t working with the United States on the same level as Britain, Australia, Canada or New Zealand, but it was “sort of in the next tier where they exchange information all the time.”

German Chancellor Angela Merkel defended her stance on the U.S. spying affair, saying Washington needs more time to address the situation and she can’t force the United States to change its laws, EUobserver.com reported.

Faced with growing criticism that puts her popularity at risk ahead of her re-election bid Sept. 22, Merkel said “German law needs to be respected on German soil.”

The United States “asked for more time to look at all the questions we sent them. In this case, I think it’s better to wait than to get a declaration which turns out to be void,” she said.

She also said she can only demand that the United States respect German law while on German soil.

“I cannot tell them to adapt their laws to the German ones,” she said. “We are finding it difficult even in the EU to agree on data protection standards.”

Since The Guardian broke the story, additional reporting on the documents by Der Spiegel revealed how U.S. intelligence agencies spied on the European Union and a half-billion communications connections in Germany each month. Der Spiegel said the reports led to a political debate over how much the German government knew about the surveillance and whether it was cooperating with the United States.

Greenwald said he is in regular contact with Snowden using encrypted chat technologies.

Snowden, facing charges in the United States, “knew that the choice he was making … would submit him to serious risks and would make him the most wanted man in the world,” the reporter said.

But he said the fugitive former NSA contractor, holed up in Moscow’s Sheremetyevo International Airport’s transit zone, was convinced “it was the right choice.”

Snowden is awaiting a decision on his application for temporary asylum in Russia.

Meanwhile, Spanish newspaper ABC said the United States has warned Venezuelan officials of dire consequences — including being barred from entering any NATO airspace — if it flies Snowden to the South American country.

The newspaper said U.S. Secretary of State John Kerry warned Venezuelan Foreign Minister Elias Jaua Washington would end all sales of gasoline and other refined-oil products to Venezuela if Snowden is given refuge in that country.

Kerry made the statements during a phone call a week ago when he told Jaua Washington revoked U.S. visas of Venezuelan government officials and business leaders in retaliation for President Nicolas Maduro‘s asylum offer to Snowden last month, the Spanish report said, citing sources familiar with the conversation.

The State Department and the Venezuelan Foreign Ministry had no immediate comment on the Spanish report.

Kerry’s threat to suspend gasoline shipments could cripple Venezuela’s daily activities, the newspaper said.

Venezuela, despite being the world’s No. 5 oil-exporting country, with the world’s largest heavy, crude oil reserve, does not have the capability to refine oil into gasoline and other fuels.

It sells crude at about $5 a barrel to U.S. companies that refine it and sell it back gasoline at the going rate of more than $100 a barrel.

Venezuela imports about 500,000 barrels of gasoline from the United States a month, along with 350,000 barrels of MTBE octane-boosting gasoline additives and other petroleum products, the Spanish newspaper said.

Report: 'Global Tax Chaos' Looms As Corporations Pillage the Globe

0

(Photo via Flickr / Dandelion Salad / Creative Commons License)The world is on the brink of “global tax chaos” says a report released by the OECD Friday, which warns that global corporations have become nearly stateless entities, avoiding taxation in rich and poor countries alike.

As the OECD states:

Inaction in this area would likely result in some governments losing corporate tax revenue, the emergence of competing sets of international standards and the replacement of the current consensus-based framework by unilateral measures which could lead to global tax chaos.

The OECD, who was asked by the G20 to take on the project of analyzing the current tax climate, says the “current weaknesses in the rules and the interaction of different tax rules leads to double non-taxation or less than single taxation.”

The report, Action Plan on Base Erosion and Profit Shifting, also notes that the “rise of the digital economy” has confused the issue of tax jurisdiction–as to where corporations should be taxed for virtual profiteering.

However, although the report makes several suggestions for reform including the construction of an international and “multilateral” framework for corporate taxation that ensures “taxable profits cannot be artificially shifted through the transfer of intangibles (eg patents or copyrights), risks or capital, away from countries where the value is created,” global tax watchdogs say the OECD’s suggestions are still far from adequate.

“The OECD has done little to dispel its reputation as the ‘rich men’s club’ by effectively ruling out the active participation of developing countries in shaping the tax reform agenda,” said the Financial Transparency Coalition (FTC), an umbrella group including charities such as Christian Aid, Global Witness, Global Financial Integrity, Tax Justice Network and Transparency International.

The group maintains that developing countries’ “communication channels” with the OECD’s processes are restricted in comparison to more wealthy nations and therefore any reform processes going forward may not benefit poorer nations as greatly as richer ones.

“Restricting developing country participation…should not be confused for equal participation in the OECD’s decision-making process,” the FTC stated. “The UN Tax Committee in particular needs to be strengthened to participate more fully as representative of a broader group of countries.”

Likewise, as the OECD’s recommendations work to “patch holes” within current international tax code, the Tax Justice Network said the plan is not legally binding, fails to provide a more drastic tax-code overhaul and will be “fraught with political obstacles.”

Professor Sol Picciotto, Senior Adviser to the Tax Justice Network, said:

The OECD has missed this big opportunity to crack open the door to the big reform that the world’s citizens need. It is still open to countries to adopt their own versions of worldwide taxation of multinationals, and for other organizations such as the United Nations to take a lead in developing an effective worldwide system.

“In poor nations we are largely failing to capture tax revenue from major international corporations which should be harnessed to ensure better social and economic opportunities for citizens,” said Alvin Mosioma, director of Tax Justice Network Africa. “This is why the current OECD reform process needs to include at its heart serious representation from developing nations rather than keeping them to the margins. That developing countries are kept out of this key process runs the real risk of further entrenching global inequality.”

_______________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

Republished with permission from: Common Dreams

BP's Attempt to Avoid Gulf Victim Payments Blocked by Judge

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]

(Photo: boxchain/ Flickr)In a “harsh retort,” a US federal judge has blocked attempts Friday by oil giant British Petroleum (BP) to temporarily suspend payments to victims of the 2010 Gulf oil spill—their latest effort to evade accountability and compensation for their role in a disaster which continues to plague

[field_image_caption-raw]

read more

Republished with permission from: Common Dreams

FISA court renews US government surveillance

0

The Obama administration has renewed the authority for the National Security Agency to regularly collect the phone records of millions of Americas as allowed under the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act.

The United States government has reportedly asked the FISA court
every 90 days since 2006 to renew an order that compels the
nation’s telecommunication providers to hand over telephony
metadata pertaining to millions of US citizens. The program has
been conducted in near total secrecy, however, until NSA leaker
Edward Snowden released top-secret documentation to the Guardian
newspaper which caused an international backlash upon being
published last month.

In that Guardian article, the paper showed that the NSA could
collect metadata for 90 days up until July 19, at which point
that power would expire if a reauthorization was not resubmitted.
Just moments before the 5 p.m. deadline on Friday, though, the
Officer of the Director of National Intelligence confirmed that
the FISA court has reaffirmed that authority.

“On June 6, 2013, the Director of National Intelligence
declassified certain information about this telephony metadata
collection program in order to provide the public with a more
thorough and balanced understanding of the program
,” the
statement reads in part. “Consistent with his prior
declassification decision and in light of the significant and
continuing public interest in the telephony metadata collection
program, the DNI has decided to declassify and disclose publicly
that the Government filed an application with the Foreign
Intelligence Surveillance Court seeking renewal of the authority
to collect telephony metadata in bulk, and that the Court renewed
that authority
.”

“The Administration is undertaking a careful and thorough
review of whether and to what extent additional information or
documents pertaining to this program may be declassified,
consistent with the protection of national security
,” it
concludes.

The news comes only one day after Guardian journalist Spencer
Ackerman reported that neither the White House, Justice
Department, NSA, DNI or FISA Court would respond to whether or
not the authority would be sought again in the wake of a scandal
that’s spawned an international manhunt for Snowden, who has
since been indicted in the US on counts of espionage.

A week earlier, Sen. Ron Wyden (D-Oregon told the New York Times,
“I have a feeling that the administration is getting concerned
about the bulk phone records collection, and that they are
thinking about whether to move administratively to stop it.”

Republished with permission from: RT

Court rules journalists can’t keep their sources secret

0

A federal appeals court ruled Friday that New York Times journalist James Risen must testify in the trial of a former Central Intelligence Agency officer accused of leaking classified national defense information to the media.

A lower court ruled previously that Risen could protect the
source responsible for sharing intelligence about a CIA operation
discussed in his writing, but the US Court of Appeals from the
Fourth Circuit reversed that decision Friday morning with a 2-1
vote.

“The reporter must appear and give testimony just as every
other citizen must. We are not at liberty to conclude
otherwise
,” Chief Judge William Traxler Jr. wrote for the
majority opinion.

The appeal panel’s decision came just days after United States
Attorney General Eric Holder presented President Barack Obama with a proposal
that would re-shape current law as it applies to journalists in
order to more greatly ensure that reporters aren’t targeted
during investigations unless other routes that exhausted first.
That maneuver came on the heels of two highly public recent
Justice Department scandals in which the White House was revealed
to have subpoenaed the phones records for several Associated
Press offices and also the email history of Fox News reporter
James Rosen.

“Journalists should not be at legal risk for doing their jobs.
Our focus must be on those who break the law
,” Obama said
during a May 23 address after those scandals first surfaced.

With Friday’s ruling, the appeals court weighed whether or not an
established precedent would prevent Risen from being asked to
disclose the source of his information, but Traxler said, “so
long as the subpoena is issued in good faith and is based on a
legitimate need of law enforcement, the government need not make
any special showing to obtain evidence of criminal conduct from a
reporter in a criminal proceeding
.”

Next Risen will be expected to testify in the Espionage Act-case
against Jeffrey Sterling, a former CIA official accused of
disclosing details about a Clinton administration plan to put
faulty nuclear weapon blueprints to Iran in an effort to slow
down their race to acquiring a nuke. He previously said he’d
refuse to speak of his source, however, which would now open up
the possibility of being held in contempt of court.

Sterling is one of seven persons accused by President Barack
Obama of spying under the Espionage Act, a World War One-era
legislation that has previously been used only three times before
this administration began targeting leakers.

Judge Roger Gregory, the only justice to vote in the minority,
said compelling Risen to testify was a “sad” decision that posed
a serious threat to investigative journalism, the Times reported.

“Under the majority’s articulation of the reporter’s
privilege, or lack thereof, absent a showing of bad faith by the
government, a reporter can always be compelled against her will
to reveal her confidential sources in a criminal trial
,”
Gregory wrote. “The majority exalts the interests of the
government while unduly trampling those of the press, and in
doing so, severely impinges on the press and the free flow of
information in our society
.”

Judge Traxler disagreed, however, and along with Judge Roger
Gregory wrote that even the US Constitution can’t keep Risen from
being asked to take the witness stand.

“There is no First Amendment testimonial privilege, absolute
or qualified, that protects a reporter from being compelled to
testify by the prosecution or the defense in criminal proceedings
about criminal conduct that the reporter personally witnessed or
participated in, absent a showing of bad faith, harassment, or
other such non-legitimate motive, even though the reporter
promised confidentiality to his source
,” Traxler wrote.

Gregg Leslie, the legal defense director for the Reporters
Committee for Freedom of the Press, told the Times he viewed the
verdict as “disappointing,” and even suggested it was a
step-backwards only so few days after Holder’s alleged effort to
ensure the privacy of sources and reporters.

Republished with permission from: RT

Largest Viruses Ever Revealed

0

Charles Choi
Live Science
July 19, 2013

IT IS a question not just of prurient but also evolutionary interest: what was the mating behaviour of our extinct relatives?

With living apes so variable in their sexual preferences, it’s tough to work out the sex habits of the ancestor common to humans and chimps. Gorilla groups contain just one sexually active male and several females, for example, while among chimps, several sexually active males breed with the group’s active females — and vice versa. Humans, meanwhile, show a variety of mating behaviours but often form monogamous couples.

Michael Jensen-Seaman and Scott Hergenrother at Duquesne University in Pennsylvania think that it is the chimps — not humans — that have experimented with new sexual behaviours since our lineages diverged. Uniquely among apes, male chimps produce thick semen that coagulates into a plug in the female’s genital tract. In a society where females mate freely with several males the strategy increases the chances that a male will fertilise the female’s eggs. But did male chimps inherit their mating plugs from the last common ancestor they shared with us or did they evolve it later?

Read More

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, July 19, 2013 at 3:38 pm

Tags: , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

In Russia, activist Alexei Navalny freed one day after conviction

0

Will Englund
The Washington Post
July 19, 2013

Alexei Navalny, the blogging scourge of corrupt Russian officials, may have been led off in handcuffs Thursday after being sentenced to five years in prison on dubious charges, but it turns out the charismatic protest leader still had some clout.

Somebody in a position to do something about it must have decided that Navalny was more valuable – or less dangerous – as a free man than as an incarcerated one.

So prosecutors in the city of Kirov went to court and told a judge he should be released until his appeals can be heard. Even though prominent lawyers here said such a step was unprecedented, Russian judges tend to be receptive to prosecutors’ requests. And on Friday, Navalny walked free – for now.

Read More

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, July 19, 2013 at 3:29 pm






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

How scientists search for habitable planets

0

TG Daily
July 19, 2013

There is only one planet we know of, so far, that is drenched with life. That planet is Earth, as you may have guessed, and it has all the right conditions for critters to thrive on its surface. Do other planets beyond our solar system, called exoplanets, also host life forms?

Astronomers still don’t know the answer, but they search for potentially habitable planets using a handful of criteria. Ideally, they want to find planets just like Earth, since we know without a doubt that life took root here.

The hunt is on for planets about the size of Earth that orbit at just the right distance from their star — in a region termed the habitable zone.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, July 19, 2013 at 3:37 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Gene Mutation Linked to Obesity: Mice Gain Weight Even When Fed Normal Amounts of Food

0

Science Daily
July 19, 2013

Researchers at Boston Children’s Hospital have identified a genetic cause of severe obesity that, though rare, raises new questions about weight gain and energy use in the general obese population. The research, published in the journal Science on July 19, involved genetic surveys of several groups of obese humans and experiments in mice.

Mice with the genetic mutation gained weight even while eating the same amount of food as their normal counterparts; the affected gene, Mrap2, has a human counterpart (MRAP2) and appears to be involved in regulating metabolism and food consumption.

“These mice aren’t burning the fat, they’re somehow holding onto it,” says the study’s lead investigator Joseph Majzoub, MD, chief of endocrinology at Boston Children’s. “Mice with the genetic mutation gained more weight, and we found similar mutations in a cohort of obese humans.”

Read More

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, July 19, 2013 at 3:35 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Dyer County, Tenn., to Vote on Second Amendment Preservation Resolution

0

Kelli Sladick
Tenth Amendment Center
July 19, 2013

Last month, the Dyer County, Tenn., Local Government Committee adopted a resolution to preserve the Second Amendment.

The full county commission will take up the measure in its July meeting.

County Commissioner Dr. Brandon Dodds introduced the Second Amendment Protection resolution.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, July 19, 2013 at 3:30 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Chimpanzees and Orangutans Remember Distant Past Events

0

Science Daily
July 19, 2013

We humans can remember events in our lives that happened years ago, with those memories often surfacing unexpectedly in response to sensory triggers: perhaps a unique flavor or scent. Now, researchers reporting in Current Biology, a Cell Press publication, on July 18 have evidence to suggest that chimpanzees and orangutans have similar capacities.

In laboratory tests, both primate species were clearly able to recollect a tool-finding event that they had experienced just four times three years earlier and a singular event from two weeks before, the researchers show.

It seems we have more in common with our primate cousins than we thought, specifically when it comes to our autobiographical memories, the researchers say.

Read More

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, July 19, 2013 at 3:32 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

US Considers Military Strikes in Syria

0

US Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff General Martin Dempsey (Photo: Alex Wong / Getty Images)The Obama administration is currently ‘deliberating’ over whether to launch a military assault on Syria, Joint Chief of Staff General Martin Dempsey told the Senate Armed Services Committee Thursday.

In response to Senator John McCain’s urgings for direct US military strikes on Syrian President Bashar al-Assad’s regime, Dempsey stated:

About the use of kinetic strikes. That issue is under deliberation inside of our agencies of government, and it would be inappropriate for me to try to influence the decision with me rendering an opinion in public about what kind of force we should use.

McCain has pledged to prevent the re-appointment of Dempsey over what he deems is his reluctance to intervene militarily in Syria.

Last month, the US announced plans to ship arms to Syrian rebels, but the initiative has been temporarily paused over congressional questioning.

Meanwhile, a coalition of over six US anti-war groups, including US Labor Against the War and United For Peace and Justice, are calling for aid, not military intervention, in Syria. In a joint petition, these organizations declare:

You can’t put out a raging fire by pouring gasoline on one side of it. There is no military solution to the crisis in Syria, and more arms to any side mean more civilians will be killed.

…The situation in Syria today is full-scale civil war, which denies the people of Syria their right to choose their own government and leaders. Other governments arming and financing the two sides does not restore that right, it only makes things worse.

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

Republished with permission from: Common Dreams

Israeli 24-hour news channel launches, with eyes on the world

0

Ruth Eglash
The Washington Post
July 19, 2013

Israel’s growing rift with the European Union, peace talks with the Palestinians and the turmoil in Egypt were just a few of the stories to make headlines Wednesday on i24, the world’s newest 24-hour TV news channel – and Israel’s first.

Israel is one of the most news-centric countries in the world, with a robust domestic media landscape and a small army of foreign correspondents. But until Wednesday it did not have a 24-hour television news channel broadcasting from its shores.

The new channel aims at news junkies worldwide who are interested in the Middle East. It will broadcast simultaneously in English, French and Arabic, according to i24 founder and CEO Frank Melloul.

Read More

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, July 19, 2013 at 3:27 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Napolitano’s confirmation as UC president marked with angry protests

0

Janet Napolitano’s approval as the new president of the University California school system has generated heated protests, leading to the arrests of several students who were forcibly removed for voicing their opinion at a regents meeting.

Protesters on Thursday disrupted a regents meeting
at the UC San Francisco campus, where the former Homeland
Security secretary was confirmed as the new UC president.

At least six protesters were handcuffed with zip ties and
forcibly removed by police after refusing to leave the meeting
room. Dozens of others interrupted the meeting by shouting out
their concerns, but left the room on their own.

“Undocumented is not a crime!” some of the protesters
shouted at Napolitano as they were handcuffed and led away by
police.

“Shame! Shame! Shame!” some of the others yelled during
the meeting.

Outside the room, the students discussed their concerns about
Napolitano’s new role with the media. They noted that she has no
background in education and that she was responsible for
immigrant deportations carried out by the Immigration and Customs
Enforcement under the “Secure
Communities
” program.

UC schools are celebrated for their track record of helping
undocumented students obtain a college education, and
Napolitano’s involvement in the deportations goes against some of
the students’ beliefs.

“My family is undocumented and Janet Napolitano has been an
enemy of undocumented immigrants in this country,”
UC
Berkeley student Rosa Hernandez told CBS News. “It makes
me upset that my tuition will be paying her wages now as UC
president.”

Hernandez told NBC that Napolitano has left her family
terrorized, and also lacks the necessary background to head an
education system.

She “isn’t qualified at al to be UC president, her background
is in law and immigration enforcement,”
Hernandez said.
“It worries me as an undocumented student to have a UC
president who has put terror into my family.”

But despite the protests, the UC Board of Regents voted 25-1 to
approve Napolitano as president of the school system, making her
the first female head of the UC. The only vote against her
appointment was cast by student Regent Cinthia Flores, who
represented the views of the protesters.

Flores, a third-year law student, told Patch.com that
Napolitano’s past involvement in deportations will “cast a
long shadow on her future endeavors”
and is out of line with
the university’s commitment to diversity.

“I grew up in an immigrant household, in an immigrant
community,”
Flores told the AP. “I can tell you the fear
is real.”

Jen Low, a UC Santa Cruz alumna, told Patch.com that “it is
unjust for [Napolitano] to be the next president of our treasured
public university.”

But with a nearly unanimous vote for her approval, Napolitano
will now assume oversight of the 10 UC campuses with a base
salary of $570,000 per year. She will also receive a relocation
fee of $142,500 and an annual auto allowance of $8,916.

The former Homeland Security secretary resigned from her federal
role on July 12.

Republished with permission from: RT

Demos, strike rock Kashmir over killings

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Massive demonstrations and a complete shutdown strike have swept across Indian-administered Kashmir in response to Indian forces’ killing of four people in a protest against the alleged desecration of the Holy Qur’an.

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Panama releases former CIA operative wanted by Italy

0

Greg Miller and Karen DeYoung
The Washington Post
July 19, 2013

A former CIA operative detained in Panama this week at the request of Italian authorities over his conviction in the 2003 kidnapping of Muslim cleric in Milan was released on Friday morning and was aboard a flight to the United States, U.S. officials said.

Robert Seldon Lady’s release from Panama appeared to avert the possibility that he would be extradited to Italy, where he faces a sentence of up to nine years in prison for his role in the CIA capture of a terrorism suspect who was secretly snatched off a street in Milan and transported to Egypt.

“It’s our understanding that he’s on a plane en route to the United States right now,” a senior Obama administration official said. It was not immediately clear what steps the United States had taken to secure Lady’s release.

Read More

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, July 19, 2013 at 3:17 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Obama re-nominates ambassador pick who pled to impaired driving

0

Aaron Blake
The Washington Post
July 19,2013

President Obama on Thursday re-nominated a campaign fundraiser whose nomination as ambassador to the Netherlands was withdrawn last year following a drunk driving arrest.

Timothy Broas’s nomination was withdrawn in June 2012 just days after his arrest in suburban Washington on charges of speeding, drunk driving and resisting arrest.

The latter two charges were later dismissed, and Broas pleaded guilty to the lesser charge of driving while impaired.

Read More

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, July 19, 2013 at 3:23 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

FAA warns public against shooting guns at drones

0

Joan Lowy
The Denver Post
July 19, 2013

People who fire guns at drones are endangering the public and property and could be prosecuted or fined, the Federal Aviation Administration warned Friday.

The FAA released a statement in response to questions about an ordinance under consideration in the tiny farming community of Deer Trail, Colo., that would encourage hunters to shoot down drowns. The administration reminded the public that it regulates the nation’s airspace, including the airspace over cities and towns.

A drone “hit by gunfire could crash, causing damage to persons or property on the ground, or it could collide with other objects in the air,” the statement said. “Shooting at an unmanned aircraft could result in criminal or civil liability, just as would firing at a manned airplane.”

Read More

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, July 19, 2013 at 3:13 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Colorado judge allows recall elections against anti-gun lawmakers

0

Greg Campbell
The Daily Caller
July 19, 2013

A Denver judge ruled Thursday that the recall elections against two Democratic state senators can move forward, setting the stage for either an historic vote – or another delay if the decision is appealed to the state’s supreme court.

Judge Robert Hyatt rejected attempts by Senate President John Morse and Sen. Angela Giron to have the petitions calling for their ouster tossed out because of their wording, which, they argued during hours of testimony on Wednesday, didn’t conform to the Colorado Constitution.

They made the same argument during hearings with the Colorado secretary of state, who had earlier certified that their opponents had collected enough valid signatures to trigger an election. They were rebuffed during that challenge as well.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, July 19, 2013 at 3:14 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Hamas rejects call for new peace talks

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]The Palestinian resistance movement Hamas has rejected a proposal to return to the Middle East peace talks.

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Gen. Dempsey Favors Building “Moderate Opposition” in Syria

0

In an appearance before a reconfirmation hearing of the Senate Armed Services Committee on July 18, Gen. Martin Dempsey (shown), chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, said he favors a U.S. role in “building a moderate opposition” against the government of Syrian President Bashar al-Assad.

A report on the hearing in the U.K. Telegraph quoted Dempsey’s statement that President Obama had asked him whether the United States “could,” but not whether it “should,” stage a military intervention in Syria. The “issue is under deliberation inside of our agencies of government,” said Dempsey.

Dempsey, the Army’s highest ranking general, told the Senate hearing that under current conditions, he believed that Assad would still be in power in a year’s time, observing: “Currently the tide seems to have shifted in his favor.”

Also appearing at the hearing was Vice-Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff Admiral James Winnefeld. Both Dempsey and Winnefeld have been nominated by the White House for a second two-year term in their positions – nominations that require Senate confirmation.

During the hearing, Sen. John McCain (R-Ariz.), the 2008 Republican candidate for president, was especially strident in his grilling of Dempsey, as the two exchanged remarks in debate-like fashion. Bloomberg news cited Brian Rogers, McCain’s communications director, as stating that McCain plans to hold up Dempsey’s confirmation until he gets satisfactory answers.

“You testified this February you had advised the president to arm vetted units of the Syrian opposition,” said McCain. “In April, you testified you no longer supported the position. Now we read in published reports that the administration has decided to arm the Syrian opposition units. How do we account for those pirouettes?”

“I wouldn’t accept the term pirouettes, sir,” Dempsey replied. “We have adapted our approach based on what we know of the opposition and if you recall, at the beginning of the year, there was a period where it was pretty evident that the extremist groups were prevailing inside the opposition.”

Dempsey continued: “Senator, I am in favor of building a moderate opposition and supporting it. The question whether to support it with direct kinetic strikes … is a decision for our elected officials, not for the senior military leader of the nation.”

The chairman of the Joint Chiefs did not elaborate on the possible use of “kinetic strikes” against Assad’s forces, saying “it would be inappropriate for me to try to influence the decision” by “rendering an opinion in public about what kind of force we should use.”

Dempsey said he would let the Senate committee know what his recommendations are “at the appropriate time.”

Dempsey received pointed questions from not only McCain but also Committee Chairman Carl Levin (D-Mich.), who told him: “There is a real uncertainty among some of us as to what your role is in terms of telling us your personal opinion on things – what your role is in terms of giving advice [on U.S. options for Syria] to the president.”

Dempsey responded by saying he would compile the list “as well as the framework of a strategy in which they might make sense.”

An AP report carried by the Air Force Times cited McCain’s statement that Dempsey’s response contradicted his commitment to provide the committee with his personal views, even if those opinions differ from the administration in power.

McCain told reporters after leaving the hearing room that he planned to put a hold on Dempsey’s nomination, effectively blocking further action on it until he gets what he considers an adequate response from Dempsey.

“I want to see him answer the question,” McCain said. “Hello!”

Admiral Winnefeld also provided his view of the course the United States might take in Syria. “There are a whole range of options that are out there,” he noted. “We are ready to act if we’re called on to act.”

The report in the Air Force Times noted that during his exchange with McCain, Dempsey commented that “situations can be made worse by the introduction of military force” without first understanding how the country would continue to be governed post-invasion and without assurance that government institutions don’t fail to function.

Military.com reported McCain’s rather confrontational approach to questioning the nation’s two top military leaders. “I must tell both the witnesses at the onset, I’m very concerned about the role you have played over the last two years,” said McCain.

The exchange between the senator and the general continued as McCain asked Dempsey whether regional destabilization would be a “good outcome” of the fighting in Syria.

“Senator, somehow you’ve got me portrayed as the one who’s holding back from our use of military force inside of Syria,” Dempsey said.

McCain, never one to refrain from acerbic comments, took a parting shot at Dempsey:

If it is your position that you do not provide your personal views to the committee when asked, only under certain circumstances, then you have just contradicted what I have known this committee to operate under for the last 30 years.

The question of how our government can justify military intervention in another nation without a congressional declaration of war, as required by the Constitution, was never discussed during the hearing.

Just one day before this hearing, another senator, Rand Paul (R-Ky.), contributed an op-ed article to Politico.com headlined “Aid to unknown rebels in Syria carries U.S. threat.”

In his article, Paul pointed out that there currently are at least 17 armed jihadist groups engaged in the rebellion against the Syrian regime, one of them being Jabhat al-Nusra, an al-Qaeda affiliate “that has emerged as one of the most effective rebel factions in Syria,” according to the Associated Press.

Therefore, noted Paul, the Obama government is about to arm an affiliate of al-Qaeda.

The Kentucky senator also raised the same point we made above: “Most important – if the Constitution still matters – the president needed to ask Congress for authorization to arm these rebels. He did not.”

Sen. Paul also brought up a point generally ignored among Western commentators, that the small but significant Christian population in Middle Eastern countries often suffers when rebellion against secular Muslim regimes is encouraged. He wrote:

There is also the question of what happens to Syria’s 2 million Christians. As a minority, these Christians have generally been protected by Assad’s regime, but have been targeted by some of the rebel groups. Imagine if the United States delivered weapons to extremists who, in turn, used them against Christians. Imagine the tragic irony of aiding the same Islamic radicals we have asked American soldiers to fight in places like Iraq and Afghanistan.

Paul also noted Gen. Dempsey’s change of stance since last year, when he reportedly endorsed a proposal by then-CIA Director David Petraeus to arm members of Syria’s rebel opposition. Now, noted Paul, Dempsey has said he is not sure that the United States “could clearly identify the right people” to aid or arm in Syria. Paul also quoted Dempsey’s testimony in April that “It’s actually more confusing on the opposition side today than it was six months ago.”

Noting that a recent Pew Research Center poll indicated that more than 70 percent of Americans oppose intervening in Syria, Paul wrote that he has introduced bipartisan legislation along with Sens. Tom Udall (D-N.M.), Mike Lee (R-Utah), and Chris Murphy (D-Conn.) that would prohibit the president from providing military aid to the Syrian rebels without congressional consent.

Photo of General Martin Dempsey before Senate Armed Services Committee: AP Images

Republished with permission from: The New American

New Jersey toughens rules for phone data searches

0

Police officers in the state of New Jersey will now require a judge’s signature on a search warrant if they want to obtain the sensitive location details emitted from the cell phones of criminal suspects.

The state Supreme Court ruled unanimously Thursday in a 7-0 vote
that law enforcement agents in New Jersey need warrants in future
cases when they want cell phone companies to hand over location
data.

Until now, Montana was the only other state in the US that
required a warrant in order to compel a telecom for location
data. In most locales, law enforcement agents need merely a court
order, not a warrant, which requires an officer of the law to
only demonstrate that there is “reasonable grounds” that such
information would aid in an investigation. Starting 30 days from
this week’s ruling, however, police in New Jersey will need to
prove probable cause.

The ruling does not apply specifically to GPS figures, but rather
the data that’s compiled by telephone companies when they
regularly “ping” the phones of customers. By reviewing that
information, investigators can often track a suspect down to
within a few feet of their location.

Last January, the United States Supreme Court ruled that tracking
the information broadcast by a Global Positioning System device
constitutes the type of search protected against in the US
Constitution.

Prior to that, the US court of Appeals for the DC Circuit ruled,
“A person who knows all of another’s travels can deduce
whether he is a weekly church goer, a heavy drinker, a regular at
the gym, an unfaithful husband, an outpatient receiving medical
treatment, an associate of particular individuals or political
groups – and not just one such fact about a person, but all such
facts
.”

In this week’s ruling, the state judges cited New Jersey’s local
Constitution, which provides privacy protections more
comprehensive than the ones existing on a federal level. The
state Supreme Court said that the local Constitution allows New
Jerseys residents an expectation of privacy from the government,
even when sensitive data is first sent to third-parties, such as
a telecom.

“Disclosure of cell-phone location information, which
cell-phone users must provide to receive service, can reveal a
great deal of personal information about an individual. With
increasing accuracy, cell phones can now trace our daily
movements and disclose not only where individuals are located at
a point in time but also … with whom they choose to
associate
,” Chief Justice Stuart Rabner wrote in his finding.
“Yet people do not buy cell phones to serve as tracking
devices or reasonably expect them to be used by the government in
that way. We therefore find that individuals have a reasonable
expectation of privacy in the location of their cell phones under
the State Constitution
.”

Peter G. Verniero, a former New Jersey attorney general and State
Supreme Court justice, told the New York Times that “This type
of issue will play out in many jurisdictions for the simple
reason that cellphones are so prevalent in daily life
.”

“Law enforcement is trying to keep up with technology, as well
they should
,” he added. “It’s very legitimate for law
enforcement to use technology, but this court decision is a
strong reminder that constitutional standards still apply. The
courts have to adapt, and law enforcement has to adapt
.”

“The decision affects just about everybody,” Verniero
said.

At least in Jersey, that is. Aside from the legislation passed
earlier this year in Montana, law enforcement agency elsewhere
need only to say information is relevant to an investigation in
order to ask telecoms to turn over figures.

“The majority of state legislatures have adjourned for the
year, but we hope they’ll follow Montana’s lead when they take up
location tracking next session
,” American Civil Liberties
Union advocacy and policy strategist Allie Bohm wrote last month.

Republished with permission from: RT

Obama’s Executive HIV Initiative conspires with UN, with billions in profits heading to global financiers

0

So the AIDS crisis is back again, and we are now told there’s a perfectly viable national — and global solution, waiting in the wings.

Obama latest Executive Order, the HIV Care Continuum Initiative, is a move towards mandatory HIV testing for Americans visiting their doctor for routine of health check-ups, as evidenced in the bill itself:

“The U.S. Preventive Services Task Force now recommends that clinicians screen all individuals ages 15 to 65 years for HIV.”

In a review of the recent executive order titled “HIV Care Continuum Initiative“, the true function of Obamcare comes into view, as another incremental erosion of Americans’ constitutional rights. In addition to the violation of individual rights, we see a controlled future by large global organizations and pharmaceutical companies tied to ‘so-called’ philanthropic families…

In a report by The United Nations (UNAIDS) innocuously titled “Treatment 2015“, we see a detailed outline that mentions some of the same goals contained in the recent presidential (EO) and more importantly, this proves that the Obama administration has already conspired with the UN — leaving American voters completely shut out of the democratic process in favour new ‘global governance initiatives’. Clearly, Obama’s new EO-HIV testing provision be directed by this report from the UN:

“In achieving universal access to HIV treatment, an important milestone is passed when the annual increase in the number of adults receiving HIV treatment exceeds the number of adults becoming newly infected with HIV. This transition, first conceptualized and promoted by the United States President’s Emergency Plan forAIDS Relief in its 2012 Blueprint for Creating an AIDS-free Generation, is referred to as programmatic tipping point when the response begins to outpace the epidemic itself.”

In another section with the sub-heading titled “Reconceptualizing HIV testing“, there is more evidence showing a push towards ‘dutiful’ testing:

“Although much has been accomplished in promoting knowledge of HIV status, much more must be done to fully leverage HIV testing as a gateway to HIV treatment.”

The answer seems likely, as most of the statistical information used by presidential EO seemed culled from that very report. It is important to note that the UN provides many such directive reports supported by the Rockefeller family.

UK Government Unveils World's 'Most Generous' Tax Breaks for Fracking

2

The British government unveiled the world’s “most generous” tax breaks for fracking on Friday, hoping it can “be a leader of the shale gas revolution.”

A fracking protest in Lancashire. (Photo: JustinWoolford/cc/flickr)“Shale gas is a resource with huge potential to broaden the UK’s energy mix,” stated Chancellor George Osborne, head of the treasury. “We want to create the right conditions for industry to explore and unlock that potential in a way that allows communities to share in the benefits. This new tax regime, which I want to make the most generous for shale in the world, will contribute to that.”

“I want Britain to be a leader of the shale gas revolution — because it has the potential to create thousands of jobs and keep energy bills low for millions of people,” continued Osborne.

Fracked gas has yet to be produced in the UK, though exploratory drills are underway.

The new tax rate would chop the current rate in half, as “shale gas producers will pay just 30 per cent tax on their profits, compared to the 62 per cent that the oil and gas industry has traditionally paid,” the Independent reports.

The UK’s Friends of the Earth’s Head of Campaigns, Andrew Pendleton, said in a statement that

Promising tax hand-outs to polluting energy firms that threaten our communities and environment, when everyone else is being told to tighten their belts, is a disgrace.

Ministers should be encouraging investors to develop the nation’s huge renewable energy potential. This would create tens of thousands of jobs and wean the nation off its increasingly expensive fossil fuel dependency.

And Lawrence Carter, an energy campaigner for Greenpeace, noted in an op-ed on Friday:

The International Energy Agency has described how “huge subsidies and tax breaks are tilting the global energy market in favour of fossil fuels” and have labelled them “public enemy number one for green energy”.

Today’s announcement just tilted that balance even further.

On Thursday, a day before Osborne’s announcement, Caroline Lucas, UK’s only Green MP, took part in a debate on fracking with MPs and said:

It’s clear that ministers and fracking firms — increasingly indistinguishable — are keen to press on rapidly.

The direct carbon content of shale gas means widespread use [of it] is incompatible with the climate change targets of the UK. Shale gas is a high-carbon fuel.

_______________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

Republished with permission from: Common Dreams

Defying Brutal Military Might, Morsi Supporters Take to Streets in Egypt

0

#AntiCoup protesters take to the streets of Cairo on Friday, July 19. (Photo: @Ikhwanweb/ Twitter)Defying military threats, thousands of supporters of ousted Egyptian President Mohamed Morsi are pouring into the streets Friday demanding the power-wielding military ‘break the coup’ and reinstate the Islamic president.

The army issued a statement ahead of the rally promising that individuals showing “any deviation from peaceful expressions of opinion” will “endanger his life,” AFP reports.

Largely centered around Cairo’s Rabaa al-Adawiya mosque, the center of an ongoing pro-Morsi encampment, the day of protests–dubbed “Breaking the Coup”–has spread to small demonstrations elsewhere in Cairo and in several towns across Egypt.

As seen in tweets by Democracy Now! correspondent Sharif Kouddous, the crowds fortified themselves with flags and pro-Morsi paraphanalia and–anticipating another brutal crackdown by the military forces–piles of stones. 

Meanwhile, anti-Morsi activitists are planning a rally later Friday in Tahrir Square and outside the presidential palace.

The July 3rd ouster, initiated by the youth-led Tamarod (Rebel) movement, was–on the surface–against an “arrogant and grossly incompetent Muslim Brotherhood government,” as the editors of The Nation write in a recent editorial. However, the true goals were not dissimilar to those professed back during the 2011 revolution: “bread, freedom, and social justice.”

“Just as it did with the January insurrection against Mubarak, the army is riding the tiger of popular revolt,” the Nation editors note, lamenting that the power of the revolutionaries has now been largely co-opted by the Egyptian military who, after forcing Morsi’s removal, have instituted a brutal campaign against his supporters.

“It’s disturbing that so many people, in Egypt and abroad, who protested the army’s abusive sixteen-month rule before Morsi’s election are now cheering the overthrow of Egypt’s first democratically elected government,” says the Nation editorial, which continues:

Subsequent developments have been ominous: they include arrest warrants for hundreds of Brotherhood members; the July 8 massacre of protesters; shutdown of media outlets; rushed plans for a constitutional overhaul by unidentified, unelected jurists, to be followed up by a vaguely spelled-out review, referendum and elections; and the feverish branding of Brotherhood members as terrorists, along with xenophobic accusations against Syrian and Palestinian refugees.

The July 8 killing of 51 Muslim Brotherhood supporters is the subject of a recent exposé by Guardian reporter Patrick Kingsley, who, through the examination of video evidence and interviews with eyewitnesses, medics and demonstrators, has uncovered the story of a “coordinated assault on largely peaceful civilians.”

You can follow protest updates live on twitter:

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

Republished with permission from: Common Dreams

Texas Clinics Close as Governor Signs Pro-Life Bill

0

Texas Governor Rick Perry signed a pro-life bill into law July 19 banning abortion after 20 weeks of pregnancy and requiring abortionists to have admitting privileges at hospitals close to their abortuaries. The immediate result was Planned Parenthood’s decision to shutter three of its clinics even as pro-abortion activists vowed to work to overturn the law – and as at least one abortionist reportedly indicated he would defy the law.

“Today, we celebrate the further cementing of the foundation upon which the culture of life in Texas is built,” Perry told pro-life state lawmakers and supporters as he signed the bill in Austin. “It is our responsibility and duty to give voice to the unborn individuals.” Perry called the occasion of the bill’s implementation, following a weeks-long attempt by a pro-abortion mob to thwart its passage, “an important day for those who support life and for those who support the health of Texas women.”

The Associated Press reported that in addition to the ban on abortions after 20 weeks of pregnancy, the law “restricts abortions to surgical centers and requires doctors who work at abortion clinics to have hospital admitting privileges. Only five of the 42 abortion clinics in Texas … currently meet those new requirements. Clinics will have a year to either upgrade their facilities or shut down after the law takes effect in October.”

Immediately after Perry signed the bill into law, Planned Parenthood threw in the towel on three of its abortion facilities, closing their doors rather than shelling out money for the requisite upgrades. But the abortion giant’s president, Cecile Richards, vowed that her group would use the courts to try to thwart the will of a majority of Texans. “The fight over this law will move to the courts,” said Richards in a statement, “while the bigger fight for women’s access to health care in Texas gains steam.”

It took pro-life lawmakers two special sessions to pass the bill, thanks to a concerted effort by pro-abortion activists and lawmakers to block its passage. That effort included a nearly lawless mob that prevented Perry from signing the bill into law after it was passed during the first special legislative session. That, in addition to a 10-hour filibuster by Democratic State Senator Wendy Davis, forced the legislature to convene a second special session in order to get the measure passed and signed into law. “When Governor Perry signed the bill, he signaled a clear break with Texas families,” Davis complained in a statement, insisting that Perry and other pro-life state officials “have now taken sides and chosen narrow partisan special interests over mothers, daughters, sisters, and every Texan who puts the health of their family, the well-being of their neighbors, and the future of Texas ahead of politics and personal ambitions.”

Pro-life leaders from around the nation applauded passage of the law in Texas, which joins several other states in banning abortion at anywhere from six weeks to 20 weeks of pregnancy. “Today we welcome Texas into the proud coalition of states moving to defend defenseless, unborn children,” said Tony Perkins of the Family Research Council. “Under Governor Perry’s leadership, the state has ensured that scientific advancement and health concerns govern the state, and not the profit margins of abortionists. We applaud the brave state leaders … who refused to back down from defending human dignity, even in the face of intense pressure and harassment,” Perkins continued.

Marjorie Dannenfelser of the pro-life Susan B. Anthony List called passage of the measure “a lifesaving victory for Texas women and unborn children.” She said that the new law puts a spotlight on similar federal legislation – now sitting in the U.S. Senate – that would ban late-term abortions. The House has already passed legislation that would ban abortion after the 20th week of pregnancy, and a recent poll shows nearly 60 percent of Americans favor the bill.

“Unborn children and women deserve federal protection from horrific late-term abortions,” said Dannenfelser. “Polls consistently show that the majority of Americans support protecting babies and women late in pregnancy, and Senate Majority Leader Reid should bring this to the floor for a vote. If he and his Senate colleagues stand with the American people against the barbarism of late-term abortion, they have nothing to fear from a Senate vote. Conversely, remaining silent … would be both a moral and political mistake.”

Meanwhile, at least one Texas abortionist has reportedly said he will defy the new state law. Cheryl Sullenger of Operation Rescue told OneNewsNow.com that Harlingen, Texas, abortionist Lester Minto insists the law will not stop him. “He will continue to do abortions whether it means under the cover of a mesquite tree, or on a shrimp boat, or by going to Mexico where abortions are also illegal,” said Sullenger.

Sullenger said that Minto, whose clinic is on the Mexican border and is in disrepair, preys on vulnerable women. She said that Minto’s clinic should be forcibly closed, adding that “I think the authorities need to monitor him very closely because of his defiant remarks.”

Republished with permission from: The New American

Detroit Bankruptcy: No Winners

0

When Michigan Governor Rick Snyder announced his approval for Detroit’s emergency manager Kevin Orr to file for a municipal Chapter 9 bankruptcy, he admitted that Detroit’s problems were decades in the making:

The fiscal realities confronting Detroit have been ignored for too long. I’m making this tough decision so the people of Detroit will have the basic services they deserve and so we can start to put Detroit on a solid financial footing that will allow it to grow and prosper in the future.

This is a difficult step, but the only viable option to address a problem that has been six decades in the making.

One could go back to April 2012 when Detroit Mayor Dave Bing and his city council asked for a financial bailout from Gov. Snyder. It was granted with conditions. When those conditions weren’t met, Snyder appointed Orr, a bankruptcy attorney and high-profile “turnaround” expert, in February this year to see if Detroit could be saved without declaring bankruptcy. After looking at the city’s books, Orr proposed huge cuts to the city’s pension plans and unions – haircuts of up to 90 percent to the plans’ beneficiaries and union’s retirees – which would have saved Detroit. Instead, the unions and pension plans filed suit to block Orr from declaring bankruptcy, triggering Orr’s request to Gov. Snyder.

Now it’s Orr’s job to convince a bankruptcy judge that Detroit qualifies for Chapter 9. It shouldn’t be hard to do: The city has a cash shortfall of $162 million and is running a deficit this year alone of $368 million. It has already defaulted on a pension plan payment and has slashed services drastically. It takes police 58 minutes to respond to 9-1-1 calls, half the streetlights don’t work, trash often isn’t picked up for days, the homicide rate is the highest in the country according to the FBI, unemployment is approaching one out of every five, and the population continues to shrink. At present nearly 40 cents of every dollar of revenue goes toward debt service and “legacy” costs (i.e., health and retirement benefits), and, if nothing is done, they will reach 65 cents in less than four years.

In the 1950’s Detroit, known then as Motor City, had nearly two million residents and one of the highest per-capita incomes in the country. The Big Three automakers built and expanded manufacturing plants and jobs were easy to find and hard to fill.

But then, momentum began to shift against the city. Automakers began expanding outside the city limits, Japanese automakers began competing with U.S. automakers with high-quality cars, corrupt politicians took over the mayorship, and city council members were only too willing not only to overlook corruption but to participate in it.

The turning point, if there was one, occurred in 1967 when a small disturbance in the city’s Near West Side erupted into the deadliest and most destructive riot in American history, costing 43 people their lives, injuring another 1,200, resulting in 7,200 arrests and the destruction of more than 2,000 buildings.

Hard on the heels of that disaster was another one: the election in 1976 of Coleman Young. His 19-year reign was marked by scandals and corruption that sent several members of his administration to jail while Young himself managed to escape without serving jail time.

Not atypical was Mayor Kwame Kilpatrick, who served as Detroit’s mayor from 2002 until 2008, and who now serves jail time for 38 felony counts which prosecutors called “a pattern of extortion, bribery and fraud” by some of Detroit’s most prominent officials.

Detroit’s current condition could have been predicted: As people escaped a city now ridden with corruption and high taxes, the revenue base fell. More money was loaned to keep the city afloat, while benefits to city employees continued to escalate. Today Detroit is the city’s largest employer, followed by the public school system – they dwarf employment at General Motors and Chrysler. There are 9,500 workers on the city payroll with another 20,000 retired and collecting benefits. There are now 78,000 abandoned buildings in the city, half of those owing real estate taxes don’t pay them, one-third of the city lives below the poverty line, while two-thirds of the city’s ambulances don’t work.

In his letter, Gov. Snyder tried to paint a positive picture for the future:

The citizens of Detroit need and deserve a clear road out of the ever-decreasing services. The city’s creditors, as well as its many dedicated public servants, deserve to know what promises the city can and will keep.

The only way to do those things is to radically restructure the city and allow it to reinvent itself without the burden of impossible obligations.

Of the city’s $18 billion in debt, $11 billion is unsecured. That’s a nice way of saying that the holders of that debt are going to feel immediate and severe pain. $6 billion of it is owed in the form of health and retirement benefits to those 20,000 already retired. $3 billion is owed to pension plans for those still working. And there’s another half billion in general obligation bonds.

The city will have to wait for at least 30 days before the court determines if the city qualifies for a Chapter 9 proceeding. Once that is finalized, creditors – some 100,000 of them – will line up to see how much of the ravaged carcass of the city they might be able to salvage for themselves. They will also have to wait to see what sort of “viable plan” Orr comes up with to resurrect the city. Part of his original plan was to earmark $1.25 billion to restore some of the city’s deteriorating infrastructure and services. Beyond that, there doesn’t appear to be any plans. He may be forced to sell off prized city assets such as its airport and its beloved Belle Isle Park. He’s already sold off three of the city’s casinos to bondholders for 75 cents on the dollar, with the city getting back $11 million a month. But this is pitifully small potatoes in the grand scheme of things. In the end, Orr may be forced to do a “cram down,” which would force reluctant bondholders, pension plans, and unions to support a plan that would allow Detroit the opportunity to breathe once again.

Many other cities teetering on the edge are watching with great interest as Detroit beats the first path through the snow. Ken Noble, a New York bankruptcy lawyer, said:

If Detroit comes out of this [bankruptcy as] a decent credit risk, other municipalities are going to absolutely want to follow [its] lead. This is a … watershed moment for municipal finance. And, really, it is the only shot that Detroit really has.

Detroit difficulties were encapsulated in one single unguarded moment when Herbert Jenkins, a city employee who has been filling potholes for the past 25 years, was asked about his retirement plans. He responded: “I was planning on retiring in October, but now I’m not sure. I have a lot of questions.” Jenkins is 50.

A graduate of Cornell University and a former investment advisor, Bob is a regular contributor to The New American magazine and blogs frequently at www.LightFromTheRight.com, primarily on economics and politics. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
.

Republished with permission from: The New American

Obama: ‘Trayvon Could Have Been Me’

0

Ben Shapiro
breitbart.com
July 19, 2013

Speaking at the White House on Friday, President Obama addressed the verdict in the George Zimmerman trial for the killing of Trayvon Martin for the first time since 2012, when he declared that if he had a son, he’d look like Martin. This time, Obama said, “Trayvon Martin could have been me 35 years ago.”

Obama added that he had experienced racial profiling personally: “There are very few African-American men who haven’t had the experience of being followed in a department store – that includes me.”

Obama also said, “Reasonable doubt was relevant, and they rendered a verdict. Once the jury’s spoken, that’s how our system works.”

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, July 19, 2013 at 2:03 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Morsi backers tell USA: Call it a ‘coup’

0

Sarah Lynch
usatoday.com
July 19, 2013

More than two weeks after Egypt’s military unseated the country’s first freely elected president, Washington refused to call the power grab a military coup, sparking criticism from supporters of Mohammed Morsi who believe they were robbed of their democratic right after voting for the now-ousted leader.

“All people here are upset with America,” said Abdel Rahman, a computer engineer, at a pro-Morsi sit-in in the capital. “Where is democracy?”

Mystery surrounds the whereabouts of Morsi, who hasn’t been heard from for sixteen days following his ouster. He is thought to be in detention.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, July 19, 2013 at 2:11 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Adam Kokesh, jailed gun rights activist, to run for president

0

Jailed gun rights activist Adam Kokesh has vowed to run for president of the United States in 2020 on a platform aimed at abolishing the federal government.

Kokesh, 31, has been in a Fairfax County, Virginia jail cell ever
since a high-profile police raid of his suburban Washington, DC home
earlier this month left him facing a potential felony conviction.
If released in time for the 2020 presidential election, though,
the libertarian talk show host has plans to pursue a shot at the
White House.

Speaking to an interviewer with DC’s Fox 5 on Thursday, Kokesh
also said he was set up by law enforcement.

The United States Park Police announced that they were
investigating Kokesh after he posted on YouTube a video of
himself loading a shotgun near the White House on July 4 in
defiance of a DC firearm law. A subsequent SWAT raid after the
incident turned up hallucinogenic mushrooms and a loaded weapon,
enough for authorities to charge him with possession of a
Schedule I or II drug while in possession of a firearm. If
convicted, he’d receive a minimum sentence of two years.

And even though he’s confined to a small 7 foot-by-7 foot cell
for the time being, Kokesh told an interviewer with a local Fox
station on Thursday that he intends on running for
commander-in-chief in seven years’ time.

“Are you running for president?” Fox 5 reporter John
Henrehan asked Kokesh.

“Yes sir, in 2020 on the platform of orderly dissolution of
the United States government
.”

When Henrehan asked Kokesh if that was a good idea, the activist
responded, “Why is having a federal government a good idea at
this point
?”

A Fairfax County judge first refused Kokesh bail after the activist refused to
walk to his arraignment or acknowledge the court during
questioning. A judge later offered to release Kokesh if he posts
$5,000 bond, but a week later he remains in custody.

According to Kokesh, the authorities had direct involvement in
ensuring he’d end up in jail after the raid went down.

“I’m pretty confident that, whether or not they found
anything, the full paper bags that [the police] brought into my
house would insure that they had charges to bring against
me
,” he told Fox.

After Henrehan asked Kokesh if he was implying those drugs were
planted, he replied, “Yes.”

Kokesh, an Iraq War veteran, has previously been arrested a
number of times for actions, like his July 4 video, he insists
are examples of civil disobedience. He told Fox 5 that he is 70
percent disabled due to his military service and currently relies
on government assistance to get by.

Earlier this week, his website posted a personal plea compelling
supporters to send money to assist in Kokesh’s legal fund. Should
he be released from his northern Virginia jail cell, though, his
obstacles won’t necessarily end there. Authorities in DC may
elect to have him extradited to DC, where carrying a loaded
firearm is also against the law – even when psychedelics aren’t
involved.

Republished with permission from: RT

TSA Expands Searches From Airports to Everywhere

2

TSA creates atmosphere of fear as the agency broadens its reach into our daily lives.

Kit Daniels
Infowars.com
July 19, 2013

The TSA recently ordered airport valet attendants to search a parked car without a warrant and without prior notification given to the vehicle’s owner.

The owner, Laurie Iacuzza, told News10NBC that she found a search notice on her car parked at the Greater Rochester International Airport after she returned from her trip.

When she dropped her car off at the valet prior to her flight, she received no warnings that her car could be subjected to search.

“I think the public should be aware of the fact that if their car is going to be searched, they should be informed of it,” she said to News10NBC.

This TSA-ordered search is yet another example of the agency’s expansion beyond the concrete confinements of airport terminals and into Americans’ daily lives.

In a statement made to the LA Times, TSA air marshal Ray Dineen could not have explained the agency’s intentions more clearly.

“We are not the Airport Security Administration,” he said. “We take that transportation part seriously.”

That wasn’t just rhetoric.

In 2012, TSA agents dug through the bags and belongings of Houston bus riders while asking intrusive questions about the nature of their trips.

In response, enraged Houston residents stormed a METRO board meeting to complain about the TSA’s random passenger interrogations.

“I don’t feel like by purchasing a ticket or riding a bus that I have to forfeit my Constitutional rights and my protections and be subject to search or seizure,” passenger Derrick Broze told METRO board members.

“We don’t plan on letting this issue die if the TSA stays in our city.”

But the TSA wants to stay and expand, not just in Houston but in every American city.

Later that year, for example, TSA inspectors were spotted at a Southern California train station.

Teams of armed TSA officers prowl subways, train stations, bus stations and other mass transit hubs across the country.

Operating since at least 2010, these VIPR (Visible Intermodal Prevention and Response) teams use German shepherds to sniff passengers while tearing through their personal belongings.

VIPR teams are also expected to litter the highway with checkpoints to routinely stop, search, and radiate drivers with security scans.

The TSA even admitted in 2011 that the VIPR teams have not foiled any terrorist plots.

But they certainly make their presence known and in the future the TSA may even spread outside of “transportation security.”

Earlier this month, we reported on a video of a uniformed TSA agent handling a dog inside the Ingram Park Mall in San Antonio, Texas.

According to the reader who submitted the video, mall management admitted that they were providing the agency a “place to train.”

The TSA simply want their armed officers roaming amongst us, searching our bags and terrorizing us in the name of safety.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, July 19, 2013 at 1:43 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Florida Nurse Terrorized by US Marshals

7

Julie Wilson
Infowars.com
July 19, 2013

It was a typical week night evening after work when Sarasota, Fl., resident Louise Goldsberry finished dinner and began to clean up.

The nurse, employed by the Sarasota Doctors Hospital, proceeded towards the kitchen sink to clean the dishes when she gazed out her window. Her gaze met the eyes of a man wearing a hunting vest who was aiming a gun directly at her face.

Goldsberry, understandably frightened, dropped to the floor and began screaming. Although in a panic, she managed to crawl her way into the bedroom to retrieve her weapon, a .38-caliber revolver she had purchased to provide comfort while living alone.

She maintained a concealed weapons permit for the firearm.

Craig Dorris, her boyfriend who worked as a manager for a security alarm company, heard her screams and tried to make sense of his girlfriend’s reaction when suddenly they both heard a man screaming to open the front door.

Louis Goldsberry Photo: Facebook

Louis Goldsberry
Photo: Facebook

The man, shouting obscenities, claimed to be a police officer and ordered them to open the front door.

Goldsberry wasn’t convinced. The man she saw through the window looked more like an “armed thug” than a police officer.

Luckily the boyfriend Dorris, was able to remain calm and request ID from the man, but the yelling continued and the man shouted, “We’re the f–- police; open the f–- door!”

Frightened, Dorris moved away from the door half expecting bullets to riddle through it.

Goldsberry, who had never been arrested before, wondered if they could really be police and if they would speak this way. She had no idea as to why the police would be trying to force their way into her apartment with their weapons drawn.

As the couple stayed huddled in the hallway, Goldsberry still clutching her weapon, watched in horror as the unidentified man pushed open the front door, which they swore had been locked.

A man crept around the corner aiming his weapon at them both and shouted, “Drop the f–- gun or I’ll f–- shoot you,” he ordered.

Goldsberry’s screams heightened, but Dorris studied the man who was now standing inside the apartment. He observed him holding a tactical shield for protection and decided he appeared to be well equipped enough to be police.

Dorris realizing that any minute the standoff could result in the death of both of them, began reasoning with the man, surrendering, raising his hands above his head and asking the man to step outside to talk.

After given permission, he moved towards the front door peacefully but was immediately grabbed and placed in handcuffs.

After being arrested outside, Dorris saw numerous men wearing vests with the words federal marshal strewn across them. Dozens of Sarasota Police officers flooded the scene, as well as some others that he couldn’t identify, which he found unusual since he often worked with police at his security company.

Dorris described it as a scene from the movie Rambo.

Dorris then yelled inside to his girlfriend that it was OK to drop the gun and come out. Paralyzed with fear, Goldsberry froze and shouted, “I’m an American citizen, you have no right to do this.”

The standoff continued for several more minutes before finally releasing her weapon onto the floor.

She was rushed by officers and quickly handcuffed.

The couple remained cuffed outside for the next thirty minutes while police searched their home without a warrant for a man they had never heard of and certainly never seen.

Finally they were released and the police left.

According to police, the man at the door was Matt Wiggins of the U.S. Marshal’s fugitive division.

When the Herald Tribune, Sarasota’s local newspaper, questioned the marshal he claimed they were searching for child-rape suspect.

Wiggins claimed they had a tip that the suspect, Kyle Riley, was inside the apartment complex, but admitted they had no specific information that indicated he was inside Goldsberry’s apartment.

Wiggins said when the people inside the apartment didn’t immediately open up, that gave them reason to believe they were harboring the alleged child rapist.

The U.S. marshal even had the audacity to say, “Nobody in the other units reacted that way.”

Tom Lyons, a reporter for the Herald Tribune countered, “Maybe none of them had a gun pointed at them through the window.”

Of course Wiggins didn’t seem to think that fact condoned the horrified woman’s behavior. He said he acted with restraint and didn’t like having a gun aimed at him.

“I went above and beyond. I have to go home at night,” said Wiggins.

Lyons argued, “She had a gun pointed at her, too, and she wasn’t wearing body armor and behind a shield.”

“She had no reason to expect police or think police would ever aim into her kitchen and cuss at her through her door to get in. It seemed crazy and she was panicked.”

Wiggins responded with, “We were clearly the police, she can’t say she didn’t know.”

“She does say so, actually,” said Lyons.

In an interview with Lyons the following day, Goldsberry explained, “I couldn’t see them. They had a big light in my eyes.”

The man she saw aiming a gun at her through the window had nothing visible that said “cop.”

“I was thinking, is this some kind of nutjob?” she said.

Turns out it was just a U.S. Federal marshal exercising what he thinks is his right under his authoritative title, and of course was “just doing his job.”

Eventually Wiggins admitted, “I feel bad for her. But at the same time, I had to reasonably believe the bad guy was in her house based on what they were doing.”

Despite the fact that she was pointing a gun at police, and Goldsberry wasn’t shot, Wiggins says, “She sure shouldn’t be going to the press.”

 

Republished with permission from: Infowars

The Real Purpose of the Drug War

0

A heart in love will decipher every squiggle in a letter as a kiss. In the final days of the 2008 campaign and in the opening ones of his administration, Obama and his top legal aides seemed to the eager ears of marijuana legalizers on the West Coast to be opening the door to a new, sensible era.

Here was the basic line as dispensed by Attorney General Eric Holder on March 18, 2009:

“The policy is to go after those people who violate both federal and state law. To the extent that people do that and try to use medical marijuana laws [such as California’s Prop 215] as a shield for activity that is not designed to comport with what the intention was of the state law, those are the organizations, the people, that we will target. And that is consistent with what the president said during the campaign.”

The next day drug activists exulted in a big win. “Today’s comments clearly represent a change in policy out of Washington,” Ethan Nadelmann of the Drug Policy Alliance told the LA Times. Holder, Nadelmann added in the New York Times, had sent a clear message to the DEA that the feds now recognize state medical marijuana laws as “kosher.”

Striking a different sort of exultant note, the US Attorney’s spokesman in Los Angeles, Thom Mrozek, told the LA Times: “In every single case we have prosecuted, the defendants violated state as well as federal law.” On January 22 (two days after Obama’s inauguration) DEA agents conducted a raid on a South Lake Tahoe cannabis dispensary run by a wheelchair-bound entrepreneur named Ken Estes. They seized about five pounds of herbal medicine and a few thousand dollars. No arrests were made. “It was a typical rip-and-run,” Estes said. On February 3, the DEA raided four cannabis dispensaries in the LA area. Eight days later DEA agents busted the MendoHealing Co-operative farm in Fort Bragg, California.

The love-flushed Obamians had forgotten how to read political declarations with a close and realistic eye, and to bear in mind the eternal power struggles between federal prosecutors and enforcers–e.g., the DEA and equivalent state bodies. The feds wanted to make it completely clear that, whatever Obama might hint at, they weren’t going to be hog-tied by wussy state laws. Bust a guy in a wheelchair, bust a dispensary, make your point: I’m the man.

Meanwhile, what has been happening out in the fields, dells, plastic greenhouses, indoor grows in the counties of Mendocino and Humboldt? The timeless rhythms of agriculture: overproduction, plummeting prices, the remorseless toll of costly inputs like soil and fertilizers.

Back in the early 1990s the price to grower per pound was around $5,000. A couple of years ago, the average had dropped to about $2,000, more for really skilled growers, who “black box” their greenhouses, darkening them earlier each day to trick the plants into putting out an early crop. Right now, it’s down to maybe $1,000 a pound in the fall, dropping to $600 in the Christmas rush. Do these prices bear any relation to the prices in the fancy dispensaries in southern California? Guess.

Bruce Anderson, editor of the Boonville-based Anderson Valley Advertiser, describes the realities:

“Do a Google Earth on your Mendo neighborhood. Now knowing what to expect, we did one on Boonville. As the satellite camera zeroes in, the grows look like lemon groves, neatly arrayed in the backyards on both sides of Highway 128 from one end of Boonville to the other. Of course the in-door grows can’t be googled, but they are just as numerous throughout the Anderson Valley and every other area of vast Mendocino County. When you hear statements like “Everyone in this county is in the pot business” it’s not that far short of the reality. In an imploding economy does anyone seriously expect an enterprise that pays lots of off-the-books, tax-free cash can be stopped short of full-on legalization? In just the last week, raids were conducted on two homes, one in Eureka, one in Redwood Valley, where better than $400,000 cash was confiscated by the forces of law and order. Every time the cops make big cash hauls more people are convinced that they, too, should get into the pot business. A smaller number of people, of course, are convinced to try to find dope houses to rip off, hence X-number of annual home invasions, most of them unreported. Looked at objectively, and all things considered, the nebulous legal status of marijuana is perfect for Mendocino County’s financial well-being: Every year the cops take off just enough dope to keep pot prices to at least a thou a pound, with prices falling around Christmas to five or six hundred a pound as surpluses are unloaded for spending cash. Legalization would further depress the Mendocino County economy, and depress it big time.

But legalization is not a realistic prospect and so the status of the herb will inevitably remain cloudy. For its part the DEA is announcing big impending raids in Mendocino county, some targeting the vast stretches of the (federally) controlled Mendocino National Forest, and the growers drawing on the waters of the middle Eel. There are serious environmental and criminal issues here. Obama said at the start of his administration, “I can’t ask the Justice Department to ignore completely a federal law that’s on the books. What I can say is, “Use your prosecutorial discretion and properly prioritize your resources to go after things that are really doing folks damage.”

As Mark Scaramela, also of the AVA, ticks off the list, “there are growers, many of them violent, using public lands. Who wants to go hiking and run into a criminal operation? These same growers are responsible for associated illegal water diversions and serious environmental degradation. In one recent raid they took a mile of black plastic irrigation pipe out of the Mendocino National Forest.”

Fine for the Feds to go into action here. What’s not fine is a far-reaching national campaign against medical growers right across the US. All the usual arsenal of harassments have been brought into play by multiple agencies, starting with the IRS, bankrupting dispensaries by simply denying elementary
colossalbusiness expenses.

Has the drug war — as a war on the poor — slowed down? In 2010 some 850,000 Americans were arrested for marijuana related offenses of which the vast majority was for possession. That means since Obama took office it is likely well over 2.5 million Americans have been arrested for marijuana. This under the aegis of a President who cosily discloses his marijuana habit as a young man. One bust, Mr Obama, and you’d be still on the South Side. But then, your sense of self-righteousness is too distended to be deflated by any sense of hypocrisy.

Take a look at New York City.

In the Bloomberg years in New York City “stop and frisks” have gone through the roof. In 2002, when Bloomberg had only just stepped into the Mayor’s office, 97,296 New Yorkers were stopped by the police under Stop and Frisk. 
80,176 were totally innocent (82 percent).

By 2009, 581,168 New Yorkers were stopped by the police.
510,742 were totally innocent (88 percent).
310,611 were black (55 percent).
180,055 were Latino (32 percent).
53,601 were white (10 percent).
289,602 were aged 14-24 (50 percent). (For reference, according to the Census Bureau, there were about only 300,000 black men between the ages of 13 and 34 living in the city that year.)

In 2011, 685,724 New Yorkers were stopped by the police.
605,328 were totally innocent (88 percent).
350,743 were black (53 percent).
223,740 were Latino (34 percent).
61,805 were white (9 percent).
341,581 were aged 14-24 (51 percent).

What happens after the initiation of Stop and Frisk when the person “complies” with an NYPD officer’s directive to “empty their pockets”?  If up to 25 grams of marijuana stays out of view, that constitutes only a violation. If the cop forces the weed into public view we’re looking at a misdemeanor, with potentially devastating career consequences for the target. Low level arrests for possession of marijuana in New York have gone up from about 2,000 in 1990 to 50,684 arrests in 2011 for possession of a small amount of marijuana, more than for any other offense, according to an analysis of state data by Harry G. Levine, a sociologist at Queens College.

From 2002 to 2011, New York City recorded 400,000 low-level marijuana arrests, according to Levine’s analysis. That represented more arrests than under Bloomberg’s three predecessors put together – a period of 24 years. Most of those arrested have been young black and Hispanic men, and most had no prior criminal convictions.

Don’t forget: Drug policy in the US is about social control.

That’s the name of the game.

Alexander Cockburn’s memoir, A Colossal Wreck, is now available from CounterPunch. 

Jeffrey St. Clair is the author of Been Brown So Long It Looked Like Green to Me: the Politics of Nature, Grand Theft Pentagon and Born Under a Bad Sky. His latest book is Hopeless: Barack Obama and the Politics of Illusion. He can be reached at: sitka@comcast.net. 

This article originally appeared in the June 2012 issue of CounterPunch magazine.

Republished with permission from: Counterpunch

Arkansas Police Beat Man So Hard His Teeth Fell Out, Man Claims in Court

0

Arkansas sheriff’s deputies tied a man to chair for eight hours and beat him “until his teeth were knocked from his mouth” – after a traffic ticket, the man claims in court.

Anthony Westbrook sued Saline County, its Sheriff Bruce Pennington and Deputy Calvin Reed, in Saline County Court. He claims the defendants “have created an atmosphere of terror and torture at the [Saline County Detention] Center.”

Westbrook, who also sued five Jane Doe deputies, claims he was beaten and unconstitutionally restrained for 10 hours after his arrest and medical treatment.

He claims the Doe deputies at the Saline County Detention Center not only watched the beating but refused to intervene and “conspired between themselves” to destroy video evidence.

“After being arrested and detained, Anthony Westbrook was handcuffed, restrained and beaten by Deputy Calvin Reed until his teeth were knocked from his mouth and he suffered facial and jaw and other physical injuries and other injuries constituting excessive and unconstitutional force,” Westbrook says in the complaint.

“Following the beating by Deputy Calvin Reed, Anthony Westbrook sought help and medical care from the employees at the Center and instead was unreasonably and unconstitutionally restrained for a period of 10 hours in violation [of] his constitutional rights.”

Westbrook claims the deputies threatened him “with further unconstitutional punishment if he continued to request such help.”

“The defendants not only failed to provide such protective help but became agitated and intentionally ignored the injuries of plaintiff after he was injured,” the complaint states.

“… (F)ollowing plaintiff’s beating and injury, the defendants conspired between themselves, under the guidance of the supervising official for the Detention Center to misrepresent the facts and circumstances involving the beating and injury of Anthony Westbrook to obscure their acts to avoid accountability for what they had done, including destroying video evidence of the beating and detention.”

Westbrook claims that Saline Detention Center officials have a history of beating inmates-so much so that the beatings are “part of the official custom and practice at the Saline County Detention Center.”

He claims “that the employees engaged in a pattern and practice of brutality and unconstitutional restraint and denying emergency medical treatment to Anthony Westbrook and others similarly situated.”

The complaint is not a class action.

Westbrook claims that “inadequate supervision and training of Detention Center employees … have created an atmosphere of terror and torture at the Center [which] caused many detainees and inmates to be deprived of their constitutional rights and to endure beatings and injuries inflicted by the deputies and employees of the detention facilities”.

He seeks compensatory and punitive damages for constitutional and civil rights violations, excessive force, pain and suffering, scars and disfigurement, and medical and dental expenses.

He is represented by James F. Swindoll of Little Rock.

Republished with permission from: AlterNet

Want a Long Life? Leave Mississippi

0

<!–

MailChimp RSS-Email Widget

–>

Where Americans live says a lot about how healthy they will be in later years.

July 19, 2013
 |

This map shows how long state residents can expect to be healthy after age 65 (Credit: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention)

With lifespans lengthening, researchers found that where Americans live says a lot about how healthy they will be in later years.

Hawaiians are lucky in more than their idyllic weather and gorgeous scenery. Seniors there can expect a little more than 16 years of healthy life after 65. Women in Hawaii can expect more than 17 years.

At the other extreme, Mississippi’s seniors have less than 11 years of healthy life. Older black Mississippians have only eight years, lower than anywhere except, oddly, African-Americans in Iowa, with seven years.

The national average is 14 years. That is, the average 65-year-old American can expect good health until age 79 — a little more for women, a little less for men.

In general the Northeast, Upper Plains and West foster good health while the Midwest and, especially, the South (except Florida) are less healthy places. Some of this may owe to environmental factors as well as the usual  factors of healthy behavior and access to good preventative care.

In related news a study published this month in the Journal of the American Medical Association found that, as NPR puts it:

The U.S. rank declined on every measure of longevity and good health between 1990 and 2010. On “healthy life expectancy,” the US went from 14th place to 26th over those two decades — while its already disproportionately high health care spending spiraled ever higher.

Commenting on the JAMA study in an accompanying editorial, Dr. Harvey Fineberg, president of the National Institute of Medicine, quoted from an influential 1970s book called “Doing Better and Feeling Worse: Health in the United States.”

“Despite a massive increase in health expenditures,” wrote Dr. John Knowles, editor of that volume, “the nation’s health has improved less than was promised or expected. The benefits have not appeared to justify the costs.”

Like Alternet on Facebook

‘;
jQuery(‘#root_subfooter’).before( html );

var slide_top_offset = calculate_slide_div_top_offset();
var slide_left_offset = calculate_slide_div_left_offset();

jQuery(‘#like_alternet_on_fb’)
.css(‘position’,’fixed’)
.css(‘top’,’-150px’)
.css(‘width’,’450px’)
.css(‘height’,’105px’)
.css(‘background’,’#E8E8FB’)
.css(‘border’,’10px solid #223BBE’)
.css(‘border-right’,’0px’);

toggle();

}

function resize_slide_div(){

var slide_top_offset = calculate_slide_div_top_offset();
var slide_left_offset = calculate_slide_div_left_offset();

jQuery(‘#like_alternet_on_fb’)
.css(‘top’,slide_top_offset)
.css(‘left’,slide_left_offset);

}

/* HOOK SCRIPT INTO EVENTS */

var paging = String( getUrlVars()[“page”] );

if( paging == ‘off’ ){
var is_paging_off = true;
} else {
var is_paging_off = false;
}

//console.log( ‘Is paging off ? [‘ + is_paging_off + ‘] ‘ + getUrlVars()[“paging”] );

var page = String( getUrlVars()[“page”] );

if( page == ‘undefined’ ){
var is_first_page = true;
} else {
var is_first_page = false;
}

//console.log( ‘Is first page ? [‘ + is_first_page + ‘] ‘ + page );

jQuery(window).scroll(function() {

var scrollYpos = jQuery(document).scrollTop();

if( scrollYpos >= pop_in_yPos && on_off_toggle == ‘off’ ){
toggle();
}

if( scrollYpos

‘;
jQuery(‘div.media-image’).each( function(index){
src = String(jQuery(this).children(‘img.media-image’).attr(‘src’));
if( src != ” && src != ‘undefined’ ){
parts = src.split(‘/’);
if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘slideshow’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/slideshow/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘AFP’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/images/AFP/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘public’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-3] == ‘public’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/’+parts[parts.length-2]+’/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else { new_src = false; }
if( new_src ){ jQuery(this).html(‘‘+jQuery(this).html()+enlarge_html+’‘); }
}
});

var slideshowdiv; var new_html; var img_obj; var sourcediv; var titlediv; var captiondiv; var title; var caption;

jQuery(‘div.slideshow-body div.slideshow div.field-item’).each( function(index){

slideshowdiv = jQuery(this).find(‘div.altslideshow-embedded-gallery’);
img_obj = slideshowdiv.find(‘img’);
src = img_obj.attr(‘src’);

title = slideshowdiv.children(‘div.altslideshow-title’).html();
if( title == null ){ title = ”; }

caption = slideshowdiv.children(‘div.altslideshow-caption’).html();
if( caption == null ){ caption = ”; }

if( src != ” && src != ‘undefined’ ){
// alert( ‘SRC: ‘+src );
parts = src.split(‘/’);
if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘slideshow’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/slideshow/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘AFP’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/images/AFP/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘public’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-3] == ‘public’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/’+parts[parts.length-2]+’/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else { new_src = false; }
// alert( ‘New SRC: ‘+new_src );
if( new_src ){
img_obj.parent().attr(‘href’,new_src).attr(‘rel’,’lightbox[slides]’).attr(‘title’,title+’
‘+caption).append(‘

Click to enlarge.

‘);
}
}

//sourcediv = jQuery(this).find(‘div.altslideshow-source’);
//titlediv = jQuery(this).find(‘div.altslideshow-title’);
//captiondiv = jQuery(this).find(‘div.altslideshow-caption’);
//sourcediv.after( titlediv ).after( captiondiv );

});


Republished with permission from: AlterNet

Asiana flight passenger killed by emergency truck, not air crash

0

A California coroner has revealed that a Chinese student aboard Asiana Flight 214 survived the crash-landing, but was killed by a fire truck in the aftermath of the wreck. Her body was found outside the aircraft.

Ye Mengyuan, a 16-year-old girl from China, was one of the three
victims who died after Asiana Flight 214 crashed on its approach
to San Francisco International Airport on July 6. Another 180
people were injured.

San Mateo County coroners determined that the girl died as a
result of blunt force trauma. The student’s body was found
outside of the plane, and mysterious details surrounding her
death caused investigators to speculate that she may have
initially survived the crash.

Ye had been sitting in the back of the plane, but her body was
found near the left wing. Ye’s friend, 15-year-old Wang Lin Jia,
was sitting in the back of the plane when she died, which is
where numerous casualties occurred. The third girl who died of
her injuries, 15-year-old Liu Yi Peng, was also found in her seat
on the airplane, the San Francisco Chronicle reported.

Students of the Jiangshan Middle School light candles to form a heart shape and initials (below), of the victims Yang Mengyuan and Wang Linjia of the Asiana Airlines crash, in Quzhou, Zhejiang province July 8, 2013 (Reuters / Stringer)

There are no witnesses who remembered seeing Ye alive after the
accident. But the girl’s body was found covered in fire-fighting
foam, 53 minutes after the crash. It remains unclear how she got
off the plane.

“I don’t think the [National Transportation Safety Board]
knows, I talked to them today,”
Coroner Robert Foucrault told
reporters late Thursday. Photographs taken by a
survivor in the aftermath of the crash show no evidence that Ye’s
body was anywhere near the left wing, which suggests that she was
in fact killed later on — a fact that the San Mateo County
coroners this week confirmed.

The coroner on Thursday announced that the
16-year-old was alive after the crash and was fatally struck by a
vehicle. During a press conference on Friday,
Foucrault told reporters that the vehicle was indeed a fire truck
racing to get to the burning wreckage. While on their way to the
scene, firefighters ran over and killed Ye with their truck.

The coroner said the teen was killed by “multiple blunt
injuries that are consistent with being run over by a motor
vehicle.”

“Those injuries she received… she was alive at the time,”
he said.

San Francisco Fire Chief Joanna Hayes-White apologized for the
“tragic accident,” which contradicts the purpose her
department exists to serve.

“Obviously, we are heartbroken,” she told NBC. “We’re in the
business of saving lives… It’s very difficult and devastating
news for all of us.”

Hayes-White emphasized that emergency workers “risked their
lives”
to save passengers from the burning plane, and said
that the scene was difficult to navigate because of the crash
debris that littered the tarmac.

“There’s not a lot of words for how badly we feel about it,
how sorry we feel about it,”
she added, noting that the fire
department had already offered to meet with the girl’s family.

Ye and her friend had planned to participate in a three-week
summer camp in Los Angeles, as well as visit Stanford University.
Ye’s family has been in the US since last week and is waiting to
take the teen’s body to China for burial.

Republished with permission from: RT

In Detroit Bankruptcy, It's the Poor Who Lose

0

A third of all square mileage in Detroit sits empty in a city beset with poverty (Photo: Flickr Creative Commons/Chris Tobins)The Detroit emergency manager’s filing of city bankruptcy Thursday sparked fears that the impoverished municipality will suffer an accelerated race down the path towards privatization and the erosion of public services that have already devastated its poor communities.

In the largest Chapter 9 bankruptcy case in US history, the move will allow the city to decimate benefits and pensions for city workers and retirees–the city’s ‘unsecured’ lenders– while gutting public services and diverting public dollars to pay off the big banks who own much of the city’s debt.

Unions charge that emergency manager Kevyn Orr–with the support of Michigan Governor Rick Snyder–rushed into bankruptcy to subvert democratic process and avoid the Michigan constitutional mandate requiring municipal governments to keep their word on pension contracts with retirees. American Federation of State, County and Municipal Employees president Lee Saunders declared in a statement released immediately after the decision:

Governor Snyder’s plan to suspend democracy, drive one of America’s largest cities into bankruptcy and deprive workers of their hard-earned retirement security, moved dangerously closer to reality today when without a single negotiation with unions, workers or retirees, Snyder authorized Detroit’s financial manager to file for bankruptcy.

The city’s emergency manager Kevyn Orr–appointed by Governor Rick Snyder last March–has already been blasted for advancing a Republican-led state takeover of city government and pushing a corporate agenda of privatization that further devastates Detroit’s poor.

The New Yorker reports that Michigan voters signaled their disapproval of bankruptcy filings for Detroit:

Last November, Michigan voters, fearing the possibility that Snyder would force bankruptcy upon Detroit, voted in a referendum to repeal the law that gave him the power to appoint an emergency manager such as Orr. Snyder subsequently used a lame-duck session of the G.O.P.-controlled state legislature to force through a new law giving him similar powers to those in the law that the voters had just struck down.

The unelected manager, who is a former corporate bankruptcy lawyer, wielded his near absolute ’emergency’ powers since taking up his position to push forward plans to cut off poor neighborhoods from essential services and privatize transportation, streetlights, and even garbage pickup throughout the city. Nothing has been safe from his plan for rapid privatization: he was even considering selling off the city’s esteemed art museum.

Nearly 60 percent of Detroit children live in poverty and 33 percent of all land sits vacant in a city where more than 80 percent of all residents are black. Half of all streetlights are non-functional, and a majority of public parks have shut down.

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

Republished with permission from: Common Dreams

Inmates claim prison guards are retaliating against hunger-strikers in California

0

California prison inmates engaged in a nearly two-week-long hunger-strike say that jailers are beginning to retaliate for what has become an item of embarrassment for state officials.

At least 1,457 inmates across the state of California remained
engaged in an act of civil disobedience on Thursday as a historic
hunger-strike aimed to raise awareness of deplorable prison
conditions approached its twelfth day. That number has dwindled
down from 30,000 in 33 jails just a few days ago, however, and
allegations made by prisoners about the guards’ efforts to
persuade inmates against protesting could provide an explanation
why.

Attorneys for the inmates say prison officials have retaliated in
hopes of ending the hunger-strike that started off on-track to be
the largest the state has ever seen. According to lawyers,
California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation guards
are blasting ice-cold air into the cells of inmates, confiscating
legal documents and ever barring some attorneys from making
contact with their clients.

“The CDCR wants to cut off communications between prisoners
and the outside world, but we are not going to let that
happen
,” attorney Marilyn McMahon, who represents an inmate
at Pelican Bay State Prison, wrote in a statement issued
Thursday.

Inmates across the state are protesting the prison system’s
tactic of isolating detainees who have been determined to be
involved in internal gangs. Those prisoners are locked up in
small, solitary cells until they volunteer to detail gang
activity to investigators. No rule exists limiting how long those
inmates can be held in isolation, and some have lived like that
for years, even decades.

“Our indefinite isolation here is both inhumane and illegal,
and the proponents of the prison industrial complex are hoping
that their campaign to dehumanize us has succeeded to the degree
that you don’t care and will allow the torture to continue in
your name
,” inmates at Corcoran State Prison said in a
statement issued earlier this month.

The inmates want the state to adopt a maximum isolation term of
five years, as well as provide education and rehabilitation
programs and the right to make monthly phone calls. But despite
raising awareness across the country in under two weeks through
the stunt, guards are apparently retaliating in an attempt to
weaken the movement.

“They are the upping the ante in terms of cold. It’s clearly a
tactic to make everything uncomfortable and in essence retaliate
for the hunger strike
,” civil rights attorney Anne Weills
told the Guardian after a recent visit to Pelican Bay. “They
are freezing, these men. I could see them shivering in front of
me. I had two sweaters on and I was freezing
.”

“They are suffering,” she said. “This puts them at risk
of hypothermia
.”

But while CDCR spokesperson Terry Thornton insisted to the
Guardian that the temperature within the prisons are at a normal,
appropriate level, attorneys say the CDCR is deploying even more
sinister tactics to try and break down the strike.

McMahon said she has been cut off from one of her clients, and
suggested that this and other actions “are consequences for
engaging in disruptive behavior and a mass hunger strike is
disruptive behavior
.”

“It’s an incredible violation of client-attorney
privilege
,” added Wells. “It’s unconscionable.”

Strikes at Corcoran, Pelican Bay and more than 30 others have
been underway July 8. A similar hunger-strike that was waged two
years ago in California with more than 6,000 participants
prompted a class-action lawsuit which is still being deliberated
today. The latest action also comes amidst a handful of other
local scandals that have marred the CDCR involving issues of
overcrowding and the mass sterilization of female inmates.

Republished with permission from: RT

Panama Arrests Ex-CIA Chief of Station Wanted by INTERPOL for Abduction of Muslim Cleric

0

A retired 21-year veteran of the United States Central Intelligence Agency, who is wanted by INTERPOL for participating in the abduction of a Muslim cleric in Italy, has been detained by police in Panama. Robert Seldon Lady was the CIA’s station chief in Milan in 2003, when a team of 23 Americans, most of them CIA officers, abducted Mustafa Osama Nasr. The CIA suspected the Egyptian-born Nasr, known also as Abu Omar, of working as a recruiter for a host of radical Islamist groups, including al-Qaeda.

On February 17, 2003, Nasr was seized in dramatic fashion by a group of CIA operatives in broad daylight in Milan. He was stuffed into an unmarked white van and eventually ended up in Egypt, where he was tortured before being released. Nasr’s case helped raise awareness of the US government’s extraordinary rendition program. Under the controversial program, suspected terrorist operatives were secretly taken to third-party countries where they were subjected to aggressive interrogation techniques. Italian authorities were irritated by Nasr’s kidnapping, which they claimed took place without the consent of the Italian government. There are also reports that the Italian intelligence services were monitoring Nasr at the time and were trying to recruit him as a source, which might explain why they were incensed when the Egyptian was snatched by the CIA without their authorization.

Lady and several other CIA operatives involved in Nasr’s abduction were subsequently identified in a judicial investigation by Italian authorities, which also exposed the American team’s careless spy tradecraft. The latter included unsecured cell phone calls to each other in the days before the abduction, and extravagant bills incurred while staying in luxury Italian hotels. The US government refused to acknowledge that most of the 23 identified Americans were CIA operatives and pressured the Italian authorities to drop all charges. But Washington’s efforts failed and the Americans were convicted in absentia in 2005.

According to the Italian media, Lady was arrested by police near Panama’s border with Costa Rica on Wednesday, soon after he entered the country. There is no mention in the Italian press of the reasons why Lady, who is wanted by INTERPOL in pursuance of a formal request issued by Rome, was traveling outside the United States. It is also unclear whether the Panamanian authorities were acting at the behest of the Italian government. Italy now has two months to file a formal extradition request for Lady, who has been convicted to nine years in prison for his role in Nasr’s kidnapping. The CIA has declined to comment on Lady’s reported arrest and possible extradition.

Disclaimer: The contents of this article are of sole responsibility of the author(s). The Centre for Research on Globalization will not be responsible for any inaccurate or incorrect statement in this article. The Center of Research on Globalization grants permission to cross-post original Global Research articles on community internet sites as long as the text & title are not modified. The source and the author’s copyright must be displayed. For publication of Global Research articles in print or other forms including commercial internet sites, contact: publications@globalresearch.ca

www.globalresearch.ca contains copyrighted material the use of which has not always been specifically authorized by the copyright owner. We are making such material available to our readers under the provisions of “fair use” in an effort to advance a better understanding of political, economic and social issues. The material on this site is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving it for research and educational purposes. If you wish to use copyrighted material for purposes other than “fair use” you must request permission from the
copyright owner.

For media inquiries: publications@globalresearch.ca

Republished with permission from: Global Research

Social Contract: The Exceptions to the Rule

0

July 19, 2013

“Individual rights are sacrificed so an elite ‘vanguard’ can take more power to itself.” ~anon

Control has been disguised as freedomWhat do the September 2013 completion of the mega NSA data and surveillance center in Bluffdale, Utah, federalized swat teams smashing down homeowner’s front doors, and the July 2013 acceptance of the Obama Administration’s appeal to retain portions of the NDAA for the indefinite detention of Americans have in common? For those who are not in denial, these three facts alone point to the breach of Americans’ social contract with the U.S. Government, making it effectively null and void.

Did you know that if you are an American you are considered to be under a social contract with the US Government? Apparently, this all began with the Greek philosopher, Plato (427 BC-347 BC). I will explain.

What exactly is a social contract? It is a political philosophy defined as an obligatory agreement the people of a nation make voluntarily with their government for their mutual benefit and reciprocity. The underlying premise for its need is that individual people will only focus on themselves and their own self-interest when left to their own devices.

Social contract philosophy further states that, because this is a truism about the people, they must give up some of their individual rights to government in order to have a civil society of protection and order. Accordingly, this will work because the state exists only to serve the general will of the people. That’s the concept.

We are reminded still of our social contract to embrace laws and behaviors the U.S. Government has determined to be for the “common good.” The upcoming new Utah data center, federal swat teams at our front door and the authorization of indefinite detention of Americans are three such examples of social contracts supposedly for the common good of all Americans.

Recently, a local hero in Texas, Jim Hightower, reinforced the meaning of common good to a 2013 high school graduating class by effectively shaming them into believing they should be considered idiots if they “refuse to participate in public efforts to benefit the larger community.”

“Now that you’ve had a dozen years in the classroom and earned this important credential, DON’T BE AN IDIOT! I used “idiot” in the same way that ancient Greeks originally meant it. Idiotes were not people with low-watt brains, but individuals who cared only about themselves, refusing to participate in public efforts to benefit the larger community — to serve the common good.”
Jim Hightower, Denison, Texas high school commencement speech, June 2013

As I mentioned, the origin of the social contract goes all the way back to the Greek philosopher, Plato. The three best known proponents of the social contract in more modern times are English philosophers Thomas Hobbes 1588-1679, and John Locke 1632-1704, along with French philosopher, Jean-Jacques Rousseau 1712-1778.

Though Hobbes, Locke and Rousseau did not agree with each other on every point, they did, in their own ways, agree that to form civil society man needed to revoke and escape the “State of Nature” which is that pesky state of self-interest already mentioned. In addition to the people having to give up some of their individual rights, the second component of the social contract was the necessity for an enforcement mechanism to uphold the social contract and the laws therein.

Of the three men, many credit Jean-Jacques Rousseau of the 18th century as the most influential to America’s democracy movement of the last two-plus centuries. His pivotal book, The Social Contract, asserts that only when the individual submits to the “general will” of the society will he or she truly find freedom. In a few words, he submits his perspective, which also popularized the modern concept of collectivism.

“Each of us puts his person and all his power in common under the supreme direction of the general will, and, in our corporate capacity, we receive each member as an indivisible part of the whole.” ~ Jean-Jacques Rousseau, The Social Contract, 1762

Just a decade after Rousseau’s ground-breaking book, the first two founding documents of he United States of America largely ignored Rousseau’s collectivist view: the Declaration of Independence in 1776, and the first American constitution, the Articles of Confederation and Perpetual Union in 1777. The central theme of both documents was grounded in John Locke’s philosophy of the individual’s God-given unalienable rights of Natural Law. Natural Law evolved into English Common Law, the law of the land in America until the early 1900’s.

Prior to the creation of the United States under the Constitution of 1787, states were autonomous although there was a federal legislature but no centralized government. Free inhabitants, as early Americans were called, retained their unalienable rights and enjoyed the privileges of the confederation without an obligation to federal citizenship.

Nonetheless, Rousseau’s social contract gained in popularity and fit perfectly with the Federalist ideology and goal to create an entirely new, second constitution; one that would increase their power over Americans by gaining a centralized form of government. The enforcement provision of the social contract embedded in the Constitution of 1787 would then give them legitimate authority to compel performance from citizens by force.

Americans got a centralized U.S. Government where none had previously existed. The original definition of a sovereign as the creator, in early America, had already also included individuals with private rights as had been kings. But with the social contract of the Constitution, the meaning changed this time to mean that the nation was the sovereign.

In conclusion, under the social contract philosophy and by definition, the state as sovereign became the final arbiter of what was moral and just for the individual. However, a huge loophole-exception had been built into the social contract philosophy and practices for the elite vanguard; one that has become the veritable elephant in the room.

The elite vanguard of society, i.e. ruling class, would always have the upper hand over the people, no matter what. Within the social contract it is implied that when the people give up some of their individual rights to those of a governmental body, they give those rights with the tacit understanding that said public servants, unlike themselves, are immune to succumbing to governing based on their own self interests.

Yet as many of us already know, this implication of a governing body of people who would be immune from governing via self-interest could not be farther from the truth. By the fact of an ever-widening un-level playing field filled with millions of dissatisfied Americans, Rousseau’s assertion that the state only existed to serve the “general will” was but an educated opinion at best.

The social contract philosophy has proven to be a failure. Perhaps more truthful is that all humans, not just the unwashed masses, tend to look after their own self interest, but especially, politicians, bankers and all those at the top of the power pyramid.

Think outside the box. Live outside the cage.

~s

Morsi supporters hold fresh rallies

0

Supporters of Muslim Brotherhood and ousted Egyptian president Mohamed Morsi raise pictures of the toppled leader and wave national flag during a demonstration in Cairo, on July 19, 2013.

Tens of thousands of supporters of the overthrown president Mohamed Morsi have staged fresh rallies across Egypt to demand his reinstatement.

Large crowds of protesters gathered on Friday outside the Rabaâ„¢a al-Adawiya Mosque in Nasr City, a Cairo suburb and a stronghold of the ousted president.

Morsiâ„¢s supporters in their thousands also massed in other parts of the capital on Friday evening. They have dubbed Fridayâ„¢s demonstrations as Å“Breaking the Coup”.

Elsewhere in Alexandria and Giza, the second and third largest cities, protests were held in support of Morsi.

Morsiâ„¢s opponents were also to gather in Cairoâ„¢s landmark Liberation Square and outside the presidential palace.

Morsi was arrested by the Egyptian military on July 3, and has not been heard of ever since. Meanwhile, the Egyptian army has also arrested a number of Morsiâ„¢s top aides and issued arrest warrants for hundreds of Muslim Brotherhood members and leaders.

Tension has intensified since the Egyptian army overthrew Morsi, suspended the constitution, dissolved the parliament on July 3 and declared the chief justice of Egyptâ„¢s Supreme Constitutional Court, Adly Mansour, as interim president the following day.

Dozens of people have since been killed in the wave of violent clashes between Morsi supporters, his opponents and security forces.

JR/KA

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Elephant in the Room? No, the Whole Trumpeting Herd!

0

I awoke this morning with Ibsen’s “Enemy of the People” (1882) tugging at the back of my mind because I had been puzzling earlier over the possibilities of interpreting the phrase, “elephant in the room,” frequently heard among radicals in denoting the outrageous expenditures in the national budget devoted to intervention, nuclear and conventional armaments, research and development focused on the promotion of war, and, in general, an inflated militarism, all at the expense of meeting domestic needs, as in spending on infrastructure, job creation, pollution control, health care, mortgage relief, and halting the steady diminution in the scope and efficacy of the social safety net, each of which is held hostage to the all-pervasive vacuuming of the society’s resources into the gaping maw of America’s hegemonic pretentions and its will to power. Although by this reckoning, the military-factor is the elephant in the room, honesty compels one to admit that even without its overarching presence, as the cesspit for dumping national resources of wealth so as to prevent the formation of  a vital public sector, America’s ideological resistance to achieving the purposes of the social welfare, outside of a strict capitalistic interpretation and framework, as in contrast, say, to the creation of a single-payer health insurance system, still would hardly be realizable, given the hostility to all things public, thus making militarism preferable to, and the logical antidote for warding off, presumed socialism. (As I will point out, militarism is ancillary to capitalism, which I take to be the real elephant in the room.)

Remaining with current radical usage, i.e., militarism broadly conceived, to illustrate the psychological processes involved, one finds that the elephant in the room is of such gargantuan proportions that, by occupying the individual’s attention or mental space, its enormity tends to crowd out all else, making it so conspicuous as finally to become inconspicuous, to be taken for granted, no longer considered, a given of the seemingly permanent mindset of the individual. One moves around the elephant, as paradoxically, its size renders it invisible. Radicals who are still observant complain about this omission, specifically, that the military budget and the actual operations become no longer subject to opposition or critical scrutiny. Size in this case induces a certain numbness or ennui. But what must also be mentioned about our elephant is that size conveys, beyond invisibility, the sense of invincibility, which is far more dangerous to independent mental awareness. For the sheer preponderance of the military-factor in American life makes it an intimidating force (the more so because remaining largely unacknowledged), thereby inducing not simply numbness but rather the individual’s overriding feeling (still more unconscious than recognized) of powerlessness, fostering character traits of complicity, complaisance, ultimately, categorical denial of its very existence—invincible and invisible, yet, by this point in what might be called the breakdown of the personality, or simply, ego-loss, in the face of organized, institutionalized, authorized might, also its inevitableness, as a corollary to what is invisible and invincible.

Psychological impoverishment follows like the night the day. The individual stands alone in a political culture notorious for its discouragement of solidarity-bonds, let alone class consciousness, as he/she, practically atomized by institutional design, has to encounter the weight of seemingly impersonal social forces, armed with the law (among other instruments), arrayed in solid phalanx against the dissident or, now, whistleblower. The “elephant in the room” here takes on greater significance because of mounting pressures to deny its existence. Its presence is protection against discovery, which means that in order to avoid the unthinkable–frequently the secret hidden in the elephant’s identity and function, for the individual’s psyche, is thinly-disguised barbarity–requires one to resort to obfuscatory strategies, as needed, to avoid the confrontation with reality, an unwillingness which is perfectly understandable when the particular reality, America, today, if revealed (Snowden, literally today), calls into question the nation’s democratic foundations, structure of       government, philosophic heritage of freedom, legal and constitutional principles: Exceptionalism therefore turned upside down, leaving an exceptionalism of a quite different character–one of reaction, force, amoral international practice geared to unilateral political-economic-ideological dominance of the global system. Thus, as I wrestled with the phrase, “elephant in the room,” I was struck by how evil (I use the term not in its theological, but rather, common-sense application, causing suffering, etc.) induces both fascination and passivity, the first, an attraction to, and willingness to submit before, power in its many manifestations (e.g., military, political, economic) and the powerful, and the latter, a still deeper psychological characteristic, call it Thanatos, in the face of overwhelming institutional-cultural pressures, practically reaching to the instinctual level, demanding self-pacification of the individual made to stand face-to-face to Leviathan.

Militarism, however, is not alone in humbling the individual to Lilliputian size; it requires an entire societal configuration, composed of interdependent factors, to reduce the human being to stomaching the abuses of power while looking the other way. If history teaches us anything, it is that civilization has its dirty secrets, which are generally associated with exploitation, class dominance, and repression, for what else is there in plotting the ascent of ruling groups or the construction of class-arranged hierarchical social systems, let alone the process of primitive accumulation at the formative stage of capitalism, as delineated by Marx? Revealing these secrets is a serious matter, indeed, mind-boggling, for those nurtured on a political culture of patriotism, because such revelation blows the lid off our own defenses and urge to accommodate to power, and equally, if revealed to all, and not only the victims, blows the whistle on the particular systemic mechanisms of power (which may vary from one society to another) constructed for the successful functioning of a basic power-relationship and its political-cultural maintenance and support. Even ruling groups have to believe in their superiority, prerogatives, and right to rule, or at least give the appearance of entitlement in that regard, lest they encourage resistance by betraying a lack of confidence.

As a first approximation, I suggest that militarism (and the use of military force) is the “elephant in the room” in America, the concretization of power seeping down into the collective unconscious drawing everyone together into a cohesive whole, making for a residual fear of the intimidatory force at the societal core which must be psychologically appeased, otherwise risking one’s isolation from the community and a crushing loss of identity. Ibsen early and brilliantly describes the collective mentality that fashions conformity into a state of political acquiescence, as here, in covering up the secret of the contaminated public baths, on which the town based its economic prosperity, health-giving reputation, and the prestige of its leaders, a secret, then, to be kept on pain of moral–and economic–bankruptcy should it be revealed, therefore one requiring self-suppression both of moral choice and realism itself. This abdication of reason, truth, political consciousness, is an invitation to a demiurgic Thanatos, permeating society with an implicit death-wish when human autonomy has been surrendered on the altar of power.

Indeed, a militarism-centered social order almost by implication courts disaster, its life-affirming energies objectively (yet probably unconsciously) thwarted as the whole of the welfare sector becomes proportionately degraded to finance the death-dealing armaments held necessary as a protective shield against the putative enemy. Projection plays a part here: because militarism bespeaks the nation’s own integral aggressiveness, obviating the stigma requires imputing the phenomenon to others, as if to say, outside exigencies or threats requires us, in the effort to preserve our own freedom, to respond in kind, only–in the name of democracy–on a grander scale. Thanatos hovers like a dark cloud over the mental landscape of a society that commits to expansion, hegemony, ideological and cultural superiority, all of which have been interlaced with ethnocentrism, itself a unifying agency for the three, and in its own right honing them into a cult of strength which seeks out the presumed nobility of war. Aside from the obvious utility of making war a surrogate for social reform at home, and the permanent state of war (the Obama-Brennan doctrine that has been enunciated, among the coterie of national-security advisers, to rationalize the armed drone campaign, featuring constantly revised hit lists to ensure longevity and continuity of the program) the locus for habituating the people to an acceptance of security as the chief, if not exclusive, function of the State, the disposition to think in terms of war, intervention, militarism, is informed by an inward irresistible allure of inflicting as well as feeling pain. Welcome America, to sadomasochism in full throttle, part and parcel of the self-chosen militaristic framework, the collective death-wish always at the perimeter.

Step-by-step, we see looming in the Ibsenian revelation the psychodynamics of fear, fear of dissent, on the conscious plane, fear of disclosure, cowardice, but mostly, the participation in a lie, on the unconscious plane, leading the individual, who is lacking the resources of moral courage and the spirit of confrontation, to deliquescing into a pool of lethargy, or more apt, passiveness. American political life exalts compromise (the ideological dodge for enforcing the status quo), which, in this discussion, refers to the attitude of going-along: condoning war crimes–not even perceived as such–in the name of the National- Security State, likewise the commission of assassination authorized at the top levels of government, and of course the defense budget, which dwarfs all social-welfare expenditures and leaves the people to fend for themselves in a deteriorating state. The ruling groups–political, economic, military, singly and conjoined–could not be more pleased; for them, societal paralysis (on a continuum with passiveness, but itself appearing more and more likely) is the new end-game, an eschatological Nirvana devoutly to be wished by them so that they can continue with their secrets, notably, enlarging the scope and magnitude of abuse to the point that it becomes no longer detectable, and rather, simply the new normality. Yet, a selective Nirvana, for while the masses sleep the sleep of oblivion to reality, ruling groups remain as busy as ever, their appetites whetted by the subservience and lack of opposition facing them–a happy hunting ground of exploitation.

In this structural-psychological context of mental conformity to the established order, the individual, as in Ibsen’s play, or in Shirley Jackson’s 1948 New Yorker short story, “The Lottery,” shields his/her eyes from the truth, falls comfortably into the collective mindset (guilt suitably assuaged through cultural reinforcement) about the evil into which all participate, and perfect the art of silence as the means of perpetuating that evil, for Ibsen, contamination of the baths due to toxic wastes flowing from the tannery, for Jackson, the ritual sacrifice of a human being, the person stoned to death by the community, to ensure prospects of  a good harvest, in which case, for both Ibsen and Jackson, recovery follows, moving from capitulation to celebration.

Celebration, however, is ephemeral (or rather, skin-deep), a cankerous malignancy of the soul because of the obvious succumbing to crowd pressure which one buries deeply within–perhaps, just perhaps, the psychodynamics of political catharsis, the necessary purification allowing the individual complicity and denial simultaneously, so that stoning Tessie Hutchinson or repudiating Thomas Stockmann is good for the community, a patriotic act, so therefore blameless and time to move on. Sound at all familiar in America, from at least 1945 on? Thus, celebration hangs on an imposed complicity (which the individual subject to cultural pulverization willingly accepts), so that if normality equals the status quo, it comes at a price: self-betrayal, in the sense that blocking from consciousness the secret which could expose the evil to which all through their silence have consented, results in a state of dissociation, the individual separated from self, others, community, on one level, falsely integrated on another, leaving a rather pitiful figure, one whose passiveness and lack of political consciousness is not surprising.

This dissociation fictionalizes reality into what ruling groups proffer for domestic consumption: the mythopoeia of freedom, itself closely following the principles of market fundamentalism, meant to displace all recognition of class dominance, the priority assigned to capital accumulation, the acceptance of a still more magnified National-Security State. Both metaphorically, and for some, actually, Rousseau’s bold statement about Man everywhere in chains, as highlighting the emptiness of freedom when not supported by requisite institutional foundations (themselves, of course, still open to debate–although neither massive surveillance nor targeted assassination is among them), is on point concerning the individual’s manipulation and resulting psychological costs, therefore, of humbling oneself to moral-mental enslavement in accepting the conceits and deceits of power, which remain carefully hidden. Sadly, the individual is ill-prepared to perceive his/her alienation. Political consciousness is suspect, moral consciousness doubly so.

The idea of a return to the status quo–the fruits of complicity–is misleading in one respect: actually, the status quo is a dynamic condition, not only because it requires the full arsenal of societal repression (including the soft glove of public relations) to hold the line, but also because, with each successive commitment to complicitous behavior, the screws tighten more, the escape routes are better covered, a rigidness of punitive law and ideological closure are raised a further notch. For both Ibsen and Jackson, the celebration, based on the respective communities having paid their dues to good citizenship, is false consciousness via internalizing the ruling societal myths, which are themselves the window-dressing for stabilizing the inequities of power. Transitioning to a seeming recovery involves first accepting acquiescence to these myths as a public, even moral, virtue; in the process one becomes anesthetized to human suffering, until finally, habituated to falsehood and/or denial, one passes beyond guilt, even uncertainty, into the glory of a patriotic sunset.

Thomas Stockmann and Tessie Hutchinson, our respective protagonists, one, by his protest, the other, by her death, acting as lone individuals in the uneven struggle each faces against the collective qua conformist mentality, reveal a heroism which is central to the writers’ purpose: the penetrating critique of authoritarianism, the opposition to complicity with evil, the expression of conviction essential to human potentiality, all in contrast to the moral void of the collective mentality strongly implied in their writings, a moral void then filled by a spiritual dread of breaking the mold of psychological closure and thereafter reaching out to a free existence. Denial is a paramount trait of the acquiescent person, whose fear of life itself, in particulars, truth, reality, compassion, whatever is, in a better world, an affirmation of humanity, has to be beaten out of the individual to ensure the stability and security of ruling-groups’ power. The individual is as much the battleground, to be crushed, as is the enemy further afield. In sum, denial is a reactive formation, a built-in shield, that prevents the anguish of self-discovery, thereby allowing one to take the easy way out (Ms. Jackson’s community involvement in ritual sacrifice, of which present-day examples abound!) and accounting for the elephant’s disappearance while standing in plain sight (e.g., militarism, intervention, defense budgets). This disappearance in the mist of false consciousness is a psychological construction essential, as a basic process, not only to militarism, but also capitalism, its founding source in America, in which, whether as built-in shield or multiple screens, it prevents the penetration of alternatives–ideas, values, modes of structural organization–into the psyche.

Permit me a mixed metaphor: militarism is the stalking horse for the elephant, not the elephant itself. True, militarism has flourished under all sorts of ideological banners, but, except in purported democracies, it has been undisguised, a thing-in-itself, hardly an “elephant in the room,” and rather, an object of pride or derision yet clearly visible. In this instance, America takes the cake for hypocrisy, primarily, I think, because professions of peace allow its own capitalist system the benefit of the doubt in the pursuit of aggressive unilateral expansionism (think, humanitarian intervention, better still, a Nobel-Laureate president who is proficient in the ways of  assassination), and more directly, the willful neglect—with military power serving as the necessary pretext–on ideological grounds of starving the social safety net so as to keep the lower classes on their good behavior: the Damoclean sword of poverty impending, and with it the loss of collective-bargaining rights, should the principles of trickle-down economics and class-stratification of the social order be endangered. What is invisible, proves most consequential: a System, seemingly autonomous and automatic, as in the self-generation of beneficent outcomes and egalitarian ideology, depends for its security and continued operation on the legitimation of force, at best, along with the narcotized impulsion toward consumerism, neither of which breaks the surface of consciousness, thus yielding, analogous to the effects of militarism, the same passivity–politically, the acquiescent citizen.

When we flesh out capitalism as the primordial elephant in the room, that which is taken for granted, encourages silence in the face of destructive, injurious practice–Ibsen’s public baths, Obama’s entire conservation and environmental policies–, so fills out the individual’s mental space as to be invisible, yet responsible for social conditioning and social discipline, then we begin to sense the full proportions of the alienation characterizing the body politic, from the dissociated self to the welcoming response toward the nation’s war-making prowess and record of counterrevolution, intervention, and–as with Snowden–just plain international bullying. Denial is the road to aggression in the name of peace. But wait! It’s important to see that putting all one’s analytic eggs in the basket of militarism detracts attention from capitalism, which, point-for-point, engenders the same psychological process of denial, and, as part of alienation, provides its own peculiar intensification to the operant paralysis of the individual. (Here I earnestly recommend Fritz Pappenheim’s The Alienation of Modern Man [Monthly Review Press, 1959], to whom and which I remain personally indebted.)

Denial, not as in austerity, but as fleeing from the truth, is integral to the capitalist world view, for how else rationalize exploitation as puristic development and the inevitable course of history? American capitalism, in its guise as Exceptionalism, literally, however, gets away with murder, and by that I mean, not the casualties of war, but the truncated human spirit, in which commodity fetishism depersonalizes, by trumping, the human sensibility of wholeness, in favor of self-definition centered on possession and ownership–the human, one-sided, and to that extent deformed, a willing receptacle for the goodies on offer through the consumer-propaganda of advertising. For Marx human deformation runs deeper in capitalism, and, I would argue, runs deeper still in America, because the commodity has been enshrined as the holy grail of democratic society. Exchange value is the norm (not use value), so that everything becomes a commodity, labor power–in exchange for a wage–and the human being per se, whose worth is determined by the market. We discover our humanity, as Marx would say, in the Economic-Philosophic Manuscripts, through and in our products (which themselves absorb our identities leaving us emptied of self), and therefore ripe for easy pickings in both the accommodation to power and the social blindness required for systemic preservation and expansion.

Yet beyond the commodity-structure both of economic and human relationships (the latter in which persons cannot relate to each other as whole beings, looking instead for a what’s-in-it-for-me opportunity, thus ensuring fragmentary encounters with only a part of our beings), there is the all-important fragmentation of oneself as a natural consequence of commodity fetishism, precisely the psychodynamics found in the case of the “elephant in the room,” whereby one practices self-deception as a way of circumventing reality and moral standards of conduct in order at every turn to avoid the unthinkable governing one’s own society, and the unthinkable of self-castration in the face of provocation. Nevertheless, whether elephant (capitalism) or stalking horse (the military-factor), the two are historically, structurally, and ideologically in a symbiotic relationship–if not actually inseparable, the distinction being that of antecedent and consequent, a relationship important to keep straight for explanatory purposes if one seeks the underpinnings of America’s power-base and unilateral strivings for global hegemony.

Capitalism is the starting point for any discussion of the American nation-state, now, National-Security State, which adds to conventional political structure the elements of secrecy, surveillance, torture, intervention, paramilitary forces, espionage, all of which, along with more, add up to, not a single elephant, but the whole trumpeting herd, in characterizing the “room” or US mindset. Each element–let’s add to that, an hierarchical class system of great disparities in wealth and power, concentrated business and banking organization not subject to regulation in the general interest, and the failure to confront societal problems from climate change to unemployment and urban decay–like militarism itself, qualifies for elephantine status, i.e., taking up psychological space possessing meaning of sufficient vigor as to its inadequate or nonexistent realization, or, for militarism and military force, its overwhelming drain on national resources and decay of the national commitment to democracy, that for personal salvation and sanity one flies into the arms of denial. The elephant then disappears, like capitalism itself; societal problems do not, and perhaps never did, exist.

Capitalism is adept at playing tricks for its own survivability, in this case its ability to project each of these elements, like so many elephants, into the room preempting the mental space, so that secrecy, torture, espionage, etc., or climate change, urban decay (Detroit announced bankruptcy today), deregulation, receive at most passing attention and add fuel to the fires of denial, therefore ensuring that the capitalist system evokes little or no criticism. Each of its elements takes on the grandiosity of the whole, and enjoys the same rights of disappearance. If capitalism, militarism, any element of a critical nature were made known, the structural-cultural narcotic of submissiveness might wear off, anathema to a nation and economic framework counting on the dulling of mental-moral clarity as the needed preparing ground for examining and remaking societal institutions not subject to secrecy, surveillance, or decay. In that event, individuals would be able to identify and act on moral choices, however unpopular or hurtful.

What is at stake, if I understand Ibsen, is resistance to–forgive my neologism—the massification of consciousness. We have seen, in recent years especially, what is real and what is moral both becoming unthinkable, to be put out of mind, and hence, the spirit of let the good times roll, to wit, unimpeded militarism and capitalism, intervention and deregulation and so, increasingly, the disconnection, political and mental alike, between a capitalism-militarism symbiosis in its voracious demands and the objective welfare of society. What remains is, draining the national wealth in this way ensures the martial glorification of America’s global mission, inseparable from, even before the latest reification of the military spirit, a sustained posture of world counterrevolution, and with it, Obama’s escalation of the National-Security State for the advancement of both capitalism and its forcible implementation on the global stage—the belching fire of a Leviathan having no scruples.

Still, focusing on capitalism, one must not regard militarism as a negligible factor. They work together in inducing conformity, the latter because of the self-evident disproportionate allocation of force in society, which, more than a macrocosm of Stockmann’s townspeople, gives literal meaning to the awesomeness of power–here the capacity for inspiring terror, and not only ostracism–that reduces persons to bended knee (disguised once more as patriotic celebration). It can be said that the bigger the armed forces, the more brazen their interventions, the more cynical the disregard of, and freedom to reinterpret, international law, then the greater the internalization of social discipline, which ideologically and necessarily includes as well an unsparing devotion to capitalism.

Finally, I suggest, there are as many elephants in the room as American capitalism chooses to hide, their trumpeting hiding from sight and sound cries of the victims, here and abroad. Nuclear stockpiles, a global network of military bases, drone warfare, regime change, joint maneuvers, astronomical defense budgets, CIA-JSOC paramilitary operations, each vying for elephantine status, so as to continue without public scrutiny, and, in the nation itself, deniability as to policies and practices for the sole purpose of protecting and further enriching already superrich individuals and corporate units. (Today, Morgan, Chase announced practically unparalleled profits–to no-one’s surprise, as the expected norm to be accompanied by public deference.) The various elephants, relying on political amnesia, crowd together absorbing all the oxygen in the room, leaving none for the people in their democratic existence, so that law, politics, culture, the Constitution itself, bear the imprint of institutional and ideological trends and/or practices distinctively reactionary on the slippery slope to fascism. But capitalism is the supreme elephant, ubiquitous and prevailing, now invisible, buttressed by a defensive-reaction formation reducing even skepticism, much less, criticism, to treasonous conduct: a solipsistic universe of patriotic Americanism, leaving the dissident feeling unclean and unwelcome. The trade-off? None worth the candle, only the sadistic thrill of wreaking violence on others, and the world of goodies–no questions asked–in which commodity fetishism renders consumerism next to God, the holy of holies.

Norman Pollack is the author of “The Populist Response to Industrial America” (Harvard) and “The Just Polity” (Illinois), Guggenheim Fellow, and professor of history emeritus, Michigan State University. His new book, Eichmann on the Potomac, will be published by CounterPunch/AK Press in the fall of 2013.

Republished with permission from: Counterpunch

Hitler vs. Bernanke

0

Why was Adolph Hitler able to lift Germany out of the Great Depression, when policymakers in the US—particularly the Fed—have failed so miserably?

Let’s look at the facts: When Hitler came to power in 1933, the German economy was in a shambles. Millions of people were out of work, a number of large banks had collapsed, the market for German exports had dried up overnight, and a US-led lending freeze (withdrawal of credits under the Young Plan) had thrust German industry and finance into a severe slump. By 1932, German industrial production was nearly half of what it had been a year earlier. Unemployment soared from 1.5 million in 1929 to more than 6 million in 1933.

Enter Hitler, who had been sworn in as chancellor under President Paul von Hindenburg in January, 1933. Hitler appointed German economist and banker, Hjalmar Schacht, as President of the Reichsbank and Minister of Economics. Schacht, in turn, launched a groundbreaking fiscal stimulus program that rebuilt the nation’s worn infrastructure and put millions of people back to work. At the same time, Schacht took steps to strengthen the currency, jettison the gold standard, and impose capital controls, all of which served to reinforce Germany’s economic independence. Here’s a little background from C.K.Liu’s Asia Times article “Nazism and the German Economic Miracle”:

“The Nazis came to power in Germany in 1933, at a time when its economy was in total collapse, with ruinous war-reparation obligations and zero prospects for foreign investment or credit. Yet through an independent monetary policy of sovereign credit and a full-employment public-works program, the Third Reich was able to turn a bankrupt Germany, stripped of overseas colonies it could exploit, into the strongest economy in Europe within four years, even before armament spending began.” (“Nazism and the German Economic Miracle,” Henry C. K. Liu, Asia Times)

Clearly, “Depression expert” Bernanke’s performance pales in comparison to Schacht’s and for obvious reasons. While zero rates and bond purchases (QE) have been good for risk assets, (Stocks are up more than 140 percent since their March 2009 lows.) unemployment is still above 7 percent, real wages are trending lower, GDP has shriveled to below 2 percent, 47 million people are on food stamps, and inequality is greater than anytime since the Gilded Era. The facts speak for themselves; Bernanke’s policies have only benefited the investor class. The real economy is still flat on its back.

That’s not to say that Hitler was not a murderous psychopath. He was, but there’s also reason why his policies have been applauded by leftist intellectuals, like Counterpunch co-editor Alexander Cockburn, who spoke admiringly of Hitler’s “progressive economic policies.” Here’s a quote from Cockburn:

“Hitler, genocidal monster that he was, was also the first practicing Keynesian leader. … There were vast public works, such as the autobahns. He paid little attention to the deficit or to the protests of the bankers about his policies. … By 1936, unemployment had sunk to 1 percent.” (Alexander Cockburn)

Cockburn is not alone in his admiration for Hitler’s (or should we say Schacht’s) fiscal policies. Keynes himself praised the policies although he despised Hitler and Nazism. Writing in the foreword of the German edition his magnum opus The General Theory of Employment, Interest and Money, Keynes said: “The theory of output as a whole, which is what the following book purports to provide, is much more easily adapted to the conditions of a totalitarian state, than is the theory of production and distribution of a given output produced under the conditions of free competition and a large measure of laissez-faire.”

This doesn’t mean that Keynes supported autocratic government. He didn’t. He was merely acknowledging that “demand management” (which is essential for minimizing the negative effects of the business cycle) is more easily achieved with a strong central government, since government spending is required to take up the slack in aggregate demand during a slump. Government has an important role to play when demand is weak and the economy slumps. The government can (and should) use deficit spending to increase activity, put idle resources to work, boost output, lower unemployment, and put the economy back on a solid growth-path. Hitler may not have grasped this, but surely Schacht did. Here’s more from Liu’s article:

“From the very outset of his rule, Hitler, whose main short-term goal was the economic revival of Germany with the help of German nationalist bankers and industrialists, won popular support of the nation. Hitler adopted an aggressive full-employment campaign. Between January 1933 and July 1935 the number of employed Germans rose by a half, from 11.7 million to 16.9 million. More than 5 million new jobs paying living wages were created. Unemployment was banished from the German economy and the entire nation was productively engaged in reconstruction. Inflation was brought under control by wage freeze and price control. Besides this, taking into account the lessons learned during 1914-18, Hitler aimed at creating an economy that would be independent from foreign capital and supply, and be well protected from another blockade and economic war. For Germans, all of the above was proof that Hitler was the one who had not only brought Germany out of economic depression but would take it directly to prosperity with new pride. German popular trust in the Fuehrer rose dramatically.” (“Nazism and the German Economic Miracle,” Henry C. K. Liu, Asia Times)

Hitler was no friend of labor, but he knew that full employment would widen his base of popular support. In contrast, Bernanke and his colleagues at the Fed could care less about popularity or jobs. What they want is to slash critical safetynet programs that protect the old, the sick and the needy. That’s what QE is really all about; it’s a way of redistributing wealth upwards (through rising stock prices) while Congress and the Obama administration “starve the beast” via budget cuts. Reactionary elites have created a bogus deficit crisis so they can impose their neoliberal agenda of deregulation, privatization, low taxes, and austerity on working people.

Hitler garnered support for militarization through labor intensive public works projects that transformed the nation in an economic powerhouse. Schacht played a crucial role in the recovery. Along with strict capital controls and other protectionist policies, Schacht stopped the private issuance of money and “launched a new land-backed currency”. Here’s how author Ellen Brown sums it up in a passage from her masterpiece Web of Debt:

“Hitler began his national credit program by devising a plan of public works. Projects earmarked for funding included flood control, repair of public buildings and private residences, and construction of new buildings, roads, bridges, canals, and port facilities. The projected cost of the various programs was fixed at one billion units of the national currency. One billion non-inflationary bills of exchange, called Labor Treasury Certificates, were then issued against this cost. Millions of people were put to work on these projects, and the workers were paid with the Treasury Certificates. This government-issued money wasn’t backed by gold, but it was backed by something of real value. It was essentially a receipt for labor and materials delivered to the government.

Hitler said, “for every mark that was issued we required the equivalent of a mark’s worth of work done or goods produced.” The workers then spent the Certificates on other goods and services, creating more jobs for more people…

Within two years, the unemployment problem had been solved and the country was back on its feet. It had a solid, stable currency, no debt, and no inflation, at a time when millions of people in the United States and other Western countries were still out of work and living on welfare.” (“Thinking Outside the Box: How a bankrupt Germany solved its Infrastructure Problems”, Ellen Brown, Web of Debt, Third Millennium Press)

This is the largely unknown story of Hitler’s rise to power, an ascent that depended on “an independent monetary policy of sovereign credit” rather than the issuance of loans by privately-owned banks. (Public money vs private money) Hitler took the bankers out of the equation and rebuilt Germany in just four years.

Why doesn’t Bernanke do the same thing? Why doesn’t Bernanke purchase Infrastructure bonds or Education bonds instead of Mortgage Backed Securities (MBS) which only benefit the bankers. Why doesn’t Bernanke practice what he preached to the bigwigs at the Japan Society of Monetary Economics, in May 2003 when he outlined steps for monetizing tax cuts. Here’s what he said:

“The Bank of Japan should consider increasing still further its purchases of government debt, preferably in explicit conjunction with a program of tax cuts or other fiscal stimulus… Consider for example a tax cut for households and businesses that is explicitly coupled with incremental BOJ purchases of government debt—so that the tax cut is in effect financed by money creation.”

Now there’s a novel idea; printing money to help the average working stiff. That ought to increase activity and boost growth, don’t you think? So why is Bernanke still dumping $85 billion per month into a black-hole financial system instead of following his own advice and using his power to put people back to work and get the economy back on track?

Why?

The economy is in the doldrums because that’s where Bernanke and Co. want it to be.

MIKE WHITNEY lives in Washington state. He is a contributor to Hopeless: Barack Obama and the Politics of Illusion (AK Press). Hopeless is also available in a Kindle edition. Whitney’s story on declining wages for working class Americans appears in the June issue of CounterPunch magazine. He can be reached at fergiewhitney@msn.com.

Republished with permission from: Counterpunch

Sorry, Britain: Bain Capital Now Owns the Majority of Your Blood Plasma Supply

1

Mitt Romney’s private equity company Bain Capital is in the news again, this time for buying the majority of United Kingdom’s entire blood plasma supply. The Department of Health has sold the state-owned Plasma Reources UK (PRUK) to Bain Capital for  £230 million. According to The Independent, the government “overlooked” perhaps better-qualified purchasers like healthcare/pharma firms and “at least one blood plasma specialist” before making the sale, raising calls for concern.

While the deal is said to safeguard British jobs (more than 1,200 people at the two plasma supplier and collector companies in question), it is raising concerns about the seemingly limitless opportunities for privatization. PRUK had been dedicated to using low contamination risk populations, and critics fear the privatization of blood plasma could prompt profit-incentivized shortcuts and a contamination of blood supply.

PURK, the UK plasma supplier, makes about $110Em in sales annually and provides the majority of the National Health Service hospital plasma supply. Employees at DCI Biologicals in the US collect plasma from American donors, and send it to the Bio Products Laboratory (BPL) in England. BPL separates the samples into clotting factors — blood proteins — and sends them back to NHS hospitals for the treatment of “immune deficiencies, neurological diseases, and haemophilia,” The Independent said.

Former Health Minister Lord Owen wrote to Prime Minister David Cameron earlier this year and urged him to stop the sale.

“The world plasma supply line has been in the past contaminated and I fear it will almost certainly continue to be contaminated,” he wrote.

Now, Owens told The Independent, “It’s hard to conceive of a worse outcome for a sale of this particularly sensitive national health asset than a private equity company with none of the safeguards in terms of governance of a publicly quoted company and being answerable to shareholders.”

He continued. “Bain Capital should not have been chosen for this sale. Is there no limit to what and how this coalition government will privatise?” he said.

Lucy Reynolds from the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine also urged against the sale of PRUK earlier this year, and she said the deal undervalued the company. “Plasma supplies have a long record of being operated on a not-for-profit basis, using voluntary donors where all the necessary checks take place. The difference with a commercial firm is that they will want to have as many donors as possible and be looking to secure large profits first and foremost.”

“This amounts to the government abandoning UK blood products users to the tender mercies of the cheapest supplier,” she said.

Kristen Gwynne is an associate editor and drug policy reporter at AlterNet.  Follow her on Twitter: @KristenGwynne

Republished with permission from: AlterNet

Greek health min. attacked at hospital

0

In a further show of public opposition to Greeceâ„¢s radical health reforms, the countryâ„¢s health minister has been attacked by medical staff and protesters during an official visit to a hospital.

Adonis Georgiadis was shoved and hit by hospital staff and other activists during a scheduled visit to Athensâ„¢ public Attiko hospital on Friday.

“I was pushed and hit across the face,” said Georgiadis.

Following the police intervention, the minister, left unhurt, was able to complete the hospital tour and talk to staff as planned.

Prior to the event, hospital employees had issued a statement calling Georgiadis a Å“persona non grata.”

Georgiadis was appointed health minister following a cabinet reshuffle in June,

He joined conservative Prime Minister Antonis Samarasâ„¢ New Democracy party last year after leaving the extreme right party Laos.

Anger erupted among hospital staff earlier this week, when the government announced it intends to turn at least five public hospitals in Athens into health centers that will focus on chronic illnesses.

The change will result in many of the medical workers to be transferred to bigger hospitals.

On July 18, lawmakers approved a bill of sweeping reforms, including a redeployment scheme for public workers.

The changes are required by its international lenders for Athens to receive nearly 7 billion euros (USD 9.2 billion) in rescue loans.

The scheme gives 4,200 public workers eight months on reduced salaries to accept a job transfer or they will be fired.

By the end of this year, some 25,000 civil servants overall must be redeployed and an additional 4,000 fired in order for the country to receive access to further payout of approximately 8.1 billion euros (USD 10.4 billion) in bailout rescue loans.

The debt-wracked country is experiencing its sixth year of recession, which has forced it to impose harsh austerity measures over the past four years in return for multi-billion euro international bailouts to avoid default.

CAH/KA

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Russian opposition leader freed

0

Russian opposition leader, Alexei Navalny, has been released on bail, a day after a court sentenced him to five years in jail for embezzlement and triggering public protests.

Prosecutors requested on Friday that Navalny, the Moscow mayoral candidate, be released pending appeal so that he would be able to run in the upcoming election.

A judge in the northern city of Kirov said keeping Navalny in custody would deprive Navalny of his right to stand in Moscow’s mayoral election on September 8.

Navalny claimed his conviction and sentence “had been vetted by the presidential administration … but when people came out on Manezhnaya, they rushed to go back on that decision.”

On Thursday, police briefly arrested more than 200 people in a rally in Moscow, where thousands of people took to the streets to protest Navalnyâ„¢s jail sentence.

Navalny has been found guilty of embezzling 16 million rubles (USD 500,000) worth of timber from the Kirovles state timber company.

Navalny, who is known for openly criticizing the government of President Vladimir Putin, has ten days to appeal the ruling.

He has been instrumental in organizing numerous anti-government protest rallies in the country in recent years.

CAH/KA/SS

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Allegations of Greed, Corruption Brought Thousands to Streets in Spain Calling for Prime Minister's Resignation

0

A student at the protest in Madrid demanding Rajoy’s demonstration is hit by police. (Photo: Adolfo Lujan/cc/flickr)Thousands of protesters rallied in the streets across Spain Thursday night calling for the resignation of Prime Minister Mariano Rajoy over “allegations he received payoffs from a slush fund before his party won elections in 2011.”

The protests turned violent as baton-wielding police injured several protesters.

The allegations of greed and corruption against the leader of the Popular Party (PP) come as the country suffers from soaring unemployment and biting austerity.

The Telegraph reports that former political party treasurer

Luis Barcenas, who is currently in jail pending trial on unrelated fraud and corruption charges, claims the Prime Minister was among party leaders who received envelopes full of cash while he was in the previous conservative government and in the run up to elections in 2011.

Barcenas also alleges that the corruption was going on for two decades.

And last week, text messages by Rajoy were revealed in which he showed support for Barcenas.

Reuters adds that:

Rajoy is grappling with a recession and sky-high unemployment, rising separatist fervor in the Catalonia region and street protests over cuts in school and hospital spending.

Now the government has been rocked by the testimony of former PP treasurer Luis Barcenas who told a judge he collected millions of euros in cash donations from construction magnates and distributed the funds to party leaders including Rajoy.

In what little he has said about the affair, Rajoy has played on fears of uncertainty during the crises that have taken Spain close at times to needing a full international bailout.

A crowd of protesters in Madrid on Thursday. (Photo: Adolfo Lujan/cc/flickr)

Flickr user Fotomovimiento has more photos from demonstrations against Rajoy in Barcelona:

____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

Republished with permission from: Common Dreams

Chris Matthews ‘Apologizes’ On Behalf of All White People

0

“I’m sorry for all this stuff”

Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
July 19, 2013

MSNBC host Chris Matthews scaled new heights of absurdity during a segment of his Hardball show when he apologized to two black guests on behalf of all white people.

“I’ll just tell you one thing, and I’m speaking now for all white people but especially for (those) who have tried to change for the last 50 or 60 years and a lot of them have really tried to change — and I’m sorry for this stuff, that’s all I’m saying,” remarked Matthews.

It’s unclear specifically what Matthews, speaking on behalf of all white people, was apologizing for. The ruling in the Trayvon Martin case? Black slavery? Or merely being born with white skin?

In the longer segment below, the two guests relate several stories that are about black people being unfairly harassed by police — so what this has to do with “all white people” is anyone’s guess.

Whatever Matthews’ incoherent babbling was supposed to mean, it’s yet another indication that the “progressive” media continues to blame white people for the acquittal of George Zimmerman and the wider problem of violence against black people, ignoring the fact that almost all black victims of murder are killed by other black people.

According to Justice Department figures, 94 per cent of all blacks murdered in America every year are murdered by other black people, despite the fact that black Americans make up just 13 per cent of the US population. That’s 7,000 blacks murdered every year by other black people.

In addition, as black radio host Larry Elder points out, half of the murders in America are committed by black people, meaning that when old people and minors are taken out of the equation, 3 per cent of the population, predominantly young black men, are committing nearly 50 per cent of the murders in America. This statistic seems somewhat more concerning than the nationwide hand-wringing that has taken place as a result of the actions of a hispanic neighborhood watch captain in killing one black teen.

These statistics have been completely ignored and replaced by a narrative which defies logic about white people being to blame for the death of Trayvon Martin and the woes of black people in general

Earlier this week, Matthews’ MSNBC colleague Michael Eric Dyson, who previously argued that it is impossible for black people to be racist, disproved his own claim when he said that more white kids need to die in order for white people to understand racism in light of the Zimmerman case, again ignoring the fact that the vast majority of blacks are murdered by other blacks.

Is it really any wonder that MSNBC’s ratings are at a 6 year low when the likes of Matthews and Dyson continue to spew such unadulterated, race-baiting, baseless nonsense?

Watch the full Hardball segment below.

*********************

Paul Joseph Watson is the editor and writer for Infowars.com and Prison Planet.com. He is the author of Order Out Of Chaos. Watson is also a host for Infowars Nightly News.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, July 19, 2013 at 11:52 am






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

I May Be White, But I’m Not Stupid

0

The vigilante murder of young Trayvon Martin and his legal lynching in the courtroom is producing a valuable conversation about racism that is probing deep into the very heart of our country.

Hopefully, it all will lead to an honest and frank examination among the white population.

So far, the intense discussions unfolding on virtually every media outlet expose the baseless racist argument as pathetically shallow and empty, none more so than the charge that somehow Trayvon Martin was responsible for his own death.

This preposterous allegation belongs in the dustbin of history along with defense of America’s ugly legacy of slavery and segregation.

Certainly all the main racist arguments of our sordid history have been repeatedly repudiated but they continually get regurgitated as in re-circulated and re-packaged.

Right-wing commentators, for example, deny race was a factor in George Zimmerman’s killing of Trayvon Martin. What? Trayvon was absolutely targeted because of his color. That is what originally aroused the biased fears of Zimmerman. Can any reasonably thoughtful person deny this?

I may be white, but I’m not stupid!

Another one of the favorite tactics of these throwback commentators is to rapidly shift attention away from an examination of Zimmerman’s actual stalking and profiling of Martin. They change the subject and attempt to shift blame onto the Black community by citing crime statistics in large cities like Chicago.

Of course, crime in Chicago has nothing to do with the facts of Trayvon’s murder. Plus, a genuine discussion of crime cannot possibly be separated from a discussion of how the enduring legacy of racism and poverty tears apart the social fabric of a community.

But that’s not their purpose. The whole premise of conservatives is to suggest that Blacks, as in their fabricated example of Chicago, are responsible for their own self-induced plight, thus tying into the twisted notion repeatedly mentioned that Trayvon himself was responsible for his own death. This is abhorrent nonsense.

I may be white, but I’m not stupid.

To further buttress their retrograde prejudices, these bloviating loudmouths cite the judge prohibiting mention of race in the trial, Sanford police and FBI reports rejecting race as a factor and the prosecution team still insisting post-trial that race was not a factor.

But these denials by almost all the powerful government institutions and their representatives that race did not play a role in Trayvon’s murder does actually reveal an important point, but it’s the opposite one intended by the reactionary race-deniers.

Prosecution: Not So Much Incompetent as Unfair

Racism in America not only exists, it is excruciatingly deep, seeping not just into personal consciousness but into the most powerful institutions of our society.

For example, a criminal justice system that prosecutes on a federal and local level more Blacks, imprisons more Blacks and sentences more Blacks to longer prison terms than whites with similar charges cannot be relied upon to change its colors and vigorously and thoroughly prosecute a racist crime like Zimmerman’s.

Recognizing racism as Zimmerman’s motivation would challenge the documented long-standing biased assumptions of Sanford authorities. Their history explains why Zimmerman was at first promptly released without charges.

The local prosecution was, therefore, not so much incompetent as it was unfair. It’s the only way to understand how the extremely experienced legal team, among other numerous failings, refused to challenge their own police investigator testifying he “believed” Zimmerman.

Blacks are treated differently by cops and courts all across this country. It’s obvious and it’s on the record.

I may be white, but I’m not stupid.

Why Racism Persists

The dominant culture always controls the message and spreads its biases everywhere.

For example, none of the monumental civil rights reforms won in this country started at the top. All were jump started by massive movements from below, outside of and often against institutions of power.

But besides persisting inside government, police and courts, racism goes even deeper into the very fabric of our society. For instance, among employers, there is money, lots of money in discrimination.

The undercurrent of racism, never openly stated these days, crudely portrays Blacks as lazy and violent without any aspirations to succeed. Similarly, sexism portrays women’s role primarily as caretakers for children, another prejudice seldom expressed openly.

In both cases, these false stereotypes create social stigmas that in the workplace appear to justify lower wages, benefits and opportunities for advancement. The more Blacks and women, for example, are socially compartmentalized into these false categories, the more it appears as an acceptable rationale for their lower status in the workplace.

Untold billions of dollars accrue to businesses each year paying less to Blacks and women, particularly Black women according to statistics, for comparable types of work performed by whites with less education and skill.

This is fact, this is the record. As long as businesses profit from discrimination, there exists a huge incentive for it to endure.

I may be white, but I’m not stupid!

How to Fix It

I am particularly inspired by the words of leading abolitionist Frederick Douglass. He continually agitated for building mass protest movements. “Those who profess to favor freedom and yet depreciate agitation are people who want crops without plowing the ground….,” he famously said.

And he urged people to become active in liberating themselves. “I prayed for freedom for twenty years, but received no answer until I prayed with my legs,” the escaped slave wrote so vividly.

I always understood his powerful words to mean that the harsh realities of prejudice had to be clearly recognized and directly confronted before racism would ever take a backseat to reason and humanity.

In other words, people will repudiate racial attitudes after they embrace a social consciousness that understands the vast racial problems in our society are not personal excuses and not self-induced but, instead, actual harsh conditions imposed on people of color by powerful entrenched interests who benefit and profit.

It is this progressive social awareness, once embraced, that promotes more humanity and more activism, a powerful combination that has in the past and can once again literally change our world.

Of course, most of us prefer to be loved and, in particular, respected, but we can’t really control how we feel about each other. But society can control how we all are treated and in that regard, we must act to make sure everyone is treated fairly. Taking a cue from whistleblower Edward Snowden, “that’s the society I want to live in.”

I may be white, but I’m not stupid!

Carl Finamore grew up in the all-white, working-class northwest-side neighborhood of Chicago in the 1950s. The civil rights movement showed him people had to “fight the power” to win freedom. He now lives in San Francisco. He can be reached at local1781@yahoo.com

Republished with permission from: Counterpunch

Haiti: Political Assassination? Suspicious Death of Judge Who Called for Prosecution of Presidential Family

0

The highly suspicious death last weekend of an Investigating Judge (Juge d’instruction) who was probing alleged corruption in the presidential family has shocked Haiti and started a cycle of charges and counter-charges which will surely widen Haiti’s ever-growing political divide.

Judge Jean Serge Joseph was investigating a corruption case implicating President Michel Martelly’s wife and son, Sophia and Olivier Martelly. Both stand accused of siphoning off hundreds of thousands of dollars from bogus social and sports programs, which have made token gestures at reducing Haiti’s surging poverty while being hyped by expensive propaganda campaigns and counter-productive publicity stunts, critics charge.

The judge, 58, died in a Port-au-Prince hospital on Jul. 13 from what the hospital described in an unprecedented next-day press conference as a “cerebrovascular accident” or ACV, in short, a kind of brain embolism.

Sources close to Judge Jean Serge Joseph say that in the days leading up to his death, he was under intense pressure to drop the case, having received many threats. According to several accounts, pressure particularly intensified after the judge called for the prosecution of the presidential family in Port-au-Prince’s criminal court due to the findings of his investigation into their alleged corruption.

According to sources in Martelly’s entourage, the President was not at all happy about Judge Jean Serge Joseph’s decision, which reportedly even caused him to lose sleep. This case was a sort of Achilles heel of the government, which portrays itself as promoting the rule of law with lots of propaganda.

 ...Judge Jean Serge Joseph did not merely refer the case to criminal court. On Jul. 2, 2013, he issued a surprisingly bold order summoning as witnesses Prime Minister Laurent Lamothe and other senior state officials following a complaint filed by two young lawyers, André Michel and Newton Saint-Juste, who accused Sophia and Olivier Martelly of embezzlement and fraud. According to several sources close to the judge, it is following this order that the judge’s torments really began. “The threats became more pronounced and were more specific,” one source stressed. Some of the president’s advisers say that the issue had become too embarrassing for the presidential family.

Some judges and others involved in the justice system who requested anonymity say that judges are constantly working under pressure whenever they are dealing with a case involving people close to executive power. These judicial officers believe that the executive branch holds the judiciary hostage and hinders its operation. According to them, the courts will not operate freely as long as the executive continues to interfere in judicial affairs.

More specifically President Martelly and Prime Minister Lamothe, in the presence of Justice Minister Jean Renel Sanon and Dean of Port-au-Prince’s Civil Court Raymond Jean Michel, browbeat and intimidated the judge during two meetings at the law offices of Martelly advisor Gary Lissade last week on Jul. 10 and 11, said a prominent lawyer and former deputy who was a close friend of the late judge. Speaking on Jul. 14 on TV Plural (Télé Plurielle) in Port-au-Prince, Samuel Madistin claims to have spoken with the judge before his death, the day after the meetings, and said that Jean Serge Joseph was not allowed to be driven by his personal driver or to be accompanied by his bodyguards. According to Madistin, Martelly and Lamothe “demanded” that the judge drop the case.

...Other sources close to the judge say these two meetings involved harassment and “mental torture” in which he was clearly asked to scuttle the case, which is currently under appeal. Twenty-four hours after these stressful meetings, on Fri., Jul. 12, the judge supposedly had a stroke that left him in a deep coma, although, according to his family, he did not suffer from any serious illnesses. Admitted to the Bernard Mevs Hospital in “critical condition” (according to a hospital spokesman) on Saturday at about 3 a.m., he died later that evening at around 8 p.m., hospital sources said.

The Martelly regime, implicated in many scandals, each more embarrassing than the next, now has a corpse on its hands, and not just any corpse, but that of a judge who was trying to shed light on a matter which is fueling debate in all spheres of society. Across Haiti and Haitian diaspora, the regime is considered one of the most corrupt that the country has ever known. The judge’s investigation could have allowed the presidential family, if it is not involved in corruption, to prove their innocence and clear their name. However, the regime’s methods have certainly not dispelled suspicions about First Lady Sophia Martelly and her son Oliver Martelly. On the contrary, public mistrust of the regime has deepened.

Sanon, Jean Michel, and Lissade have denied that they took part in the meeting alleged by Mr. Madistin. In fact, they deny that any such meeting ever took place. Mr. Lissade, a former justice minister, said in a press release, that Mr. Madistin’s “allegations were not the expression of any truth but were rather of a lying nature.” Minister Sanon said Mr. Madistin’s statements were “the product of his imagination.”

“I didn’t participate in any meeting with the president, the prime minister, and Serge Joseph,” Sanon said. “I don’t know what’s being talked about.”

The president’s spokesman, Lucien Jura, has also denied the meetings took place.

In response, Mr. Madistin insisted that the threats made by Martelly and Lamothe in the presence of Sanon and Jean Michel took place in Lissade’s offices. Madistin vowed that he would sue for Judge Jean Serge Joseph’s wrongful death.

Who and what should we believe? Is it all a fabrication? Has Samuel Madistin concocted this scenario alone? Why would he make such charges? There are many gray areas in this case which need to be cleared up.

Lawyers Newton Saint-Juste and André Michel have called the judge’s death “a political assassination.” According to them, the deceased judge was constantly under pressure from President Martelly to abandon the investigation and prosecution of his wife and son. The two young lawyers express their determination to pursue this matter to the end so that all light be shed on the alleged involvement of the presidential family.

Meanwhile, the Rev. Edouard Paultre, the head of the Haitian Council of Non State Actors (CONHANE), declared that Judge Joseph Serge’s death merits serious investigation to elucidate its cause.

Pierre Esperance, Executive Director of the National Network for the Defense of Human Rights (RNDDH), says the judge was under pressure and death threats from the Martelly regime. Mr. Esperance described the Martelly regime as a “wrongdoer power” which does not respect human rights.

Alterpresse reported on Jul. 16 that RNDDH and the Platform of Haitian Organizations to Defend Human Rights (POHDH) sent a letter to the Superior Council of Judicial Power (CSPJ) saying that there is another “trusted person” who is ready to come forward to confirm Madistin’s account. In their letter, the RNDDH and POHDH said that Judge Serge Joseph “made important declarations to friends as well as to other judges affirming that he was the object of huge pressures from to executive to go back on his decision” to summon high government officials as witnesses in the case.

For Anthony Barbier, a sociologist and former Planning and External Cooperation Minister, what happened to the judge is one more element that illustrates the need for the population to mobilize to throw out a regime that does not respect its commitments and human rights. “You can not build a democratic state of law while at the same time human rights are being trampled,” he said.

Outspoken Sen. Moïse Jean-Charles also held a press conference to denounce Judge Serge Joseph’s death as the responsibility of the Martelly regime.

There are other elements which should not be overlooked. First, Judge Serge Joseph was admitted to the Bernard Mevs Hospital a 3 a.m., but he was not seen by a doctor for four hours, until 7 a.m., according to the two doctors (at least one of them North American) who spoke to the press about the matter (Télé-Plurielle, Jul. 14, 2013).

Secondly, this is the first time in Haiti, a hospital had seen fit to hold a press conference following the death of a patient where the institution and the doctors at the bedside of the deceased patient were not implicated in malpractice. Is this not strange?

Finally, one of the doctors who met the press blatantly sported a pink bracelet, which is worn by avid supporters of the Martelly regime. Bizarre! In addition to an autopsy on the deceased, this hospital should also be investigated.

After the sudden death of Judge Serge Joseph, what will be the result of the alleged corruption case involving the first lady and the president’s son? Will there be an honest judge who will take up the investigation of this matter? Can a judge look into this matter in peace, without being intimidated or threatened by the National Palace? The list of questions goes on and on. Nothing is certain in this case. The coming months will reveal more about the true nature of this regime which uses the concept of “rule of law” as a political slogan to fool the weak-minded.

Republished with permission from: Global Research

CIA Is Funding Government Led Chemtrailing Project

0

Spy agency to help study “security impacts” of geo-engineering

Steve Watson
Infowars.com
July 19, 2013

The CIA is funding a scientific study to determine the feasibility of altering the planet’s climate in order to stave off climate change, according to documents released by The National Academy of Sciences.

The papers reveal that the project will run for 21 months at a cost of $630,000, with a final report due in 2014. The CIA backed scientists will study how weather patterns could be influenced and altered, and asses the potential impacts of geo-engineering attempts.

The NAS website notes that the funding for the study is coming from “the US intelligence community”. William Kearney, a spokesman for NAS, told Mother Jones that the agency in question is the CIA.

The revelations mark the first time that an intelligence agency has publicly funded such a study.

Learn more on this important topic by watching the new geoengineering documentary Why In the World Are They Spraying. You can also purchase the DVD from the Infowars store.

A CIA spokesman would not confirm that the agency was involved, yet stated that “It’s natural that on a subject like climate change the Agency would work with scientists to better understand the phenomenon and its implications on national security.”

It seems that the CIA has outsourced its geo-engineering studies following the apparent closure of its own research center on climate change and national security in 2012. The move came following criticism from Republican members of Congress who said that the intelligence community should not be spending time researching weather modification.

The NAS website states that the study will encompass a “technical evaluation of a limited number of proposed geoengineering techniques.” A prominent technique that will be evaluated, according to the papers, is “solar radiation management”, which involves spraying aerosol particles into the stratosphere to reflect sunlight away from the planet — in other words chemtrailing.

The study will also look into “carbon dioxide removal (CDR)”, which involves sucking carbon out of the air via chemical reactions or porous nanosponges. Of course, Carbon Dioxide is fundamental to all life on Earth, so “sucking it out of the air” could come with dire consequences.

The study is also being backed by two other government agencies — NASA and the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration.

Reporting on the project, The New Scientist stresses that CIA involvement in weather modification should not be seen as sinister.

“In fact, the CIA’s main interest in geoengineering does not lie in any offensive use. Rather, the US intelligence community sees climate change as a potential threat to global geopolitical stability, and so wants a thorough analysis of the mitigation options.” the report states.

Critics will balk at such a naive statement, given the history the CIA has for covertly subverting and overthrowing foreign governments that it does not approve of, and doing anything but securing geopolitical stability.

Weather weapons have existed for decades, with research on such offensive techniques dating back to the 1950s. In 1997, U.S. Defense Secretary William Cohen admitted that weather modification techniques had been actively used by governments for over 15 years. The US military has been using weather modifcation techniques since the Vietnam war.

One need only look up at the sky to confirm that our governments, at the behest of think tanks, ‘research’ groups, and radical environmental organisations, are already engaging in these type of programs. Our skies are riddled with artificial clouds, that are patently not merely the contrails of standard air planes.

Indeed, as we reported last year, a Harvard University project experiment funded by Microsoft founder Bill Gates saw thousands of tonnes of sulphur particles sprayed over New Mexico as part of a geoengineering study, despite the fact that even staunch environmentalists have warned the process could have catastrophic effects on the earth’s eco-system.

This is just one example of a practice that has now been in operation for years, if not decades.

Groups such as the American Association for the Advancement of Science (AAAS) meet routinely to discuss ongoing geoengineering programs, specifically the spraying of aerosols into the atmosphere.

Levels of aluminium, barium and strontium in our air, water and soil have exponentially increased, leading many to conclude that these are the after effects of radical geoengineering programs that are already in operation.

A further study last year revealed that the cost of a massive program to spray sun-dimming particles into the upper atmosphere would be around $5 billion dollars a year. However, the study conducted by U.S. scientists writing in the journal Environmental Research Letters completely failed to analyze whether such a massive geoengineering program would be a good idea and what environmental consequences it would have.

A similar Carnegie Institution for Science proposal also recently advocated spraying the upper atmosphere with aerosols, a process that would “reduce by 20 per cent the amount of sunlight that takes a direct route to the ground” and make blue skies “fade to hazy white,” the New Scientist reported.

Given the fact that most advancements in science and technology are already taking place years before they are disclosed to the public, it stands to reason that geoengineering programs based around spraying the upper atmosphere with particles are already underway.

Scientists now admit that vapor trails from airplanes are creating “artificial clouds” that block out the sun. This is no longer a matter of debate. The chemtrail “conspiracy theorists,” who were ridiculed for pointing out that from the mid-90′s onwards contrails from jet planes were lingering for hours and forming artificial clouds, have been proven correct.

Reading University’s Professor Keith Shine told the Daily Mail that the clouds “formed by aircraft fumes could linger ‘for hours’, depriving those areas under busy flight paths, such as London and the Home Counties, of summer sunshine.”

The report also makes reference to a 2009 Met Office study which found that high-level winds did not disperse contrails that later formed into clouds which covered an astonishing 20,000 miles.

As we have documented, geoengineering programs based around the premise of artificial aerosols were already in operation years ago, including at the U.S. Department of Energy’s (DOE) Savannah River National Laboratory in Aiken, S.C, which in 2009 began conducting studies which involved shooting huge amounts of particulate matter, in this case “porous-walled glass microspheres,” into the stratosphere.

Another program under the Department of Energy’s Atmospheric Science Program is directed towards, “developing comprehensive understanding of the atmospheric processes that control the transport, transformation, and fate of energy related trace chemicals and particulate matter.”

The DOE website states that, “The current focus of the program is aerosol radiative forcing of climate: aerosol formation and evolution and aerosol properties that affect direct and indirect influences on climate and climate change.”

These programs are already having the effect of blocking out sunlight. The emergence of the chemtrails phenomenon coincided with an average 22% drop in sunlight reaching the earth’s surface.

In 2008, a KSLA news investigation found that a substance that fell to earth from a high altitude chemtrail contained high levels of Barium (6.8 ppm) and Lead (8.2 ppm) as well as trace amounts of other chemicals including arsenic, chromium, cadmium, selenium and silver. Of these, all but one are metals, some are toxic while several are rarely or never found in nature.

The newscast focuses on Barium, which its research shows is a “hallmark of chemtrails.” KSLA found Barium levels in its samples at 6.8 ppm or “more than six times the toxic level set by the EPA.” The Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality confirmed that the high levels of Barium were “very unusual,” but commented that “proving the source was a whole other matter” in its discussion with KSLA.

KSLA also asked Mark Ryan, Director of the Poison Control Center, about the effects of Barium on the human body. Ryan commented that “short term exposure can lead to anything from stomach to chest pains and that long term exposure causes blood pressure problems.” The Poison Control Center further reported that long-term exposure, as with any harmful substance, would contribute to weakening the immune system.

Spraying sulphur into the upper atmosphere is linked with both environmental catastrophes and human health problems.

The following health effects are linked with exposure to sulphur.

– Neurological effects and behavioral changes
– Disturbance of blood circulation
– Heart damage
– Effects on eyes and eyesight
– Reproductive failure
– Damage to immune systems
– Stomach and gastrointestinal disorder
– Damage to liver and kidney functions
– Hearing defects
– Disturbance of the hormonal metabolism
– Dermatological effects
– Suffocation and lung embolism

Even pro-geoengineering scientist Mark Watson, admits that injecting sulphur into the atmosphere could lead to “acid rain, ozone depletion or weather pattern disruption.”

Rutgers University meteorologist Alan Robock also, “created computer simulations indicating that sulfate clouds could potentially weaken the Asian and African summer monsoons, reducing rain that irrigates the food crops of billions of people.”

“Imagine if we triggered a drought and famine while trying to cool the planet,” Robock told a geoengineering conference in 2010.

The Canada-based Action Group on Erosion, Technology and Concentration (ETC) has called for such experiments to be shut down. “This experiment is only phase one of a much bigger plan that could have devastating consequences, including large changes in weather patterns such as deadly droughts,” the group said in a written statement.

Fred Singer, president of the Science Environmental Policy Project and a skeptic of man-made global warming theories, warns that the consequences of tinkering with the planet’s delicate eco-system could have far-reaching dangers.

“If you do this on a continuous basis, you would depress the ozone layer and cause all kinds of other problems that people would rather avoid,” said Singer.

Even Greenpeace’s chief UK scientist — a staunch advocate of the man-made global warming explanation — Doug Parr — has slammed attempts to geoengineer the planet as “outlandish” and “dangerous”.

–––––––––––––––––––––-

Steve Watson is the London based writer and editor for Alex Jones’ Infowars.com, and Prisonplanet.com. He has a Masters Degree in International Relations from the School of Politics at The University of Nottingham, and a Bachelor Of Arts Degree in Literature and Creative Writing from Nottingham Trent University.

 

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Gun Laws and Race in America

0

“The simple fact is we are not safe. Not in our homes, not anywhere…People now cannot walk on their streets without fear of crime!”” Interestingly, these are not the words of those around the nation currently seeking justice by protesting the verdict in the trial of George Zimmerman found “not guilty” of slaying Florida teen Trayvon Martin. Rather these were the words of admonition and fear used by Jeb Bush to kick-off his 1998 campaign for Governor of Florida. Once in office, Bush burnished his law and order credentials by pushing through two laws that now stand at the heart of the Trayvon Martin and George Zimmerman controversy.
The first, “Stand Your Ground” (SYG), extends the Castle Doctrine of no “duty to retreat” beyond the home and into public space. The second, that has received less media attention, is the 10-20-life mandatory minimum gun laws that mock any notion of equal justice in their disproportionate application against people of color. Although scores of pundits have taken to the airways in recent days to profess to us all that the law is color blind, the implementation of both these two cornerstone Bush-era statues demonstrate disturbing racial disparities and deeply historically rooted mythologies concerning public fears over guns and race.

With the catchy legislative slogan of “Use a Gun and You’re Done,” the 10-20-life law implemented in 1999 set mandatory minimum sentences in Florida for any convicted felon who carried, displayed, or used a gun during a crime. Rather than act as a separate charge, these mandatory minimums were to serve as “sentence enhancements,” denying even a judge’s ability to lessen the sentence. Under the law, penalties escalate depending on the use of the firearm. In cases of simple possession, those convicted receive a mandatory minimum sentence of 3 years; those that use a gun receive 10 years; those that fire a gun receive 20 years; and if a victim was injured or killed by a gun during a crime, the state imposed a mandatory minimum sentence of

25 years to life in prison. By receiving a “not guilty” verdict in the shooting of Trayvon Martin, George Zimmerman also escaped the mandatory minimum requirement. .

This surprised few familiar with the criminal justice system in Florida, however. Since Governor Bush signed off on the 10-20-life law in 1999, African Americans have made up the largest percentage (64 percent — 2,482) convicted under the law. Whites, by contrast, account for only 33 percent (1,284) of the convictions, and Hispanics only 2.6 percent (Florida Department of Corrections, 1999-2006). This racial disparity is even more glaring when reviewing the length of the sentences imposed by race. Perhaps, not surprisingly, African Americans receive much longer sentences (a mean of over 8 years). In addition, 59 of the life sentences imposed were on African Americans compared with only 19 for whites.

In addition, to political capital garnered from these laws, the Florida legislature recognized another “benefit.” Prior to enacting the 10-20-Life law, lawmakers reviewed how this statute might affect the state prison system. The legislators discovered that a booming prison construction business in the 1990s left the state with a surplus of 4,000 to 5,000 prison beds. With “zero tolerance” for those that carried or used a firearm during the commission of a crime, this new proposed legislation promised to “make our streets safer” by filling the prison system with 3,887 new inmates who had longer stays in Florida’s prisons because they carried or used a gun.

The second cornerstone law of the Bush governorship was “Stand Your Ground”, which extends the castle doctrine of self protection to shared public spaces. Although the Zimmerman defense team chose not to evoke a “Stand Your Ground” hearing in which George Zimmerman would have to testify and answer for his contradictory public statements, we should place

Trayvon Martin’s shooting within the context of a national trend that shows that states that have “Stand Your Ground” laws have experienced more homicides. According to a 2012 study by two researchers at Texas A&M University — economics professors Cheng Cheng and Mark Hoekstra — the rates of murder and non-negligent manslaughter increased by 8 percent in states with a “Stand Your Ground” law. This has meant an additional 600 homicides annually in states that have enacted such laws. In Florida alone, a recent study by the Tamba Bay Times found a racial disparity of SYG immunity from prosecution. In a case sample of 200 “Stand Your Ground” hearings, the Tamba Bay Times found that seventy-three percent of those that killed a Black person avoided prosecution, while only 59 percent of those who killed a White person were given immunity.

Moreover, in a study of “justified” homicides, which are defined by the FBI as those incidents in which a private citizen kills someone who is committing a felony, John Roman of the Urban Institute’s Justice Policy Center found in SYG states that Whites were more likely to be found as “justified” when killing an African American than another White person. In an analysis of the Supplemental Homicide Reports (SHR) submitted by local law enforcement to the FBI between 2005 and 2010, Roman found in SYG states that when the shooter is White and the victim is White, the percentage of shootings ruled justifiable are 11 percent. When the shooter is Black and the victim also Black, the rate of “justifiable” homicides is 8 percent. However, when the shooter is White and the victim is Black, the “justifiable” rate jumps to 34 percent. While clothed in the language of legal color blindness, the real-life implementation of “Stand Your Ground” law has simultaneously increased the number of homicides while also threatening to provide legal “justification” for the killing of Black people by White persons.

The story of Petersburg, Florida resident Marissa Alexander speaks to the disturbing double-sided racial nature of these two supposed “color-blind” gun laws. In 2010, Alexander fired a warning shot in the air when her husband, who had a history of domestic violence, threatened her. In 2012, however, a Florida judge rejected her plea to be included under the “Stand Your Ground” law. As a result, she received a 20-year sentence under the mandatory minimum allowed by the 10-20-life law. Her story and Trayvon Martin’s killing provide the starkly ironic reminder that the “we” Jeb Bush spoke of in 1999 was far from inclusive. The fate of two shooters, one “Hispanic” and one Black, speaks to the highly problematic racial nature of such laws in a state where guns and gun violence are simultaneously sanctioned as “justified” weapons of self-protection for Whites, on the one hand, and yet imbued with a deep fear of armed African Americans, on the other. As the nation grapples with the injustice that Trayvon Martin and Marissa Alexander experienced, we should recall that Bush-era crime and justice policies have simultaneously criminalized African Americans and endangered the lives of Black people. Indeed, these cases remind the nation that African Americans in Florida and in other “Stand Your Ground” states are “not safe, not in our homes, not anywhere.”

Robert Chase is Assistant Professor of History at the State University of New York, Stonybrook (SUNY, Stonybrook).

Yohuru Williams is Chair and Professor of History at Fairfield University.

Republished with permission from: Counterpunch

Humans Not Predisposed to War, New Study Finds

2

Countering the prevailing notion that humankind is naturally predisposed to war, new research suggests that primitive humans existed mostly peacefully, with war developing much later than previously thought.

The study’s author, Patrik Soderberg, who worked with a team from Abo Academy University in Finland and published their research in the journal Science, said their research questioned “the idea that human nature, by default, is developed in the presence of making war and that war is a driving force in human evolution.”

The findings, Soderberg said, challenge “the idea that war was ever-present in our ancestral past.”

The study, “paints another picture where the quarrels and aggression were primarily about interpersonal motives instead of groups fighting against each other,” said Soderberg.

The research pulls from observations of modern day people and tribes who are still isolated from contemporary society–living like hunter-gatherers did thousands of years ago–as the best living examples of how humans interacted in primitive times.

“About 12,000 years ago, we assume all humans were living in this kind of society, and that these kind of societies made up about for about 90% of our evolutionary path,” Soderberg said.

The study found that of all the recorded deaths in these groups, most were considered individual “homicides,” while only a few were caused by ongoing feuds. And, as Soderberg writes, “only the minority could be labeled as war.”

“Over half the events were perpetrated by lone individuals and in 85% of the cases, the victims were members of the same society.”

The researchers said that studying today’s hunter-gatherer communities was not a perfect method for understanding ancient societies, “but said the similarities were significant and did provide an insight into our past,” BBC News adds.

“It has been tempting to use these mobile foraging societies as rough analogies of the past and to ask how old warfare is and whether it is part of human nature. Our study shows that war is obviously not very common,” said study co-author Douglas Fry.

Republished with permission from: Common Dreams

Iran-Argentina MoU on AMIA 'essential’

0

An Argentinean lawmaker has described as Å“essential” an agreement reached between Iran and Argentina to find the truth about the 1994 deadly bomb attack on the Jewish community center in Buenos Aires.

Å“The agreement is essential to the people of Argentina because we have a responsibility with the victims and their families. We have a debt with the truth,” a member of Argentinaâ„¢s New Encounter Party, Carlos Rainmundi, told Press TV.

Tehran and Buenos Aires signed a memorandum of understanding in January to jointly probe the 1994 bombing of the Argentine Israelite Mutual Association (AMIA), which killed 85 people and wounded 300 others.

Å“The memorandum of understanding establishes a truth commission of independent experts proposed by both countries who will be neither from Argentina, nor from Iran. It is an interesting non-legal alternative to know the truth,” said Leah Tandeter, a human rights lawyer with Amnesty International,.

Å“In Amnesty International, we think the memorandum of understanding is an opportunity. It will allow carrying out pending judicial processes that are indispensible to move on such as the possibility of questioning Iranian officials,” she added.

Numerous ceremonies have been held in Argentina to commemorate the 85 victims who lost their lives at the AMIA.

However, Argentinaâ„¢s President Cristina Fernandez de Kirchner did not attend a rally organized by AMIA.

She has vowed that her administration Å“would not allow the AMIA tragedy to be used as a chess piece in the game of faraway geopolitical interests.”

Under intense political pressure from the US and Israel, Argentina had previously accused Iran of having carried out the bomb attack. The Islamic Republic has categorically denied any involvement in the terrorist bombing.

In July, Washington reacted fiercely when Argentina prevented AMIA case special prosecutor Alberto Nisman from taking part in a US Congress meeting to level allegations against Iran.

Nisman had collected a 500-page indictment in which he accused the Islamic Republic of Å“infiltrating” regional countries to spread an Å“intelligence network.”

SF/KA/SS

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Drug Secrecy 'Cruel and Unusual' as Judge Grants Indefinite Stay for Warren Hill

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]

A judge has agreed with attorney argument that Georgia’s “Lethal Injection Secrecy Act” constitutes “cruel and unusual punishment.” (Photo: Athens Banner Herald)The life of Warren Lee Hill Jr., the Georgia prisoner who has been clinically diagnosed as 'mentally disabled,' continues to hang in the balance.

[field_image_caption-raw]

read more

Republished with permission from: Common Dreams

Britain’s Top Military Brass: The UK Must be Prepared “To Go to War”. “We Must Risk War with Syria”

3

“Britain has to be prepared to “go to war”is the message of the outgoing British Chief of Staff General Sir David Richards. In an interview in the Daily Telegraph, Richards criticized the British government for its ineptitude.

If the British government wishes to restrain the Syrian regime, it must continue arming the Al Qaeda rebels as well as implement no-fly zones. “The (former) Chief of the Defence Staff also warns that the Government needs to clarify its “political objective” in Syria before a coherent military plan for dealing with the Assad regime can be recommended.”

General Sir David Richards, however, emphasized that a “no fly zone” is insufficient and what is required is a ground war, implying an illegal land invasion of a sovereign country.

“You have to establish a ground control zone. You have to take out their air defences. You also have to make sure they can’t manoeuvre — which means you have to take out their tanks, and their armoured personnel carriers and all the other things that are actually doing the damage.

The chief of the defence staff also warns that simply introducing a no-fly zone on its own would not prove effective and that other military measures would be required. (Con Coughlin and Robert Winnett, Daily Telegraph, 18 July 2013. Read Complete Daily Telegraph article: Army chief: We risk war with Syria)

In his interview with The Daily Telegraph, General Sir David Richards said that “if you want to have the material impact on the Syrian regime’s calculations that some people seek” then “ground targets” would have to be “hit”. …

However, in recent days, the Prime Minister’s enthusiasm for further intervention appears to have waned following private warnings from Sir David and Sir John Sawers, the head of MI6, about the implications of being drawn further into the Syrian civil war.

… There is a lack of international consensus on how to take this forward,” he said. “We are trying to cohere the opposition groups, but they are difficult to cohere because there are many different dimensions to them.

“So it is work in progress, so I am very clear in my military advice to the government that we need to understand what the political objective is before we can sensibly recommend what military effort and forces should be applied to it.”

He added: “That is something we debate a lot, from the Prime Minister downwards. We also need to do this with our allies. Allies have different views on the way ahead. Understandably there is a great reluctance to see Western boots on the ground in a place like Syria.”

…

Sir David, 61, said: “If you wanted to have the material impact on the Syrian regime’s calculations that some people seek, a no fly zone per se is insufficient.

“You have to be able, as we did successfully in Libya, to hit ground targets.

….

“If you want to have the material effect that people seek you have to be able to hit ground targets and so you would be going to war if that is what you want to do.” (Con Coughlin and Robert Winnett, Daily Telegraph, 18 July 2013. (Copyright the Daily Telegraph)

Read Complete Daily Telegraph article: Army chief: We risk war with Syria

Disclaimer: The contents of this article are of sole responsibility of the author(s). The Centre for Research on Globalization will not be responsible for any inaccurate or incorrect statement in this article. The Center of Research on Globalization grants permission to cross-post original Global Research articles on community internet sites as long as the text & title are not modified. The source and the author’s copyright must be displayed. For publication of Global Research articles in print or other forms including commercial internet sites, contact: publications@globalresearch.ca

www.globalresearch.ca contains copyrighted material the use of which has not always been specifically authorized by the copyright owner. We are making such material available to our readers under the provisions of “fair use” in an effort to advance a better understanding of political, economic and social issues. The material on this site is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving it for research and educational purposes. If you wish to use copyrighted material for purposes other than “fair use” you must request permission from the
copyright owner.

For media inquiries: publications@globalresearch.ca

Republished with permission from: Global Research

Department of Energy study claims fracking is safe, contradicting previous findings

0

Preliminary results from a study funded by the US Department of Energy demonstrate that hydraulic fracturing has no effect on drinking water — results that contradict numerous other reports that prove the opposite.

For the past year, researchers at the DOE’s National Energy
Technology Laboratory (NETL) have monitored a fracking site in
western Pennsylvania, southwest of Pittsburgh. They allegedly
found no evidence that the chemical-laced fluids injected into
the ground made their way to the surface, the Associated Press
reports.

These fluids were injected into wellbores more than 8,000 feet
below the surface and were not detected above 3,000 feet. The
chemical-laced fluids, whose potential health effects are hotly
debated, thereby kept a considerable distance from aquifers that
provide drinking water. 

The study was the first time that a drilling company allowed
federal researchers to inject tracers into the fracking fluid to
see if it spreads. Drilling advocates are likely to hail the
study as proof of the procedure’s safety, but it contradicts
numerous other studies that have demonstrated the opposite.

Rob Jackson, a scientist at Duke University, warned that a single
study should not serve as evidence that fracking is safe,
especially since the geology and fracking practices vary across
the US. He told the AP that the drilling company might have been
unusually meticulous at their research site, knowing that the
procedure was being closely monitored.

Jackson also explained that other aspects of the drilling process
can contaminate groundwater, including poor well construction,
accidental surface spills of chemicals and chemical-laced fluids,
and wastewater.

The depth of the well might also have an impact on the potential
effect on groundwater. Drilling at the well in western
Pennsylvnia occurred at 8,000 feet below ground, with groundwater
in the Marcellus Shale usually found at a depth of 300
feet. 

Drilling at a fracking site in Pavillion, Wyoming, on the other
hand, occurs at a depth of 1,200 feet. Groundwater in that region
is acquired from depths of 800 feet, which means that the
fracking site is in close proximity to drinking water. The
Environmental Protection Agency in 2011 released a report
concluding that chemical-laced fracking fluids contaminated the
groundwater in Pavillion. But last month, the EPA dropped
its plans to further investigate the preliminary findings, and
instead allowed state officials — many of whom are drilling
advocates — to take over the study.

Although the EPA shied away from its investigation, its initial
results caused alarm and convinced environmental activists that
fracking can contaminate drinking water — especially at drilling
sites close to the surface.

A more recent study conducted by researchers at Duke University
examined fracking sites across northeastern Pennsylvania and
southern New York, where drilling usually occurs at greater
depths. The researchers found
that household drinking water that comes from any of the 141
wells near fracking sites has higher concentrations of methane,
which is the main component of natural gas. Researchers
found that 82 percent of the 141 water wells had elevated levels
of methane, and that ethane concentrations were 23 times higher
in drinking water at nearby homes.


“The methane, ethane and propane data, and new evidence from
hydrocarbon and helium isotopes, all suggest that drilling has
affected some homeowners’ water,”
Jackson, the study’s main
author, wrote in a report.

At the fracking site in Pennsylvania, DOE scientists also
discovered that one hydraulic fracture traveled 1,800 feet from
the well bored. Most of the other fractures traveled just a few
hundred feet. Although the 8,000-foot Pennsylvania well was deep
enough to prevent the 1,800-foot fracture from having an impact
on groundwater, that might not be the case with other, more
shallow wells. The individual fracture was longer than the entire
depth of Pavillion’s well, where drilling occurs at 1,200 feet.
Scientists were unable to predict that fracture, and it remains
unclear if they can be prevented. 

Although chemical-laced fluids might not have escaped from the
8,000-foot well in Pennsylvania, the DOE’s preliminary findings
may not be able to apply to all fracking sites, especially since
other government and university studies have evidence that
drilling may have contaminated drinking water. 

Republished with permission from: RT

GlaxoSmithKline Alleged to Pay Bribes in China

0

GlaxoSmithKline (GSK) has been accused of bribing doctors in China in order to boost sales. Chinese government officials say they have uncovered evidence of a bribery scheme involving 700 travel agencies who were used to funnel as much as three billion yuan ($480 million) in payments.

“We found that bribery is a core part of the activities of the company,” Gao Feng, the head of China’s fraud unit, said. “There is always a big boss in criminal organisations and in this case GSK is the big boss.”

Allegations about bribes at GSK first surfaced in January of this year in a series of tips made by an anonymous individual to company officials. The whistleblower alleged that the UK company made payments of $249 to $490 to promote Botox, a toxin used for medical purposes as well as for cosmetic purposes to get rid of wrinkles.

Soon after, the Wall Street Journal says it reviewed documents from as late as April 2013 for an internal GSK project called “Vasily” to pay 48 doctors who promoted Botox with “either a percentage of the cash value of the prescription or educational credits”depending on how many sales they made. GSK officials were encouraged to discuss the scheme on personal email accounts.

“I recommend that everyone else use a private email account because it will be better that way,” Ruiting “Candy” Chen, Glaxo central nervous system marketing manager said in an email translated by the Journal. “Remember you must send to personal email accounts, you accidentally sent to [another sales team member’s] public mail, careful next time!” wrote Any Zheng, Botox regional sales manager.

Chinese media reported on Monday that GSK allegedly made payments to the travel agencies which then transferred the money to doctors via credit cards when they made prescriptions. The travel agencies booked the payments for travel expenses to fake meetings.

GSK says it has suspended all work with the travel agencies. It also says Vasily was never implemented and has denied the charges.

“We take all allegations of bribery and corruption seriously,” a spokesman said in a press statement. “We continuously monitor our businesses to ensure they meet our strict compliance procedures. We have done this in China and found no evidence of bribery or corruption of doctors or government officials. However, if evidence of such activity is provided we will act swiftly on it.”

Chinese officials say that Mark Reilly, the head of GSK operations in China, fled the country on June 27 and has not returned. Several other executives have been arrested.

“The anonymous claims highlight the challenges multinational pharmaceutical companies face in China, one of their most significant and fastest-growing markets, because its health-care system is controlled and owned by the state and it has a tradition of government patronage and gift-giving,” write Christopher Matthews and Jessica Hodgson of the Wall Street Journal.

In reality, the comment by the Journal reporters reflects a bias on their part. GSK has been found guilty of routinely offering U.S. doctors lavish payments for promoting company products, despite the absence of a state health care system.

In July 2012 GSK agreed to pay out $3 billion to settle charges on pushing bupropion and paroxetine (as well as their failure to report safety data about the drug Avandia to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration) — the largest such fine ever paid by a pharmaceutical company.

The U.S. Department of Justice noted that the company gave out “cash payments disguised as consulting fees, expensive meals, weekend boondoggles and lavish entertainment.” For example, doctors who promoted Wellbutrin were taken on “training sessions” to Jamaica. “Dr. Drew,” a TV doctor, was paid $275,000 in two months in 1999 alone to “deliver messages about [Wellbutrin SR] in settings where it did not appear that Dr. Pinsky was speaking for GSK.”

Nor was it the only Western pharmaceutical company accused of paying bribes to doctors to promote its products. In August 2012, in a criminal complaint issued by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, investigators laid out detailed charges against Pfizer for paying bribes in eight countries: Bulgaria, China, Croatia, Czech Republic, Italy, Kazakhstan, Russia, and Serbia.

For example, Pfizer Italy employees provided free cell phones, photocopiers, printers and televisions to doctors, arranged for vacations (such as “weekend in Gallipoli,” “weekend with companion” and “weekend in Rome”) and even made direct cash payments (under the guise of lecture fees and honoraria) in return for promises by doctors to recommend or prescribe Pfizer’s products.

Republished with permission from: Global Research

Sen. McCain Has Temper Tantrum Over Lack of Support for CIA’s Free Syrian Army

0

Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
July 19, 2013

Senator John McCain, an Arizona Republican and ranking member of the Senate Committee on Armed Services, has threatened to hold up the renomination of Gen. Martin Dempsey as the chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff following a verbal clash between the two during a committee hearing.

McCain grilled Dempsey and Navy Adm. James Winnefeld. The senator is irritated that the United States has not entered the Syrian war or provided CIA mercenaries operating there with arms to depose the Syrian government and defeat its well-trained and disciplined army.

“I must tell both the witnesses at the onset I’m very concerned about the role you’ve played over the last two years,” groused McCain. “General Dempsey and Admiral Winnefeld, do you believe the continued cost and risk of our inaction in Syria are now worse for our national security interest than the cost and risk associated with limited military action?”

“Senator, as we’ve discussed—” Dempsey tried to respond

“I’d like to know an answer rather than a filibuster,” McCain growled. “I have six minutes and 10 seconds.”

“With all due respect, Senator, you’re asking me to agree that we’ve been inactive, and we have not been inactive,” Dempsey replied.

In May, McCain allegedly ventured to the Middle East to meet with the public relations wing of the so-called rebels, the Free Syrian Army, the mercenary unit with a dismal field record.

“We can identify who these people are. We can help the right people,” McCain told CIA asset Anderson Cooper, an anchor at the Pentagon’s psychological operation headquartered at CNN.

McCain said only a small portion of the so-called rebels are radical jihadists fighting to convert Syria into failed state dominated by Sharia law. In fact, the CIA sponsored “rebels” are largely radical Sunni Salafists who behead Christians and feed them to dogs.

Remarkably, McCain said al-Nusra only accounts for 7,000 of the 100,000 mercenaries inside Syria. In fact, al-Nusra and al-Qaeda dominate the effort to topple al-Assad. “Every single day, more and more extremists flow in… They’re flowing in all the time, these extremists. But they still do not make up a sizable portion,” he said.

“Nowhere in rebel-controlled Syria is there a secular fighting force to speak of,” the New York Times reported in April. “The Islamist character of the opposition reflects the main constituency of the rebellion,” the newspaper stated, explaining that this fact is due to “the failure of more mainstream rebel groups to secure regular arms supplies,” in other words supposed ambivalence on the part of the United States has resulted in a failure to more actively support the Free Syrian Army, initially a hodgepodge of secular Syrians who were woefully ill-prepared to fight al-Assad’s well-trained army. Earlier this month, it was reported that FSA mercenaries are defecting to al-Nusra and the radical Muslim groups in record numbers.

During Dempsey’s interrogation by McCain, the general stressed the government is concerned about al-Qaeda and other Salafist groups attempting to overthrow the al-Assad regime in Syria.

In June, we reported on comments made by Sheikh Nabil Naiim, considered to be the historical leader of the Islamic Jihadist movement in Egypt. Naiim, who led the Safwa al-Qaeda training camp where he allegedly met Osama Bin Laden and later worked with al-Qaeda boss Ayman al-Zawahiri in Yemen, said he believes al-Nusra is led by the CIA.

“I personally believe that the leader of the Nusra Army (Mohammed al-Jawlani), who declared his support for Ayman Al Zawahiri, is a CIA operative in the al-Nusra,” he said.

Naimm said he believes the CIA allowed al-Qaeda to operate in Afghanistan and were being manipulated. He told al-Nusra members in a video dispatch that it is “fighting the war in Syria on America’s behalf” and that eventually will “be called terrorists and you will be killed or put in prison just like what happened to us after Afghanistan.”

“These leaders are manipulating you, you will find yourself dying and the Americans fulfilling their goals not yours,” Naiim added.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, July 19, 2013 at 11:24 am

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Jenny McCarthy defeats vaccine fanatics to join ABC’s The View as co-host

0

TheRefusers.com
July 19, 2013

Jenny McCarthy repelled a massive attack from enemies of health freedom to land a co-host role at ABC’s flagship morning talk show The View.

Jenny McCarthy  addresses audience at autism awareness event / Photo by Michael Dorausch, via Wikimedia Commons

Jenny McCarthy addresses audience at autism awareness event / Photo by Michael Dorausch, via Wikimedia Commons

You can tell this is a huge victory for health freedom by the howls of indignation from the advocates of forced medication. The mere suggestion that Jenny might question mandatory vaccines on such a prominent national media platform is enough to send authoritarian medical mafia types into conniptions.

Vaccine pushers have an unshakeable faith in vaccines. They are either ignorant of or deliberately concealing knowledge of vaccine failure and vaccine injury. Most of them have probably never read the medical textbook definition of a vaccine adverse reaction, the same definition that is on vaccine package inserts and the same thing that afflicts a generation of vaccine damaged children — encephalitis.

Hopefully Jenny will inform the public about the American Medical Association’s definition of informed consent: A patient has the right to refuse a medical procedure. The mere suggestion that parents might exercise that basic right with regard to vaccines is unthinkable to the vaccine zealots that object so vociferously to Jenny’s presence on The View. They and their pharmaceutical industry overlords must be getting apoplexy at the thought of moms getting educated about real-world vaccine risks. There are reputable non-pharma-funded doctors and scientists who will tell the truth about vaccines. Let’s hope they get on The View.

Congratulations to Jenny McCarthy for scoring this mainstream media gig and thanks to ABC for hiring her. While autism and vaccine injury are not likely to be the main daily story on The View, please don’t forget those of us that have vaccine-injured or vaccine-killed children.

As for the nattering nabobs of negativism that oppose Jenny McCarthy’s co-hosting of The View – why don’t you slither back to your drug company masters and vaccinate each other into oblivion?

Salon: Putting Jenny McCarthy on “The View” will kill children

USA Today: Pediatrician can’t handle McCarthy on a show “that caters to moms.”

New Yorker: Jenny’s questioning of vaccines is deadly

LA Times: McCarthy will misinform a vast audience with quackery begotten of fraudulence

Forbes: Jenny McCarthy should publicly state she was wrong about vaccines and autism.

NY Times: Show has made no request to Ms. McCarthy that she keep the vaccine issue off limits.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, July 19, 2013 at 11:23 am

Tags: , , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Fake Signs On Bay Area Highways Say Drones Looking For Speeders

0

CBS San Francisco
July 19, 2013

Several signs have cropped up on Bay Area highways, telling drivers that drones are enforcing speed limits. The California Highway Patrol told KPIX 5 the signs are fakes and that they do not have drones.

“As people are driving by and they see something like this, it’s definitely a distraction,” said Officer Andrew Barclay of the California Highway Patrol.

“The first officer who saw this on Highway 37 was out patrolling his beat…did a double take, flipped around, came back, and confirmed it was what he saw.”

Read More

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, July 19, 2013 at 11:22 am

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Panama Nails a CIA Torture Capo

0

You gotta love our erstwhile banana republics. While Uncle Sam has been busy the last dozen years trampling on the rights of everyone–and we now know, thanks to that paragon Edward Snowden, that everyone means everyone–and while nearly all the governments in the “civilized” world have been going along with their favorite uncle, a few Latin American countries have suddenly stood up and flipped him the bird. First there were Venezuela, Nicaragua, and Bolivia offering Snowden asylum, and then yesterday Panama arrested a former CIA bureau chief who is wanted by Italy for a kidnapping conviction but who has been steadfastly protected by the United States.

The Italian story is a tasty one that goes like this:

After 9/11, the White House and CIA loved nothing so much as a good body snatch, more politely called an extraordinary rendition. You remember those, right? We would zoom into another country, grab a guy we claimed was a “high-value terrorist,” whisk him to some hellhole like Syria or Egypt, and let our friends there give him a long dose of tough love or maybe just kill him–or, better still, both. What wasn’t to like? We didn’t have to gather evidence that would hold up in court, didn’t have to hold a messy trial, didn’t have to let reporters nose around in the merits of the case.

Pretty soon CIA chiefs all over the world were throwing guys on torture taxis and sending them to dungeons whose horrors were almost beyond imagining. Most of the victims we’ve never heard of and never will. A few, like Germany’s Khalid El-Masri and Canada’s Maher Arar, we learned of only because they were completely innocent–we had grabbed them, tortured them, then (oops!) realized we got the wrong guy, at which point even our vile client states felt compelled to let them go. (Obama’s America nonetheless refuses to compensate either El-Masri or Arar for their trauma, just as Bush’s America refused.)

Then there’s the case of Abu Omar. Abu Omar was an Egyptian living under a grant of asylum in Milan, where he worked at a radical mosque. The mosque was part of a farm system, if you will, that recruited potential sluggers and sent them to the terrorist big leagues–to Iraq, say, during our late war. Abu Omar may have been a low- or mid-level cog in the terrorist machine, or he may just have been a terrorist wannabe. Whatever the case, he was not a big player. At least a hundred other guys around the world were more deserving of America’s renditionary affections than he.

But the CIA chief in Italy, one Jeff Castelli, wanted to render Abu Omar. It’s not absolutely clear why, but the most likely motivation I found while writing my book on the case (A Kidnapping in Milan: The CIA on Trial) was that renditions by then had become feathers in the caps of aspiring CIA officers–standout bullets in a spook’s résumé. A station chief who pulled off a successful rendition was as good as on his way up at Langley, and Jeff Castelli was definitely being groomed for higher postings. He wanted to get in on the action, and his superiors were happy to green-light him.

Trouble was, not only was Abu Omar not much of a terrorist but Castelli’s jurisdiction wasn’t Somalia or Pakistan or some other semi-lawless CIA playground. It was Italy, and the Italians already had Abu Omar covered. Ordinarily Italy is something of a laughingstock of European law enforcers–hell, the laughingstock of European law enforcers. But it turns out that the Italian counterterrorism police and a_kidnapping_in_milan_cover_medprosecutors are actually quite good–skilled at monitoring suspected terrorists, gathering evidence against them, taking them to trial, and sending them to prison for long sentences. It’s all so . . . civilized. In fact, it’s everything the Bush and Obama administrations tell us we can’t do because terrorists are too damned dangerous to deal with in the usual, constitutional, enlightened manner.

But back to Abu Omar. The Italian counterterrorism police had him under tight surveillance. His home and office were bugged, his phones were tapped, his computer probably was too, his movements were watched, and his colleagues were getting similar treatment. The Italians knew he had no attacks planned, and they were in the process of amassing a damning pile of evidence against him. (After the CIA kidnapped him, the Italians arrested and convicted all of his co-terrorists or co-wannabe-terrorists. Abu Omar would certainly have been convicted as well, because in Italy it’s a crime even to associate with terrorists–so long as you know they are terrorists, which Abu Omar plainly did of his cronies.) Moreover, the CIA knew that the Italians had Abu Omar in check because they routinely coordinated their efforts with the Italians, including on Abu Omar’s case.

These facts, however, were nothing to Castelli, and at the end of 2002 he brought a team of CIA planners, scouts, heavies, and transporters to Italy. He didn’t tell our allies in Milan what he was up to. A couple of months later, in February of 2003, the team nabbed Abu Omar while he was walking to his mosque for midday prayers. He was snatched only steps from one of Milan’s busiest streets, steps also from a police station, literally at high noon, in the broadest of proverbial broad daylight. The hubris was astonishing even for the CIA. It was a sign they thought they would never get caught, a sign they thought they could do in Italy pretty much as they pleased–as, indeed, they had since the end of World War II. (The CIA and NATO even set up a secret army in Italy in case the Communist Party were elected to power. Honest. But that is another story.)

After Abu Omar was hauled off the sidewalk and thrown into a waiting van, he was beaten, drugged, trussed, and driven across northern Italy to Aviano Air Force Base, from which he was flown to Ramstein Air Force Base in Germany. At Ramstein he was bundled onto another plane and flown to Cairo, where, for hour upon hour, day upon day, month upon month, he was visited with the worst barbarisms the Mubarak regime had to offer.

Back in Italy, when the counterterrorist police wondered where Abu Omar had disappeared to, the CIA said it had heard a rumor that he had gone to Albania.

The lackey in Milan who carried out Castelli’s deception was a jovial bear of a man named Robert Seldon Lady, who ran the CIA’s Milan office. By most accounts, Lady thought the kidnapping was a dumb idea and told Castelli as much. He apparently argued that it was unnecessary because of the Italians’ fine surveillance and that it would hurt the CIA’s very productive relationship with the Italians if the Italians learned that the CIA double-crossed them. (He was right.) But Castelli insisted, and Lady went along. Of his decision he would later say, “I am responsible only for carrying out an order I received from my superiors”–a defense whose pedigree was succinctly summarized by one commentator as “I vas only following ze orders.”

Lady and the CIA got caught for two reasons. One, they were sloppy. Two, the Egyptians, very uncharacteristically, eventually let Abu Omar out of prison. His release was conditioned on his telling no one what he had been through, but it wasn’t long before he was calling his wife in Italy and relating to her his travails. Unknown to either of them, the Italian counterterrorists were still tapping the phone in their Milan flat, and so heard everything. Unluckily for Abu Omar, the Egyptians were also tapping Abu Omar, via his phone in Alexandria, and he was quickly dragged back to prison for more torture.

On hearing Abu Omar’s account of his kidnapping, a bold Italian prosecutor named Armando Spataro began to investigate it, with the help of Milan’s double-crossed counterterrorism police. Prosecutors in Italy are an independent lot who are insulated, like American federal judges, with life tenure. In his long career, Spataro had taken on the Mafia, left-wing terrorists of the seventies, and latter-day Islamic terrorists. More than once he had been marked for death, but he was still standing, and he wasn’t about to be cowed by the US government. A lawbreaker, he had always held, was a lawbreaker, no matter who he was, and kidnapping was against the law in Italy.

The case opened up for Spataro when his investigators stumbled on the CIA’s embarrassingly slapdash tradecraft. The most ridiculous of the CIA’s idiocies was the way they recklessly used cell phones–making hundreds of calls to one another in the months before the kidnapping and, in doing so, leaving hundreds of traces of their locations with cell-phone providers. (Had they used satellite phones, they could never have been traced.) On the day of the kidnapping, as they coordinated their movements with Abu Omar’s walk to his mosque, they made scores of calls to one another that reached a dizzying crescendo. Spataro and his investigators examined all of the calls made by the thousands of cell phones that were connected to cell towers near the kidnapping site. Then they sorted out which phones made several short calls to each other in the minutes before the abduction, as a kidnapping team that was stalking its prey would do. They then looked at which of those phones had also called Bob Lady’s cell phone or the US consulate in Milan or an unlisted number in Langley or some other telltale number linked to the CIA.

When they found a phone that they were pretty sure belonged to the kidnappers, they tracked its movements over the previous months, which led to further discoveries. For example, they located the hotels that many of the kidnappers stayed in and turned up the hotels’ copies of their passports and driver’s licenses. A few of the kidnappers carelessly traveled under their real names or under names so close to their real ones that there was hardly a difference. The identities of a couple of the kidnappers were tracked down through–get this–their frequent-flyer numbers, which they had given to hotels and rental car agencies to rack up miles. Evidently they thought Abu Omar shouldn’t be the only one to get a free trip out of the job.

Prosecutor Spataro marshaled his evidence, charged a couple dozen Americans in absentia with the kidnapping, and won convictions for nearly all of them. Bob Lady got eight years, but it seemed that neither he nor any of the other Americans would ever do their time. Lady was in Central America when the warrant for his arrest was handed down, all of the other kidnappers were long gone too, and the United States made clear that it would not hand over any of the CIA criminals to serve their sentences, even though our extradition treaty with Italy requires us to do so.

Lady, however, didn’t go entirely unpunished. He had invested his life savings in a villa in Italy’s Asti wine country, where he planned a graceful retirement. But upon his conviction, the Italians confiscated the villa and have either put it up for sale or will soon, with the proceeds going to none other than Abu Omar. Right-wing bloggers have shed voluptuous tears for Lady on this score, even though by now the US government has almost certainly made him whole for his loss. (Abu Omar, incidentally, could use the money. Egypt set him free for a second time in 2007, but an enemy of the Egyptian state is not highly employable. His two releases, it is worth noting, suggest that even the Mubarak regime thought he was small fry in the terroristic seas.)

Other than Lady’s lost villa, though, no penalty loomed for the American torture team–until, that is, plucky Panama stopped Lady yesterday. He was reportedly crossing into the country from Costa Rica. Lady was raised in Honduras, and after retiring from the CIA (shortly after Abu Omar’s kidnapping), he was said to have taken a job as a security consultant in Latin America. It’s likely that he traveled a lot in the region. If so, the countries in which he traveled seem to have ignored–in keeping with the United States’ wishes–the Interpol arrest warrant that Italy put out for him. But at last Panama has broken the chain of inaction and silence.

What will happen next is anyone’s guess. Italy and Panama seem to have no extradition treaty, so there’s not a routine process for returning Lady. Indeed, there is no guarantee at all that Panama will return him. What is certain is that right now Panama is being lobbied by the United States to turn Lady loose. Equally certain is that right-wingers in Italy, true to their historic role as America’s patsies, are leaning on their government not to demand Lady’s return. Will Panama continue to push back against the United States? Will Italy’s centrist government ignore its rightists? We shall see. In the meantime, let’s just enjoy watching one of the world’s minnows shit in the eye of the planet’s only 800-pound crocodile.

Steve Hendricks is the author of A Kidnapping in Milan: The CIA on Trial. He is at work, improbably, on a book about soccer in Spain.

Republished with permission from: Counterpunch

Panama Nails a CIA Torture Capo

0

You gotta love our erstwhile banana republics. While Uncle Sam has been busy the last dozen years trampling on the rights of everyone–and we now know, thanks to that paragon Edward Snowden, that everyone means everyone–and while nearly all the governments in the “civilized” world have been going along with their favorite uncle, a few Latin American countries have suddenly stood up and flipped him the bird. First there were Venezuela, Nicaragua, and Bolivia offering Snowden asylum, and then yesterday Panama arrested a former CIA bureau chief who is wanted by Italy for a kidnapping conviction but who has been steadfastly protected by the United States.

The Italian story is a tasty one that goes like this:

After 9/11, the White House and CIA loved nothing so much as a good body snatch, more politely called an extraordinary rendition. You remember those, right? We would zoom into another country, grab a guy we claimed was a “high-value terrorist,” whisk him to some hellhole like Syria or Egypt, and let our friends there give him a long dose of tough love or maybe just kill him–or, better still, both. What wasn’t to like? We didn’t have to gather evidence that would hold up in court, didn’t have to hold a messy trial, didn’t have to let reporters nose around in the merits of the case.

Pretty soon CIA chiefs all over the world were throwing guys on torture taxis and sending them to dungeons whose horrors were almost beyond imagining. Most of the victims we’ve never heard of and never will. A few, like Germany’s Khalid El-Masri and Canada’s Maher Arar, we learned of only because they were completely innocent–we had grabbed them, tortured them, then (oops!) realized we got the wrong guy, at which point even our vile client states felt compelled to let them go. (Obama’s America nonetheless refuses to compensate either El-Masri or Arar for their trauma, just as Bush’s America refused.)

Then there’s the case of Abu Omar. Abu Omar was an Egyptian living under a grant of asylum in Milan, where he worked at a radical mosque. The mosque was part of a farm system, if you will, that recruited potential sluggers and sent them to the terrorist big leagues–to Iraq, say, during our late war. Abu Omar may have been a low- or mid-level cog in the terrorist machine, or he may just have been a terrorist wannabe. Whatever the case, he was not a big player. At least a hundred other guys around the world were more deserving of America’s renditionary affections than he.

But the CIA chief in Italy, one Jeff Castelli, wanted to render Abu Omar. It’s not absolutely clear why, but the most likely motivation I found while writing my book on the case (A Kidnapping in Milan: The CIA on Trial) was that renditions by then had become feathers in the caps of aspiring CIA officers–standout bullets in a spook’s résumé. A station chief who pulled off a successful rendition was as good as on his way up at Langley, and Jeff Castelli was definitely being groomed for higher postings. He wanted to get in on the action, and his superiors were happy to green-light him.

Trouble was, not only was Abu Omar not much of a terrorist but Castelli’s jurisdiction wasn’t Somalia or Pakistan or some other semi-lawless CIA playground. It was Italy, and the Italians already had Abu Omar covered. Ordinarily Italy is something of a laughingstock of European law enforcers–hell, the laughingstock of European law enforcers. But it turns out that the Italian counterterrorism police and a_kidnapping_in_milan_cover_medprosecutors are actually quite good–skilled at monitoring suspected terrorists, gathering evidence against them, taking them to trial, and sending them to prison for long sentences. It’s all so . . . civilized. In fact, it’s everything the Bush and Obama administrations tell us we can’t do because terrorists are too damned dangerous to deal with in the usual, constitutional, enlightened manner.

But back to Abu Omar. The Italian counterterrorism police had him under tight surveillance. His home and office were bugged, his phones were tapped, his computer probably was too, his movements were watched, and his colleagues were getting similar treatment. The Italians knew he had no attacks planned, and they were in the process of amassing a damning pile of evidence against him. (After the CIA kidnapped him, the Italians arrested and convicted all of his co-terrorists or co-wannabe-terrorists. Abu Omar would certainly have been convicted as well, because in Italy it’s a crime even to associate with terrorists–so long as you know they are terrorists, which Abu Omar plainly did of his cronies.) Moreover, the CIA knew that the Italians had Abu Omar in check because they routinely coordinated their efforts with the Italians, including on Abu Omar’s case.

These facts, however, were nothing to Castelli, and at the end of 2002 he brought a team of CIA planners, scouts, heavies, and transporters to Italy. He didn’t tell our allies in Milan what he was up to. A couple of months later, in February of 2003, the team nabbed Abu Omar while he was walking to his mosque for midday prayers. He was snatched only steps from one of Milan’s busiest streets, steps also from a police station, literally at high noon, in the broadest of proverbial broad daylight. The hubris was astonishing even for the CIA. It was a sign they thought they would never get caught, a sign they thought they could do in Italy pretty much as they pleased–as, indeed, they had since the end of World War II. (The CIA and NATO even set up a secret army in Italy in case the Communist Party were elected to power. Honest. But that is another story.)

After Abu Omar was hauled off the sidewalk and thrown into a waiting van, he was beaten, drugged, trussed, and driven across northern Italy to Aviano Air Force Base, from which he was flown to Ramstein Air Force Base in Germany. At Ramstein he was bundled onto another plane and flown to Cairo, where, for hour upon hour, day upon day, month upon month, he was visited with the worst barbarisms the Mubarak regime had to offer.

Back in Italy, when the counterterrorist police wondered where Abu Omar had disappeared to, the CIA said it had heard a rumor that he had gone to Albania.

The lackey in Milan who carried out Castelli’s deception was a jovial bear of a man named Robert Seldon Lady, who ran the CIA’s Milan office. By most accounts, Lady thought the kidnapping was a dumb idea and told Castelli as much. He apparently argued that it was unnecessary because of the Italians’ fine surveillance and that it would hurt the CIA’s very productive relationship with the Italians if the Italians learned that the CIA double-crossed them. (He was right.) But Castelli insisted, and Lady went along. Of his decision he would later say, “I am responsible only for carrying out an order I received from my superiors”–a defense whose pedigree was succinctly summarized by one commentator as “I vas only following ze orders.”

Lady and the CIA got caught for two reasons. One, they were sloppy. Two, the Egyptians, very uncharacteristically, eventually let Abu Omar out of prison. His release was conditioned on his telling no one what he had been through, but it wasn’t long before he was calling his wife in Italy and relating to her his travails. Unknown to either of them, the Italian counterterrorists were still tapping the phone in their Milan flat, and so heard everything. Unluckily for Abu Omar, the Egyptians were also tapping Abu Omar, via his phone in Alexandria, and he was quickly dragged back to prison for more torture.

On hearing Abu Omar’s account of his kidnapping, a bold Italian prosecutor named Armando Spataro began to investigate it, with the help of Milan’s double-crossed counterterrorism police. Prosecutors in Italy are an independent lot who are insulated, like American federal judges, with life tenure. In his long career, Spataro had taken on the Mafia, left-wing terrorists of the seventies, and latter-day Islamic terrorists. More than once he had been marked for death, but he was still standing, and he wasn’t about to be cowed by the US government. A lawbreaker, he had always held, was a lawbreaker, no matter who he was, and kidnapping was against the law in Italy.

The case opened up for Spataro when his investigators stumbled on the CIA’s embarrassingly slapdash tradecraft. The most ridiculous of the CIA’s idiocies was the way they recklessly used cell phones–making hundreds of calls to one another in the months before the kidnapping and, in doing so, leaving hundreds of traces of their locations with cell-phone providers. (Had they used satellite phones, they could never have been traced.) On the day of the kidnapping, as they coordinated their movements with Abu Omar’s walk to his mosque, they made scores of calls to one another that reached a dizzying crescendo. Spataro and his investigators examined all of the calls made by the thousands of cell phones that were connected to cell towers near the kidnapping site. Then they sorted out which phones made several short calls to each other in the minutes before the abduction, as a kidnapping team that was stalking its prey would do. They then looked at which of those phones had also called Bob Lady’s cell phone or the US consulate in Milan or an unlisted number in Langley or some other telltale number linked to the CIA.

When they found a phone that they were pretty sure belonged to the kidnappers, they tracked its movements over the previous months, which led to further discoveries. For example, they located the hotels that many of the kidnappers stayed in and turned up the hotels’ copies of their passports and driver’s licenses. A few of the kidnappers carelessly traveled under their real names or under names so close to their real ones that there was hardly a difference. The identities of a couple of the kidnappers were tracked down through–get this–their frequent-flyer numbers, which they had given to hotels and rental car agencies to rack up miles. Evidently they thought Abu Omar shouldn’t be the only one to get a free trip out of the job.

Prosecutor Spataro marshaled his evidence, charged a couple dozen Americans in absentia with the kidnapping, and won convictions for nearly all of them. Bob Lady got eight years, but it seemed that neither he nor any of the other Americans would ever do their time. Lady was in Central America when the warrant for his arrest was handed down, all of the other kidnappers were long gone too, and the United States made clear that it would not hand over any of the CIA criminals to serve their sentences, even though our extradition treaty with Italy requires us to do so.

Lady, however, didn’t go entirely unpunished. He had invested his life savings in a villa in Italy’s Asti wine country, where he planned a graceful retirement. But upon his conviction, the Italians confiscated the villa and have either put it up for sale or will soon, with the proceeds going to none other than Abu Omar. Right-wing bloggers have shed voluptuous tears for Lady on this score, even though by now the US government has almost certainly made him whole for his loss. (Abu Omar, incidentally, could use the money. Egypt set him free for a second time in 2007, but an enemy of the Egyptian state is not highly employable. His two releases, it is worth noting, suggest that even the Mubarak regime thought he was small fry in the terroristic seas.)

Other than Lady’s lost villa, though, no penalty loomed for the American torture team–until, that is, plucky Panama stopped Lady yesterday. He was reportedly crossing into the country from Costa Rica. Lady was raised in Honduras, and after retiring from the CIA (shortly after Abu Omar’s kidnapping), he was said to have taken a job as a security consultant in Latin America. It’s likely that he traveled a lot in the region. If so, the countries in which he traveled seem to have ignored–in keeping with the United States’ wishes–the Interpol arrest warrant that Italy put out for him. But at last Panama has broken the chain of inaction and silence.

What will happen next is anyone’s guess. Italy and Panama seem to have no extradition treaty, so there’s not a routine process for returning Lady. Indeed, there is no guarantee at all that Panama will return him. What is certain is that right now Panama is being lobbied by the United States to turn Lady loose. Equally certain is that right-wingers in Italy, true to their historic role as America’s patsies, are leaning on their government not to demand Lady’s return. Will Panama continue to push back against the United States? Will Italy’s centrist government ignore its rightists? We shall see. In the meantime, let’s just enjoy watching one of the world’s minnows shit in the eye of the planet’s only 800-pound crocodile.

Steve Hendricks is the author of A Kidnapping in Milan: The CIA on Trial. He is at work, improbably, on a book about soccer in Spain.

Republished with permission from: Counterpunch

white science

0

scienced

Republished with permission from: Counterpunch

Panama releases ex-CIA station chief in Milan wanted by Italy

0
 
 

 Keep up with the news by installing RT’s extension for . Never miss a story with this clean and simple app that delivers the latest headlines to you.

 


Robert Seldon Lady, ex-CIA station chief in Milan, was detained in Panama this week at the request of Italian authorities. But on Friday morning he was released, according to US officials.

A high-ranking CIA official that eluded Italian authorities for
years despite being found guilty of kidnapping is already en
route to the United States just one day after being discovered by
officials in Panama.

Now the former Central Intelligence Agency officer that’s already
been ordered to spend nine years in an Italian prison for his
role in the 2003 kidnapping of Muslim cleric Hassan Mustafa Osama
Nasr may be escaping sentencing.

Republished with permission from: RT

Archbishop of Wales Barry Morgan Calls on UK to Abandon Nuclear Missiles

0

Archbishop of Wales Dr Barry Morgan

“Strategically, nuclear capability no longer seems to be an appropriate way of ensuring security or equipping our military forces to function effectively.

“The very existence of nuclear weapons as a defence against an unknown future threat is likely to increase a culture of demand for nuclear weapons across the world rather than reduce it. Financially, at a time when we’re all being called on to tighten our belts and are affected by severe cuts in local government, health and education, I think it would be scandalous to spend £20bn on Trident’s renewal.”

Alun Lenny, spokesman for the Union of Welsh Independents — a large network of chapels which has roots dating back to 1639 — said: “The union has very recently called not for the downgrading of Trident but for the scrapping of the nuclear fleet.

“It’s incredible at a time of great and increasing public expenditure and cutbacks in fields like health and education in particular, that the UK Government is seriously thinking about spending [billions] on these weapons of mass destruction, which is what they are.”

Mr Lenny called for a debate about post-Cold War spending priorities and argued money would be better spent caring for past and present service personnel.

Rabbi Dan Cohn-Sherbok, Professor Emeritus of Judaism at the University of Wales, said it was no longer in the UK’s national interest to possess nuclear weapons and called for a reassessment in terms of cost-effectiveness, ethics and strategic military planning.

He said: “I think the desire to have a strong nuclear deterrent is bound up with a strong feeling Britain must be in the first rank of superpowers. It’s not a good reason to spend billions on a nuclear deterrent that will hopefully never be used and will probably be dismantled.”

Jill Gough, national secretary of CND Cymru, said: “In Wales, we’ve got a very strong ecumenical movement against Trident… I think it probably echoes the strong Welsh tradition of pacifism and thinking differently; one likes to think so.”

Monmouth Conservative MP David Davies warned in the Commons this week of the dangers of abandoning Trident.

He said: “If we don’t have a full-time deterrent, we might as well as stand high as we possibly can on the ladder so that our enemies can see the white flag that we will need to wave at them.”

Iran has stated it will resume talks on the country’s nuclear programme as soon as the newly-elected president puts together his negotiating team.

Former chiefs of defence staff Lord Boyce and Lord Stirrup warned this week against any downgrade to the UK system, along with five former defence secretaries.

Republished with permission from: Global Research

India probes school lunch deaths

0

In this file photo, Indian schoolchildren queue or their mid-day meal at a government primary school in the outskirts of Hyderabad.

Officials in India’s Bihar state say samples of contaminated school meals are being examined after nearly two dozen children died from food poisoning.

State Education Minister P.K. Shahi said on Friday that initial investigations showed the food may have contained traces of insecticide.

The minister said police were probing whether the food was accidentally or possibly deliberately poisoned.

“The facts of the case will be established in the investigation,” Shahi told reporters in Patna, the capital of the state of Bihar.

State police are hunting for the schoolâ„¢s headmistress who remains still at large.

At least 23 children died after eating a free meal provided by the government in the poverty-stricken region on Tuesday.

Some medics at local hospitals said a chemical used in pesticides was the likely cause of contamination.

However, it was not immediately clear how chemicals ended up in the food at the school in the eastern state of Bihar.

The incident has caused nationwide outrage and raised questions over the government’s initiative to serve free food to the poor.

India provides free meals under the Mid-Day Meal Scheme, involving one hundred twenty million children. There have been complaints about the quality of the food served and the lack of hygiene.

JR/KA

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Australia to send boat refugees to Papua

0

Australia’s Prime Minster Kevin Rudd (R) and his Papua New Guinea counterpart, Peter O’Neill, sign an agreement on asylum seekers in Brisbane on July 19, 2013.

Australiaâ„¢s Prime Minister Kevin Rudd has signed an agreement with Papua New Guinea to send all asylum-seekers arriving by boat to the poverty-stricken island nation, a move strongly condemned by rights groups.

Rudd and his Papua New Guinea counterpart, Peter O’Neill, signed the Regional Settlement Arrangement on Friday in Brisbane. The arrangement comes into effect immediately.

“From now on, any asylum seeker who arrives in Australia by boat will have no chance of being settled in Australia as refugee,” said Rudd.

He added that anyone assessed to be a refugee would be permanently settled in Papua New Guinea.

And those whose applications are not successful would be sent back home or to third countries.

In return for cooperation, Papua New Guinea will receive extra foreign aid from Australia in a range of areas including health, education and law and order.

After the announcement, the Coalition for Asylum Seekers called the measure shocking, and said Canberra has decided to shirk from its responsibilities assigned under the United Nations Refugees Convention.

Other rights groups including Amnesty International and the Refugee Rights Action Network have also criticized the deal.

Australia struggles to curb a dramatic increase in the number of boats arriving in the country with refugees.

More than 15,000 asylum-seekers have arrived so far this year. In 2012, the country received 16,000 asylum requests.

CAH/KA/SS

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Eight great ways to enjoy coconut and coconut oil

0

PF Louis
Natural News
July 19, 2013

The whole issue of saturated fat dangers is falling apart gradually, although there are still many diet and medical experts still inside its crumbling edifice. The fact is unprocessed saturated fats are necessary for good health.

Our brain cells and nervous system’s myelin sheath to transmit nerve signals are fatty. Fat is a structural component of our cell walls. Without cholesterol in our skin, converting sunlight into vitamin D3 would not occur.

The plaque of interior artery walls is actually caused by inflammation from trans-fatty hydrogenated cooking or salad oils, an imbalance of omega-3 and omega-6 fatty acids, and/or calcium build-ups (calcification) from free floating calcium in the blood not getting into bones due to vitamin K deficiencies. (http://www.naturalnews.com)

Most of the “science” against coconut oil was based on heat-processed hydrogenated coconut oil. That’s like saying milk is unhealthy after using only Big Ag pasteurized dairy from poorly treated and fed cows poisoned with antibiotics and growth hormones.

Now that the cholesterol and saturated fat misinformation is fading, everyone can enjoy the liberal use of healthy saturated fats. One of the healthiest saturated fats is coconut oil. Organic, cold-pressed virgin coconut oil is the healthiest choice.

It tends to turn into a liquid at warmer room temperatures, so you may have to refrigerate it for short periods if you want to scoop it onto other foods or simply take it directly. There are other forms of coconut to consider as well.

Coconut products’ benefits

Organic, cold-pressed virgin coconut oil that’s not processed is the only coconut oil you should use for non-cooking situations. It contains medium chain triglycerides (MCT). They are converted into energy, not fat, by the liver.

This process creates ketones, which the brain can use for energy despite metabolic obstructions.

A doctor in Florida used coconut oil successfully to reverse her husband’s late stage Alzheimer’s disease, so it certainly can help early phases of Alzheimer’s. (http://www.naturalnews.com/030373_coconut_oil_Alzheimers_disease.html)

Additionally, there are many reports of improved digestion and increased energy from ingesting coconut oil or water.

Various methods for using coconut oil and other forms of coconut

(1) You can add a spoonful or two into your cereal or in the smoothie of your choice, excellent applications if you can’t handle the taste of coconut oil directly. Coconut oil can be an integral part of your smoothie creations.

(2) Coconut water has become the sports drink of choice for health conscious athletes and those who work out strenuously. Pro tennis player John Isner uses coconut water, and he won Wimbledon with an 11 hour match.

He claims coconut water is very hydrating and keeps the cramps away regardless of the heat and humidity.

(3) Coconut oil has a low smoke temperature. So it’s not the choice for high heat cooking. But it’s excellent for sauteing veggies at low heat. If you like Thai cuisine, coconut cooking and a few peanuts will put you there.

(4) Want to get that old-time movie theater popcorn taste? You can use a slightly lesser grade of coconut oil to pop your organic popping corn. Here’s how (http://www.ehow.com/how_7694088_cook-popcorn-coconut-oil.html). Movie theaters used hydrogenated coconut oil, the unhealthiest choice.

(5) You can make coconut milk with organic, unsweetened shredded coconut and purified water. Elana explains how: (http://www.elanaspantry.com/diy-coconut-milk/). Shredded coconut can be added to yogurt or cereal for healthy flavoring.

(6) Celiac and wheat belly sufferers rejoice! You can make your own tasty pastries and breads using coconut flour. Vegan chef Michele Forbes of NYC’s Angelica Kitchen claims coconut flour gives amazing results, and it’s healthy.

When using coconut flour for specific recipes, it’s important to dip and scoop small amounts into the measuring cup instead of pouring directly from the bag. Coconut flour is so fine it won’t measure properly if you just pour.

A quarter cup should weigh one ounce, for example. Then let Elana show you what you can make with several of her tasty recipes. (http://www.elanaspantry.com/tag/coconut-flour/)

(7) Avoid aluminum underarm deodorants and pricy, safe alternatives by making your own with coconut oil. Take a quarter cup of coconut oil, slowly melt it if solid; mix it with approximately two tablespoons each of baking soda and corn starch or arrowroot powder if organic (non-GMO) cornstarch is not available.

You can add one or two dozen drops of your favorite essential oil for scent. Place the mixture in a glass container. Occasionally, skin irritation can signal holding back a little on one of the powders or the oil. There seems to be fewer problems with arrowroot powder than corn starch.

(8) High quality coconut oil is excellent as a skin moisturizer or lotion. It can actually help heal psoriasis, dermatitis, or eczema. It can also serve as a base for facial treatments or as a hair conditioner.

Coconut oil is loaded with antioxidants to help keep your skin from aging too rapidly.

Sources for this article include:

http://www.care2.com

http://www.fortheloveoffoodblog.com/2012/05/diy-deodorant.html

25 Best Ways to Detox From Heavy Metals, Pesticides, Environmental Pollutants, and Metabolic Waste

0

Dylan Charles
Waking Times
July 19, 2013

If you are endlessly tired, irritable, have trouble losing weight, or feel depressed, you might be suffering from the environmental onslaught of toxins being poured into our air, water and soil by greedy corporate monopolies.

If you aren’t sure whether you are suffering from toxic overload, you can at least be certain you are not immune to the toxic effects of environmental pollution like oil spills, fracking, chemtrails, nuclear energy (think Fukushima), or even the domestic production of war materials. Even every day items like shampoo and rug cleaners also contain thousands of chemicals that are deadly toxic in higher dosages.

From concern about BPAs to heavy metals, pesticide residues and GMO foods, its time to take an offensive, instead of defensive, view of our health. Here are more than two dozen ways to purify the body from these ill-imagined pollutants:

1. Support the liver and gallbladder with beetroot. Beets are a valuable source of iron, magnesium, zinc and calcium which all support healthy detoxification and better elimination. They are also full of B3, B6, C, and beta-catoene, important nutrients for supporting the liver and gallbladder in making bile acids which support detox.

2.  Drink more purified water. Water is one of the most vital ways of self-purification on the planet. It helps every single cell get rid of waste and allows us to excrete toxins through our urine and bowels, as well as through our skin via sweat.

3.  Bathe in Kaolin clay or use acalcium montmorillonite clay as they are considered the best for removing pesticides from the body.

4.  Reduce your meat and dairy intake since these animals are often fed on GMO-rich diets.

5.  Consume more pantethine, a biologically active form of the B5 vitamin, which can help open blockages created by pesticide consumption. When we are too clogged with pesticides our bodies cannot naturally detoxify themselves.

6.  Use activated charcoal. It is very safe to consume up to 20-30 grams a day mixed with purified water. Activated charcoal binds to pesticides and other environmental toxins and then ushers them through the intestines to be purged form the body. You can also supplement with molasses after using activated charcoal just to be sure to replace important minerals the charcoal might leech from the body in the process of getting rid of the unwanted toxins.

7.  Eat more citrus. Pectins in citrus are a very powerful detoxifying substance. Citrus naturally remove heavy metals without depleting the body of important trace minerals.

8.  Create an alkaline state in he body by eating more organic fruits and vegetables that support multiple channels of detoxification in the body. They clean the liver, the bowels, the skin, the blood, etc.

9.  Eat more fiber. When we eat fiber, the liver can more easily flush toxins through the digestive system and we take an immense load off an organ that is constantly trying to get rid of toxic substances from the body. High fiber foods include fruits, vegetables, whole grains, potatoes (including their skin), etc.

10.  Eat more grapefruit containing naringenin, a special flavanoid that helps the liver burn fat instead of storing toxins in our fat cells.

Read More

‘Syria confab at impasse without Iran’

0

A militant takes position at an unknown location in Syria to fight government troops. (File photo)

An Iranian lawmaker says the long-awaited Geneva 2 conference which is meant to seek an end to the Syria crisis will hit a dead-end in the absence of Iran.

Lawmaker Abbas Rajaee on Friday, condemned Western countries for trying to obstruct Iran presence in the conference, saying the crisis in Syria is a regional issue and influential regional players can bring back stability to the Arab country.

Commenting on conditions set by the British Foreign Secretary William Hague for Tehran’s participation in the talks, the lawmaker said, Å“From the beginning of the crisis in Syria the Islamic Republic of Iran believed on a diplomatic solution and political approach to end the crisis.”

Hague said on Tuesday that Iran would have to accept proposals agreed to at the international conference in Geneva last year before it could take part in the new talks.

On May 7, Russia and the United States agreed in Moscow to convene an international conference on Syria, which will serve as a follow-up to an earlier Geneva meeting held in June 2012.

On May 28, Russian Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov emphasized the necessity of Iranâ„¢s attendance at the upcoming talks in Geneva. Å“The issue of Iran is key for us. Iran, without question, is one of the most important nations,” he said.

The turmoil in Syria erupted in March 2011. Since then, many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security personnel, have been killed.

PG/SS

Republished with permission from: Press TV

The Plight of Syrian Minorities

0

As the conflict in Syria rages, attention is increasingly drawn to the role of Islamist militants. The dire reality of religious and ethnic minorities comes to the surface. On July 18, BBC World News featured reportage on the Syrian government shelling of the town of al-Husun that lies at the foothill of Crac des Chevaliers. The 11th-century Crusader citadel rests magnificently at the top of a massive hill at the heart of a valley in west Homs known as “Wadi al-Nasarah,” the Christian Valley. To its southwest nestles the historic Antiochian Orthodox Saint George’s Monastery. BBC presented the attack on al-Husun town and this World Heritage Site to illustrate the hostility endured by Syria’s Christians.

Last week armed rebels affiliated with Jabhat al-Nusrah attacked a government checkpoint at the village of al-Qumeirah, which is located approximately five kilometers from the Syrian-Lebanese border near a border crossing point for armed rebels. This route stretches past Tal Kalakh, al-Zara, al-Hasrajieh, al-Shuwaihed, and al-Husun — all largely anti-Assad Sunni Muslim villages, some of them shelters for rebels. This important path is mostly under the control of Jabhat al-Nusrah whose fighters not only took refuge at Crac des Chevaliers, they also occupied a small Roman Tower about 300 meters west of al-Zara town. Taking refuge in these historic sites grant them some luxury of time as they know the government will be highly reluctant to destroy the national heritages (although the example of Aleppo’s souk suggests otherwise). All olive fields on this route are under the control of Jabhat al-Nusrah, who burn them if their owners express disapproval at al-Nusrah’s presence. Al-Zara Thermal Power Plant, which provides 13% of the total generated power capacity in Syria, has been a regular target of the mortars of Jabhat al-Nusrah.

When Jabhat al-Nusrah lost Tal Kalakh to the Assad army late in 2012 after what seemed endless series of severe battles, al-Husun became their second most important center after al-Zara. The armed rebels who took shelter in Tal Kalakh and had already announced it as one of the Emirates of their new Islamic State, sought the historic Crac des Chevaliers for refuge. Until Sunday July 14, Assad’s army had not directly engaged the rebels hidden in al-Husun. Tensions started from the spring of 2012 when the armed rebels kidnapped two civilians driving on the main artery road which connects the many villages of the valley to each other and the valley to the main Homs-Tartous highway. The notables of the valley started a series of interventions and negotiations with the rebels with the help of civilians from the town of al-Husun. The negotiations were fruitful and the civilians were set free for a ransom. Shortly after, many of the civilians of al-Husun left their town and sought refuge in the neighboring villages to assert their affiliation with their life-long Christian neighbors. Those earned the honorary title of Shurafa’ al-Husun, The Nobles of al-Husun. But the government raid of July 14 was not to protect the Christians of the Valley. It was in response to a horrifying massacre the armed rebels had committed at al-Qumeirah checkpoint slaughtering 14 young men, four of them are army soldiers (the number of unarmed murdered civilians from the village itself remains unknown).

As early as March 2011, the Christian Valley became the most sought refuge of the people of Homs regardless of religion or sect. The Valley constitutes approximately 32 villages; 27 of them are inhabited by Christians (mostly Greek Orthodox). Among the remaining five villages, four are mainly Alawites leaving only al-Husun inhabited largely by Muslim Sunnis. The Valley, which is known for its beautiful mountains and cool summer nights, has been a summer resort for many, especially those who originate from its small villages. During the first decade of the new millennium, investors poured their cash into the constructions of luxury buildings and hotels to accommodate the rising number of tourists. The people of the Valley, however, tried their best to salvage their villages as much as they could from the negative effects of tourism. In the 1990s, the inhabitants of the Valley had to succumb to the government changing of the Valley’s name into Wadi al-Nadarah (the Green Valley), when it simply added a dot on top of the letter ‘Sad’ turning it into a ‘Dad’ thus erasing the religious identity of the valley only on paper — nevertheless, the Valley is still known with its original name not only in the country in the whole of the Levant.

Despite rising sectarian tensions, the people of the Christian Valley, largely peasants who live off their farms, remained highly hospitable. Many of them host their neighbors who had to flee Homs and most recently Aleppo. Syria’s minorities, Christians and Alawites, who occupy these mountainous regions, sought security not only in their land but, since the 1960s, in education and cities. A considerable number left their rural homes in that decade for cities, where they were the first university graduates who took advantage of the burgeoning of the decently paid state sector in the 1970s. A schoolteacher of the early 1970s would earn approximately 350SP per month, which afforded him/her a life of literary and artistic events and regular vacations in addition to the mortgage payments of their newly acquired flats in those cities. Nevertheless, this security seemed temporary to many of them who insisted on building houses or small flats in the villages where they originate. The driving motive was, says Adnan (68 year old retired University professor), that “in case of political instability, our mountains will protect us. There in the cities we will remain strangers forever. We are guests, temporary guests.” Despite his wife’s disapproval, Adnan managed to build a modest house in his home-village. “She did not want to ‘invest’ in a small village,” he says with warm laughter. “But in the early 1980s, when the Muslim Brotherhood rose against the government in Aleppo, my wife Siham was a member of the Syrian Women Association. One morning we woke up to the Red X sign painted on our door. We knew we were targeted. We reported the threat to the police who advised us to hide somewhere safe. The police drove us to the village where we stayed at my brother’s house for three weeks. When we were given the orders to return to Aleppo, Siham was convinced of the necessity of building this house.”

In his modest summerhouse of three bedrooms, Adnan hosts his friend’s family. Another University Professor, Ibrahim is a Palestinian. He is Sunni by birth but he assures me, “like Adnan I am secular. Our generation did not know Muslim and Christian. We were all comrades.” When asked why left Aleppo and sought refuge at Adnan’s, he nodded saying “I am against the Assad government, have always been.. but I am against this chaotic rebellion too. I lived at the edge of al-Midan neighborhood in Aleppo for the last twenty years. It is a largely Sunni area in which secularism became dangerously intolerable. People’s reactions to my comments on the situation changed from frowns to threats. I couldn’t risk the safety of my wife, my life companion. But I am Palestinian, or that’s what my travel documents say. For me leaving Syria is nearly impossible unless I head for a refuge camp. I grow up in one and do not wish to die in one!”

Ibrahim was born in Haifa in 1946, his family was forced out of their home in 1948. His parents made it to Damascus where their children grew up. When Ibrahim obtained his Bachelor Degree in the Humanities he was assigned a teaching job in rural Aleppo. He studied for his doctorate in the evenings and graduated from the University of Aleppo with a PhD in Arabic Literature. “I am Syrian. I grow up on this land where I raised my children too. I benefited from free education in the same way I am benefiting now from the free food vouchers the government provides. Do not get me wrong though. We do need political reform in Syria but this revolution was very immature. It was made to be stolen by these thugs.”

Despite many of the Syrians’ gratitude for the government’s aids in terms of vouchers for free rice, burgle wheat, sugar, tea, and cooking oil (among other necessities) many of the liberal Syrians feel bitter at their defeat. “It is sad that this regime will come out of this tragedy as a hero,” says Adnan. As the value of the Syrian Pound deteriorated in recent months reaching its lowest point in the second week of July with the rate of $330 to one Syrian Pound, the Syrian government attempted to retain the value of its currency. As of July 15, the rate is fluctuating between $217 and $220 to one Syrian Pound. Every time the US dollar shoots up, the prices of commodities in Syria triples. One pound of green beans was sold for 10SP in summer of 2010. These days if you are lucky to find it you will have to pay around 150SP per kilogram. Only the price of a pack of bread has been fixed at 15SP since it is the only commodity that is completely controlled by the government. “There is a deep sense of fear among us. We are not sure we will have access to necessities in hours, let alone days.” Adnan continues in a sad tone, “we are not worried for ourselves. We lived in good times when food was plenty and safety was not a concern. I am worried for the young generation. I am more frightened of the hatred that has been instilled in them.” The many stories shared by brave Syrians who refused to leave their homes confirm one reality: if you miraculously survive a bullet, a mortar, or an explosion, if by the will of almighty you still have a roof over your head and not stranded in some camp at a random border where you have to sell your daughters for cheap dowry to buy bread for the rest of your children, if you’ve managed to escape all of that, soon you will need another miracle to escape starvation.

Despite the claim of the opposition that the government has lost its credibility, the Assad regime has established its control not only militarily but also among those who remained on Syrian soil. In Homs, the army made major advances in the neighborhood of al-Khaldieh where the armed rebels gathered after the fierce battles of Baba Amer. On their route to Khaldieh, the armed rebels forced the inhabitants of old Homs, mostly Christians, out of their homes over night. Those who could not leave (the elderly and the sick) sought refuge in the Jesuit Monastery in Bustan al-Daiwan. The rebels would like to think that these sixty hostages might be there only ticket out of a foreseeable siege. Meanwhile, in retaliation for the bombardment of al-Khaldieh, and of what might seem a last hope to wreck havoc among civilians, the rebels have been firing mortars at the neighborhoods of Akrama and al-Nuzha. Concentrations of Alawites and Christians, these neighborhoods seem perfect to target allegedly pro-government civilians.

Of course, not all Alawites and Christians are pro-Assad. Unless directly related to the Assad family, Alawites remain largely peasantry communities. Like many of the Christian minority, urban Alawites are middle-class civil servants who cannot afford a taxi ride toward Beirut or Amman and prefer a dignified death in their homes to the humiliation of refugee camps. “I have been labeled pro-government without given the chance to express my political views,” says Hisham furiously, his gesticulations are wider than the skype window. “This revolution erupted against the tyranny of the Assad family but the Sunni rebels proved to be more barbaric than the Assad army could ever be.” The recent rebel attack on al-Qumeirah checkpoint generated some attention to the plight of minorities in Syria, yet the Alawites have been spared such sympathy. “It is bad enough that the media ignored the situation of religious and ethnic minorities since the eruption of the revolution. Now that they remembered us, they seem to marginalize the Alawites,” Khaled confirms while compassionately tapping the 20-years old Hisham on the back. “I am Christian but I am anti-Assad. Well, I was anti-Assad but the rebels left us no choice. I volunteer for my neighborhood checkpoint to protect my loved ones,” adds Hisham.

The slaughtering of 14 young men at al-Qumeirah checkpoint was the latest scare in west Homs. The bodies of the four soldiers and ten young civilians were found decapitated, heads were taken as trophies. The checkpoint is one among few others set by the government around al-Zara but maintained mostly by civilians to guard their villages from the rebels treading the path from Lebanon to al-Husun. The recent attacks served as a reminder to religious and ethnic minorities of their plight: they are alone in their fight. Earlier in the conversation, Adnan wondered: “where were the BBC when a Christian engineer was slaughtered in his bed in Homs in March 2011? Do they know that he made an exceptional contribution to the Civil Engineering department at al-Baath University for which he received a prize he did not live enough to enjoy? Where were they when many other youth were murdered in their beds by the rebels? Where is the Syrian Coalition? Are they ever going to denounce the barbaric acts of the jihadist? Do they think they can win the liberals back with their cowardly silence?”

“The plight of religious and ethnic minorities is not new to the conflict. It is just that the world choose to uncover it now, as they choose to uncover the armed rebels only recently!” Ibrahim adds. As Crac des Chevaliers’s strong old towers fight a battle of survival, so do the minorities. As they become the scapegoats in the vicious fight between two powers that deny them a dignified existence let alone a political opinion, their fate remains undetermined, whichever detour the conflict takes.

Anna Haq is the nom de plume of a Syrian writer and intellectual. She would love to use her real name, but thinks it would only unnecessarily inconvenience people she loves. She can be reached at Anna.Haqq@gmail.com.

Republished with permission from: Counterpunch

NSA surveillance order set to expire Friday

0

If the Obama administration elects not to act before Friday evening, the National Security Agency could for the first time in ages be unable to collect the phone records of millions of Americans.

It’s been but six weeks since NSA leaker Edward Snowden first
started exposing the surveillance policies used by the United
States government, and that month-and-a-half has provided
President Barack Obama with a number of opportunities to engage
the Congress and citizenry alike with regards to striking a proper balance between privacy and
security. But while the recently disclosed surveillance programs
could be stopped at any time, Friday allows the administration
the opportunity to not renew one of those policies for the first
time since the public began to pipe up.

Should the White House not seek to renew a top-secret directive
from the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance court before 5 p.m.
EST on Friday, the government’s ability to compel telecoms for
private records will expire.

The routine collection of phone records – so-called “metadata”
containing logs and other call-specific statistics – was the
first NSA surveillance program exposed by Snowden. The
30-year-old former systems administrator provided the Guardian
newspaper with documents suggesting the NSA is “is currently
collecting the telephone records of millions of US customers of
Verizon
,” and an early June exposé they published quickly
made that conduct a regular topic of conversation.

That blanketing court order, dated April 25, gave the government
the unlimited authority to collect telephony metadata from
Verizon up until Friday, July 19. House Intelligence Committee
lawmakers Mike Rogers (R-MI) and Dutch Ruppersberger (D-MD)
issued a statement in the interim admitting “these authorities
[are] reviewed and approved by federal judges every 90 days
,”
and a Washington Post article published less than a week after
the first Guardian piece acknowledged that 14 judges have
reviewed the operations of the program since 2006.

In the wake of an unprecedented public backlash and condemnation
across the globe, though, the Obama administration may move to
not reauthorize the FISA order before it expires.

Spencer Ackerman, a
national security writer for the Guardian who’s worked with
Snowden’s leaks since they first surfaced, wrote Thursday that
the White House is refusing to say whether it will seek to renew
that FISA order, adding that officials reached for comment
declined to discuss how they’d handle the looming deadline.

“On Thursday, the administration would not answer a question
first posed by the Guardian six days ago about its intentions to
continue, modify or discontinue the Verizon bulk-collection
order
,” wrote Ackerman. The White House, he wrote, referred
queries to the Justice Department. The NSA, a FISA Court
spokesperson and the office of the Director of National
Intelligence all either refused to comment or differed to
acknowledge their request altogether.

The largest indicator suggesting the White House will renew the
order is purely precedent, as an interruption in the program
would be a pause reportedly unheard of since the administration
of George W. Bush. But that decision comes at a trying time for
Obama and company this time around as America’s intelligence
practices continue to be prodded by critics.

“By renewing the FISA court order, the Obama administration
would reconfirm its support for the dragnet collection of
telephone metadata, despite public outcry
,” Rep. James
Sensenbrenner (Wisconsin) told Ackerman.

“It’s outrageous, and must be stopped immediately,” added
Rep. John Conyers (D-Michigan).

But Rogers, Ruppersberger and others are adamant the NSA is doing
the right thing in the war on terror, and James Litt, the general
counsel for the Director of National Intelligence, defended the
surveillance practices as recently as Friday morning.

“We are trying to find out what happens before it
happens
,” Litt said with regards to what some have called a
dragnet approach to surveillance.

Others, however, have faith that the backlash brought on by
Snowden’s leaks might be severe enough to trigger a change.
Sen. Ron Wyden (D-Oregon), a long-time critic
of the FISA Court, told the New York Times last week, “I have
a feeling that the administration is getting concerned about the
bulk phone records collection, and that they are thinking about
whether to move administratively to stop it
.”

“I think we are making a comeback,” he said.

Republished with permission from: RT

Several injured in Bahrain clashes

0

Bahraini protesters gather for a demonstration against the ruling regime in the village of Diraz, west of Manama, in the early hours of July 19, 2013.

Several people have been injured in clashes between anti-government protesters and Bahraini regime forces in the Persian Gulf country.

Clashes erupted in the early hours of Friday in several villages including Diraz near the capital Manama. Saudi-backed regime forces fired tear gas and stun grenades to disperse demonstrators protesting against the ruling Al Khalifa family.

Carrying banners that read as Å“We will remove you (King) Hamad,” the protesters responded with Molotov cocktails.

On Thursday, regime forces attacked Imam Sadiq (A) Mosque in Salmabad village and completely destroyed the doors and windows of the holy place.

This comes ahead of a planned anti-regime protest on August 14, the date marking the withdrawal of British forces from the Persian Gulf island in 1971.

Scores of Bahraini civilians, mostly senior citizens and kids, have died due to the misuse of tear gas against protesters by regime forces.

The Bahraini uprising began in mid-February 2011, when the people, inspired by the popular revolutions that toppled the dictators of Tunisia and Egypt, started holding massive demonstrations.

The Bahraini government promptly launched a brutal crackdown on the peaceful protests and called in Saudi-led Arab forces from neighboring states.

Dozens of people have been killed in the crackdown, and the security forces have arrested hundreds, including doctors and nurses accused of treating injured revolutionaries.

Bahrainis say they will continue holding demonstrations until their demand for the establishment of a democratically elected government is met.

MAM/KA

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Human Rights Lawyers on Hunger Strike to Show Solidarity with Guantánamo Detainees

0

I’ve just finished my hunger-strike, done to show solidarity with the detainees in Guantánamo Bay. I had no idea how long I could go for, but I managed about six days. I think I could have gone on longer, but figured I would pass the baton on.

Frankie Boyle has now taken over. I had a tweet from him — he’s in the Netherlands, and is quite upset, sitting on the beach apparently, being forced to listen to loud ABBA music, not being able to eat or drink. Julie Christie is due to take over on July 22, and then Massive Attack’s Robert del Naja will possibly follow her.

Of course, a week or so is nothing compared to what almost two-thirds of the 166 prisoners have done; one of my clients, Shaker Aamer, the last British resident there, has been on hunger strike for over 150 days. The aim of their protest is for those who have been cleared for release (86 individuals) to be finally set free, and that the other 80 should receive due process of law.

Not eating for a number of days constantly reminded me of how much easier our lives are compared to those of the prisoners. One of the few physical complications I had was getting cramps from a lack of salt, but I could just go out and get some salt if I wanted to.

I was drinking water, tea and decaffeinated coffee. The people in my office threatened me with jelly beans. It was hardest at home, where I was doing a lot of cooking. Making a chocolate cake for my little boy’s birthday was quite a challenge, but I never licked my fingers.

The idea has been to get people recognising the horrendous truth of Guantánamo. It follows on from the video we made with rapper Mos Def drawing attention to the force-feeding that is going on there. He let us film him having the tube stuck up his nose. Over six million have watched that video, and it’s chilling — it gets the message out there about what the US is doing.

I’m glad we’ve got celebrities going on hunger strike — having someone like Frankie Boyle on board has a vastly greater impact than me doing it. On our website, Stand Fast For Justice, people from around the world have promised around 1200 days hunger striking on the prisoners’ behalf. My clients are thrilled that people are caring enough to do this, and that’s been the most important thing for me.

I hope there is an endgame in sight for Guantánamo — there’s a move afoot to start repatriating prisoners again — but in some ways, the situation is worse than it was five years ago. The US government has just announced that it plans to appeal to preserve its right to search prisoners’ genitals simply when they want to go and make a legal telephone call. It’s pathetic that Barack Obama, the most powerful man on Earth, can’t close that place down.

Clive Stafford Smith is the founder and director of Reprieve, a not-for-profit organisation that supports the human rights of prisoners, particularly those on death row and in Guantánamo Bay

standfastforjustice.org

www.reprieve.org.uk

Republished with permission from: Global Research

University President in Indiana Tried to Censor Howard Zinn's 'People's History of the United States'

0

July 18, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

In his groundbreaking work A People’s History of the United States, a nti-war activist and historian Howard Zinn’s reframed the glorified slant on U.S. history provided by most textbooks and accounts. His works sparked a generation of historical reflection and brought to light the untold, often unflattering truths about our national past. When Zinn passed away in 2010, his New York Times obituary quoted a book review by historian Eric Foner: “Historians may well view [ A People’s History of the United States] as a step toward a coherent new version of American history.”

But not everyone is a fan of Zinn’s work. Indiana’s former governor Mitch Daniels – currently the president of Purdue University – attempted to censor Zinn’s legacy while in office, according an article published by the Associated Press last week. Via a Freedom of Information Act request, AP obtained emails in which Daniels asked classrooms in the state to ban Zinn’s works and “clean up” its college curriculum.

In the e-mail records AP released, Daniels requested that public schools refrain from using Zinn’s work in their curriculum. He also tried to initate a statewide investigation aimed at identifying similar works and disqualifying them from being considered “credit-worthy.”

In one email with the subject line “Howard Zinn,” the republican governor wrote: “This terrible anti-American academic finally passed away.”

He continued on to say that A People’s History of the United States is, “a truly execrable, anti-factual piece of disinformation that misstates American history on every page.”

He went on to pressure his recipients to fall in line with his personal vendetta against Zinn, saying, “Can someone assure me that it is not in use anywhere in Indiana? If it is, how do we get rid of it before anymore young people are force fed a totally false version of our history?”

AP’s article also revealed emails from 2009 that show Daniels’ attempts to cut funding for a program run by an Indiana University professor who was a prominent critic of Daniels.

Daniels has responded by calling the AP story “utter distortion.” Purdue’s Public Radio station WBAA reported, “Daniels says the state has a right to review K-12 curriculum, and he defends his decision to keep Zinn’s book A People’s History of the United States out of Hoosier public school classrooms.”

April M. Short is a Bay Area journalist focusing on social justice reporting.

Republished with permission from: AlterNet

Nobel Prize Winning, Gas-Mask-Convertible Bra Provides Defense Against Chemical Warfare

0

July 19, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Now that Britain ” is rushing to issue Syria’s rebel fighters with chemical warfare protection, including escape hoods, drugs and chemical detector paper,” an unlikely but powerful type of gas mask is garnering new attention.

The Emergency Bra, described as a “protective garment,” provides not only breast support, but also two effective gas masks. In 2009 the defensive lingerie won the Ig Nobel Public Health Prize.

The award winning bra ( $29.99) that can be worn “regular, strapless, or criss-cross,” can also transform into each cup into a face mask, should biological warfare go down. It was inspired by Chernobyl, when inventor Dr. Elena Bodnar studied the 1986 catastrophe and concluded, “if people had had cheap, readily available gas masks in the first hours after the disaster … they may have avoided breathing in Iodine-131, which causes radiation,” she told Fox.

Wearing an Ebra daily can also protect you from terrorist attacks. “You have to be prepared all the time, at any place, at any moment, and practically every woman wears a bra,” she said.

Kristen Gwynne is an associate editor and drug policy reporter at AlterNet.  Follow her on Twitter: @KristenGwynne

Republished with permission from: AlterNet

MIT motion puts Aaron Swartz Secret Service file release on halt

0

A US District judge has suspended the release of Secret Service documents on the late Internet activist Aaron Swartz after MIT filed a motion to intervene, asking to review and redact the files that contain names of the institute’s staff.

US District Judge Colleen Kollar-Kotelly on Friday ruled to suspend the publication of Swartz’s
records which were to be “promptly” released following
“an off-the-record conference call” from lawyers
representing the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT).

MIT demanded to review and redact thousands of
pages of Secret Service files, arguing that their public release
might endanger the institute’s employees who helped the Secret
Service and federal prosecutors pursue felony charges against
Swartz for his bulk downloading of academic articles from MIT’s
network in 2011.


“MIT has reason to believe that encompassed within the records
sought by Plaintiff’s is information that, if released in
unredacted form, could jeopardize the safety of MIT community and
make its network more vulnerable to cyberattacks,”
the MIT’s
motion said.

A journalist for Wired Kevin Poulsen, who is the plaintiff in the
lawsuit against the Secret Service’s parent
agency — the US Department of Homeland Security (DHS) — said he
will attempt to block the MIT request in court.

“We’ll be in court to oppose MIT being granted any right to
redact the documents, and to oppose any further delay in filling
this seven-month-old FOIA (Freedom of Information Act)
request,”
Poulsen stressed in a statement posted online.

He also said it’s “saddening to see” an academic
institution setting the precedent of a non-governmental party
interfering in a FOIA release of government documents.

The journalist initially filed a FOIA request for investigators’
data on Shwartz shortly after the well-known coder and activist
committed suicide while awaiting trial. The Secret Service — the
main agency pursuing Swartz before he was indicted on violations
of the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act in 2011 — denied the request
citing a FOIA exemption that covers sensitive law enforcement
records that are part of ongoing investigations.

But after Poulsen and Electronic Frontier Foundation attorney
David Sobel initiated a lawsuit against the DHS, the US
government was forced to respond. On July 9 Judge Kollar-Kotelly
ordered the DHS to “promptly release to the Plaintiff all
responsive documents that it has gathered thus far,”
as well
as to “continue to produce additional responsive documents
that it locates on a rolling basis.”

Poulsen has said that he will publish the released data.

Republished with permission from: RT

Study Shows TV's Increased Sexual Exploitation of Teen Girls

0

A new study released by the Parents Television Council (PTC), a pro-family group that monitors cable and broadcast TV networks, demonstrates the increasing sexual exploitation of teen girls as characters on prime-time television programs. The study, part of PTC’s “4 Every Girl” campaign, found that underage female characters are more likely to be presented in scenes that are sexually exploitative than are adult female characters, with the majority of those scenes presenting the exploited teens in a humorous manner.

Out of nearly 240 episodes the group looked at during the study period that extended from 2011-12, 63 percent (150 episodes) featured sexualized content in scenes that were associated with female characters, and 33 of the episodes included sexual content that researchers said was sexually exploitative.


However, the likelihood of the sexual exploitation being considered humorous increased to 43 percent when it involved underage female characters. According to the report, content that targeted underage girls and was presented as humorous included such things as child molestation, sex trafficking, sexual harassment, pornography, and disrobing.

“Sexually exploiting minors on TV – especially for laughs – is grotesquely irresponsible,” said PTC President Tim Winter. He said that “the frequency with which viewers are able to watch and laugh at these sexually exploitative situations supports the notion that entertainment media is creating an environment that encourages and even facilitates the sexualization of women. When we laugh about dead hookers, it becomes increasingly difficult to see the mistreatment of sex workers as a national civil and human rights issue. The same can be said for child molestation or sex trafficking.”

While the study found that adult female characters were more likely to engage in sexualized dialogue or activities in their scenes, the likelihood that a scene would include sexual exploitation was higher if the female characters were teen or pre-teen girls. Among the studies other findings:

— The likelihood that a scene would include sexual exploitation was highest when the female characters were underage (over 23 percent of the scenes).

— Sexually exploitative topics targeting underage girls were more likely to be humorous (nearly 43 percent of the scenes) compared to those targeting adult women (33. percent).

— 37 percent of all sexual exploitation observed during the study period was intended to be humorous.

Winter said that the trivialization of sexually exploiting women – especially teen girls – by networks could easily be interpreted as sanctioning the sexualization of women. “When these messages, images and ideologies are delivered via mass media, the definition of acceptable and unacceptable behaviors are communicated both implicitly and explicitly to viewers,” he charged. “Similarly, when the media associates humor with sexual exploitation they are sending a strong message that these issues are harmless and require neither urgency nor a strong response.”

Holly Austin Smith, a survivor of child trafficking who speaks and writes widely on the issue, said the importance of the PTC research could not be over-emphasized. She recalled that the sexualized content she absorbed through prime-time television as a young girl over twenty years ago made it difficult for her to resist the sexual abuse she ultimately suffered.

“I was raised with a TV in my bedroom, and I literally studied people on the screen for clues about the world and about my place in the world,” Smith recalled. By the age of twelve she had been sexually exploited multiple times by high schools boys, and, she said, “what’s most disturbing is that when these assaults occurred I had no idea that I had been assaulted. I thought these acts were part of teenage dating. I literally had no idea that saying no was an option; I never saw a girl say no on television and be respected for her decision.”

By the time she was in middle school, Smith said, she had already been sufficiently broken by the media messages concerning sex, so that she was easy prey to a sex trafficker who met her in a local shopping mall and lured her into a life of forced prostitution. “My transition from middle school to prostitution was seamless because of all that I had already learned from the media and the effects of these lessons,” she said. “I believed my value was based on my sexual appeal to older boys and men, which resulted in sexualization and numerous acts of sexual exploitation.”

She noted that the sexualized content on TV has become much worse than it was in the 1990s when she was impacted by it, as cited by the PTC report. “Those girls who are most influenced by the media are also most at risk for sexual exploitation, including sex trafficking,” she said, adding that “negative messages in the media, including the sexual objectification of women, create a climate which supports the tactics of sexual predators. Sex traffickers understand how these messages influence vulnerable children, and they are using it to their advantage.”

The PTC’s Tim Winter emphasized that his group’s study exposes “a very real problem of teen girls being shown in sexually exploitative situations on TV,” made even worse by the fact that these atrocities are often presented as humorous. “We hope that these disturbing findings will spur concern, increased dialogue, and a collective responsibility to find answers that will result in a qualitative difference in the lives of young girls and women everywhere.”

Click here to view the entire PTC Report: Teen Sexual Exploitation.

Republished with permission from: The New American

Natural Barriers Protect Coasts Best

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/natural_barriers_protect_coasts_best_20130719/

Posted on Jul 19, 2013

Republished with permission from: TruthDig

Iran, Iraq agree on joint gas, oil fields

0

Oil tankers dock at the Basra harbor south of the Iraqi capital, Baghdad. (File photo)

The Iranian Oil Ministry says Tehran and Baghdad have agreed to explore and develop oil and gas fields lying along the common border between the neighboring OPEC members, Press TV reports.

The ministry added that the two sides have agreed to work together to settle territorial and ownership differences.

Under the agreement, the two countries will establish joint ventures to carry out the exploration and development of joint oil and gas fields.

The energy cooperation is also expected to minimize the impacts of interferences made by international oil giants in regional affairs.

The agreement came during Iranian President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad’s official visit to Iraq.

Ahmadinejad arrived in Iraq on Thursday at the head of a high-ranking delegation for an official two-day tour aimed at strengthening bilateral relations between the two neighboring countries.

The Iranian president held talks with Iraqi Prime Minister Nouri al-Maliki and Vice President Khudayr al-Khuzai and also met with Iraqi Parliament Speaker Osama al-Nujaifi and the countryâ„¢s lawmakers on Thursday .

Ahmadinejad also paid a visit to the holy shrine cities of Karbala and Najaf.

The two-term Iranian president will leave office on August 3 to be succeeded by Hassan Rohani, who won an outright victory in the country’s presidential elections of July 14.

MRS/SS

Republished with permission from: Press TV

UN presses Egypt on Morsi detention

0

The UN High Commissioner for Human Rights has expressed concern over the detention of ousted Egyptian president Mohamed Morsi.

Navi Pillay has asked Egypt’s interim government to provide explanation about the arrest of Morsi and his aides, her spokesman Rupert Colville said at a news briefing in Geneva on Friday

Colville also demanded a full list of people wanted by the army, and also the names of those held in custody.

He said at a news briefing in Geneva on Friday that the Egyptian rulers had given no reply to the UN demands.

“We’ve specifically asked about (Morsi) and his presidential team in addition to others who were arrested. We don’t even know how many people at this point,” said Colville.

Colville said Pillay wants to send a team to Egypt to learn more about its investigation into the ongoing turmoil and shootings.

“We’re waiting for the approval of the authorities and a team is on standby ready to be deployed immediately as soon as such approval is received,” Colville said.

Morsi was arrested by the Egyptian military on July 3, and has not been heard of ever since.

The Egyptian army has also arrested a number of Morsiâ„¢s top aides and issued arrest warrants for hundreds of Muslim Brotherhood members and leaders.

Tension has intensified since the Egyptian army overthrew Morsi, suspended the constitution, dissolved the parliament on July 3 and declared the chief justice of Egyptâ„¢s Supreme Constitutional Court, Adly Mansour, as interim president the following day.

Dozens of people have since been killed in the wave of violent clashes between Morsi supporters, his opponents and security forces.

JR/KA

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Marilu Henner: Total Recall Super Brain

0

Infowars.com
July 19, 2013

Marilu Henner, star of the hit TV sitcom Taxi and author of Total Health Makeover, joined Alex Jones on his Tuesday broadcast to discuss her ability to remember every minor detail in her life, a genetic trait called Highly Superior Auto-Biographical Memory.

Marilu also discussed the importance of the foods we eat in relation to how well our minds and bodies function.

Begin your nutrition-based approach to living a healthy lifestyle by trying out the new GMO-free Beyond Tangy Tangerine 2.0 Citrus Peach Fusion at InfowarsHealth.com or InfowarsTeam.com, while at the same time helping to fund our expanding media operation.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, July 19, 2013 at 6:00 am

Tags: , , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

I Can’t Find A Job: The Effects of A Large Unemployed Class & The Rise of Automation

0

ingeniouspress.com
July 19, 2013

What are the effects of a large unemployed or underemployed class in America? Upon those of you that are still working, what are the effects of the rise of outsourcing jobs to Mexico, China, and Southeast Asia? Can your job be automated? Can a portion of your job be automated? Can a portion of your job be done by a computer? Better, faster, and cheaper than you? Probably, for a majority of you.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, July 19, 2013 at 9:46 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Film: State Of Mind — Full Version in High Definition

0

Infowars.com
July 19, 2013

State Of Mind: The Psychology Of Control, from the creators of A Noble Lie: Oklahoma City 1995, reveals that much of what we believe to be truth is actually deliberate deception.

The global elites are systematically implanting lies into our consciousness to erect a “tyranny over the minds of men.”

This film exposes the mind control methods being used to turn our once vibrant society into a land of obedient sheeple.

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=i1AAuB5P-V0

Are we controlled?

To what extent and by whom?

What does it mean for humanity’s future?

From cradle to grave our parents, peers, institutions and society inform our values and behaviors but this process has been hijacked.

State Of Mind
examines the science of control that has evolved over generations to keep us firmly in place so that dictators, power brokers and corporate puppeteers may profit from our ignorance and slavery.

From the anvil of compulsory schooling to media and entertainment, we are kept in perpetual bondage to the ideas that shape our actions.

State Of Mind delves into the abyss to expose the true agendas at work.

This film reveals the secret manipulations at work and provides shocking and suppressed historical and current examples.

From the ancient roots of the control of human behavior to its maturity in the mind control experiments of intelligence agencies and other organs of manipulation, State Of Mind reveals a plan for the future that drives home the dreadful price of our ignorance.

We are prepared for a new paradigm.

Will we choose our own paths or have one selected for us?

State Of Mind unveils the answers that may decide whether humankind will fulfill its destiny or be forever shackled to its own creation.

Show your support for the film makers by adding this shackle-breaking documentary, available in DVD and Blu-Ray, to your home library.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, July 19, 2013 at 9:42 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Are Palestinian Students in Lebanon Being Pressured to Choose Kalashnikovs Over College?

0

Ein el-Hilweh Palestinian Camp.

They are 67 new families, or about 400 Palestinian refugees displaced from Syria, residing in 60 recently erected tents set up as an emergency ‘gathering’ near the Ein el-Hilweh Palestinian refugee camp adjacent to the city of Sidon in southern Lebanon. In all, there are approximately 75,000 thousand Palestinians in Lebanon who have fled from Syria over the past 28 months.

Additional Palestinians arrive every week and sometimes meet former neighbors from Yarmouk and other Syrian Palestinian camps at the Masnaa Lebanon-Syria border crossing. The new arrivals are often grimaced to happen upon their countrymen who are returning to take their chances facing death in Syria including dodging the snipers and bombings targeting Yarmouk and elsewhere. The reasons the returnees give for returning to Syria focus on the appalling humanitarian conditions in Lebanon for Palestinians as well as the nearly 780,000 other refugees here from Syria.

Palestinians forced into Lebanon from Syria soon learn, if they were not aware previously, that all Palestinians refugees in Lebanon are barred by law from the most elementary civil rights to work and to own a home. More than 50 professions open to Palestinians in Syria and in every other country, including occupied Palestine, are forbidden here. Two examples of jobs Palestinians can do and are doing in Lebanon when they arrive from Syria include scavenging through the rotting filth at Saida Garbage Mountain and other Lebanese government public garbage dumps to find something worth a few Lebanese Lira (LL) to help their loved ones survive. No, nearly impossible to secure work permit, is even required so they need not fear arrest by the Lebanese authorities who irregularly round up Palestinian violators of this country’s no work for Palestinian refugees ban.

The same, “no work permit required” reality is true of another profession which critics accuse the “Government” of Lebanon and its competing politicians of approving instead of allowing even one currently banned legitimate job to those whose lives are at risk and who are desperately in need of livelihood.

That profession which is open to every Palestinian today in Lebanon willing to consider it, is ‘hired gun’.

While both the major political grouping in Lebanon will deny they do it but will accuse the other, the fact of the matter is that both continue to discreetly recruit Palestinians to fight their personal battles on the cheap. It is unfortunately the case that some Palestinians, sweltering in the squalid, fetid camps in Lebanon, discriminated against in public institutions of higher learning, and barred from internationally mandated elementary civil rights, are seeking jobs as militiamen. This against the admonitions and sage counsel of the older generation of PLO fighters, now mainly retired, that the Syrian civil war is not theirs and that Palestinian involvement will not advance Return to Palestine and reclaiming stolen homes and land, by one minute or by one inch.

The choice for many Palestinian young men in Lebanon has come down to guns or education. By force of Lebanese law and under threat of prison for violators, Palestinians are denied the elementary civil rights to work in more than 50 professions and are barred by a 2001 racist law from them or their families, more than six decades living as refugees in Lebanon, from even owning a home. Among Palestinian youth, unemployment rates hover around 70%, while refugee students are also discriminated against in admission to Lebanese state institutions of higher education, including the relatively low-tuition fees at Lebanese University. This makes it difficult for young Palestinians in Lebanon to pursue higher education after graduating from UNWRA schools and passing the Baccalaureate II exam. Being barred from most jobs, it is very difficult to come up with even modest sums for tuition payments.

Against this backdrop of flagrant state sponsored discrimination, if one were to offer un-employed young camp resident, say $ 200 per month, an AK-47 with plenty of ammo, and free cigarettes, the odds are good that you just might have yourself a militiaman. Those journalists and observers who spent much of the summer of 2011 in Libya saw a similar phenomenon and now it’s also the case in Syria. In Lebanon, it is resurgent from the 1975-90 civil war days. The gun for hire resource is being exploited across the political spectrum here among many of the same confessions and political parties that ignited this country’s massively destructive civil war more than three decades ago.

Today, some Palestinians are being paid to fight for certain factions whether from the North of Lebanon at Tripoli and Akkar, to Beirut and various contentious areas such as Tariq al-Jdideh, Sabra, Cola, and down south in Saida during recent clashes that saw 16 Lebanese army killed and twice that number from the supporters of Salafist activist Ahmad Asir. Despite denials from some sources, there were a few Palestinians who fought for Asir and some Palestinians joined other militia including the Hezbollah organized “Resistance Brigades’ and the Lebanese army in fighting against Asir’s forces. An investigation in supposedly underway of the army’s conduct and the involvement of political parties from both the March 14 anti-Assad sects and elements of the March 8th pro-Assad groups regarding recruitment of Palestinian youngsters.

President Mahmoud Abbas repeatedly warned Palestinians in Lebanon during his 72 hour visit to Lebanon last week to reject these offers and not to be drawn into the Syrian conflict despite the ‘market place maneuverings’ going on here from various armed confessions. What he meant is that as most of the Lebanese sects are frantically arming and seeking gunmen and weapons, that Palestinian s must refuse to be exploited once again and that they must reject any involvement in a military conflict that contravenes their communities wishes and their national interest. He lectured a gathering of PLO factions at a Palestine Embassy event that this terrible error was the case during the 1975-1990 Lebanese civil wars. For that involvement, Palestinians in Lebanon continue to pay a very heavy price from certain factions here that rather see Lebanon’s economy continue to decline than allow Palestinians to work and help build the local economy as they have done in countless other countries which granted them the right to work and the opportunity to invest in the economy with their technical competence and business skills.

As one Palestinian academic pointed out last week to this observer, “While President Abbas assured Lebanese politicians that Palestinian factions did not want to join the Syrian civil war, he also chastised Lebanon’s government in private for not pressuring various factions, most with representatives in Parliament, to stop recruiting and enticing the hapless, desperate for work refugees, forced into Lebanon against their will.

PA President Abbas also repeated the PLO’s willingness to turn the refugee camps weapons over to the government. He did this with a straight face but surely he knows well that despite the regular scapegoating of Palestinians refugees in Lebanon and the danger they are said by some to pose because some have access to light arms, as everyone in Lebanon does, the truth of the matter is that the Lebanese political groups, even the most open about their hatred of Palestinians in Lebanon, do not want the state to collect or receive as gifts the arms in the Palestinian camps and gatherings, however many there they in fact are. The reason is that if the Palestinians had no weapons at all in the camp, it would make it awkward for some politicians to use the fear of a return to the early 1970’s and the potential danger of a Palestinian uprising for sects political advantage. Truth told, there is no realistic fear, unless provoked, from Palestinians arms. They are exaggerated as is the number of salafist factions inside camps. Yet without the right to work, some Palestinians will doubtless be seduced into becoming hired guns for scarce cash to feed their families.

Hiring young men as gunmen in Lebanon is also impliedly condoned by silence on

this problem from various polarized and politicized religious leaders. Some of Lebanon’s religious personalities, too often, wearing pious faces and donning prelatical ‘Pope-wannabe’, if sometimes comical, outfits, and often sporting fingers ringed with gold and precious jewels, intone their gospels according to St. Mark, or his equivalents, about human dignity and being our brother’s keeper, and often referencing “ our blood-veins support for Palestine and the Right of Return.” While simultaneously standing in Janus-faced opposition to the elementary internationally mandated right to work for Palestinians in Lebanon.

When a Palestinian is arrested for carrying a weapon, it’s often front-page news but also usually exaggerated or later shown to be inaccurate. What is more surprising is that more Palestinians are not in the streets, motivated by the Arab Spring and Islamic Awakening, demanding the civil right to work. Yet signs are starting to appear of a pending and overdue intifada in Lebanon demanding this universally recognized right of every refugee to be able to seek work to sustain oneself and family.

Rumors abound these tense days in many part of Lebanon, as if to say, “I told you didn’t I? The Palestinians are the source of most of Lebanon’s problems!” (or the Zionists, or the Saudis, EU, Iranians, Syrians, other Lebanese sects or the Americans, or just about anyone except, this countries deeply destructive confessional system and the Lebanese who profit from this, to date, failed state. Too many Lebanese politicians reject granting rights to Palestinian refugees while they seek to gain personal, regional and international benefits from playing the “Palestinian card”. Meanwhile, dangerous temperature and pressure levels are building in the huge Presto cookers that are Lebanon’s camps.

On a brighter note, arriving with a late news item of 7/18/13, are the just released results of the General Science (SG) and Life Science (SV) secondary school official exam results known as the Baccalaureate II exam results. Preliminary analysis suggests that despite all their hardships, Palestinian and Syrian refugees have done well on the required exams.

One Palestinian mother from Yarmouk camp in Damascus, now among the 700 Palestinian refugee families temporarily here from Syria, and squeezed into the already overflowing Shatila camp explained to this observer as she proudly displayed this week’s announcement of her children’s academic success. She beamed that even with little electricity in her family hovel, polluted drinking water, no fresh air and not much food this past year, her daughter’s and son’s success in passing ‘the BACC II” made her forget her family’s misery.

So it is that the doors are cracked open for higher education, if Palestinian refugees in Lebanon can come up with tuition, sometimes fairly modest by western standards but beyond the means of a majority of camp families. The good news that there will be places in Lebanon’s institutions of higher learning this fall semester, assuming that these youngsters, desperate to be allowed to work at the same jobs that every other foreigner in granted on arriving to Lebanon, do not heed the sirens calls of various sects here, singing seductive songs of quick cash in exchange for carrying a gun.

On April 19, 2013 at the Shatila Camp Youth Center, exactly 30 years to the week following the death of American journalist, Janet Lee Stevens here in Beirut, and recalling times during the 1982 Israeli aggression that rained American bombs of various types down on the civilian population, and still hearing Janet’s voice telling young Palestinian defenders, during the 75-day Zionist siege, “ Once the fighting ends you must, every one of you, return to school, whether to study quantum physics or literature or whatever interests you. Higher education is what will hasten your return to Palestine. Education is your greatest resource and your most potent weapon.”

Speaking at the Shatila Scholarship Award event, one American, paying tribute to Janet as a mediator and advocate for Palestine, and addressing the tuition grant recipients, sought to encourage these future Palestinian leaders:

 “An education is forever and its purpose is to enjoy a more productive lifetime while seeking to fulfill all of what each of us is capable as we give back to our respective communities. Staying in school here in Lebanon where we are all guests, just for the time being, and pursuing knowledge and practical skills is a quintessential and noble  act and commitment of Resistance against oppression and occupation — anywhere. 

Education cannot be ethnically cleansed, stolen, tortured, jailed, uprooted, bulldozed, massacred, murdered, bombed or burned down. Rather, staying in school and pursuing ones dream is what your cherished for-bearers, who were forced from their homes and lands into Lebanon and trekked from Palestine- approximately 130,000- in the summer and fall of 1948, would want for you, and expect of you.

 Education is a Saladinian Resistance toward liberating, six decades after the Nakba, those still under occupation in Palestine.  And to help achieve for refugees in the diaspora, their inalienable full Right of Return.” 

When and how do we put an end to this outrage which is an urgent humanitarian imperative shared by every one of us?

We end it immediately.

We do it by Lebanon’s parliament, taking 90 minutes of its time, which is all that would be required, and grant these youngsters the most elementary civil right to work which will also enable them to pursue their dreams of higher education.

And by international support.

This can be facilitated by international pressure. One telephone call from Washington, Riyadh, or Tehran, to local political allies, can get the job done in just over an hour without further procrastination.

If not, to add to its other problems, Lebanon may face a civil right intifada— ignited by continued repression.

In the words of the angelic Miss Hiba of Ein el Hilweh camp, now 19 years old and three years after her defiant declaration in 2010 to those who sneered at her that she should get married at age 16, and with her beauty, could demand a handsome dowry for her impoverished family, and forget about college: “There is no other choice than success with the civil rights goal of every Palestinian in Lebanon to seek a job and to pursue education as we peacefully intensify our struggle to Return to our stolen and still occupied country, Palestine. “

Today, Hiba continues the good fight as she completes next year, her degree in engineering.  She insists she will need this knowledge when she returns to her family’s occupied home near Safed.

Franklin Lamb is doing research in Syria and Lebanon and can be reached c/o fplamb@gmail.com

Republished with permission from: Counterpunch

Israel meets Europe envoys over EU ban

0

Laborers work on a housing construction site in the Israeli settlement of Har Homa in al-Quds. (file photo)

Israeli officials have met with three top European envoys over a plan by the EU to ban its members from having any dealings with Israeli organizations operating in the occupied territories.

During the Thursday meeting, Tel Aviv warned the British, French, and German ambassadors that the move would lead to a serious crisis between Israel and the 28-nation European Union.

The EU has issued a directive requiring Israel to acknowledge the occupation of settlements in the West Bank, Golan Heights and East Jerusalem (al-Quds).

The move would forbid the issuance of grants, funding, prizes or scholarships unless a settlement exclusion clause is included.

The directive is reportedly part of the 2014-20 financial frameworks which incorporate all sectors of cooperation between the EU and Israel, including economics, science, culture, sports and academia.

On Friday, the EU published guidelines with regard to the plan saying only Israeli entities with no connection to the illegal settlements will be considered eligible for receiving funding from EU.

The Tel Aviv regime continues expanding its illegal settlements in the occupied Palestinian territories.

More than half a million Israelis live in over 120 illegal settlements built since Israelâ„¢s occupation of the Palestinian territories of the West Bank and East al-Quds in 1967.

The settlements are considered illegal by the international community because the territories were captured by Israel and are hence subject to the Geneva Conventions, which forbid construction on occupied land.

The continued expansion of the Israeli settlements has also created a major obstacle for the efforts to establish peace in the Middle East.

MAM/KA

Republished with permission from: Press TV

The Murder of Trayvon Martin and Racist America

0

The racist murder of seventeen-year-old Trayvon Martin as he walked the streets of the Florida town in which his father lived (a/k/a ‘home’) is proving a Rorschach test for race ‘relations’ in the U.S. The acquittal of his murderer, George Zimmerman, who first stalked the young Trayvon and then disregarded police instructions to remain in his car as he proceeded to accost and murder him, is testament to the power of denial of the institutional racism that haunts America. Under Florida’s ‘Stand Your Ground’ law, the product of corporate-state lobbyist ALEC (American Legislative Exchange Council), it was Mr. Martin who by law had the right to use deadly force to protect himself from Mr. Zimmerman. That Mr. Martin lacked the necessary weapon to do so raises an unproductive conundrum for any black, male youth living in America. And it is deluded to believe Mr. Martin would have been acquitted had he killed George Zimmerman in similar fashion.

As the fate of blacks across American history who have taken up arms to protect themselves from white racists has taught, the ‘right’ of self-defense is the right by whites to murder blacks with impunity. When the original Black Panthers took up arms to protect themselves, their families and communities from racist murder at the hands of the police and white racists they were murdered in their beds, fire-bombed, spied on, infiltrated, and many spent decades in prison on charges the Federal government subsequently admitted were bogus. More broadly, the argument around self-defense in America is a racist canard put forward by privileged whites to maintain race and class hierarchy from which they materially benefit. Put another way, if ‘self defense’ is the right, white America is the greatest threat, and has always been, to the lives and livelihoods of black, brown and indigenous peoples.

The meta- storyline coming from the acquittal of George Zimmerman is that there is no meta-storyline–‘we’ already knew America is racist and confrontation could have been avoided if everyone involved had stayed in ‘their’ place, that ‘black-on-black’ violence justifies increased attention by ‘law enforcement’ on black youth, that re-hashing past ‘arguments’ over race will ‘get us nowhere,’ and even the antique diversion ‘we’ need to have a new ‘dialogue’ about race in America. To the first, George Zimmerman apparently knew his ‘place’ as a racist thug free to intimidate, harass and murder Trayvon Martin and other black youth with impunity. To the second, any discussion of ‘black-on-black’ violence requires a supporting explanation backed by evidence and the evidence is black youth in America are largely descendents of kidnapped Africans forced into slavery and exist today as a residual underclass living with the violence white America taught it. To the latter, the only ‘discussion’ of race in America that need be had is the redistribution of political and economic power so that American blacks can take care of themselves.

The idea of ‘place’ in a hierarchical society requires explanation of why the hierarchy is just, and therefore socially stable, or is a formula for political economic struggle. Given the history of race in America— kidnapped blacks forced into slavery by British and European whites followed by post Civil War strategies using ‘law’ to maintain the political economy of slavery without direct chattel relations, hardly suggests the racial (and class) hierarchy is just or stable. With the empty babble by American whites about ‘freedom’ and ‘democracy’ ever-present in the context of historical strategies of domination, control and exclusion from democratic ‘processes’ of blacks, American whites claim rights and privileges for themselves they have no intention of granting to ‘others.’ As the ‘stand-your-ground’ law used to excuse the murder of Trayvon Martin, the racist policing under policies like New York City’s ‘stop-and-frisk,’ and the for-profit prison industrial complex illustrate, the political economy of racism is alive and is as destructive to human lives and dignity as ever.

The issue of ‘black-on-black’ violence intersects with the role of ‘law enforcement’ to the extent it is framed as criminality. The canard is thrown up by both black and white ‘officials’ under the confusion the violence inflicted on blacks, particularly on poor blacks, is intrinsic to race. Unless one wishes to go the Charles Murray route of using garbage science to argue blacks are genetically predisposed to violence, the causes of black-on-black violence derive from social conditions related to the history of the black underclass in America.

Conversely, the link of race and violence can easily be recast using the great slaughters of the Twentieth Century–the thirty or so million slaughtered in WWII, the three and one-half million Koreans killed in the Korean War, the three and one-half million Vietnamese killed in the Vietnam War and the over one-million Iraqis killed in America’s war on, and occupation of, Iraq. And let us not forget the millions of Africans who died either en route to forced slavery in America or in slavery once here. Correlation suggests if there is a genetic predisposition to murderous violence, white people possess it in its most potent form.

However, the point is granted that people have a fundamental right to freedom from violence. The young Trayvon Martin most certainly did. But when regarding black-on-black violence as a ‘law enforcement’ issue, the Federal, state and local police in America possess the opposite of credibility as the solution. The history is of law being used as a tool for political economic repression against blacks, browns and indigenous peoples. Michelle Alexander, Khalil Gibran Muhammad, Angela Davis and others have written and spoken eloquently on this history. George Zimmerman, Trayvon Martin’s murderer, was acting in the capacity of ‘auxiliary’ police when he murdered Trayvon. Who could Trayvon have appealed to for protection when the police didn’t even charge Mr. Zimmerman with Trayvon’s murder after it occurred?

In fact, what black or brown youth in their right mind would appeal to the police for help given the role of the police in racist policing strategies like stop-and-frisk? For those who profess concern about black-on-black violence, racist laws, policing and incarceration provide several centuries of evidence against ‘law enforcement’ solutions. Given the social–political economic, nature of the problem, creating social justice in black communities through political economic redistribution and ending racist policing seems the more constructive route. So again, the concern of white racists with black-on-black violence is touching. But if you really cared, police-state repression as a mode of subjugating black communities would already be known to you.

The white narrative around black ‘criminality’ is remarkable in its selectivity. Were any black youth to approach Countywide Mortgage’s Angelo Mozillo to intimidate and harass him for committing financial crimes against black communities or past President George W. Bush for his War Crimes in the murder of over one million brown people in his war against Iraq, the race and class basis of George Zimmerman’s actions toward Mr. Martin would be plain for even white racists to see. George Zimmerman believed he had a free pass to engage in race repression under the guise of ‘crime’ prevention. However, unlike in the cases of Angelo Mozillo and George W. Bush, where there is overwhelming evidence of potential criminal liability for committing actual crimes with socially catastrophic results, there was no indication of any sort that Trayvon Martin was ‘suspect’ in criminal wrongdoing. George Zimmerman’s racist hallucinations only count as evidence to his fellow racists. Trayvon Martin’s ‘crime’ was no crime at all; it was his misfortune to live in a racist toilet where dim thugs like George Zimmerman have social sanction to take his life.

With respect to a ‘new dialogue on race in America,’ black America has several centuries of bad faith on the part of whites to overcome before fruitful dialogue might be useful. And more to the point, ‘dialogue’ assumes symmetrical social power of the participants, an absence brought home by ‘African American’ Attorney General Eric Holder’s milquetoast blather regarding prosecution of George Zimmerman on Federal criminal charges (please Mr. Holder, I heartily encourage you to do so). And America’s ‘first African American President’ Barack Obama framed the murder as a problem of gun violence when the political economic context is George Zimmerman assumed that he could murder Trayvon Martin with impunity while only the most deluded would believe Trayvon Martin had the same ‘right’ to murder George Zimmerman.

While ‘dialogue’ can only be detractive if it draws energy from more potentially fruitful strategies, black America, and increasingly all Americans outside the ruling class, might consider international coalitions against racist violence and associated economic exploitation. Some precedence can be found in the late Venezuelan President Hugo Chavez’s energy subsidies that provided discounted heating fuel for low income Americans. Political economic alliances that build economic power for black America without building even more power for the plutocrats who benefit from the continued existence of an economic underclass would reduce the social power of white racists to act on their racism. A ‘fair trade’ coalition outside ‘official’ channels and economic boycotts of the capitalist enterprises behind ALEC would be a start.

It likely seems a non sequitur to many that the corporate lobbying organization ALEC would have an interest in promoting ‘stand-your-ground’ laws like Florida’s where there is no apparent corporate interest. But ALEC’s interest, and that of the corporate power behind it, ties to the milquetoast, even irrelevant, responses of Messrs. Holder and Obama to what was clearly the racist murder of Trayvon Martin. The domination and repression of blacks in America has first and foremost been about economic exploitation–the theft of labor and any accumulated economic resources. From slavery through post Civil War prison and quasi-indentured labor to the for-profit prisons of the prison industrial complex, forced labor remains the imperial capitalist strategy of expropriation. Existing prison labor in the U.S. has analog in corporate-state factories in the ‘low wage’ countries of ‘former’ imperial colonies.

The history of imperial capitalism is of constructing circumstance–asymmetrical political economic power, to expropriate the economic production of labor. The prison industrial complex is recovered slavery, again, without the explicit chattel relation. ‘American’ factories in China, Central America and in American prisons rely on domination, power and control over workforces to earn ‘profits’ for American (multi-national) corporations–incarnations by degree of explicit slavery. ALEC (and Messrs. Obama and Holder) represents the interests of the gun manufacturers, the owners of for-profit prisons and the multi-national corporations whose owners and executives become wealthy stealing economic production from others. As seen by America’s ruling class, American blacks are among the classes to be exploited, hence the social technologies of exploitation behind racist laws, racist policing and racist incarceration.

The ‘stand-your-ground’ laws promoted by ALEC specifically support gun manufacturers through increasing demand for guns–were ‘the law’ colorblind one potential solution for blacks terrorized by racist thugs like George Zimmerman would be to arm themselves for self-defense. However, with history as a guide, any effort at systematic self-defense on the part of blacks (or any underclass) would meet severe state sanction because ‘the law’ is a tool of oppression and repression used to maintain political economic asymmetry. With the experience of Barack Obama in hand, destroying the system of hierarchy is likely to be more constructive than allowing cynical plutocrats to fill the ranks of hierarchy with useful tools selected from social taxonomy to provide the illusion of ‘progress’ toward social justice.

Despite windbaggery to the contrary from ‘official’ Washington, there is a lot that could be done to immediately improve the lot of American blacks, browns and indigenous peoples. The racist drug laws responsible for putting so many black and brown youth and men in prison could be repealed and sentences commuted as drug use is reframed as the public health issue it is rather than a tool of racist law to feed for-profit prisons. As part of the broader effort at economic recovery from the Lesser Depression, the Federal government could implement a guaranteed jobs program to provide jobs and benefits at a living wage for all comers that focuses specifically on communities long excluded from economic participation. The jobs program could remain in place to assure all communities are provided with employment for all who wish it. Federal money could be used to force equalization in funding for all public education. However, the point to consider here is that none of this is being proposed–the Federal government, in the service of corporate-state plutocrats, is working with all its might in the opposite direction.

To the point made by former FBI Director J. Edgar Hoover regarding the Black Panther Party–the most threatening (revolutionary) step the Panthers ever took was to provide free food, education and medical care to their communities. Think about this–feeding, educating and providing medical care outside of ‘official’ channels for people who need them is a revolutionary act. What is revolutionary about it, and threatening to the powers that be, is not only does it demonstrate the capacity to develop a competing political economy–one that values people over profits, but it has the potential to ‘steal’ the black underclass from the exploitative grips of cynical capitalists who see it as so much cheap fodder for its enterprise and as a release valve on rising wages–the reserve army Karl Marx referred to.

Seventeen is too young to die and every parent’s worst nightmare is to bury their own child. The young Trayvon was murdered in cold blood and the ‘complicating details’ of his murder are so much irrelevant noise. He was stalked and murdered by a racist thug and the radical delusion required seeing it otherwise requires ignorance of history, ignorance of existing political economic relations and fear of a carefully constructed ‘other’ that serves white fears of black and brown youth and men. If ‘dialogue’ could end institutional and casual racism it would have ended several centuries ago. It evolved from the explicit theft of the labor of kidnapped Africans forced into slavery that continues today in better-hidden strategies of domination and exploitation. The opportunity presents itself to build international alliances based on principles of political-economic participation and human dignity that explicitly exclude the capitalist economic exploitation that continues to burden all Americans to the benefit of the rich. And if providing food, education and medical care outside ‘official’ channels for those who need it is a revolutionary act, by all means let’s be revolutionary.

Rob Urie is an artist and political economist in New York. His book ‘Zen Economics’ will be published by Counterpunch / CK Press in Spring 2014. The racist murder of seventeen-year-old Trayvon Martin as he walked the streets of the Florida town in which his father lived (a/k/a ‘home’) is proving a Rorschach test for race ‘relations’ in the U.S. The acquittal of his murderer, George Zimmerman, who first stalked the young Trayvon and then disregarded police instructions to remain in his car as he proceeded to accost and murder him, is testament to the power of denial of the institutional racism that haunts America. Under Florida’s ‘Stand Your Ground’ law, the product of corporate-state lobbyist ALEC (American Legislative Exchange Council), it was Mr. Martin who by law had the right to use deadly force to protect himself from Mr. Zimmerman. That Mr. Martin lacked the necessary weapon to do so raises an unproductive conundrum for any black, male youth living in America. And it is deluded to believe Mr. Martin would have been acquitted had he killed George Zimmerman in similar fashion.

As the fate of blacks across American history who have taken up arms to protect themselves from white racists has taught, the ‘right’ of self-defense is the right by whites to murder blacks with impunity. When the original Black Panthers took up arms to protect themselves, their families and communities from racist murder at the hands of the police and white racists they were murdered in their beds, fire-bombed, spied on, infiltrated, and many spent decades in prison on charges the Federal government subsequently admitted were bogus. More broadly, the argument around self-defense in America is a racist canard put forward by privileged whites to maintain race and class hierarchy from which they materially benefit. Put another way, if ‘self defense’ is the right, white America is the greatest threat, and has always been, to the lives and livelihoods of black, brown and indigenous peoples.

The meta- storyline coming from the acquittal of George Zimmerman is that there is no meta-storyline–‘we’ already knew America is racist and confrontation could have been avoided if everyone involved had stayed in ‘their’ place, that ‘black-on-black’ violence justifies increased attention by ‘law enforcement’ on black youth, that re-hashing past ‘arguments’ over race will ‘get us nowhere,’ and even the antique diversion ‘we’ need to have a new ‘dialogue’ about race in America. To the first, George Zimmerman apparently knew his ‘place’ as a racist thug free to intimidate, harass and murder Trayvon Martin and other black youth with impunity. To the second, any discussion of ‘black-on-black’ violence requires a supporting explanation backed by evidence and the evidence is black youth in America are largely descendents of kidnapped Africans forced into slavery and exist today as a residual underclass living with the violence white America taught it. To the latter, the only ‘discussion’ of race in America that need be had is the redistribution of political and economic power so that American blacks can take care of themselves.

The idea of ‘place’ in a hierarchical society requires explanation of why the hierarchy is just, and therefore socially stable, or is a formula for political economic struggle. Given the history of race in America— kidnapped blacks forced into slavery by British and European whites followed by post Civil War strategies using ‘law’ to maintain the political economy of slavery without direct chattel relations, hardly suggests the racial (and class) hierarchy is just or stable. With the empty babble by American whites about ‘freedom’ and ‘democracy’ ever-present in the context of historical strategies of domination, control and exclusion from democratic ‘processes’ of blacks, American whites claim rights and privileges for themselves they have no intention of granting to ‘others.’ As the ‘stand-your-ground’ law used to excuse the murder of Trayvon Martin, the racist policing under policies like New York City’s ‘stop-and-frisk,’ and the for-profit prison industrial complex illustrate, the political economy of racism is alive and is as destructive to human lives and dignity as ever.

The issue of ‘black-on-black’ violence intersects with the role of ‘law enforcement’ to the extent it is framed as criminality. The canard is thrown up by both black and white ‘officials’ under the confusion the violence inflicted on blacks, particularly on poor blacks, is intrinsic to race. Unless one wishes to go the Charles Murray route of using garbage science to argue blacks are genetically predisposed to violence, the causes of black-on-black violence derive from social conditions related to the history of the black underclass in America.

Conversely, the link of race and violence can easily be recast using the great slaughters of the Twentieth Century–the thirty or so million slaughtered in WWII, the three and one-half million Koreans killed in the Korean War, the three and one-half million Vietnamese killed in the Vietnam War and the over one-million Iraqis killed in America’s war on, and occupation of, Iraq. And let us not forget the millions of Africans who died either en route to forced slavery in America or in slavery once here. Correlation suggests if there is a genetic predisposition to murderous violence, white people possess it in its most potent form.

However, the point is granted that people have a fundamental right to freedom from violence. The young Trayvon Martin most certainly did. But when regarding black-on-black violence as a ‘law enforcement’ issue, the Federal, state and local police in America possess the opposite of credibility as the solution. The history is of law being used as a tool for political economic repression against blacks, browns and indigenous peoples. Michelle Alexander, Khalil Gibran Muhammad, Angela Davis and others have written and spoken eloquently on this history. George Zimmerman, Trayvon Martin’s murderer, was acting in the capacity of ‘auxiliary’ police when he murdered Trayvon. Who could Trayvon have appealed to for protection when the police didn’t even charge Mr. Zimmerman with Trayvon’s murder after it occurred?

In fact, what black or brown youth in their right mind would appeal to the police for help given the role of the police in racist policing strategies like stop-and-frisk? For those who profess concern about black-on-black violence, racist laws, policing and incarceration provide several centuries of evidence against ‘law enforcement’ solutions. Given the social–political economic, nature of the problem, creating social justice in black communities through political economic redistribution and ending racist policing seems the more constructive route. So again, the concern of white racists with black-on-black violence is touching. But if you really cared, police-state repression as a mode of subjugating black communities would already be known to you.

The white narrative around black ‘criminality’ is remarkable in its selectivity. Were any black youth to approach Countywide Mortgage’s Angelo Mozillo to intimidate and harass him for committing financial crimes against black communities or past President George W. Bush for his War Crimes in the murder of over one million brown people in his war against Iraq, the race and class basis of George Zimmerman’s actions toward Mr. Martin would be plain for even white racists to see. George Zimmerman believed he had a free pass to engage in race repression under the guise of ‘crime’ prevention. However, unlike in the cases of Angelo Mozillo and George W. Bush, where there is overwhelming evidence of potential criminal liability for committing actual crimes with socially catastrophic results, there was no indication of any sort that Trayvon Martin was ‘suspect’ in criminal wrongdoing. George Zimmerman’s racist hallucinations only count as evidence to his fellow racists. Trayvon Martin’s ‘crime’ was no crime at all; it was his misfortune to live in a racist toilet where dim thugs like George Zimmerman have social sanction to take his life.

With respect to a ‘new dialogue on race in America,’ black America has several centuries of bad faith on the part of whites to overcome before fruitful dialogue might be useful. And more to the point, ‘dialogue’ assumes symmetrical social power of the participants, an absence brought home by ‘African American’ Attorney General Eric Holder’s milquetoast blather regarding prosecution of George Zimmerman on Federal criminal charges (please Mr. Holder, I heartily encourage you to do so). And America’s ‘first African American President’ Barack Obama framed the murder as a problem of gun violence when the political economic context is George Zimmerman assumed that he could murder Trayvon Martin with impunity while only the most deluded would believe Trayvon Martin had the same ‘right’ to murder George Zimmerman.

While ‘dialogue’ can only be detractive if it draws energy from more potentially fruitful strategies, black America, and increasingly all Americans outside the ruling class, might consider international coalitions against racist violence and associated economic exploitation. Some precedence can be found in the late Venezuelan President Hugo Chavez’s energy subsidies that provided discounted heating fuel for low income Americans. Political economic alliances that build economic power for black America without building even more power for the plutocrats who benefit from the continued existence of an economic underclass would reduce the social power of white racists to act on their racism. A ‘fair trade’ coalition outside ‘official’ channels and economic boycotts of the capitalist enterprises behind ALEC would be a start.

It likely seems a non sequitur to many that the corporate lobbying organization ALEC would have an interest in promoting ‘stand-your-ground’ laws like Florida’s where there is no apparent corporate interest. But ALEC’s interest, and that of the corporate power behind it, ties to the milquetoast, even irrelevant, responses of Messrs. Holder and Obama to what was clearly the racist murder of Trayvon Martin. The domination and repression of blacks in America has first and foremost been about economic exploitation–the theft of labor and any accumulated economic resources. From slavery through post Civil War prison and quasi-indentured labor to the for-profit prisons of the prison industrial complex, forced labor remains the imperial capitalist strategy of expropriation. Existing prison labor in the U.S. has analog in corporate-state factories in the ‘low wage’ countries of ‘former’ imperial colonies.

The history of imperial capitalism is of constructing circumstance–asymmetrical political economic power, to expropriate the economic production of labor. The prison industrial complex is recovered slavery, again, without the explicit chattel relation. ‘American’ factories in China, Central America and in American prisons rely on domination, power and control over workforces to earn ‘profits’ for American (multi-national) corporations–incarnations by degree of explicit slavery. ALEC (and Messrs. Obama and Holder) represents the interests of the gun manufacturers, the owners of for-profit prisons and the multi-national corporations whose owners and executives become wealthy stealing economic production from others. As seen by America’s ruling class, American blacks are among the classes to be exploited, hence the social technologies of exploitation behind racist laws, racist policing and racist incarceration.

The ‘stand-your-ground’ laws promoted by ALEC specifically support gun manufacturers through increasing demand for guns–were ‘the law’ colorblind one potential solution for blacks terrorized by racist thugs like George Zimmerman would be to arm themselves for self-defense. However, with history as a guide, any effort at systematic self-defense on the part of blacks (or any underclass) would meet severe state sanction because ‘the law’ is a tool of oppression and repression used to maintain political economic asymmetry. With the experience of Barack Obama in hand, destroying the system of hierarchy is likely to be more constructive than allowing cynical plutocrats to fill the ranks of hierarchy with useful tools selected from social taxonomy to provide the illusion of ‘progress’ toward social justice.

Despite windbaggery to the contrary from ‘official’ Washington, there is a lot that could be done to immediately improve the lot of American blacks, browns and indigenous peoples. The racist drug laws responsible for putting so many black and brown youth and men in prison could be repealed and sentences commuted as drug use is reframed as the public health issue it is rather than a tool of racist law to feed for-profit prisons. As part of the broader effort at economic recovery from the Lesser Depression, the Federal government could implement a guaranteed jobs program to provide jobs and benefits at a living wage for all comers that focuses specifically on communities long excluded from economic participation. The jobs program could remain in place to assure all communities are provided with employment for all who wish it. Federal money could be used to force equalization in funding for all public education. However, the point to consider here is that none of this is being proposed–the Federal government, in the service of corporate-state plutocrats, is working with all its might in the opposite direction.

To the point made by former FBI Director J. Edgar Hoover regarding the Black Panther Party–the most threatening (revolutionary) step the Panthers ever took was to provide free food, education and medical care to their communities. Think about this–feeding, educating and providing medical care outside of ‘official’ channels for people who need them is a revolutionary act. What is revolutionary about it, and threatening to the powers that be, is not only does it demonstrate the capacity to develop a competing political economy–one that values people over profits, but it has the potential to ‘steal’ the black underclass from the exploitative grips of cynical capitalists who see it as so much cheap fodder for its enterprise and as a release valve on rising wages–the reserve army Karl Marx referred to.

Seventeen is too young to die and every parent’s worst nightmare is to bury their own child. The young Trayvon was murdered in cold blood and the ‘complicating details’ of his murder are so much irrelevant noise. He was stalked and murdered by a racist thug and the radical delusion required seeing it otherwise requires ignorance of history, ignorance of existing political economic relations and fear of a carefully constructed ‘other’ that serves white fears of black and brown youth and men. If ‘dialogue’ could end institutional and casual racism it would have ended several centuries ago. It evolved from the explicit theft of the labor of kidnapped Africans forced into slavery that continues today in better-hidden strategies of domination and exploitation. The opportunity presents itself to build international alliances based on principles of political-economic participation and human dignity that explicitly exclude the capitalist economic exploitation that continues to burden all Americans to the benefit of the rich. And if providing food, education and medical care outside ‘official’ channels for those who need it is a revolutionary act, by all means let’s be revolutionary.

Rob Urie is an artist and political economist in New York. His book ‘Zen Economics’ will be published by Counterpunch / CK Press in Spring 2014.

Republished with permission from: Counterpunch

Lac-Mégantic Victims Challenge Corporations Behind Deadly Explosion

0

Victims of the train crashed which devastated the small town of Lac-Megantic, Quebec have filed suit against the corporations behind the devastation. (Photo: Reuters)Two residents of Lac-Mégantic, Quebec have filed a class action lawsuit against the corporations behind the July 6 train derailment and explosion which killed nearly fifty people and devastated the small Canadian town.

Yannick Gagne and Guy Ouellet, who together own the Musi-Cafe–a bar that was crowded with people the night it was destroyed by the blast–are seeking damages from the Maine-based Montreal Maine & Atlantic Railway (MM&A), Irving Oil, World Fuel Services and its subsidiary Dakota Plains Holdings, which extracted the crude oil the train was carrying.

According to the Portland Press Herald, the plaintiffs filed a motion Monday in Quebec Superior Court seeking to authorize a class-action suit against the railway company. On Wednesday, they amended the motion to include the oil and extraction companies.

The unattended train was carrying 72 cars of crude oil from North Dakota’s Bakken shale fields to an Irving Oil refinery in Saint John, New Brunswick when it derailed initiating an explosion and fireball which engulfed the small downtown.

Meanwhile, the death toll for the disaster has risen to 42 after four more bodies were discovered Thursday. Eight more people remain unaccounted for though are presumed to be dead.

The impact on the town of 6,000 has been severe. Beyond the crippling effect of the casualties, the untold environmental costs continue to unfold.

An estimated 250,000 to 300,000 liters of oil spilled into Lac-Mégantic, according to Quebec’s Environment Minister. And, as the Globe and Mail report, traces of oil were visible in the Chaudière River “and the air was pungent with the scent of oil.”

“Multi-coloured sheens could be seen on the surface of the water in areas where the current slowed, and the grass along some stretches of the shoreline was brown and straw-like,” they continue.

Following the accident, finger pointing prevailed among the major corporations involved.

Edward Burkhardt, CEO of MM&A as well as its much larger parent company, Rail World Inc., had initially attempted to blame local firefighters before claiming the fault lay with a train employee for not properly setting the brakes–despite the fact that he has continuously opposed arguments by railway employees who have long-insisted that one-man crews were too dangerous.

Similarly, a spokesman for Irving Oil–whose crude fueled the small town’s incineration–told the Associated Press, “We did not own or control the crude oil or its transportation at any time.”

Of the pending suit, the Press Herald continues:

The motion claims that the companies failed to ensure the oil was properly secured and safely transported. The lawsuit would seek compensation for any person or business affected directly or indirectly by the disaster.

It was not known Thursday when the court will rule on the motion.

If a Quebec Superior Court judge approves the motion, the lawsuit could be among the largest in Canadian history, though according to Jeff Orenstein, a lawyer from one of the firms working on the suit, no dollar amount on the damages sought will be available for some time.

“It will require interviews with the people of the city and expert evaluators as well,” Orenstein said. “There is no number I can pin down without much further research and expertise.”

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

Republished with permission from: Common Dreams

Quebec police beat native man brutally

0

A video has emerged showing two Quebec police officers beating an indigenous man on July 16, 2013.

A video showing two Quebec police officers beating an indigenous man has sparked anger among First Nations communities.

The video, which emerged on Thursday, was shot through a car window two days earlier in the First Nations community of Unamen Shipu.

The footage shows Norbert Mestenapeo, 24, being beaten repetitively by two officers wearing Quebec police uniforms with a baton as well as with their fists.

At one point, the officers lift Mestenapeo up to a standing position, only to throw him to the ground and continue the assault. Throughout the incident, Mestenapeo did not appear to resist.

Raymond Bellefleur, the Innu Council Chief of Unamen Shipu, said, Å“Itâ„¢s unacceptable.”

Å“In my community, we are a peace-loving people,” said Bellefleur and added, Å“Our elders are frightened, and our youths and women are terrified by police brutality. That has to stop now.”

Relatives of the beaten man said the attack left Mestenapeo with 12 stitches across his forehead.

Police assaulted Mestenapeo after he argued with the officers over an arrest warrant.

First Nations communities like Unamen Shipu have been patrolled by the provincial police force since 2008.

After the incident, the Assembly of the First Nations of Quebec and Labrador called for the return of its local police force.

Å“If this issue of police violence is not looked after or resolved, some of our chiefs have certainly indicated they’re looking at the possibility of shutting the door to the SQ (Quebec Provincial Police),” said Ghislain Picard regional chief of Assembly of First Nations.

CAH/KA

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Dzhokar Tsarnaev’s Throat Wound: Another Government Lie Bites the Dust

4

Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
July 19, 2013

It’s another example of why you should never trust the government.

Back in April federal officialdom told us Boston bombing suspect Dzhokar Tsarnaev was shot in the throat and unable to talk. Massachusetts Gov. Deval Patrick was trotted out to confirm this fantasy story. He said Tsarnaev was in “serious but stable condition” and “not yet able to communicate yet.”

Then we were fed a more theatric version where the young Tsarnaev attempted to take his own life when he was supposedly trapped in a boat. “It is thought the teenager placed a gun in his mouth and pulled the trigger in a desperate bid to avoid capture and a possible death penalty,” claimed the British version of the National Enquirer, The Mirror. “Reports say the bullet passed through his throat, just missing his spinal cord, and came out the back of his neck.”

Photo: Massachusetts State Police

Photo: Massachusetts State Police

This Hollywoodesque version dovetailed nicely with the story that the evil Brothers Tsarnaev were in a running gun battle with the cops, flinging home-made pressure cooker bombs at their brave pursuers as the pair attempted to escape the long arm of the law.

Then we were told Dzhokar was being treated by Israeli doctors who “have abundant past experience treating victims of terror… because they’re from Israel.”

“Tsarnaev is in stable condition but that because of wounds to his throat, he may never be able to speak again,” The Blaze reported, feeding the fantasy.

In May, the story changed. It was said Tsarnaev didn’t have a bullet wound in his throat, but was cut by a knife. “I did see a throat injury. To me it looked more like a knife wound,” said Officer Jeff Campbell of the Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority Transit Police SWAT Unit. “It wasn’t a puncture hole. It was a slice where it was spread open, possibly a piece of shrapnel from one of the explosives that they were using the night before. It didn’t look like a bullet wound to me. It looked like a cut of some kind.” Campbell was supposedly part of the team that apprehended Tsarnaev, so if anybody knew about his wounds, it would be Campbell and his fellow SWAT officers.

CNN later edited out the comment about the throat wound made by Campbell.

Now we have a photo of Tsarnaev allegedly surrendering. It was taken by a Massachusetts State Police photographer. CBS Boston reported on Thursday the photographer, Sgt. Sean Murphy, gave the photos to the Boston Magazine because he was upset by the Rolling Stone’s recent “glamorized” cover photo of the suspected terrorist. Murphy is under investigation for releasing photos to the magazine.

Note the absence of a throat wound in the photo.

The photos underscore the fact the government lied about Tsarnaev’s throat wound, as the photo clearly shows. Is there anything else the government is lying about? Is it possible the entire event is a government contrived fiction?

Now it’s time for somebody to release the video frame capture of the Brothers Tsarnaev dropping their bomb-laden backpacks, photos were are assured exist but were never released. Is it possible this is a lie as well?

 

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Cleric urges Egyptians to end conflicts

0

A senior Iranian cleric has voiced concern over clashes between supporters and opponents of ousted Egyptian president, Mohamed Morsi, urging the feuding sides to form a united front based on their common goals.

Å“After all, the two camps share common positions; they should arrive at an agreement based on these commonalities and avoid bloodshed, mudslinging and insult … and pursue anti-US policies,” Tehranâ„¢s interim Friday Prayers Leader Ayatollah Ahmad Jannati said.

The cleric regretted the twist in the fate of the country’s 2011 revolution that toppled the Western-backed dictator, Hosni Mubarak.

Å“The situation in Egypt is unpleasant…. We had hoped that the revolution would yield fruit and an Islamic, anti-US revolutionary government would take office … but it all went wrong,” Ayatollah Jannati stated.

Å“Those who succeeded [Mubarak] helped Israel; [they] closed the routes that connected the Gaza Strip to the Sinai, they closed the [supply] tunnels, they recognized Camp David Accord, continued to supply oil to Israel, [and also] established friendly ties [with Israel],” he recalled.

This pro-Israeli policy, he said, resulted in the emergence of Tamarod opposition movement, which now enjoys the support of the majority of the Egyptian population.

The Egyptians embarked on a popular revolution against the pro-Israeli regime of Mubarak in January 2011 and eventually brought an end to his dictatorship in February of the same year.

On July 3, 2013, Egypt’s powerful army toppled his successor, Mohamed Morsi, who was democratically elected in June 2012, and put him under Å“preventive” custody.

The military also suspended the constitution and declared the head of the Supreme Constitutional Court, Adly Mansour, as the interim president of Egypt.

Egypt has been gripped by deadly clashes between supporters of the Tamarod movement and Morsi fans, who have been holding massive rallies demanding the reinstatement of the deposed president.

More than 100 people have been killed in the violence and scores of others have been also injured.

MRS/SS

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Cleric urges Egyptians to end conflicts

0

A senior Iranian cleric has voiced concern over clashes between supporters and opponents of ousted Egyptian president, Mohamed Morsi, urging the feuding sides to form a united front based on their common goals.

Å“After all, the two camps share common positions; they should arrive at an agreement based on these commonalities and avoid bloodshed, mudslinging and insult … and pursue anti-US policies,” Tehranâ„¢s interim Friday Prayers Leader Ayatollah Ahmad Jannati said.

The cleric regretted the twist in the fate of the country’s 2011 revolution that toppled the Western-backed dictator, Hosni Mubarak.

Å“The situation in Egypt is unpleasant…. We had hoped that the revolution would yield fruit and an Islamic, anti-US revolutionary government would take office … but it all went wrong,” Ayatollah Jannati stated.

Å“Those who succeeded [Mubarak] helped Israel; [they] closed the routes that connected the Gaza Strip to the Sinai, they closed the [supply] tunnels, they recognized Camp David Accord, continued to supply oil to Israel, [and also] established friendly ties [with Israel],” he recalled.

This pro-Israeli policy, he said, resulted in the emergence of Tamarod opposition movement, which now enjoys the support of the majority of the Egyptian population.

The Egyptians embarked on a popular revolution against the pro-Israeli regime of Mubarak in January 2011 and eventually brought an end to his dictatorship in February of the same year.

On July 3, 2013, Egypt’s powerful army toppled his successor, Mohamed Morsi, who was democratically elected in June 2012, and put him under Å“preventive” custody.

The military also suspended the constitution and declared the head of the Supreme Constitutional Court, Adly Mansour, as the interim president of Egypt.

Egypt has been gripped by deadly clashes between supporters of the Tamarod movement and Morsi fans, who have been holding massive rallies demanding the reinstatement of the deposed president.

More than 100 people have been killed in the violence and scores of others have been also injured.

MRS/SS

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Syria Army controls Aleppo district

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]The Syrian Army has gained full control over Aleppo’s al-Rashedin District following fresh advances in the strategic city.

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Key Mistakes Sway Jury in Zimmerman Trial: Jury Prevented from Considering Race and “First Aggressor”

0

The jurors were prohibited from considering race. They were instructed only on the parts of self-defense law that helped Zimmerman, and the chief police investigator improperly testified that he believed Zimmerman.

Jury prevented from considering race

None of the jurors thought race played a role in the case, Juror B-37 told CNN’s Anderson Cooper. In fact the question of Zimmerman profiling Martin because he was African-American didn’t even come up in deliberations, the juror said.

No wonder it never came up. At the beginning of the trial, the judge forbade the prosecution from speaking about racial profiling. Only the word “profiling” could be used, Judge Debra S. Nelson ruled. “Criminal profiling is based on behavior,” NAACP President Benjamin Jealous said on Democracy Now! “Racial profiling is based on color and on race. And the reality is that it appears that George Zimmerman had a pattern of confusing color with grounds for suspicion.”

The entire trial from start to finish was sanitized of any mention of race.

Zimmerman told the 911 operator, “These fucking punks” and “these assholes, they always get away,” when he spotted Martin walking down the street in Sanford, Florida, that fateful evening. “Looks like he’s up to no good or he’s on drugs or something,” Zimmerman said. “Something’s wrong with him.” When an investigator later asked Zimmerman what he meant by those words, the shooter replied, “I don’t know.”

But the prosecutor was forbidden from telling the jury that the “something” that was “wrong” may have been the color of Martin’s skin. The Rev. Dr. Raphael G. Warnock, senior pastor at the Rev. Dr. Martin Luther King Jr.’s Ebenezer Baptist Church in Atlanta, told the New York Times, “Trayvon Benjamin Martin is dead because he and other black boys and men like him are seen not as a person but a problem.”

Howard Simon, executive director of the ACLU of Florida, noted, “George Zimmerman saw a young black male as a threat to his community.”

Clifford Alexander, who worked as a lawyer in the Lyndon Johnson White House, said in an interview with the Washington Post, “The clear reason why Zimmerman had the audacity to approach this child was that he saw the color of his skin as a threat.”

Two days after the shooting, Zimmerman’s cousin, known as Witness No. 9, told a Sanford police officer in a telephone call, “I know George. And I know that he does not like black people.” She added, “He would start something. He’s a very confrontational person. It’s in his blood. Let’s just say that. I don’t want this poor kid and his family to just be overlooked.”

But the judge sanitized the case and everyone involved was forced to ignore the elephant in the room. Indeed, after the verdict, Mark O’Mara, Zimmerman’s defense attorney, made the preposterous statement that if his client were black, “he never would’ve been charged with a crime.”

Jury prevented from considering first aggressor

Florida’s self-defense law prohibits “initial aggressors” from using force if their own conduct has provoked that force. So if a defendant “initially provokes the use of force” against himself, he cannot claim to have acted in self-defense, unless he withdraws or retreats.

The prosecution asked the judge to instruct the jury that it could consider who was the first aggressor in the altercation between Zimmerman and Martin. If the judge had agreed to give that instruction, the jury might have concluded that, by following Martin, Zimmerman provoked a physical response from Martin. The defense objected to the instruction, and the judge decided not to give the first aggressor instruction.

The jury was instructed to consider only whether Zimmerman reasonably believed deadly force was necessary to prevent imminent death or great bodily harm to himself — when he later tussled with Martin on the ground. The jury was also told Zimmerman had no duty to retreat, that he could stand his ground, and meet force with force- including deadly force — if he was not engaged in an unlawful activity and was attacked in a place he had a right to be. Finally, the judge instructed the jury that if it had a reasonable doubt about whether Zimmerman was justified in using deadly force, they should find him not guilty.

The instructions prevented the jury from considering whether Zimmerman was the first aggressor when he got out of his truck and began following Martin. When Zimmerman told the 911 operator, “Shit, he’s running,” the operator asked, “Are you following him?” Zimmerman said that he was. “OK, we don’t need you to do that,” the operator told Zimmerman. But Zimmerman followed Martin nevertheless. Rachel Jeantel testified that Martin told her on the cellphone he was being followed by a “creepy ass cracker.”

The jury was only given partial instructions on self-defense — those parts that helped Zimmerman. They were prevented from considering whether Zimmerman might have been the first aggressor, which would have negated his claim of self-defense.

Ultimately, nothing mattered to the jury, Juror B-37 told Cooper, except whether Zimmerman feared for his life in the seconds before he shot Martin.

Juror B-37 said that Zimmerman was guilty of nothing more than “not using good judgment.” She added, “Both were responsible for the situation they had gotten themselves into.”

Officer permitted to make credibility judgment

Sanford police officer Chris Serino, the chief investigator on the case, testified that, given all the evidence, he believed Zimmerman was telling the truth. It is well-established that witnesses cannot make credibility judgments — it invades the jury’s exclusive province of determining the credibility and weight of any evidence. But the prosecution didn’t object to Serino’s testimony until the next morning, at which point the judge told the jury to disregard it. Yet the damage was done, and Serino again testified that there were no significant inconsistencies in Zimmerman’s statements to police.

From the beginning, Serino did not believe there was enough evidence to file criminal charges against Zimmerman. The officer told the FBI that he was pressured into making the arrest. Zimmerman finally was charged for Martin’s death only after a powerful national outcry, and the governor’s appointment of a special prosecutor — 40 days following the killing.

Serino testified, “In this case, [Zimmerman] could have been considered the victim also.” Likewise, Juror B-37 felt sorry for both of them — the dead boy and the shooter alike.

Copyright, Truthout.org. Reprinted with permission.

http://truth-out.org/news/item/17620-zimmerman-vs-martin-racial-profiling-and-self-defense

Marjorie Cohn is a professor at Thomas Jefferson School of Law, former president of the National Lawyers Guild and deputy secretary general of the International Association of Democratic Lawyers. Her most recent book is The United States and Torture: Interrogation, Incarceration, and Abuse. Her next book, Drones and Targeted Killing, will be published in 2014 by University of California Press.

Republished with permission from: Global Research

Australian War Games: U.S. Military Machine Out Of Control

0
The “military machine” of the United States is “out of control” as it is spreading its military tentacles throughout the Asia-Pacific region amid a massive and unprecedented series of war games in Australia, an antiwar activist says.Approximately 20,000 US troops descended on Australia’s east coast for a joint military exercise this week in the biggest such exercise to date.

“This is part of the Obama administration’s signaled so-called Asia-Pacific shift or Pivot,” Rick Rozoff, manager of the Stop NATO organization said in a phone interview with Press TV’s US Desk on Thursday.

The Obama administration’s so-called “pivot to Asia” involves the repositioning of American military forces throughout the Asia-Pacific region as well as strengthening US military alliances and strategic partnerships in that part of the world.

In order to display its military might, the Pentagon leads multinational military exercises each year in the Asia-Pacific region, which is a “very dangerous escalation of US military presence,” Rozoff said.

The exercises are “a cause of severe concern to countries like China and to Russia.”

Rozoff described the US military as “out of control” that needs to be disarmed and pacified by the international community.

The US and Australia have strengthened their alliance in recent years. The US military is building up its presence in Australia and plans to send 2,500 Marines there on six-month rotations each year starting in 2016.

Republished with permission from: Global Research

The Grand Scam: Spinning Egypt’s Military Coup

0

Every coup d’état in history begins with a military General announcing the overthrow and arrest of the country’s leader, the suspension of the constitution, and the dissolution of the legislature. If people resist, it turns bloody. Egypt is no exception.

As the dust settles and the fog over the events unfolding across Egypt dissipates, the political scene becomes much clearer. Regardless of how one dresses the situation on the ground, the political and ideological battle that has been raging for over a year between the Islamist parties and their liberal and secular counterparts was decided because of a single decisive factor: military intervention by Egypt’s generals on behalf of the latter.

As I argued before in several of my articles (as have others), there is no doubt that President Mohammad Morsi and the Muslim Brotherhood (MB) committed political miscalculations and made numerous mistakes, especially by ignoring the demands of many of the revolutionary youth groups and abandoning their former opposition partners. They frequently behaved in a naïve and arrogant manner. But in any civilized and democratic society, the price of incompetence or narcissism is exacted politically at the ballot box.

Elections and Obstructionism: Do Elections Matter?

To their frustration, the liberal and secular opposition failed time and again to win the trust of the people as the Egyptian electorate exercised its free will when tens of millions went to the polls six times in two years. After overthrowing the Mubarak regime a month earlier, they voted in March 2011 by seventy seven percent for a referendum, favored by the Islamists that charted the future political roadmap. Between November 2011 and January 2012, they voted for the Islamist parties with overwhelming majorities in the lower (seventy three percent) and upper (eighty percent) houses of parliament. In June 2012, they elected, albeit narrowly, for the first time in their history, the civilian Muslim Brotherhood candidate as president in a free and fair election. Finally, last December the Egyptian people ratified by a sixty four percent majority the country’s new constitution. The next parliamentary elections were scheduled for this summer had not the Mubarak-appointed Supreme Constitutional Court (SCC) intervened yet again and invalidated the new election laws.

From the standpoint of the MB and its Islamist allies the SCC played an obstructionist role throughout this process. To their consternation, in June 2012 the court dissolved the lower house of parliament within four months of its election on technical grounds. It was also aiming to dissolve the upper house of parliament as well as the Constitutional Constituent Assembly (CCA) — the body charged with writing the new constitution — days before it was to finish its work. This forced Morsi to intervene and issue his ill-fated constitutional decree on November 22, 2012, in order to protect the CCA from judicial nullification. In an attempt to force its collapse, all secular members of the CCA resigned en masse even though its formation and the parameters of the process were agreed upon in advance, as evidenced by an opposition member who announced it in April 2012.

However, Morsi’s declaration proved to be a watershed moment that galvanized the opposition, which predictably accused him of an authoritarian power grab. In turn, Morsi argued that his decree was necessary to build the democratic institutions of the state that were being dismantled by the SCC one by one. Under intense public pressure he backtracked and cancelled the decree within three weeks, but only after he ensured that the new constitution would be put to a referendum.

After a vigorous public campaign by the opposition to reject the constitution, it was approved by the public by almost two to one. The next constitutional step would have been parliamentary elections within sixty days. But even though the election laws were similar to the laws agreed upon by all parties in the 2012 elections, the opposition complained that the laws favored the Islamist parties and threatened to boycott the elections. Within four months, the SCC twice rejected and halted the elections on technical grounds, thus further solidifying the perception in the eyes of the Islamists that the Mubarak-appointed court continues to thwart the country’s budding democratic institutions.

Strange Bedfellows: The Unholy Trinity of Gulf Sheikhdoms, the Fulool, and Egypt’s Secular Opposition

On April 22, 2011, UAE Crown Prince Mohammed Bin Zayed brought his intelligence and security chiefs to meet with King Abdullah of Saudi Arabia and his security officials to discuss the ramifications of the Arab Spring. Bin Zayed warned that unless the GCC countries developed a proactive policy to preempt the wave of popular uprisings sweeping the Arab World at the time, none of the region’s monarchs would survive. Three weeks later in an emergency summit meeting in Riyadh he delivered the same message to all the GCC heads of state. While Qatar remained indifferent to his message, the other five countries were receptive. Bin Zayed and Prince Bandar Bin Sultan, the Saudi intelligence chief, were tasked with submitting an effective plan to counter the Arab Spring phenomenon in the region. Subsequently, King Abdullah solicited and received the help of King Abdullah II of Jordan to join this effort while Qatar was excluded from all future meetings.

For decades, the UAE had been very close to Mubarak and his cronies. Billions of dollars of ill-gotten fortunes looted from the country were deposited in banks in Abu Dhabi and Dubai. After the overthrow of Mubarak, dozens of security officials and corrupt businessmen quietly left Egypt and relocated to the UAE. When Mubarak’s last Prime Minister, Ahmad Shafiq lost the presidential elections to Morsi in June 2012, he also moved to the UAE. By the fall of 2012, it became evident that the UAE hosted a web of individuals who were plotting the overthrow of Morsi and the MB.

Within a few weeks of the formation of the new government, Shafiq supporter and spokesman for his political party Mohammad Abu Hamid, announced on August 21, 2012, fifteen demands culminating in the goal of toppling the “Muslim Brotherhood or Ikhwan Government.” He warned against the “ikhwanization” of the state, i.e. the appointments of MB members in crucial state positions, and blamed them for the lack of basic services to the public. Abu Hamid also called for subsequent mass protests in Tahrir Square as he accused Morsi of power grab, dictatorship, and judicial interference, long before the president issued his hapless constitutional decree three months later. He further demanded the banning of the MB and its political affiliate, as well as the arrest of its leaders, who he accused of treason. All of his demands would subsequently become the talking points of every opposition party and anti-Morsi media outlet.

Even though Morsi took the reins of powers in the country and was able to force the retirement of the most senior army generals in early August, his authority was thin. Instead of purging the most entrenched elements of Mubarak’s centers of power, namely, the army, the intelligence services, the security apparatus, and the police, he naïvely thought that he could appease them. He was lulled into believing that he had earned their loyalty. In fact, these agencies, along with the judiciary, the public and private secular media outlets, as well as most of the bureaucracy, represented the interests of the “deep state,” a decades-old web of corruption and special interests entrenched within the state’s institutions.

One way corruption proliferated during the days of Mubarak was by appeasing each critical segment in society, such as the judiciary or the police, at times through the distribution of vast parcels of land at hugely discounted prices to their constituents, who in turn sold them to the public for millions of pounds. For example, when Shafiq was in charge of the Military Pilots Association in the 1990s, he sold Mubarak’s sons over 40,000 acres of prime land in the Nile Delta for a dollar per acre, while the actual value for each acre was in the tens of thousands. This sale was subsequently called the ‘Scandal of the Lands of the Pilots’ after it was exposed last year, and where Shafiq was charged with embezzlement and public corruption in connection with the scandal. But despite the overwhelming evidence to the contrary, the corrupt judicial system earlier this year absolved Shafiq of any wrongdoing.

Slowly but surely remnants of the Mubarak regime and related corrupt businessmen, better known as the fulool, regrouped and coalesced around the elements of the deep state. Meanwhile, the secular opposition, which was in disarray, formed for the first time a united movement called the National Salvation Front (NSF) after Morsi issued his decree in late November. It included most of the failed presidential candidates and several dozen secular parties, which combined did not receive more than twenty five percent in the parliamentary elections. Its leaders included Amr Moussa, Hamdein Sabbahi, Elsayed AlBadawi, Mohammad Abul Ghar, and billionaire Naguib Sawiris. The NSF chose former IAEA head, Mohammed ElBaradei, to be its spokesperson.

In November 2012, Prince Bandar presented two detailed plans to the Americans through the CIA. Plan A was a quick plot to topple Morsi in early December while Plan B was a long term plan that involved two tracks. One track was a series of destabilizing protests that would culminate in Morsi’s ouster, while another track included uniting the opposition to form one coalition to defeat the MB at the polls if the first track failed. While the CIA was fully aware of the plan it neither endorsed nor objected to it because the Obama administration, playing both sides, was also pursuing dialogue with the Morsi government.

The plan to topple the MB was built around a plot to assassinate Morsi in his residence on December 5. However, it was exposed by a loyal mid-level presidential guard hours before it was to take place. With the help of the MB, Morsi was able to thwart the plot, though he declined to expose it or discuss it publicly.

In March 2013, NSF leader ElBaradei met with Shafiq and Bin Zayed in the UAE. They all agreed that the only way to dislodge Morsi and the MB from power was by undermining his rule and the stability of the country internally and convincing Western governments, particularly the U.S., the U.K., France, and Germany, to back a military takeover. According to a recent WSJ report, a series of meetings took place in the Naval Officers Club between senior military officers, fulool representatives including the attorney of billionaire and Mubarak crony, Ahmed Ezz, the architect of the 2010 fraudulent parliamentary elections, and opposition leaders including ElBaradei. According to this report, which was not refuted or denied by any side, the army generals told the opposition that they would not move to oust Morsi unless millions of people take to the streets on their side.

The Plot Thickens

While the opposition was sending mixed messages about whether or not it would participate in the upcoming parliamentary elections, the MB and its Islamist allies were preparing for the impending contests. Meanwhile, many of the youth and revolutionary groups, which spearheaded the 2011 uprising, were frustrated with the political scene: A regime that ignored their demands and an ineffective opposition bent on obstructionism. Suddenly, a new youth movement came to the fore in late April 2013. Its previously obscure leaders called it Tamarrud or Rebellion. Their stated reason for launching the movement was to collect 15 million signatures from the public, a million more than Morsi received in his presidential bid, to demand early presidential elections.

Opposition groups immediately embraced Tamarrud and promised to help it reach its goal. Billionaire businessman and severe MB critic Sawiris claimed in early July that he gave millions of dollars worth of publicity and support to the group. Moreover, the machinery of the former National Democratic Party (NDP), Mubarak’s political party, was in full force, as many of its former officials led the efforts in providing resources and collecting signatures across Egypt. Meanwhile, private media outlets started a vicious vilification campaign against Morsi and the MB. For several months, over a dozen satellite channels were devoted to the demonization of Morsi and his group. They were accused of every crime and blamed for every problem the country faced. At times even the public media, which is supposed to be neutral, joined in this campaign. In addition, the pan-Arab, Saudi-financed, and headquartered in the UAE, Al-Arabiyya satellite channel, joined the campaign in earnest by repeatedly promoting Tamarrud activities and featuring opposition figures. In one instance a famous host was inadvertently taped while holding a paper with the answers to his questions as he was interviewing a Tamarrud spokesman.

Strikingly, not only was the MB ill-equipped to deal with this propaganda warfare, but also to its detriment, it did not take it seriously. Even when their Islamist allies warned the MB leadership about the impending potential overthrow a week before Morsi was toppled, they dismissively answered that, “they (the opposition) had previously held twenty-five feeble demonstrations, and this one would just be their twenty-sixth.”

There are two major reasons why Morsi and the MB were not worried about the impending demonstrations. First, army chief Gen. Abdel Fattah Sisi repeatedly assured Morsi that the army would not topple the government and would stay loyal to the democratic process. Even when Sisi issued a call esamfor compromise a week before the fateful day of June 30th, he told the president that he had nothing to worry about and that he had to issue this warning in order to mollify some of his military generals.  The second reason was that Morsi and the MB were regularly assured by U.S. Ambassador Anne Patterson that the U.S. would not support any move by the military to depose a democratically elected president.

Meanwhile, ElBaradei was fully engaged in contacting world leaders to convince them that the only way out for Egypt was the dismissal andoverthrow of Morsi. In early July he proudly admitted, “I spoke with both of them (Obama and Kerry) extensively and tried to convince them of the need to depose Morsi.” Furthermore, the leaders of Saudi Arabia, the UAE and Kuwait pressed the U.S. to support the impending military intervention in Egypt. Ironically, during May and June, Western leaders, including Obama and Kerry, pressured Morsi and the MB leadership to appoint ElBaradei as Prime Minister while the latter was arguing for Morsi’s overthrow.

As part of the demonization campaign to convince the West that the popularity of the MB was dwindling, the Arab American Institute (AAI) in Washington D.C. was commissioned to conduct a poll about the declining popularity of Morsi and the MB. AAI president and UAE lackey, James Zogby, called for a press conference on June 28 to announce that “Morsi heads a minority government whose public support is now limited to its own party,” and that, “Egyptians have lost confidence in President Morsi and the Muslim Brotherhood’s ability to govern.” He further predicted that, “millions of Egyptians would demonstrate in the streets against Morsi and the MB government.” No one in the press conference bothered to ask who actually commissioned and paid for the survey that claimed to poll more than five thousand people across Egypt.

Unpacking the lies

All Democracies do it: America, France, Argentina, Brazil

By mid-June, the campaign was in full force. Many political science professors and public intellectuals from the opposition including Waheed Abdelmagid and Hasan Naf’ah, as well as constitutional law professors such as Noor Farahat and Husam Issa, were arguing across several television networks that the call for “early presidential elections” was not only an acceptable mechanism available in all democracies, but that it had been used many times before. As examples, they cited Nixon’s resignation in 1974, France’s Charles de Gaulle in 1969, Argentina’s Raúl Alfonsín in 1989, and Brazil’s Fernando Collor de Mello in 1992.

The intellectual dishonesty of these liberal elites is appalling, since none of the examples they cited were actual calls for “early presidential elections,” let alone the deposing of a democratically elected president by a military coup. Nixon resigned the presidency on the eve of his impeachment by Congress. Gerald Ford, his vice president was sworn in as president. No early elections. De Gaulle voluntarily resigned the presidency after more than 10 years in power after promising that he would do so if the public did not endorse his reforms of the Senate and local governments. When the public rejected his referendum, he kept his promise although he was not obligated to do so constitutionally. After six years in power, Alfonsín was not even on the ballot for the 1989 presidential elections. However, both parliamentary and presidential elections were held simultaneously in the summer of 1989. The new president was supposed to be inaugurated five months later, but when his party’s candidate was defeated by the opposition, Alfonsín stepped down early to allow the new president from the opposition to assume power. No early elections. After two years in power, De Mello was impeached by the legislature for corruption in a constitutional proceeding and resigned. The fact that no constitutional mechanism in the world allows for a removal by popular protests did not bother these liberal figures who were intent on removing a freely elected president by the military regardless of the dangerous precedent it sets.

Noted author Alaa Al-Aswani not only cited some of the above examples as valid precedents to depose and overthrow Morsi, but he did not miss a beat or see the irony when he showered the military with accolades before ending his weekly column with his usual declaration “Democracy is the Solution.” It is a fact that some democracies have a constitutional mechanism to recall a head of state. Although there is no such mechanism for the U.S. president, many state constitutions allow the recall of their governors. In 2003, the people of California recalled Gov. Gray Davis. But that recall was not the result of street protests and the intervention of the National Guard. Rather, it was a constitutional process that involved the signing and authentication of millions of petitions by the State Supreme Court that authorized the recall process. Although the 2012 Egyptian constitution allows for the impeachment of the president by parliament, it did not allow for a recall.

Enough is Enough: End Electricity Cuts and Fuel Shortages

Throughout the month of June the media onslaught on Morsi’s government not only continued to blame it for all the ills afflicting Egyptian society, but also intensified as three particular problems were highlighted: the deterioration in security, frequent power outages that lasted hours and affected not only residential but also industrial areas, and shortages of fuel, causing hours long lines at gas stations.

Egypt has 2480 gas stations, with about 400 stations run by the government. The other two thousand sations are owned privately by business tycoons who were given these licenses during the Mubarak era because they were close to the regime and considered very loyal. Morsi’s government asserted that each station received its share and that there was no reason for the shortages. In fact, a few days before he was deposed Morsi warned gas station owners he’d revoke their licences if they refused to provide their customers with fuel. Khalid Al-Shami, a youth activist who was with the opposition until the military coup, exposed the plot when he announced in public that the handful of owners of the privately-run gas stations conspired to create the manufactured fuel shortage crisis in order to build public discontent against Morsi. The best evidence that the problem of fuel shortage was manufactured is that it evaporated overnight. Since the moment Morsi was deposed there has been no fuel shortage.

As for the security detrioration and electricity cuts, the conspiracy was deeper. The police which refused to protect entire neighborhoods during Morsi’s rule has returned back in full force. Criminals and thugs who terrorized people in the streets are back under control by the same Mubarak-era security apparatus, except for the areas where Morsi’s supporters demonstrate. Electricity outages that lasted for hours every day in almost every neighborhood have disappeared overnight. The mystery of solving these two intractable problems were uncovered this week. Out of the thirty-five member cabinet chosen by the military, eight were retained including the Interior Minister in charge of the police and the Minister of Electricity. One would assume that the first ministers to be sacked by the post-coup government would be those whom the public complained about their incompetence. The opposition who called for dismissing these ministers were now hailing them and cheering their retention. In short, many public officials who professed loyalty to the hapless president were actually undermining his rule all along, while the opposition accused him of packing the government with MB loyalists.

Numbers Game: If you tell a lie loud and long enough, people will eventually believe it

By the second week of June, Tamarrud announced that it had collected more than 10 million signatures within six weeks. Just ten days later, that number had risen to 22 million signatures. Shortly thereafter, Tamarrud’s spokesman Mahmoud Badr announced that the goal of the June 30 demonstration had shifted. It was no longer calling for early presidential elections, but now demanded the overthrow of Morsi, replacing him with the head of the SCC, the annulment of the constitution, the banning of the MB and the arrest and trials of its leaders. For the next few days the media kept up the drumbeat until the fateful day arrived.

By June 30, every actor knew his part. By mid-afternoon Tamarrud announced that the number on the streets were over 10 million. Soon the number became 14 then 17 then 22 million. Eventually the media claimed that the June 30 demonstrations across Egypt were the biggest in the history of mankind with as many as 33 million people in the streets. Military planes flew in formations entertaining the crowds in the skies above Tahrir Square throwing Egyptian flags and bottled water, and drawing hearts as a show of love and affection to the demonstrators. The army even provided a military helicopter to Khalid Yousef, a famous movie director known for his support of the opposition and hostility to the MB. Yousef recorded the crowd and produced a film that was immediately shown not only in every anti-Morsi TV network across Egypt but also on state television. Within hours, every media outlet claimed that the numbers were in the tens of millions with people in Tahrir Square alone reaching between 5 and 8 million. On the day of the coup, fireworks, laser shows, and festivities were on full display.

As I have argued before there is no doubt that there was a huge public outcry and anger against Morsi and the MB. But were the numbers as high as claimed? In October 1995, hundreds of thousands descended on the National Mall in Washington D.C. for what was promoted as the Million Man March that filled the entire area. The organizers claimed to have reached one million while the DC Park Police estimated the crowd to be four hundred thousand. The area of the national mall is about 146 acres. Thus, there were between 2750 people (police estimate) to 6750 people per acre (organizers’ estimate). In other words, there were 0.7-1.7 people per square meter.

In contrast, the area of Tahrir Square is 12.3 acres. As Amjad Almonzer, a communication engineer and a Google Earth Expert, conclusively proves: even if all side streets to Tahrir Square were included, the area would not exceed 25 acres. Even if four people were counted per square meter and dozens of surrounding buildings were removed, there would be no more than 400 thousand people on that day. If the 5-6 million number promoted by the proponents of the military coup were to be believed, it means that there were 50-60 people per square meter (5-6 per sq. ft.), clearly a physical impossibility. Even if one million were at every inch in Tahrir Square and all the surrounding streets, there would have to be 10 people per square meter, another impossibility. Even BBC eventually questioned these inflated numbers.

So at best there were less than half a million people in Tahrir Square at the peak of the demonstration and there were probably an equal number across Egypt. Therefore, the will of the Egyptian electorate was sacrificed when one or two million people protested for a day or two.

Can You Keep A Secret? The Anti-Morsi Media spells it out

Even before a single demonstrator went to  Tahrir, Okaz, a Saudi daily newspaper preemptively published the details of the scenario that unfolded three days later when the military took over. The following day, Al-Ahram, an official newspaper and Egypt’s largest circulated publication, had the headline “Either Resign or Be Overthrown.” This report foretold in frightening details how the events would unfold, including the military ultimatum, the overthrow of Morsi, the arrest of the MB leaders, and the suspension of the constitution. By July 3 nightfall, Gen. Sisi announced the overthrow of Morsi, the suspension of the constitution, and the beginning of a political roadmap. It was exactly the same roadmap President Morsi announced earlier, and the opposition rejected. The only difference was his ouster.

The Americans Fold their Hands

Throughout the crisis, U.S. Ambassador Patterson played the role of defending the democratic process and the rule of law. When Gen. Sisi issued his ultimatum to the president on July 1, the U.S. adminstration showed its true colors as National Security Advisor Susan Rice told Morsi’s foreign policy advisor, Essam al-Haddad, that it was over: either Morsi should resign or he would be overthrown. She advised that he should resign which Morsi summarily rejected. Once told by Rice of the impending coup Morsi videotaped a 22 minute speech on a smart phone vowing not to resign or submit to the impending coup. His aid quickly emailed the impromtu speech to his supporters. Within the hour he was taken into custody not to be seen or heard from again.

Meanwhile, Secretary of Defense Chuck Hagel spoke to the coup leader Gen. Sisi at least five times during the crisis. He advised that they announce the elections would be held as soon as possible. In addition, he assured Sisi that the administration would maintain its military aid. Within days, Deputy Secretary of State William Burns went to Egypt and met with the coup leaders and their civilian enablers. While in Cairo he ignored all the facts surrounding the overthrow of an elected president. In essence, his message was to support the coup and its aftermath, as he stated, “The United States is firmly committed to helping Egypt succeed in this second chance to realize the promise of the revolution.”

As far back as March 2012, Burns met with MB General Guide Mohammad Badie and his deputy Khayrat Al-Shater. He offered that if the MB maintains the peace treaty with Israel the U.S. would help secure $20 Billion from the GCC countries to help Egypt’s economy. But Saudi Arabia, the UAE, and Kuwait declined to offer any real help when Morsi was in power. However, within two days of the military coup, Burns’s promise was fulfilled, but to the coup leaders. The leaders of the three countries congratulated Gen. Sisi (not the puppet president installed by the military) for deposing Morsi and pledged to send a $12 Billion aid package as a gift to help stabilize the economy.

Furthermore, Burns promised the coup leader that the US military aid will continue and that the stalled IMF loan that has been languishing for over two years would be promptly approved. In rejecting to call the overthrow of a freely elected president by the military a coup, the U.S. administration demonstrated, yet again, that lofty ideals and rhetoric are sacrificed at the alter of misplaced short term national interests.

Perhaps one measure to assess the regional ramifications of the latest events is the reaction by Israel and the Palestinians. When Mubarak was deposed on February 11, 2011, the Palestinians were jubilant and dancing in the streets, while Israel was in mourning. But when Morsi was overthrown by the military on July 3 the roles were reversed.

Remember Human Rights? Free Speech? Freedom of Assembly?

By the time the assembled speakers behind Gen. Sisi led by ElBaradei, the Grand Imam of Al-Azhar, and the Coptic Pope finished their blessings of the military coup, the security forces were in full force as hundreds of MB supporters including senior leaders were rounded up on the flimsy charge of instigating violence. Their assets were frozen and their buildings seized. Morsi was detained as Mubarak-era prosecutors threatened to charge him with “escaping prison” when he was illegally arrested by Mubarak security officers on January 27, 2011 during the early days of the 2011 revolution. Astonishingly, the prosecutors also announced that they would investigate the president for “contacting and communicating with foreign elements,” such as Western leaders during his tenure. More than a dozen pro-Morsi media outlets including TV channels, websites, and newspapers were raided and closed. By July 8, the army killed over 80 pro-Morsi demonstrators and injured over 1000 when they were praying and protesting peacefully in front of the Presidential Guards Club, where Morsi is believed to be detained. So far, more than 270 people have been killed and thousands injured by the army and security forces across Egypt.

With overwhelming evidence to the contrary, the military claimed that its soldiers were attacked. Liberal elites and human rights advocates as well as the media mouthpieces echoed the military’s claims and blamed the protesters for being near a military installation. But the Presidential Guards Club is no such thing. Though owned by the Presidential Guards, it is a social and sports club, where officers and their families go for recreational purposes. Since the miltary coup, the Egyptian people have been subjected to a military propaganda unseen since the Nasser era. While Morsi did not shut down a single media outlet despite the demonization campaign against him, all pro-Morsi channels and websites have been shut down or severely curtailed.

Double Standards: No to Morsi’s Decree and Prosecutor. But Yes to the Military’s

The liberal opposition was outraged and went into overdrive when Morsi issued his Nov. 2012 constitutional declaration and sacked the corrupt Mubarak-appointed general prosecutor, a major demand by the revolutionary and youth groups. Despite his good intentions of accelerating the establishment of the democratic institutions that were dismantled by the SCC, Morsi was accused of authoritarianism and heavyhandedness. Yet, most liberals and secularists praised the constitutional decree of the puppet president who was installed by the military shortly after the coup. I will discuss the details of this decree in a subsequent article but suffice it to say that it bestowed on a president chosen by the military powers that Morsi, the democratically-elected president, did not have, since much of his powers were transferred to the Prime Minister in the 2012 constitiution. Moreover, the liberal opposition was in an uproar when Morsi unilaterally appointed a general prosecutor with unquestionable integrity, to the point that corrupt judges and prosecutors harrassed him and surrounded his office for days demanding his resignation. Yet, when a new prosecutor was also unilaterally appointed by the new interim president, not a single judge, prosecutor, or opposition leader objected. Upon assuming office, the first order of business for this new general prosecutor was to freeze the assets of Islamist leaders and order their arrests.

If it walks like a duck, and quacks like a duck, you shouldn’t call it a chicken

ElBaradei, who was elected to nothing, is now Egypt’s Vice President, while Morsi, who was freely and democratically elected by the Egyptian electorate, is detained and his whereabouts are unknown. Both of these outcomes were determined by the will of military generals and cheered on by their civilian enablers. The deceit and lies demonstrated by the Egyptian liberal and secular elites are astounding. For years, they taunted the Islamists to respect democratic principles, the rule of law, and submit to the will of the people. They warned against dictatorships, military rule, or sacrificing democractic principles, human rights, personal freedoms, and minority protections. Believing in democratic principles, human rights, and the rule of law is a lifetime commitment. One cannot say, “I will only have these values on Mondays, Tuesdays, and Wednesdays. But for the rest of the week, I will look the other way.” That is called hypocrisy.

Esam Al-Amin is the author of The Arab Awakening Unveiled: Understanding Transformations and Revolutions in the Middle East. He can be contacted at alamin1919@gmail.com.

Republished with permission from: Counterpunch

The Insider’s Economic Dictionary: The Antidote to Euphemism

0

The fallacies that lurk in words are the quicksands of theory; and as the conduct of nations is built on theory, the correction of word-fallacies is the never-ending labor of Science. … the party in this country, one of whose great aims was, at one time, the perpetuation of slavery, owed much of its popular vote to the name Democracy. — S. Dana Horton, Silver and Gold (1895)

Now, it is clear that the decline of a language must ultimately have political and economic causes . . . It becomes ugly and inaccurate because our thoughts are foolish, but the slovenliness of our language makes it easier for us to have foolish thoughts. The point is that the process is reversible. . . . If one gets rid of these habits one can think more clearly, and to think clearly is a necessary first step toward political regeneration. — George Orwell, “Politics and the English Language” (1946)

You can fool some of the people all of the time. Those are the ones you should concentrate on. — George W. Bush, talking about The People.

Unlike psychological terminology, which consists mainly of terms of invective (try to think of a desirable personality complex), today’s economic vocabulary is euphemistic. One rarely hears the terms rentier or usury that played so central a role in the debates of past centuries.

Classical economists defined rent as unearned income, a property claim that did not reflect a corresponding expenditure of labor, which was the sole source of value. But as our postindustrial society has evolved into a “service economy,” the national income and product accounts count interest and rent as a product — an output of services. Landlords thus are depicted as providing a useful service, not merely charging access fees for sites created by nature and given value by the community’s overall prosperity. The classical value judgment that deemed some business activities unproductive — or even “sterile,” as France’s Physiocrats put it — has been rejected by today’s value-free economics.

As advertisers well know, naming a product shapes how it is perceived. And as Voltaire noted in Candide, optimism “is the mania of insisting that all is well when one is in a terrible state.” Nowhere is this more a political act than in the realm of selling economic policy. What Orwell wrote about the ideological coloration of language in his day applies especially to the vocabulary with which economics students are indoctrinated and formal reports written. Instead of reflecting reality, their jargon often dulls the mind’s critical faculties by diverting attention away from the actual dynamics at work. Depicting debt as wealth, today’s doublethink calls higher access prices for homebuyers “wealth creation.” The economy’s lapse into a rent-and-usury system is welcomed as progress into a post-industrial service society.

Just as history is written by the victors, so politicians, journalists and academic ideologues coin the economic vocabulary with an eye to molding popular opinion on behalf of their constituencies. Thirteenth-century Churchmen replaced the unpleasant word “usury” by “interest,” a term bearing less negative connotations. More recently, predatory policies have been called “reforms” and regressive tax policies called progressive even when their objective is to reverse centuries of true reform.

Denis Diderot (1713-1784), a member of the French Enlightenment, organized the writing of the Encyclopédie as a revolutionary project. It contained a map of human knowledge and included an entry defining the Enlightenment’s political program: “The good of the people must be the great purpose of government. By the laws of nature and of reason, the governors are invested with power to that end. And the greatest good of the people is liberty. It is to the state what health is to the individual.”

But what is “liberty”? America’s Liberty Bell is inscribed with a verse from Leviticus 25: “Proclaim liberty throughout all the land, and to the inhabitants thereof.” The biblical Hebrew term was d’r’r (deror), cognate to Babylonian andurarum used by rulers to annul the population’s personal and agrarian debts, liberate bond-servants and restore self-support lands to citizens who had forfeited them to foreclosing creditors or sold them under distress conditions. These royal Babylonian proclamations evolved into the Jubilee Year that Judaism placed at the center of its religion in an epoch when rulers had come to protect rather than check the power of creditors and absentee landlords.

Liberty in today’s world has come to connote freedom for predators to exploit the economy at large, in contrast to the Enlightenment’s idea of freedom from the rentiers. A free market is said to be one in which government regulation is dismantled, “free” of public protection of consumers. Such protection has been re-christened “interference” and characterized as the Road to Serfdom. Diderot’s “greatest good of the people” has come to be defined as wealth and output that accrues mainly to the rentiers whom France’s Physiocrats and fellow reformers set out to tax. Today, the taxation of landed property and finance is deemed an encroachment on the liberty of wealth.

The Enlightenment and classical political economy advocated freedom from taxation by debt-burdened governments, and sought to protect populations from having to pay prices that included a non-labor rent element. The vested interests railed against public regulation along these lines, and against public ownership of natural monopolies and banking systems.

Confucius wrote that social disorder begins with the failure to call things by their appropriate names. The first step to reform a world that had become malstructured hence was “rectification of the names.” To Confucius, this meant restoring the original meaning of words and concepts. Today, a similar restoration hardly could do better than reviving the vocabulary of classical political economy, because our economic terminology is in obvious need of such renovation. Its vocabulary has diverged from reality in proportion to the extent to which the phenomena being described affect special interests. The term “free trade,” for instance, was countered by “protectionism” and more recently by “fair trade.” The upshot is that a different language exists between critics and defenders of wealth, imperialism and finance.

Realizing that naming a phenomenon tends to define it in the public mind, rhetoricians and demagogues seek to co-opt the vocabulary on behalf of their constituencies. The result is that economic terminology consists largely of the residuum of euphemisms generated during the course of economic debates of which most of today’s students are only taught one side. The vocabulary of rentiers depicts them as productive and useful rather than dispensable, and their income — in fact, all income indiscriminately — as reflecting, by definition, the value of the property and credit services they provide. By contrast, John Stuart Mill defined economic rent as the “unearned income” that property owners are able to make “in their sleep.” Depicting this revenue as “service income” implies that it reflects real output which society needs rather than being an economically unnecessary cost.

As Ivan Illich wryly observed, “School is the advertising agency which makes you believe that you need the society as it is.” H. G. Wells voiced much a similar idea in quipping that “Human history becomes more and more a race between education and catastrophe.” Universities have followed “free-market” economists in taking refuge in a mathematical mode of expression, aping the natural sciences’ use of higher calculus as a means to conceal the over-simplifications of their assumptions. One might say that the more complex the math, the more simplistic and banal the relationships being drawn tend to be. The aim is to imbue mathematical symbolism with the sanctifying role that Orwell observed was once afforded by Latin. The economic curriculum effectively has been turned into an advertisement for the rentier claims — the economic overhead of rent and interest payments — almost as a “law of nature” as Diderot and his contemporaries had put it. The law of nature thus turns out to be as prone to economic self-interest as are the laws of modern courts and similar forums.

If your aim is to exploit the working class, it is smart public relations to call your program “labor capitalism” as General Pinochet did in Chile, or “popular capitalism” as Margaret Thatcher did in Britain to describe their policies of breaking labor unions, withholding wages and turning them over to the financial grupos (in Chile) or money managers (in Britain) to use for financial speculation rather than new investment. The euphemistic terminology used to popularize these policies helped buy time by confusing and co-opting some of the injured parties.

The economic vocabulary shapes the semantics of how reality is perceived, and conversely, as Orwell noted, “the decline of a language must ultimately have political and economic causes.” “Protecting savings” and “making savers whole” have become euphemisms for downsizing the economy and sacrificing new direct investment in order to preserve the fortunes of rentiers. While psychologists speak of well-adjusted individuals, economists may ask whether the economy’s debts should be adjusted to the ability to pay, or whether growth and living standards should be “adjusted” (that is, sacrificed) to preserve the value of creditor claims. One may ask similar questions regarding the terms “democracy,” “value,” and “efficiency,” and reality itself.

Ultimately at issue is whether what economic jargon calls the “real” economy of production and consumption more real than the claims of finance and property. How a society defines economic terms and relationships will determine who controls it. Terminology serves to “frame” the way in which people perceive economic relationships. What is unsaid or intellectually bypassed therefore is often as important as what is said. Economic theories that focus only on the exchange of goods and services already produced, without discussing the distribution and control over wealth and its income independently of production, will be diverted from examining what really is most important in determining the economic present and future.

Adam Smith (1723-90): Campaigner against public debts and the wars that gave birth to the taxes to carry their interest charges. In a typical if bitter irony of history, Smith’s opposition to war taxes has led neoliberal economists to appropriate him as the patron saint of free markets. Yet he accused landlords of reaping where they had not sown, and business men of forming predatory schemes wherever they were able. The moral is that if one is to select a patron saint, it is wise to co-opt a well-known icon so as to forestall opponents from citing his authority. (He criticized Dutch finance and applied the term Invisible Hand to the workings of laissez faire.)

Addictive demand: Neoclassical price theory is based on the assumption of diminishing marginal utility: The more food, clothes or other consumption goods one has, the less pleasure each additional unit gives. But as the ancients knew, this principle is not true of wealth, especially of money. The more property one has, the more one wants. Wealth is addictive, sucking its possessors into a compulsive drive to accumulate. (See Hubris.)

Agio: Medieval Europe banned usury, but legalistic-minded Churchmen rationalized the practice of charging it in the form of a foreign-exchange fee. Money was borrowed in one country or currency, to be paid back in another at an exchange-rate which incorporated the usury charge in the guise of a money-changing fee (agio). The most egregious example was the “dry” exchange in which no goods actually were imported or exported. This agio loophole helped channel European banking along the lines of short-term trade financing and discounting bills of exchange.

Asset-price inflation: A policy in which the banking system recycles savings and extends new credit to finance the purchase of real estate, stocks and bonds so as to create windfall gains (euphemized as capital gains). The financial boom that resulted from steering pension-plan reserves into the stock market has inspired proposals to privatize Social Security’s wage withholding in a similar way (see Forced Saving, Labor Capitalism and Pension-Fund Capitalism). Meanwhile, property prices are inflated by steering mortgage credit into real estate, lowering interest rates so that higher mortgage debts can be carried, and loosening the terms of mortgage lending, reducing the down payments needed yet minimizing the repayment of principle by stretching out the loan maturity. Fiscal policy contributes to this phenomenon by shifting taxes off of finance and property onto labor (see Tax Shift).

Higher asset prices often are welcomed as increasing net worth (and hence the balance sheet of wealth), as long as the rise in market prices outpaces the growth of debt. But rising property prices increase living costs by panicking home buyers to buy now in order to avoid seeing the rise in property prices outstrip wage gains.

Asset-price inflation goes hand in hand with debt deflation and aggravates polarization as higher prices for homes oblige families to go further into debt. This diverts more income to the financial sector to channel into real estate, as well as into the stock and bond markets.

An inner contradiction of this process occurs as higher price/earnings ratios reduce the income yields on financial securities, while higher price/rent ratios for real estate reduces the ability of rental income to carry the interest and related financial charges. This leads to pressure to reduce property taxes in order to alleviate the financial squeeze.

Asset stripping:
Corporate raiders take over companies, cut back research and development spending and other lines of business that do not produce short-term returns, and downsize their labor force in order to make the remaining employees work harder to pick up the slack. This practice is euphemized as wealth creation when its effect is to improve reported earnings. This raises stock prices over the short term, but undercuts long-term growth in production and competitiveness. (See Free Market.)

International asset stripping occurs as the IMF and World Bank oblige governments to sell off the “crown jewels” of the public domain — mineral rights, public land and buildings, and enterprises long held in the public sector as natural monopolies — as a precondition for obtaining the credit needed to service their foreign debts and avoid currency destabilization. (See Conditionalities, Privatization and Washington Consensus.)

Upcoming — ‘B’ is for Bailout

Republished with permission from: Global Research

Is America’s Social Contract Broken?

0

Charles Hugh Smith
charleshughsmith.blogspot.com
July 19, 2013

As Voltaire observed, “No snowflake in an avalanche ever feels responsible.” This is precisely how empires collapse.

Correspondent Kenneth D. recently made the case that the Social Contract in America is broken. Kenneth offered two links for context: Social Contract (Wikipedia) and OECD calls time on trickle down theory.

Here is Kenneth’s commentary:

Society has been structured for a few centuries now such that we are expected to voluntarily give up some of our wealth to governing bodies, and in return they will “ honestly and prudently” govern for the betterment and cohesiveness of society, so that we can collectively live in peace with each other. That is the theory of the Social Contract.

As I talk with friends and clients, there is rising anger at how the resources we all “voluntarily” turn over to governments are being squandered, wasted, fraudulently re-allocated, and that a ruling, governing, elitist class is rapidly emerging (Hunger Games) that subsists extravagantly on these taxes, not to mention the entitlement class that also has come to depend on the largesse of the working class.

The anger rises daily, and I am now constantly hearing from people about how they plan on “beating the system” i.e. dodging taxes, legally or illegally. People are rebelling in rising numbers, and it manifests itself in so many ways—working less or not at all, going to a cash economy, making up deductions that don’t exist, giving less to charity, cashing in on the entitlement culture, etc. etc.

The trust in government to do the right thing is rapidly being eroded, so the Social Contract unravels more and more. How much longer can a society survive, living side by side, collectively, under such circumstances? I have started to study the concept of the Social Contract, to better understand the theory behind it, and why more and more people feel it is broken.

Thank you, Kenneth, for addressing a critical topic. I do not claim any expertise in social contract theory, but in broad brush we can delineate two implicit contracts: one between the citizenry and the state (government) and another between citizens.

We can distinguish between the two by considering a rural county fair. Most of the labor to stage the fair is volunteered by the citizenry for the good of their community and fellow citizens; they are not coerced to do so by the government, nor does the government levy taxes to pay its employees or contractors to stage the fair.

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

The social contract between citizens implicitly binds people to obeying traffic laws as a public good all benefit from, not because a police officer is on every street corner enforcing the letter of the law.

The social contract between the citizens and the state binds the government to maintaining civil liberties, social peace, defending the nation, and in the 20th century, providing social welfare for the disadvantaged, disabled and low-income elderly.

The focus of the above article on “trickle down economics” focuses on income inequality as a key metric of the Social Contract: rising income inequality is de facto evidence that the Social Contract is fraying or broken.

I think this misses the key distinction in the Social Contract between citizens and the state, which is the legitimacy of the process of wealth creation and the fairness of the playing field and the referees, i.e. that no one is above the law.

Few people begrudge legitimately earned wealth, for example, the top athlete, the pop star, the tech innovator, the canny entrepreneur, the best-selling author, etc. The source of these individual’s wealth is transparent, and any citizen can decline to support this wealth creation by not paying money to see the athlete, not buying the author’s books, not shopping at the entrepreneur’s shops, etc.

The Social Contract is broken not by wealth inequality per se but by the illegitimate process of wealth acquisition, i.e. the state has tipped the scales in favor of the few behind closed doors and routinely ignores or bypasses the intent of the law even as the state claims to be following the narrower letter of the law.

By this definition, the Social Contract in America has been completely smashed.One sector after another is dominated by cartel-state partnerships that are forged and enforced in obscure legislation written by lobbyists. Once the laws have been riddled with loopholes and the regulators have been corrupted, “no one is above the law” has lost all meaning.

Those who violate the intent of the law while managing to conjure an apparent compliance with the letter of the law are shysters, scammers and thieves who exploit the intricate loopholes of the system, all the while parading their compliance as evidence the system is fair and just. In this way, the judicial system becomes part of the illegitimate process of wealth accumulation.

In America, political and financial Elites are above the intent of the law. Is bribery of politicos illegal? Supposedly it is, but in practice it is entirely and openly legal.

This is the norm in banana republics, whose ledgers are loaded with thousands of codes and regulations that are routinely ignored by those in power. In the Banana Republic of America, financial crimes go uninvestigated, unindicted and unpunished: banks and their management are essentially immune to prosecution because the crimes are complex (tsk, tsk, it’s really too much trouble to investigate) and they’re “too big to prosecute.”

The rot has seeped from the financial-political Aristocracy to the lower reaches of the social order. The fury of those still working legitimate jobs and paying their taxes is grounded in a simple, obvious truth: America is now dominated by scammers, cheaters, grifters and those gaming the system, large and small, to increase their share of the swag.

Formidable armies of scammers and their enablers (attorneys and doctors) are pillaging workers compensation, temporary disability, insurance and Social Security Disability (the lifetime kind, your claim and condition are never monitored after your claim is approved), not to mention Medicare fraud and those gaming the wide array of welfare programs.

The honest taxpayer is a chump, a mark who foolishly ponies up the swag that’s looted by the smart operators. Everyone knows that the vast majority of wealth accumulation in America flows not from transparent effort on a level playing field, but from persuading the Central State (the Federal government and the Federal Reserve) to enforce cartels and grant monopolistic favors such as tax shelters designed for a handful of firms and unlimited credit to private banks.

When scammers large and small live better than those creating value in the real economy, the Social Contract has ceased to exist. When the illegitimate process of wealth acquisition—a rigged playing field, a bought-off referee, and an Elite that’s above the law by every practical measure—dominates the economy and the political structure, the Social Contract has been shattered, regardless of how much welfare largesse is distributed to buy the complicity of state dependents.

Once the chumps and marks realize there is no way they can ever escape their exploited banana-republic status as neofeudal debt-serfs, the scammers, cheats and grifters large and small will be at risk of losing their perquisites. The fantasy in America is that legitimate wealth creation is still possible despite the visible dominance of a corrupt, venal, self-absorbed, parasitic, predatory Aristocracy. Once that fantasy dies, so will the marks’ support of the Aristocracy.

As Voltaire observed, “No snowflake in an avalanche ever feels responsible”: every claim, every game of the system, every political favor purchased is “fair and legal,” of course. This is precisely how empires collapse.

Kenneth D. also suggested that we are experiencing a Hegelian dialectic, an era where the wheel turns and opposing forces generate a new synthesis.

In broad brush, we can trace the dialectic from feudalism to capitalism to the present financialized cartel-state neofeudalism and next, to a synthesis built on the opposite of neofeudalism, which is decentralization, transparency, accountability, legitimacy and liberty.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, July 19, 2013 at 8:20 am

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

US Legacy to Afghan Civilians: 'Explosive Remnants of War'

0

DoD contractors at a live fire range at Camp Leatherneck, Helmand province, Afghanistan on May 12, 2013. (U.S. Marine Corps photo by Staff Sgt. Ezekiel R. Kitandwe)One legacy the U.S. is leaving the people of Afghanistan from its war and occupation are fields littered with deadly, unexploded ordnance or “explosive remnants of war.”

McClatchy reports on how the “U.S.-led coalition is failing to clear unexploded munitions from the Afghan bases” as it withdraws its troops, leaving grenades and shells that are killing Afghan civilians at an increasing number every month.

“The international military is supposed to be here protecting civilians and basically as a result of their presence, civilians are getting killed,” charges Abigail Hartley, program manager for the U.N.’s Mine Action Service Office, and says that leaving these “explosive remnants of war” is in violation of the 1980 Convention on Certain Conventional Weapons.

The exposions often happen when civilians rush to the bases after troops leave to search for scrap metal, or when tending livestock.

McClatchy reports:

Broadly, in 2012 there were 363 civilian casualties in Afghanistan — or about 30 per month — that were attributed primarily to unexploded ordnance, though in some cases also to mines, [Mohammad Sediq Rashid, director of the Mine Action Coordination Centre of Afghanistan] said. For the first half of this year, there have been 241 such casualties, an increase of about 10 per month, he said.

The U.N. mine office has been unsuccessful in trying to get details from the international occupying forces, who do “little more than dodge blame and offer excuses when confronted with the U.N. findings.”

_______________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

Republished with permission from: Common Dreams

IED explosion kills 5 in Afghanistan

0

Afghan security forces inspect the site of a car bomb attack in Kabul. (file photo)

At least five civilians have been killed after an improvised explosive device (IED) went off prematurely in the troubled eastern Afghanistan, security sources say.

The sources said on Friday that the dead included three kids and two women after the IED exploded accidentally in the house of a Taliban fighter in eastern Paktika Province on Thursday.

Provincial security chief Gen. Dawlat Khan Zadran said the house was used to store explosives for the Taliban militants.

Separately, three civilians were injured after a roadside IED went off in the western Farah province on Friday.

No group has claimed responsibility for the attack.

Roadside bombs and improvised explosive devices are by far the most lethal weapons Taliban militants use against Afghan forces, foreign troops, and civilians.

The Taliban recently announced the start of their annual “spring offensive” across Afghanistan and vowed to increase their attacks on US-led troops stationed in the country as well as Afghan forces.

The US-led war in Afghanistan removed the Taliban from power, but insecurity continues to rise across Afghanistan, despite the presence of about many US-led troops there.

The United States and its allies invaded Afghanistan in 2001 as part of so-called war on terror. The offensive removed the Taliban from power, but insecurity remains across the country.

JR/KA

Republished with permission from: Press TV

'Rising violence in Bahrain unacceptable'

0

File photo shows the wreckage of a car following a bomb explosion near a mosque in Bahrain’s Riffa city on July 17, 2013.

An Iranian deputy foreign minister has condemned a recent bomb attack in Bahrain saying that continuation of violence in the Persian Gulf state is Å“unacceptable.”

Iran’s Deputy Foreign Minister for Arab and African Affairs Hossein Amir-Abdollahian on Friday condemned a recent attack in the city of Riffa , saying that the crisis in the country should be settled solely through political approaches and away from violence.

The Iranian official also condemned Bahrainâ„¢s ongoing crackdown on anti-regime protesters, saying that respecting the legitimate demands of the people is the most appropriate solution to the crisis in the country.

Å“Continuation of violence and suppression will further complicate the situation in Bahrain,” Amir-Abdollahian said.

A car exploded outside a mosque in the kingdomâ„¢s second largest city, Riffa, late on Wednesday when worshipers were inside for evening prayers.

An investigation has been launched into the attack, which reportedly had no casualties.

The Bahraini government had earlier accused the opposition of having orchestrated the blast.

The opposition, however, said the incident was part of a campaign by the Manama regime to tarnish the image of the opposition ahead of a planned anti-regime protest on August 14, the date marking the withdrawal of British forces from the Persian Gulf island back in 1971.

Bahrain has been the scene of demonstrations since mid-February 2011. Thousands of pro-democracy protesters have staged numerous demonstrations on the streets of Bahrain, calling for the Al Khalifa family to relinquish power.

Following the eruption of the protests, the Bahraini regime promptly launched a brutal crackdown on the peaceful protests and called in Saudi-led Arab forces from neighboring states to assist the suppression.

Dozens of Bahraini people have been killed in the crackdown, and the security forces have arrested hundreds, including doctors and nurses.

PG/SS

Republished with permission from: Press TV

The Media Fail to Start a Race War

0

You have to wonder: Do the mainstream media really want blacks in this country to riot because a jury of his peers found George Zimmerman “not guilty” of the charges against him?

That’s certainly the impression I get from the coverage of the trial and its aftermath.

In fact, the incredibly biased and often incendiary reporting began long before the trial even began. It started shortly after the fatal shooting of Trayvon Martin on Feb. 26, 2012, and it skyrocketed when authorities in Sanford, Fla., said there wasn’t enough evidence to charge Zimmerman with murder.

That was all the professional race-baiters needed to launch a national crusade for “justice.” Virtually overnight, Al Sharpton, Jesse Jackson, NAACP officials, and numerous other crusaders had an issue that would get them in front of the cameras again. They grabbed their megaphones and put on their marching shoes. And the mainstream media promptly gave them all of the publicity they could want.

The pressure for the authorities to bring charges was impossible to resist. The Sanford police chief was fired for refusing to arrest Zimmerman. Angela Corey, the State Attorney in Florida, led a prosecution that was so biased and dishonest that Alan Dershowitz, the liberal Harvard Law professor, says she should be the one to be put on trial.

“I think there were violations of civil rights and civil liberties – by the prosecutor,” Dershowitz said. “The prosecutor sent this case to a judge and willfully, deliberately and, in my view, criminally withheld exculpatory evidence.”

The famous criminal-law expert added specifics: “They denied the judge the right to see pictures that showed Zimmerman with his nose broken and his head bashed in. The prosecution should be investigated for civil rights violations and civil liberty violations.”

Fat chance that will happen.

As just one example of how viciously the media distorted things before the jury rendered its verdict, consider Zimmerman’s telephone call to 911 on the night of the shooting. Here’s what the Today show played for its audience a month later: “This guy looks like he’s up to no good. He looks black.”

Sure makes it sounds as though Zimmerman based his concern on Martin’s skin color, doesn’t it? That’s what the media wanted you to think. But as we subsequently learned, the Today editors deliberately omitted an important part of that telephone call. Here’s a transcript of the actual conversation:

Zimmerman: “This guy looks like he’s up to no good. Or he’s on drugs or something. It’s raining and he’s just walking around, looking about.”

Dispatcher: “OK, and this guy – is he black, white, or Hispanic?”

Zimmerman: “He looks black.”

You’ll be pleased to learn that Steve Capus, who at the time was president of NBC News, said that the edited phone call was most emphatically “not a deliberate act to misrepresent the phone call.” Sure thing, Steve. And thanks for assuring us that the people guilty of this flagrant distortion were “disciplined,” whatever that means.

As it happens, a lengthy investigation by the FBI could find absolutely no evidence that Zimmerman has ever expressed any racist sentiments. And you can bet the liberal media tried desperately to find some.

Zimmerman’s attorneys say that now that his trial is over, they plan to proceed with a defamation lawsuit against NBC News. I wish them well. In fact, I hope Zimmerman collects a ton of money. He’s going to need it, since it looks like he will be put on trial again.

That’s right. The NAACP is leading an effort to have Zimmerman face Federal charges of violating Martin’s civil rights. Some even want him charged with a hate crime. The NAACP has collected more than 450,000 signatures for a petition campaign with this appeal: “A jury has acquitted George Zimmerman, but we are not done demanding justice for Trayvon Martin. Sign our petition to the Department of Justice today.”

If the race-baiters have their way, Zimmerman will once more be on trial – this time in a federal court. So we’ll once again hear the media go through distortions to make everything about race. That’s why we got such absurdities as the media description of him as “a white Hispanic.”

Meanwhile, the Orlando Sentinel reported that the Justice Department is asking for the public to assist in its investigation: “The U.S. Department of Justice on Monday afternoon appealed to civil rights groups and community leaders, nationally and in Sanford, for help investigating whether a federal criminal case might be brought against George Zimmerman for the shooting death of Trayvon Martin, one advocate said.”

Apparently, if you know anything that could lead the Feds to press charges, they want you to send them an email about it. Can you imagine the kind of “tips” they’re going to receive? And probably not just about Zimmerman. I’ll bet they receive all sorts of rumors and accusations about his defense attorneys. Heck, they’ll probably even get a ton of scuttlebutt about some of the jurors.

Much was made of the fact that, of the six women on the jury that acquitted Zimmerman, not one of them was black. There were five whites and one Hispanic. But here’s something you may not have known: There was a black male in the jury pool, but he was rejected by the prosecution. Why? Because he admitted that he watched FOX News. That was all the prosecution needed to hear.

According to a recent Rasmussen poll, more blacks think other blacks are racists than whites. Yes, you read that correctly. The Rasmussen pollsters say that 31 percent of blacks believe most blacks are racist, while only 24 percent of blacks believe that most whites are. Interesting, isn’t it?

Thankfully, some black leaders are speaking out in opposition to more criminal prosecution of Zimmerman. Alveda King, the niece of civil rights icon Martin Luther King Jr., had this to say about the efforts of the NAACP and other organizations: “We need to wonder why they’re doing that, what kind of checks and money they’re getting behind the scenes to stir us up into racial anarchy. We should be speaking non-violence, justice, peace and love as Trayvon’s parents are doing, by the way. So we need to ask why they’re race baiting, because they are.”

After what was probably the most highly publicized trial of this century, Zimmerman was acquitted of all charges against him. That’s not good enough for Sharpton and the other professional race baiters. Nor is it good enough for the liberal-dominated media. They love to feature any criticism of this country, no matter how distorted or exaggerated.

Thankfully, so far at least, all we’ve seen are what the media refer to as “mostly peaceful” demonstrations against the verdict. It could have been a lot worse. And if the race baiters get their way and Zimmerman goes on trial again, I’m afraid it will be.

Until next time, keep some powder dry.

Chip Wood was the first news editor of The Review of the News and also wrote for American Opinion, our two predecessor publications. He is now the geopolitical editor of Personal Liberty Digest, where his Straight Talk column appears weekly. This article first appeared in PersonalLiberty.com and has been reprinted with permission.

Republished with permission from: The New American

NDAA Indefinite Detention Without Trial Approved by Appeals Court

0

The U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second District struck down an injunction against indefinite detention of U.S. citizens by the president under the National Defense Authorization Act of 2012 in a July 17 ruling that is a blow to civil liberties protected by the U.S. Constitution. The appellate court ruled:

Plaintiffs lack standing to seek preenforcement review of Section 1021 and vacate the permanent injunction. The American citizen plaintiffs lack standing because Section 1021 says nothing at all about the President’s authority to detain American citizens.

The Section 1021 of the NDAA allows “detention under the law of war without trial until the end of the hostilities” for “a person who was a part of or substantially supported al-Qaeda, the Taliban, or associated forces that are engaged in hostilities against the United States or its coalition partners, including any person who has committed a belligerent act or has directly supported such hostilities in aid of such enemy forces.” The court is technically correct in stating that the law does not specifically mention U.S. citizens when it uses the term “person,” but like the vaguely worded “supported such hostilities in aid of such enemy forces,” it appears to be all-encompassing and subject solely to the president’s discretionary whims.

The threat that the U.S. government would detain indefinitely – or even kill – an American citizen without formal charges or judicial proceeding is hardly theoretical. The appellate court that struck down the injunction acknowledged that fact:

Presidents Bush and Obama have asserted the right to place certain individuals in military detention, without trial, in furtherance of their authorized use of force. That is, whom did Congress authorize the President to detain when it passed the AUMF [Authorization for the Use of Military Force]? On December 31, 2011, President Obama signed into law the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2012. Section 1021 of that statute, which fits on a single page, is Congress’ first – and, to date, only – foray into providing further clarity on that question. Of particular importance for our purposes, Section 1021(b)(2) appears to permit the President to detain anyone who was part of, or has substantially supported, al-Qaeda, the Taliban, or associated forces.

Both President Obama and George W. Bush have authorized the detention or killing of American citizens without any due process. 

U.S. citizen Anwar al-Awlaki had been deemed a terrorist by the Obama administration for essentially maintaining a YouTube site that called for attacks against Americans from Awlaki’s Yemeni home. Awlaki – an American citizen – was later killed in a September 30, 2011 drone strike authorized by President Obama but without any judicial proceeding. No evidence of his actual involvement in any terrorist incident was ever made public, and no charges were ever brought in any court against Awlaki. Two weeks later Awlaki’s Colorado-born 16-year-old son, Abdulrahman, was killed in a separate drone strike authorized by the president. And President Obama is widely known to have a “kill list” that includes American citizens.

President Bush detained at least four American citizens without trial: U.S. Navy Veteran Donald Vance, Nathan Ertel, Yaser Hamdi, and Jose Padilla. Although Vance and Ertel were released after a few months of torture (they were innocent), the Bush administration fought giving Hamdi and Padilla a trial – and even a habeas corpus hearing – all the way to the U.S. Supreme Court.

The suit against the NDAA was brought largely by plaintiffs who are journalists and political activists, each claiming that their First Amendment-protected rights to freedom of speech, press, and assembly had been “chilled” because of the threat of indefinite detention. One of the journalists, Nobel Prize-winner Christopher Hedges, had interviewed al-Qaeda members as part of a story on the terrorist organization, and sought an injunction against his detention for what a president could claim was “aid” of enemy forces under the NDAA. Hedges’ fear is not unfounded; three former Guantanamo detainees (the British citizens released because they were innocent) were deemed by the U.S. government in 2007 as having “returned to the battlefield” for the crime of granting an interview for the documentary film The Road to Guantanamo.

The injunction against the NDAA that was overridden, issued by Judge Katherine B. Forrest last year, against detentions without the ordinary court process said: “The Government did not – and does not – generally agree or anywhere argue that activities protected by the First Amendment could not subject an individual to indefinite military detention under § 1021(b)(2). The First Amendment of the U.S. Constitution provides for greater protection: It prohibits Congress from passing any law abridging speech and associational rights…. First Amendment rights are guaranteed by the Constitution and cannot be legislated away.”

Though the injunction against indefinite detention was struck down largely on jurisdictional grounds, the appellate court essentially dismissed the district court ruling that “plaintiffs did present evidence that First Amendment rights have already been harmed and will be harmed by the prospect of § 1021(b)(2) being enforced. The public has a strong and undoubted interest in the clear preservation of First and Fifth Amendment rights.”

Shown is the Guantanamo Bay detention center

Republished with permission from: The New American

Edward Snowden and the Emerging Police State

0

“There was of course no way of knowing whether you were being watched at any given moment. How often, or on what system, the Thought Police plugged in on any individual wire was guesswork. It was even conceivable that they watched everybody all the time. But at any rate they could plug in your wire whenever they wanted to. You had to live–did live, from habit that became instinct–in the assumption that every sound you made was overheard, and, except in darkness, every movement scrutinized.” -George Orwell, from the novel ’1984′

LISTEN TO THE SHOW

Length (59:08)

Click to download the audio (MP3 format)

There has been extensive reporting in the mainstream and alternative media with regard to the leaked information about NSA surveilllance of hundreds of millions of people in dozens of countries around the world. These leaks came through NSA technical contractor turned whistleblower Edward Snowden. The Guardian Newspaper was allowed access to Snowden’s documentation and has disclosed this information in a series of articles beginning June 6.

Snowden disclosed, among other revelations, that the NSA was clandestinely accessing data including email content, live chats, search history and file transfers through major internet companies through a surveillance program known as PRISM. NSA can access this information DIRECTLY without a court order and without requesting it from the service providers and notably without the consent or knowledge of the users.

The companies implicated in this disclosure, including google, apple and facebook, span the vast majority of email, video and other global communications networks. [1]

PRISM slide crop

Snowden’s leaks about PRISM were accompanied by disclosures about other surveillance programs.

Boundless Informant, for one, counts and categorizes by country billions of pieces of so-called ‘metadata’ from phone and email communications. Metadata, however, does not actually reveal the actual content of such communications.[2]

Another program, TEMPORA, run by the NSA’s British counterpart, the Government Communications Headquarters (GCHQ) gathers information by tapping into the world’s fibre-optic cables which transmit much of the world’s internet and phone communications. [3]

These revelations follow those of a number of high profile NSA whistle blowers including Thomas Drake, Russ Tice and William Binney.

Given the power and potential for such programs and the technology that enables it, it is natural to want to examine the implications on personal liberties. How have the rights of dissent, freedom of association, freedom of speech, etc been jeopardized by the rise of covert surveillance within America and among its partners in Canada and abroad?

How broadly does the US define its ‘enemies’ which this apparatus was presumably developed to thwart?

Tom Burghardt, contributor to Covert Action Quarterly and the website Antifascist Calling has for years been studying and writing about domestic spying and the rise of the Police State. He provides us with his thoughts about the Snowden revelations in the first half hour of the programme.

Stephen Gowans, the Ottawa-based activist and author of the blog What’s Left, puts the Snowden disclosures about domestic spying within the Canadian context and outlines how police state tactics in general are a manifestation of the nature of the State itself.

 Julie Lévesque is an independent journalist and Associate Editor at Global Research. She examines related media stories currently on the site that are not getting enough examination in the mainstream or even much of the alternative media.

LISTEN TO THE SHOW

Length (59:08)

Click to download the audio (MP3 format)

The Global Research News Hour, hosted by Michael Welch, airs on CKUW 95.9FM in Winnipeg Thursdays at 10am CDT. The programme is now broadcast weekly (Monday, 5-6pm ET) by the Progressive Radio Network in the US, and is available for download on the Global Research website.

References

1) Glenn Greenwald and Ewen MacAskill, The Guardian, Friday 7 June 2013, “NSA Prism program taps in to user data of Apple, Google and others”; http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/2013/jun/06/us-tech-giants-nsa-data

2) Glenn Greenwald and Ewen MacAskill, guardian.co.uk, Tuesday 11 June 2013, “Boundless Informant: the NSA’s secret tool to track global surveillance data”; http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/2013/jun/08/nsa-boundless-informant-global-datamining

3) Ewen MacAskill, Julian Borger, et al, Friday 21 June 2013 , “GCHQ taps fibre-optic cables for secret access to world’s communications”; http://www.guardian.co.uk/uk/2013/jun/21/gchq-cables-secret-world-communications-nsa

Republished with permission from: Global Research

27 die in blasts, attacks across Iraq

0

Iraqi firefighters douse the remains of a vehicle at the scene of a car bomb in the city of Nasiriyah, south of Baghdad, on July 15, 2013.

At least 27 people, including 20 worshippers and five women, have been killed in the latest spate of attacks and blasts across Iraq.

The deadliest incident took place in the town of Wajihiya, east of Baquba, the capital of Diyala Province, where a bomb exploded inside a mosque in the middle of a sermon on Friday, killing at least 20 people and injuring 40 others.

Three women were gunned down when unknown assailants broke into their homes in an eastern neighborhood of the capital Baghdad.

Two other women were also killed when their house came under a mortar attack in Mahlabiyah area, west of the northern city of Mosul, some 400 kilometers north of Baghdad.

In Nahrawan area in southeastern part of the capital, unknown assailants shot and killed a shop owner inside his shop.

In the city of Maqdadiyah, a civilian lost his life and two others were injured after a bomb planted in a shop went off.

In a separate incident, two mortar rounds slammed into a soccer pitch in the Samarra city, injuring at least 11 young men.

Iraq has been witnessing a surge of violence since the beginning of the holy month of Ramadan 10 days ago. At least 200 people have lost their lives since then.

No group has claimed responsibility for the attacks, but officials say the main suspects are militants linked to al-Qaeda.

Iraqi officials say the violence is part of a foreign-backed plot to provoke sectarian strife in the country.

Iraqi Prime Minister Nouri al-Maliki has also said that militant groups and the remnants of the former Baâ„¢athist regime are responsible for the latest wave of violence in the country.

MAM/KA/SS

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Five killed in troubled Mexican state

0

Mexican police stand next to a burnt out vehicle, where five bodies were found inside on July 19, 2013 in the state of Catalina.

Mexican authorities say five bodies have been discovered in a western state where military troops were recently deployed to curb drug-related violence.

The bodies were found on Thursday in the Michoacan state village of Catalina, in an area where residents formed vigilante groups to counter the Knights Templar drug cartel.

The Mexican government recently indicated that calm was slowly returning to the state after the arrival of troops in May.

However, Mayor Luis Torres of the Buenavista Tomatlan, which Catalina belongs to, said has not been able to return to his office since armed civilians have taken over his workplace.

Since 2006, some 70,000 people have been killed in drug-related violence in Mexico, including the assassinations of least 30 mayors.

CAH/KA

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Mortar shells hit holy shrine in Syria

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Mortar shells fired by the militants fighting against the Syrian government have hit the holy shrine of Hazrat Zaynab (AS) on the suburbs of the violence-plagued Syrian capital city, Damascus.

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Egypt military warns against violence

0

A supporter of Egypt’s ousted president Mohamed Morsi is hold back by riot policemen during a rally on the road leading to the Cairo landmark Liberation square on July 17, 2013.

The Egyptian military and interim government have warned against violence as supporters and opponents of the ousted president Mohamed Morsi prepare to hold fresh rival rallies.

The military said on Friday it will use the Å“utmost firmness” against violent protesters.

Å“Whoever resorts to violence and deviates from peacefulness in Fridayâ„¢s rallies will put his life in danger,” the military said in a statement.

Egyptâ„¢s interim President Adly Mansour said some elements in the country are trying to cause chaos.

He pledged to restore security and protect Egypt against those who seek violence.

“They want this period to be an introduction to violence and blood, and we want it to establish … the concept of protecting lives and human rights,” Mansour said in his eight-minute, pre-recorded message broadcast on state television.

Muslim Brotherhood and its allies have called for nationwide protests on Friday in solidarity with Morsi, considered by his supporters as the legitimate leader of the country.

Egypt’s army tightened security outside key state institutions ahead of rival protest rallies by backers and opponents of the toppled president. Hundreds of Soldiers were manning checkpoints on all arterial access roads to Cairo – the hub

Rival rallies have continued nonstop in Egypt since Morsiâ„¢s overthrow in a military coup a few weeks ago.

Dozens of people have since been killed in the wave of violent clashes between Morsi supporters, his opponents and security forces.

JR/KA

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Turkey probes arms transfer to Egypt

0

The Turkish government says it has launched an investigation into reports about shipment of weapons on a Turkish vessel to the crisis-stricken Egypt.

In a Thursday statement, Turkeyâ„¢s Foreign Ministry said it has asked the Turkish Embassy in Cairo to look into details of the incident and report to authorities.

On Wednesday, Egyptian sources said they had stopped a shipment of weapons on a commercial vessel belonging to a Turkish company. Investigation teams also say they have found around 20,000 pistols with silencers in one of the containers.

Å“In order to launch the necessary investigation, concrete information about the weapons that have allegedly been seized is being demanded from the relevant Egyptian authorities through the Turkish Embassy in Cairo,” the Turkish ministry said.

The ministry added that Ankara attaches Å“crucial importance to the stability and peace of brotherly Egypt.”

Relations between Ankara and Cairo went sour following a military coup in Egypt which led to the removal of President Mohamed Morsi.

Turkish Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan has harshly criticized the ouster of Morsi, a move which has irked the military-backed interim administration in Egypt.

Egypt plunged into a fresh wave of unrest after the military deposed Morsi on July 3 and declared the following day the chief justice of Egyptâ„¢s Supreme Constitutional Court, Adly Mansour, as caretaker president.

The Arab country has since witnessed an unrelenting wave of deadly clashes between Morsi supporters, his opponents and security forces. Dozens of people have been killed in the turmoil so far.

MKA/KA/SS

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Ten Years Ago: The Death of Dr. David Kelly. Murdered on the Orders of Her Majesty’s Government?

1

The official inquiry into that death, the Hutton Inquiry, was quickly convened and issue its report in January 2004, officially concluding that Dr. Kelly had taken his own life by a combination of slitting his left wrist and overdosing on coproxamol. Over the course of the decade, however, information has come to light suggesting that the Hutton Inquiry not only ignored key evidence in the case pointing to foul play, but that the report in fact actively covered up such evidence.

The cover up into Dr. Kelly’s death seemingly began before it even started. Operation Mason, the official police investigation into Dr. Kelly’s death, started nine hours before his family even reported him missing.

One of the key witnesses to the Hutton Inquiry and the man who found Dr. Kelly’s body, Detective Constable Coe, now admits that there was surprisingly little blood at the scene for a man who supposedly bled to death. Stunningly, he also admits that he lied to the inquiry in saying that there was only himself and his partner at the scene that day, now admitting that there was an unidentified third man there that many have speculated was someone with the security services.

David Bartlett, the paramedic who pronounced Dr. Kelly dead at the scene, claimed that his body had obviously been moved and confirmed there was surprisingly little blood near the body, saying “I’ve seen more blood at a nosebleed than I saw there.” He also said that as soon as the body was found, the police threw a “blackout” around the scene. He was even banned from speaking to his own control room over radio, the first time that this had happened in his career.

A flight log released under the Freedom of Information Act earlier this year proves that a helicopter landed at the scene just 90 minutes after the discovery of the body. The flight log, which has been heavily redacted, shows that the helicopter only remained on the ground for five minutes before taking off. To this day, the presence of the helicopter at the scene has never been officially explained and there is no indication as to what it was dropping off or picking up from the scene of the crime.

In 2008, one of his colleagues and personal confidants, Mai Pederson, came forward to say that Dr. Kelly could not have killed himself in the manner suggested because he had difficulty using his right hand for strenuous activities because of a painful injury he had sustained to his right elbow. Still, the official conclusion of the Hutton Inquiry holds that Kelly used a knife in his right hand to slit his left wrist.

Perhaps the most compelling evidence, however, is the testimony of a group of doctors who have come together in recent years to provide expert testimony challenging the official claim of suicide.

It is their contention that the verdict of suicide does not fit with the medical evidence presented in the case, and they have formed a group in recent years to petition the UK government to convene a coroner’s inquest into the death, something that should have been done in the first place but was not.

Last week I had the chance to talk to one of the doctors who has been vocal in challenging the results of the Hutton Inquiry, Dr. David Halpin. I asked him about some of the medical evidence that problematizes the official verdict that Dr. Kelly’s death was a suicide.

Shortly after the group of doctors and barristers questioning Dr. Kelly’s death formed in 2009 to put pressure on the government to re-open the investigation, it was revealed that Lord Hutton had taken the extraordinary measure of classifying all of the medical records used by the inquiry, including the post-mortem findings and photographs of the body, for 70 years, a decision that not even the Ministry of Justice was able to explain the legal basis for.

A widespread public backlash forced the government to release the post-mortem documents in late 2010. After reviewing the post-mortem, Dr. Michael Powers, QC, a former coroner and one of the doctors demanding an inquest, noted that there was in fact no new information revealed in the report and that the release of the documents may have been an attempt to close off the option of a coroner’s inquest into the death in the face of massive public support for the reopening of the Kelly case.

Indeed, in June of 2011, UK Attorney General Dominic Grieve did refuse to open an inquest into the matter.

Now, Dr. Halpin is involved in an attempt to open a judicial review into the decision not to convene an inquest on the death. Paying for the proceedings out of his own pocket, this retired orthopedic surgeon is now shouldering the brunt of the responsibility for attempting to see a proper investigation into the many discrepancies in the Dr. Kelly case.

In recent months an independent grassroots campaign to raise funds for the legal battle for an inquest has sprung up, and the public continues to show great concern over this case.

In my conversation, I had the chance to ask Dr. Halpin about the public’s support, and why convening an inquest into Dr. Kelly’s death is a matter of such importance.

Republished with permission from: Global Research

Iran hails Hezbollah victory over Israel

0

Iran’s high-ranking officials have praised the victory of the Lebanese Hezbollah resistance movement over the Israeli regime during the 33-day war in 2006.

In separate messages to Hezbollah Secretary-General Seyyed Hassan Nasrallah, President Ahmadinejad, Majlis Speaker Ali Larijani and Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Salehi felicitated the anniversary of the movementâ„¢s triumph over the Tel Aviv regime.

The messages were submitted to the Hezbollah leader by Iranâ„¢s Ambassador to Beirut Ghazanfar Roknabadi on the seventh anniversary of the resistance movementâ„¢s victory in the 2006 war against Tel Aviv.

Ahmadinejad said the victory was achieved thanks to Godâ„¢s blessings, the wise leadership of the Hezbollah leader, the power of the movementâ„¢s fighters, as well as resistance of the Lebanese people.

Å“The 33-day war is undoubtedly the Lebanese resistanceâ„¢s greatest ever victory in which resistance fighters managed to shatter the illusory grandeur of the occupying regime [of Israel],” Ahmadinejad said.

He added that the outcome of that imposed war was dignity and honor for all justice-seekers across the globe, and disgrace for the global arrogance and its stooges.

In his message, Larijani said the 2006 victory was a cause of pride and glory for all Muslims and free nations of the world, adding that Hezbollah’s fight against aggressions of the racist and fabricated Zionist regime will herald the final collapse of Israel.

Salehi, in his message, also described the triumph as a source of dignity and a turning point in the history of the struggles against the usurping regime of Israel, noting that it will be a prelude to other victories of the resistance in the future.

Seyyed Hassan Nasrallah, for his part, appreciated the messages and said Iran played a significant role in the victory. He also praised the Islamic Republicâ„¢s unbridled support for the Lebanese resistance.

Israel unleashed the all-out offensive on Lebanon seven years ago under the pretext of releasing Israeli soldiers allegedly captured by Hezbollah in southern Lebanon.

The invasion claimed the lives of nearly 1,200 Lebanese people, most of them civilians.

AR/SS

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Snowden sparks NSA overhaul: Sensitive data to be treated like nuclear weapons

0

The US is overhauling intelligence access, introducing new measures meant to prevent another mega-leak similar to the one carried out by Edward Snowden from happening again, according to Pentagon’s top officials.

A “two-man rule” is being introduced at the NSA as 
means of tightening access to top-secret data, according to the
agency’s chief Keith Alexander, who was speaking at the Aspen
Security Forum in Colorado on Thursday.

“We’ll close and lock server rooms so that it takes two people
to get in there
,” Alexander said. 

NSA Director Gen. Keith Alexander (AFP Photo / Win Mcnamee)

The practice is taken from the way nuclear weapons are handled,
Deputy Defense Secretary Ashton Carter explained, adding it is a
wise thing to do to protect the system from “some aberrant
individual”.

“So when it comes to nuclear weapon… we don’t let people all
by themselves do anything. Nobody ever touches a nuclear
weapon by him or herself. There are always two people rated
in the same specialty. So everybody can see and understand
exactly what is being done to that weapon
,” Carter said.

Another thing which, according to Deputy Defense Secretary,
allowed for a large-scale leak was the fact that the NSA kept all
of its information stored on one server. The plan is to have
sensitive data segmented, so a new potential leaker won’t be able
to do as much damage as Snowden did.

“Loading onto a server creates a security risk…. It’s
something we can’t do, because it creates too much information in
one place… You do have to compartmentalize [data] more
rigidly
,” Carter said.

Among other anti-leak measures announced are encrypting data in a
more sophisticated way, as well as decreasing the number of
system administrators with access to it.

This kind of massive overhaul of the security measures throughout
the whole of the US intelligence network would be extremely
expensive and will definitely take time, former and current US
officials told Reuters, who did not wish to have their names
disclosed.  

Potential leaks from insiders are also going to be tackled with
the help of 40 new cyber teams (27 of them on defense missions,
and the remaining 13 entitled to carry out offensive operations).
 

“Job one” for the cyber force “is protecting integrity
of our networks
”, Carter said. “Obviously, therein enters
Snowden,” he added. 

Deputy U.S. Secretary of Defense Ashton Carter (AFP Photo / Alex Wong)

As for the NSA’s chief, he defended at length the now much
criticized spying methods used by the agency, saying “you need a
haystack to find a needle.”

General Alexander reiterated that thanks to the mass surveillance
programs, dozens of terrorist conspiracies were disrupted and
Snowden’s leak led to terrorist groups changing their
communications and thus falling out of sight of security agents.
 

Alexander’s assertions have, however, long been challenged by
independent researchers. For example,a US nonprofit think-tank,
The New America Foundation, argues that out of the 42 terrorist
plots mounted by US homegrown jihadists since 2001, nine resulted
in actual terrorist acts and 33 were prevented using conventional
intelligence methods such as the use of informants and community
reports on suspicious activity.

Republished with permission from: RT

Bomb attack on mosque kills 20 in Iraq

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]At least 20 people have been killed in a bomb attack targeting a mosque in the northern Iraqi city of Baquba.

Republished with permission from: Press TV

LA Times Covered Up ‘Looting For Trayvon’ Riot

0

Newspaper falsely reported crime spree was not connected to Zimmerman verdict

Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
July 19, 2013

When a flash mob of around 40 teenagers went on a crime spree in Hollywood’s tourist center on Tuesday night, the LA Times reported that the riot was not related to the George Zimmerman verdict, contradicting a police official who later said the “protesters” were shouting “Let’s go mess up Hollywood for Trayvon,” as they conducted their rampage.

Wearing masks and hoodies, the teenagers, “invaded the busiest and most tourist-centric part of Hollywood, smashing windows, stealing cellphones, and assaulting passersby. The police described the incident as a “rolling crime wave,” reports Breitbart.

According to police, the mob charged down Hollywood Blvd., robbing stores, stealing a cash register and grabbing women’s purses. The riot was organized beforehand via social media — another slap in the face for many in the media who tried to downplay a multitude of threats made by Trayvon Martin supporters on Twitter to riot and loot. The police arrested 12 people, 11 of which were juveniles.

The incident was just one of several riots to grip areas of Los Angeles and Oakland in the days after the announcement of the Zimmerman verdict.A separate incident on Wednesday night involving anti-Zimmerman “protesters” attempting to loot a shopping mall in Victorville ended with 17 arrests.

In an article published immediately after the incident, the LA Times’ Joel Rubin, Andrew Blankstein and Emily Alpert reported that , “The crimes did not appear to be related to the protests over the George Zimmerman acquittal in the slaying of Trayvon Martin.”

48 hours later the truth emerged. Contrary to the LA Times’ claim, the mob conducted their crime spree while shouting, “Let’s go mess up Hollywood for Trayvon,” according to According to LAPD Commander Andy Smith.

“They’re using Trayvon as an excuse,” added Smith, noting that the teenagers took advantage of police resources being redirected to deal with similar unrest in Crenshaw.

While progressive media outlets were publishing smarmy articles scorning conservative news websites as racist for predicting pro-Trayvon riots that never arrived, such riots were actually taking place but the media’s refusal to admit a direct connection to the Zimmerman verdict ensured they went largely unreported at the national level.

The LA Times’ deliberate cover-up of a connection between the Hollywood riot and the Zimmerman verdict sparks questions as to what other crimes have similarly been buried by the media in the aftermath of the controversy in order to hide a connection to Trayvon Martin protesters.

*********************

Paul Joseph Watson is the editor and writer for Infowars.com and Prison Planet.com. He is the author of Order Out Of Chaos. Watson is also a host for Infowars Nightly News.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, July 19, 2013 at 5:55 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Charles Barkley: “A Lot of Black People are Racist Too”

0

Real Clear Politics
July 19, 2013

CHARLES BARKLEY: Well, I agreed with the verdict. I feel sorry that young kid got killed. But they didn’t have enough evidence to charge him. Something clearly went wrong that night. Clearly something went wrong. I feel bad for anybody who loses a kid, but if you looked at the case and you don’t make it – there was some racial profiling, no question about it. But something happened that changed the dynamic of that night, and I know – that’s probably not a popular opinion among most people but just looking at the evidence I agreed with the verdict.

I just feel bad because I don’t like when race gets out in the media because I don’t think the media has a pure heart, as I call it. There are very few people have a pure heart when it comes to race. Racism is wrong in any, shape, form – a lot of black people are racist too. I think sometimes when people talk about racism, they say only white people are racist. There are a lot of black people who are racist. I don’t like when it gets out there in the media because I don’t think the media has clean hands.

Full article here

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, July 19, 2013 at 5:43 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Justice Department places ‘hold’ on Trayvon Martin trial evidence, including George Zimmerman’s gun

0

DAVID MARTOSKO
UK Daily Mail
July 19, 2013

The U.S. Department of Justice, overseen by Attorney General Eric Holder, has ordered the Sanford, Florida police department to keep possession of all the evidence from George Zimmerman’s second-degree murder trial — including the exonerated neighborhood watch volunteer’s gun.

Sanford police confirmed on Thursday that the DOJ asked the agency not to return any pieces of evidence to their owners. Zimmerman was expected to get his firearm back by month’s end.

The development is a sign that the criminal section of the Justice Department’s Civil Rights Division is seriously investigating Zimmerman to determine if federal civil rights charges should be filed.

Zimmerman was acquitted of murder and manslaughter on Sunday in a Florida courtroom, but civil rights violations provide an exception to the U.S. Constitution’s protection against double jeopardy after a defendant has been found ‘not guilty’ in a state or local jurisdiction.

Full article here

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, July 19, 2013 at 5:41 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Panama to charge N Korean ship crew

0

Panamanian security forces searching North Korean cargo ship seized at Panama Canal.

Panamanian authorities have charged 33 crew members of the North Korean cargo ship seized at the Panama Canal with jeopardizing public security by trying to transport undeclared arms.

Panamaâ„¢s state prosecutor Javier Caraballo announced Thursday that the arms trafficking allegations may result in prison sentences of up to six years if the crew members are convicted in a court trial, local press outlets reported.

However, it was not immediately clear why two of the Korean crew members were not charged by the prosecutor.

More than 350 Panamanian security agents and investigators were still searching through the docked Chong Chon Gang cargo vessel on Thursday, eight days after it was intercepted on suspicion of carrying drugs.

Authorities in Panama, which is closely tied to the US, then announced that they had instead found a large cache of outdated Soviet-era weapons systems and two MIG fighter jets buried beneath 200,000 sacks of sugar.

North Korea called on Panama to release the ship and its crew on Wednesday, insisting that the cargo vessel had been halted on a mistaken suspicion of drug transport.

Pyongyang further argued that as the weapons maintenance work was done in exchange for barter goods, it doesn’t technically violate sanctions imposed on North Korea by the UN for violating the Nuclear Nonproliferation.

Meanwhile, the Cuban government announced following the ship’s seizure that its military cargo — two anti-aircraft missile batteries, nine disassembled missiles, the two MIG-21 aircraft and 15 MIG engines — belonged to Havana and were being transported to North Korea for repairs.

Moreover, Caraballo also claimed on Thursday that the 35 crewmen on board the Korean vessel refused to cooperate with investigators when the ship was stopped.

MFB/MFB

Republished with permission from: Press TV

The Hidden (And Not So Hidden) Messages in Stanley Kubrick’s “Eyes Wide Shut” (pt. II)

2

Vigilant Citizen
July 19, 2013

The second part of this series of articles on Eyes Wide Shut takes a closer look at the elite secret society discovered by the film’s main character, Bill Hartford, and how it resembles real life organizations. Was Stanley Kubrick trying to warn the world about the occult elite and its depraved ways?

leadeyes

Note: It is recommended that you read the first part of this series first. Also, gigantic spoilers.

In the first part of this series on Eyes Wide Shut, we looked at main characters of the film and the symbolic world Kubrick created around them. We saw that Bill and Alice Hartford are a married upper-class couple that was not immune to the temptations of adultery. We also saw that the couple was in contact with the upper-echelon of New-York and its decadent ways — a world that fascinates Bill, but that has a dark side, one that is kept from the public. In this article, I will jump straight to the most unsettling part of the movie: The secret society ritual.

When Bill learns that his wife has considered cheating on him, he embarks in a strange series of encounters (which I will analyze in the third and final part of this series), eventually ending up in a luxurious house in Long Island where he encounters a large gathering of masked individuals partaking in an occult ritual. Since he was never initiated into that secret society, Bill was not even supposed to know that it existed, let alone bear witness to one of its “meetings”. So how did he find out about this thing? Well, a little birdie told him.

Nick Nightingale

At one point during his strange night out, Bill meets his old friend Nick Nightingale at a jazz cafe. The professional piano player reveals to Bill that he is sometimes hired by mysterious people to play, blindfolded, during mysterious parties that are full of beautiful women. This juicy piece of information intrigues Bill to the highest degree because, since his talk with his wife, he is appears to be looking for some kind of … experience. Nick ultimately makes a big mistake and agrees to provide Bill with all of the information needed to access the venue.

A nightingale is type of bird that is known for singing at night, just like Nick Nightingale “sings” secret information at the start of Bill’s fateful night.

The password to enter the ritual is “Fidelio”, which means “faithfulness”, a main theme of the movie. More importantly, as Nightingale points out, “Fidelio” is the name of an opera written by Beethoven about a wife who sacrifices herself to free her husband from death as a political prisoner. This password actually foreshadows what will happen during that ritual.

After getting the details from Nightingale, Bill rents a costume at a store named “Rainbow” (more about the store in the next article) … and then proceeds to go to Somerton, the estate where the party is being held.

The Occult Elite

The occult ritual takes place at Somerton, in Long Island. The building used to film these scenes is Mentmore Towers in UK.

The occult ritual takes place at Somerton, in Long Island. The building used to film the outside scene is Mentmore Towers in UK.

The location selected to film the elite scenes is quite interesting. Mentmore Towers was built in the 19th century as a country house for a member of the most prominent and powerful elite family in the world: The Rothschilds. By selecting this location, was Kubrick trying to show his audience the “real world” equivalents to the ultra-elite shown in the movie? Incidentally, the name of Bill’s connection to the elite, Victor Ziegler, is of German-Jewish origin, like Rothschild.

It has been documented that the Rothschilds do actually partake in masked events very similar to those shown in Eyes Wide Shut. Here are rare images taken from a 1972 party given by Marie-Hélène de Rothschild.

Baroness Marie-H�l�ne de Rothschild and Baron Alexis de Red�.

Baroness Marie-Hélène de Rothschild and Baron Alexis de Redé at a 1972 party. Invitations were printed in reversed writing. One wonders if this party “degenerated” into something resembling what is shown in Eyes Wide Shut.

In the movie, when Bill enters the mansion, he mixes with a crowd of masked people silently watching the ritual. One of these people appear to instantly recognize Bill (or the fact that he doesn’t belong here).

A couple wearing Venetian masks slowly turn towards Bill and nod in a very creepy matter. Is this Ziegler and his wife? This is never really clarified.

A couple wearing Venetian masks (more specifically “female jester” and “bauta” masks) slowly turn towards Bill and nod in a very creepy matter. Is this Ziegler and his wife? Perhaps. Kubrick likes to keep things mysterious.

Venetian masks were originally worn during the Italian Renaissance in Venice and were a way for the powerful elite of the time to indulge in debauchery without reprisal.

“Though the precise origin of the mask-wearing tradition can’t be known for certain, the prevailing theory goes something like this: beginning in the Italian Renaissance, Venice was an extremely wealthy and powerful merchant empire. Its position on the Mediterranean sea opened it up to a myriad of trading opportunities across Europe, North Africa and Asia Minor, and its powerful navy allowed it to exert the military force necessary to defend its vast wealth. In a city-state so prosperous, it’s a small wonder that Venetian society was class-obsessed and rigidly stratified. One’s individual standing was immensely important for the perception of his or her entire family, and so naturally the pressure to act in accordance with the social morays governing one’s social standing was immense and stifling. The Venetians, the theory goes, adopted the practice of wearing masks and other disguises during the Carnival season as a way of suspending the rigid social order. Under the cloak of anonymity, the citizens of Venice could loosen their inhibitions without fear of reprisal. Masks gained so much popularity that the mascherari (mask makers) became a venerated guild in Venetian society. However, as word of the famed Venetian Carnival spread, more and more outsiders flocked to the city every year to take part in the festivities. The Carnival celebrations became increasingly chaotic and debaucherous as the years progressed until their decline in the 18th Century.”
– Geoffrey Stanton, Guide to Venetian Carnival Masks

Since then, Venetian masks have been used in elite circles and have somewhat become a symbol of its dark occult philosophy. Even The British Royal Family appears to enjoy the same type of masks and events.

Prince Charles and Duchess Camilla wearing similar Venetian masks  in the gardens of Clarence House.

Prince Charles and Duchess Camilla at Clarence House with bauta masks.

That particular Royal event featured masked women who were as NOT dressed as those in theEyes Wide Shut ritual.

Models at the party attended by the Royal Family.

Models at the party attended by the Royal Family.

It seems evident that Kubrick carefully selected the Rothschild-owned location and hand-picked the masks worn by participants of the ritual, echoing real-life families and events.

Setting of the Ritual

When Bill enters Somerton, everything about the movie changes. There are no more colorful Christmas lights and no tacky decorations. Instead of incessant chatter between needy people, it is all about stillness and silence.

Staring right at the camera (and at the movie viewers), the creepy masks are silent yet disturbing reminders showing the “true faces” of the elite. Note that the multi-faced mask on the left which is similar to the one worn at the Royal party above.

The music in the movie also changes drastically. The song heard in the background is called “Backwards Priests” and features a Romanian Orthodox Divine Liturgy played backwards. The reversal or inversion of sacred objects is typical of black magic and satanic rituals. By having this Christian liturgy played backwards right before widespread fornication is Kubrick’s way of stating that the elite is nothing less than satanic.

Here we see Nick Nightindale playing the song “Backwards Priest”, meaning that people in the ritual actually hear that music and that the whole thing is choreographed to it. Nightindale is blindfolded because the “profane” cannot witness the occult rituals of the elite.

The interior scenes of the party were shot at Elveden Hall, a private house in the UK designed to look like an Indian palace. When the “festivities” begin, a Tamil song called “Migration” plays in the background, adding to the South-Asian atmosphere (the original version of the song contained actual scriptural recitation of the Bhagavad Gita, but the chant was removed in the final version of the movie). This peculiar Indian atmosphere, combined with the lascivious scenes witnessed by Bill as he walks around the house, ultimately points towards the most important, yet most hidden part of the movie: Tantric Yoga and its Western occultism derivative, Sex Magick. This last concept was “imported” by British occultist Aleister Crowley and is now at the center of the teachings of various secret societies:

“Aleister Crowley’s connections with Indian Yoga and Tantra were both considerable and complex. Crowley had direct exposure to some forms of these practices and was familiar with the contemporary literature of the subjects, wrote extensively about them, and — what is perhaps the most important — he practiced them. In his assessment of the value of Tantra, he was ahead of his time, which habitually considered Tantra a degenerate form of Hinduism. Instead, he claimed that, “paradoxical as it may sound the Tantrics are in reality the most advanced of the Hindus”. Crowley’s influence in bringing Eastern, primarily Indian, esoteric traditions to the West extends also to his incorporation of the elements of Yoga and Tantra into the structure and program of two influential magical orders, the A.:A.: and the OTO.”
– Martin P. Starr, Aleister Crowley and Western Esotericism

The above quote stipulates that Tantric concepts were incorporated in two important secret societies: the A.:A.: and the OTO (Ordo Templi Orientis). The OTO is still extremely influential in elite circles and reaches the highest levels of politics, business and even the entertainment industry. At the core of these orders is the Thelema, a philosophy created by Aleister Crowley that he summed up with the saying “Do What Thou Wilt”. This saying is actually a translation of “Fais ce que tu voudras” the motto of an 18th century secret society, the infamous Hellfire Club.

Hellfire Clubs were said to be “meeting places of ‘persons of quality’ who wished to take part in immoral acts, and the members were often very involved in politics”. According to a number of sources, their activities included mock religious ceremonies, devil worship and occult rituals. Although details are vague regarding that elite club, they were known for performing elementary Satanic rites as a prelude to their nights of fornication. These acts were however not just “for fun” or to “shock people” as some sources might claim, the members were initiates of occult mysteries and their rituals were based in ancient rites involving invocations and other forms of black magick.

In short, although Kubrick never actually names the secret society infiltrated by Bill, there are enough clues to understand what kind of club he is referring to. Most importantly, he is telling his viewers: These societies still exist … and they are more powerful than ever.

The Ritual and its Participants

The ritual begins with the High Priest, dressed in red, performing a ceremonial routine. He is at the center of a “magic circle” formed by young women who are very likely to be Beta Kitten slaves. Later, when Bill is unmasked, another magic circle is formed.

The concept of Magic Circles is constantly refered to during the ritual and throughout the movie.

Magic circles is concept used in ritual magic during invocations. The placement of the people in this scene recalls magic circles. Right: A magic circle as pictured in an ancient grimoire.

The last scene of the movie takes place at a toy store — a place full of highly symbolic items (more on it in the next article). Here, Helena Hartford walks by a toy called Magic Circle — showing that the occult elite’s ways seep through popular culture, but are not noticed by those who have their eyes wide shut.

Amanda

At the beginning of the ritual, one of the Beta slaves goes to Bill and urges him to leave the house before he got caught. We ultimately learn that it was Amanda, the girl that was passed out in Ziegler’s bathroom. When Bill gets caught and gets (literally) unmasked by the High Priest, Amanda appears at the balcony in a very dramatic fashion and tells the High Priest she wants to “redeem” him, in a tone that approaches ritual drama. The Priest then replies “Are you sure you understand what you’re taking upon yourself in doing this?” This implies that she will be repeatedly abused and then sacrificed.

The next day, Bill discovers the true power of that secret society.

Bill discovers in the newspaper that Amanda was found dead in a hotel room due to an overdose. The way in which this ritualistic murder is diguised as an overdose is highly similar to the many celebrity ritual deaths disguised as overdoses described on this website.

Bill discovers in the newspaper that Amanda was found dead in a hotel room due to an overdose. The way in which this ritualistic murder is disguised as an overdose is highly similar to the many celebrity ritual deaths disguised as overdoses that occur in real life.

By freeze-framing and actually reading the above news article about Amanda, we learn important details about Amanda’s background (classic hidden sub-plot integration by Kubrick). To those “in the know”, the article perfectly describes the life of an entertainment industry Beta Programming slave (i.e. Marilyn Monroe). We indeed learn that Amanda was “emotionally troubled” as a teen and underwent “treatments” (a code word for MK Programming perhaps?), she had “important friends in the fashion and entertainment worlds”, and she had an “affair” with a powerful fashion designer who got “wowed by her private, seductive solo performances” (typical behavior of a Beta Kitten). What the article however conveniently doesn’t mention is that she was selling her body to elite people and being used in their occult rituals.

As it is the case for Beta Kittens who’ve gone “rogue”, she was eliminated by the people who controlled her life. The article states that she was last seen being escorted to her hotel room by two men and that she was “giggling” (drugged and dissociated?). Like “real life” elite sacrifices, “overdose” is cited as the cause of her death.

The High Priest

Cloaked in red, the High Priest sits on a throne which features a very important symbol: A double-headed eagle topped by a crown.

Cloaked in red, the High Priest sits on a throne which features a very important symbol: A double-headed eagle topped by a crown.

The double-headed eagle is one of the most ancient and prominent symbol of Freemasonry. A crowned double headed eagle is representative of the 33rd degree of Freemasonry, the highest degree attainable. With the symbol on the High Priest's throne, Kubrick secretly implies that the he's a 33rd Degree Freemason.

The double-headed eagle is one of the most ancient and prominent symbols of Freemasonry. A crowned double headed eagle is representative of the 33rd degree of Freemasonry, the highest degree attainable. Is Kubrick implying that the High Priest is a 33rd Degree Freemason?

Like other participants of the ritual, the true identity of the High Priest is never revealed. However, Kubrick left a few clues hinting to his identity and his relationship with Amanda.

In the movie’s end credits (and sources such as IMDB), it is listed that the role of the High Priest was played by “assistant director” of the movie, Leon Vitali. If one carefully reads the news article mentioned above, Leon Vitali is the name of the London fashion designer Amanda had an “affair” with. Furthermore, the High Priest has an unmistakable English accent. We can therefore deduce that the High Priest is the fashion designer.

eyes21

Snippet of the article mentioning Leon Vitali.

This hidden subplot is interesting as it reveals the true nature of the fashion and entertainment industry. High-ranking individuals in these fields are initiated in occult secret societies and deal with MK slaves.

The Power of the Secret Society

When Bill is uncovered by the High Priest, he gets told that he and his family would pay for any transgression. The next day, he realizes that he is being followed by strange people and becomes paranoid.

The headline of this newspaper is “Lucky to be alive”. This applies to Bill.

Right after Bill leaves the morgue to confirm that Amanda died, Ziegler calls him and invites him over.

Taking place in Zeigler's pool room, the back and forth between the two men is more intense than any game of pool.

Taking place in Ziegler’s pool room, the back and forth between the two men is more intense than any game of pool.

Although Bill is a rich doctor, he is not part of the elite. Ziegler’s attitude towards Bill makes it very clear. While Ziegler appears to want to be honest and straight with Bill, we realize that he is simply trying to cover the ugly truth. After all, Bill is an “outsider”. He tells Bill:

“I don’t think you realize what kind of trouble you were in last night. Who do you think those people were? Those were not just ordinary people there. If I told you their names — I’m not gonna tell you their names — but if I did, I don’t think you’d sleep so well.”

Ziegler therefore admits that people attending the ritual were high-level, well-known and powerful people. Kubrick is therefore making clear that the richest, most powerful deciders of the “real world” meet in these types of rituals … and that these rituals are off-limits for the profane.

When Bill mentions Amanda, Ziegler gets more defensive and replies: “She was a hooker” — meaning that she was an Beta slave that could be easily disposed of. Then Ziegler tells Bill that everything that happened at the ritual was a charade to scare him, Bill answers:

“You called it a fake, a charade. Do you mind telling me what kind of f–-cking charade ends with someone turning up dead?”

This highlights the fundamental difference between the public’s perception of occult rituals and what actually happens. Regular people are lead to believe that these elite rituals are nothing more than goofy meetings of people with too much time on their hands. In reality, these elaborate rituals often incorporate real attempts at Black Magick and include real blood sacrifices and other terrible acts.

Then Ziegler proceeds to telling Bill the same stuff media tells the masses when someone has been sacrificed by the elite: She OD’ed, she was a junkie, it was only a matter of time, and the police did not see any foul play.

Conclusion of Part II

The second part of this analysis focused exclusively on the unnamed secret society Bill stumbles upon and its ritual. Although nothing is explicitly spelled out to the viewers, the symbolism, the visual clues and even the music of Eyes Wide Shut tell reveals a side of the occult elite that is rarely shown to the masses. Not only does the movie depict the world’s richest and most powerful people partaking in occult rituals, it also shows how this circle has also the power to exploit slaves, to stalk people, and even to get away with sacrificial murders. Even worse, mass media participates in covering their crimes.

The secret society in the movie closely resembles the infamous Hellfire Club, where prominent political figures met up to partake in elaborate Satanic parties. Today, the O.T.O. and similar secret societies still partake in rituals involving physical energy as it is perceived to be a way to attain a state of enlightenment. This concept, taken from Tantric yoga, is at the core of modern and powerful secret societies. Although none of this is actually mentioned in Eyes Wide Shut, the entire movie can be interpreted as one big “magickal” journey, characterized by a back-and-forth between opposing forces: life and death, lust and pain, male and female, light and darkness, and so forth … ending in one big orgasmic moment of enlightenment. This aspect of the movie, along with other hidden details, will be analyzed in the third and final part of this series of articles onEyes Wide Shut.

Stay tuned for Part 3.

Constitutional Deputy Sherriff Speaks Out

0

Infowars.com
July 19, 2013

David talks with Sheriff Stan Lenic who has become an icon for defending the constitutional rights of activists who were passing out flyers at a New York airport and has now received the CSPOA Deputy Sheriff of the Year award.

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=c6ZrXbn4mvI#at=17

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Bernanke Confirms: “If We Were To Tighten Policy, The Economy Would Tank”

0

Mac Slavo
SHTFPlan.com
July 19, 2013

Financial analysts have opined that the United States is well on the road to recovery. They cite various data points to make the case that the multi-trillion dollar bailouts and stimulus have brought us back from the brink of a collapse so serious thatCongressional leaders had been told that should the bailouts fail, there was a real possibility of martial law being declared.

We’re doing so well, in fact, that just a couple of years ago President Obama assured the nation of our progress, claiming that we “reversed the recession, avoided a depression, [and] got the economy moving again.”

But were one to take a step back from the rhetoric of talking heads, political leaders and so-called Wall Street experts, a completely different picture begins to emerge.

Just this week it was announced that not only are housing starts plummeting, but permit applications reported their “largest miss in history,” an indicator that the economy is not as healthy as it has been made out to be. And, while stock markets are hitting all-time record highs, what’s curious is that some of the world’s largest companies, including Intel, IBM, Google, Ebay and FedEx, are reporting significant consumer pull back and earnings below analyst expectations.

And if that hasn’t convinced you, then here is the reality of the situation directly from Federal Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke, the architect of the most massive economic recovery “plan” ever devised in the history of the world.

“I don’t think the Fed can get interest rates up very much, because the economy is weak, inflation rates are low,” Bernanke told the House Financial Services Committee.

“If we were to tighten policy, the economy would tank.”

(Courier Mail)

What Helicopter Ben is saying, despite his pledge to start pulling back the monthly $85 billion (Over $1 Trillion yearly) in stimulus spending by mid-2014, is that if they stop injecting financial and bond markets with capital, the whole system is going to fall apart, just like it was going to in 2008.

There is no way out for Ben Bernanke’s policies. We’re toast either way. If we keep printing, we eventually hyperinflate our currency to oblivion, leaving our entire system of commerce at a standstill. If we stop printing the system “tanks,” as noted by the Chairman.

The end result, any way you slice it, is complete and total detonation of our financial, economic and monetary systems:

His answer?  The economy will tank.

Did that tell you everything you needed to know?

It should have.

He can’t exit.  

Not now, not ever.

Which paradoxically, means he will exit because if an outcome is inevitable then the longer you wait and the more distortion you pump in before it happens the worse it is and he cannot avoid owning the outcome either way.

…

Think it through folks.

Then get ready, because it’s coming.

Following the 2008 crisis, former Treasury Secretary Henry Paulson was quoted as saying that the United States was on the brink of a total collapse, something his successor Tim Geithner echoed in an open letter to Congress.

This is happening, and our Federal Reserve Chairman just confirmed it.

Ignore it at your peril.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, July 19, 2013 at 5:39 am

Tags: , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

2012 Obama Speech: ”We Refused to Let Detroit Go Bankrupt’ (Video)

0

Anthony Gucciardi
Infowars.com
July 19, 2013

As Detroit files for bankruptcy, the largest city in history ever to do so, we are reminded of the 2012 Obama speech quote in which the president boasts that he ‘refused to let Detroit go bankrupt’ following his ‘revival’ of the auto industry (through absorbing corporations into the bloated government system).

While indeed a speech that was focused on his ‘revival’ of the auto industry through expanding government further into the pants of private business, like a TSA agent patting down an attractive woman, this video is critical as it highlights the now blatant facade that our economy is ‘recovering’ with the help of Big Brother Obama and the help of our government. This is in sharp contrast to reality, of course, which shows us that the $83 billion in public taxpayer funding to the mega banks that finance the Mexican drug cartels on record is not a good investment – let alone the bloated Federal Reserve system that acts as a colossal leech on the income streams of average Americans.

But let’s look at Detroit. Facing billions in debt, Detroit filed for Chapter 9 bankruptcy protection in federal court on July 18th in what amounts to another mega bailout for an entire city that is the absolute epitome of a collapsed society. We’re talking record crime rates, which data shows is the result of insane gun control laws that stop law-abiding citizens from protecting themselves from gang members and drug dealers (as usual), and we’re also talking complete government incompetency. Or worse, complete government corruption.

NATION MOVES TOWARDS DETROIT DEBT EXPLOSION

You see, as I look further and further into all of the information and news out there, I’ve started to come to the conclusion that government incompetency is really much more true in lower level positions. The high level guys, at least high level in terms of citywide politics or statewide politics, are usually very sharp – at least sharp enough to know how the system works. And when your city is collapsing around you with cash bleeding out left and right, barely paying the understaffed police force that oftentimes then even gets into the crime business itself, it’s hard to actually be a good person.

In fact, it’s inviting to criminal politicians – it’s almost a requirement.

Is it all Obama’s fault? No, that’s not what this is about. Obama is really not even the top of the food chain, and we know that. What Obama is, however, is the face of massive, bloated government. Government that says ‘you didn’t build’ your business. A government that is so metastasized that it is now one big TSA agent reaching down theproverbial pants of America. And that will never work.

Detroit may be the face of what’s to come, and what will happen when the national and international economy descends into debt collapse. As of right now, only ignorant investors and stock brokers are buying into this phony ‘recovery’ that is always just around the corner. Until we take real action against the leeches of our nation at large, like the mega bankers sucking us dry along with the Federal Reserve and anti-Constitution agencies like DHS and NSA, we will always be getting closer to a Detroit scenario.

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Jacksonville Jihad: Florida teenager on trial for Yemen holy war designs

0

A 19-year-old native of Jacksonville faces up to 30 years in prison for yearning to join ‘violent jihad’. The young man established contact with Al-Qaeda’s branch in Jordan, hitting the weights and the gun range to ready himself to fight in Yemen.

A grand jury in Tampa Bay has indicted Shelton Thomas Bell, 19,
of “conspiring and attempting to provide material support to
terrorists”
, AP reports cites the indictment as saying. He
faces up to 15 years in prison in each charge.

Investigators discovered that Bell, who converted to Islam about
a year ago, was preparing to fight on the side of the well-known
terrorist group Ansar Al-Sharia, an Al-Qaeda affiliate. The Ansar
Al-Sharia is notorious for claiming responsibility for multiple
attacks, including suicide bombings on Yemeni forces, claiming
hundreds of lives.

This photo and the following information obtained from IntelCenter on September 12, 2012 reportedly shows forces of Ansar al-Sharia (AFP Photo / IntelCenter)

Bell, trained both physically and in practical shooting from May
to September 2012. His ‘psychological training’, consisted of
desecrating a Christian graveyard, as he together with an
unidentified person performed “a night-time mission” at a
Jacksonville cemetery, where the twosome vandalized religious
statues.

Federal authorities further believe Shelton Thomas Bell also
attempted to proselytize juveniles to join jihad, as he made
video and audio recordings in a bid to attract potential recruits
to the cause.

But the Florida teen’s jihadist ambitions did not stop at
vandalism and Internet propaganda. 

Bell is also accused of “two counts of grand theft, organized
fraud and knowingly and intentionally participating in a motor
vehicle crash.”

Having trained for an armed stand-off, Bell bought a pair of
black tactical gloves and together with an unnamed minor,
travelled to Amman, Jordan, in September 2012, where they got in
contact with the terrorist underworld.

Soldiers carry coffins during the funeral of dozens of soldiers killed in Monday's suicide bombing in Sanaa May 24, 2012. (Reuters)

US authorities believe that Bell stayed in the Middle East for
two months, although his activities in the country have not been
reported.

Around New Years’ Bell he returned to the US, where he worked a
computer repair vendor at a Jacksonville flea market.

Bell was arrested by the Jacksonville Sheriff’s Office on January
29, 2013, on several state charges and the federal charges of
terrorist activities were tacked on later on.

A Jacksonville Sheriff’s deputy wrote that at the time of the
arrest Bell was ready to flee as he “cleaned out his
booth”
at the flea market and purchased a one-way ticket to
Israel. Although the federal indictment states that Israel would
never allow Bell and the unnamed juvenile that was ready to
accompany him to enter the country, he was ready to travel to
Turkey, Jordan or Yemen to finally participate in ‘violent
jihad’.

Bell remains in Duval County Jail in Jacksonville, where he grew
up and his parents still live in a in a small, rural
neighborhood. While Bell has an attorney to defend him against
the state’s case, a federal public defender could be appointed
when on federal charges of aiding terrorists.

Republished with permission from: RT

'Egypt's national interests must come first'

0

Supporters of Egyptâ„¢s deposed president, Mohamed Morsi, hold a picture of him during a rally in Cairo on July 15, 2013.

An Iranian lawmaker has called on the Egyptians to prevent foreign interference in their countyâ„¢s internal affairs, adding that consideration of the nationsâ„¢ interests should take priority in the North African country.

Baqer Hosseini, a member of the National Security and Foreign Policy Committee of Iranâ„¢s Majlis on Friday urged the Egyptian nation to end the violence in the country and strengthen their unity to build a better country for themselves as well as future generations.

Å“Instead of such clashes, the [Egyptian] people had better seek the best solution, and avoid conflict and violence if there are differences of opinion among them,” the Iranian legislator pointed out.

Earlier on Thursday, Iranian President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad also called for an end to the unrest in Egypt, saying the continuation of violence in the Arab country will Å“harm a strong pillar in the region,” which will lead to a rise in the number of casualties on all sides, and that will only serve the interests of the enemy.

Tension in Egypt has intensified since the Egyptian army overthrew President Mohamed Morsi, suspended the constitution, dissolved the parliament on July 3 and declared the chief justice of Egyptâ„¢s Supreme Constitutional Court, Adly Mansour, as interim president the following day.

Dozens of people have since been killed in the wave of violent clashes between Morsi supporters, his opponents and security forces.

SF/NN/HMV

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Ethnic, religious conflicts serve Israel

0

Militants take position in Syria to fight government troops. (file photo)

Iranian Ambassador to Amman Mostafa Moslehzadeh says outsiders seek to launch ethnic and Shia-Sunni conflicts in the region for the sake of Israel.

In a meeting with Acting Palestinian Authority chief Mahmoud Abbas, the Iranian envoy submitted to him a message by president-elect Hassan Rohani in response to Abbasâ„¢s congratulatory message over Rohaniâ„¢s election win. The two sides also discussed regional developments.

Å“It is obvious that foreigners seek to provoke ethnic and Shia-Sunni wars to consign to oblivion the Israeli crimes as well as the issue of Palestine, which is the prime concern for the Muslim world,” Moslehzadeh said.

Pointing to instability, riot, and civil war in some regional countries, the Iranian envoy said that certain regional governments and extremist groups, including Salafis, fuel insecurity and carry out massacres in the region.

This is while the Islamic Republic of Iran favors a political settlement of the crises through halting armed measures, dialog among both sides to the conflict, holding elections, reforms based on public demands and the maintenance of countriesâ„¢ territorial integrity, which can lead to an end to violence and bloodshed, Moslehzadeh pointed out.

Abbas, for his part, appreciated Rohaniâ„¢s message and wished him success.

Regarding regional developments, Abbas acknowledged that the Palestinian issue was the number one priority for the Islamic world. He also described the situation in Syria as grievous, calling for a peaceful solution to the ongoing crisis in the Arab country.

Abbas also said that extremists have turned into a nuisance for countries because they are fomenting Sunni-Shia rifts although there has been peaceful coexistence among all Muslims.

Foreign-sponsored militancy in Syria, which erupted in March 2011, has claimed the lives of many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security personnel.

AR/NN/HMV

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Dempsey defends Russian helicopter deal

0

A top US military official has emphasized that it has no plans to cancel a half-billion-dollar helicopter purchase deal with Russia for the Afghan Special Mission Wing.

Chairman of the US Joint Chiefs of Staff General Martin Dempsey defended the USD550 million deal during the Thursday hearing of the Senate Arms Services Committee in response to lawmakersâ„¢ criticism of the purchase contract over Russian arms supplies to the Syrian government.

Å“On the Mi-17 [helicopters], … I support continuing on the path we are on,” Dempsey said. Å“To get the Afghans as capable as possible by the end of 2014. And that will require us to stay committed to that fleet.”

This is while the Special US Inspector General for Afghanistan Reconstruction urged the Pentagon late last month to place the agreement on hold until the Afghan unit was fully recruited and adequately trained.

There is no way we can transition at this point to give them anything other, the senior Pentagon official further underlined.

Brushing aside senatorsâ„¢ criticisms on Russian ties to Syria, Dempsey reiterated that it did not mean there could not be collaborations with Moscow elsewhere.

Å“Thereâ„¢s also plenty of places where we have common interests, and Afghanistan just happens to be one of those with Russia,” he said.

The US Defense Department has purchased 33 Russian-built Mi-17 helicopters from Rosoboronexport, the state-run arms exporter, since May 2011 and signed a contract for 30 more on June 17, despite fierce opposition by American congressional lawmakers.

MFB/MFB

Republished with permission from: Press TV

UK police arrest two over mosque blasts

0

UK police arrest two men on suspicion of having connections with two explosions near mosques in central England.

British anti-terror police have arrested two men on suspicion of having connections with two explosions near mosques in central England in recent weeks.

According to West Midlands Police, the two men, described as eastern European aged 25 and 22, being held on suspicion of being involved in Å“the commission, preparation or instigation of an act of terrorism.”

The men were arrested after the remains of a small explosive device were found near a Mosque in Walsall on June 22 and after the suspected nail bomb blast in Tipton, just eight miles from Walsall, on July 12.

According to reports, no one was reported hurt in either attack. The incidents only led to an evacuation of local residents from their homes.

Mosque and the surrounding area in Wolverhampton also was evacuated by police on Thursday evening after information was received about what police said was a possible “device activation” in June.

The attacks follow a series of anti-Muslim assaults in the wake of the murder of British soldier Lee Rigby in Woolwich, London in May

MOS/HE

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Britain drops plans to arm Syria rebels

0

Britain abandons plans to arm insurgents in Syria but will train them, sources say.

Britain has abandoned plans to arm insurgents fighting against Syrian President Bashar al-Assad, sources familiar with government thinking say.

The Sources told Reuters that Britain is clearly not going to arm the militants Å“in any way, shape or form”, adding that British public is largely against sending arms to the insurgents in the Arab country.

There are also fears that any weapons Britain supply could fall into the hands of extremists.

The sources, however, said London will continue to train the foreign-backed militants fighting against the Syrian government.

Å“It [Britain] will train them, give them tactical advice and intelligence, teach them command and control. But public opinion, like it or not, is against intervention,” said one source.

Syria has been gripped by deadly unrest since March 2011. According to the United Nations, more than 90,000 people have died and millions of others displaced in the violence.

The Western countries, including Britain, and their other regional allies, have been supporting over two years of militancy in Syria.

MOS/HE

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Protesters slam DRC President Kabila

0

Hundreds of people have taken to the streets in Goma, eastern Democratic Republic of the Congo, to protest against President Joseph Kabila for his Ëœincompetenceâ„¢ to neutralize rebels in the region.

The protest was held on Thursday in the violence-hit city amid UN concerns about recent clashes in the area.

On July 14, heavy clashes broke out between the March 23 movement (M23) rebels and the Congolese army northeast of Goma, putting an end to several weeks of relative calm.

The military succeeded in pushing the rebels several kilometers further from the city after four days of battle and the front line was calm on Thursday.

During Thursday protests, police fired teargas at angry demonstrators to disperse them from the center of Goma, where they blocked roads and displayed a sign which read, Kabila Must Go.

Meanwhile, the press office of UN Secretary General Ban Ki-moon said in a statement that the UN chief was Å“deeply concerned about the latest round of hostilities initiated by the M23 movement north of Goma.”

The statement said the United Nations Organization Stabilization Mission in the Democratic Republic of Congo (MONUSCO) is on high alert and ready to intervene Å“including through the Force Intervention Brigade, should the fighting threaten civilians, particularly in Goma and in IDP (internally displaced persons) camps,” referring to a new kind of peacekeeping force the UN is now dispatching.

The 3,000-strong Intervention Brigade, which has a tough mandate to take on rebel groups to end the decades-old conflict in Congoâ„¢s resource-rich east, has started patrols but has not yet entered into combat.

The M23 rebels seized Goma on November 20, 2012 after UN peacekeepers gave up the battle for the city, which is home to about one million people. The rebels withdrew from the city on December 1 under a ceasefire accord.

Several armed groups, including the M23 rebels, are active in eastern Congo and are fighting for control of the countryâ„¢s vast mineral resources, such as gold, the main tin ore cassiterite, and coltan (columbite-tantalite), which is used to make many electronic devices, including cell phones.

MR/HSN

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Black Humanity on Trial in America, Again

0

“Let us banish from our minds the thought that this is an unfortunate victim of injustice. The very concept of injustice rests upon the premise of equal claims.”

— Richard Wright

The above quote from the author Richard Wright is a reminder that the consequences of enslavement are still very much a part of the cultural, social and political makeup of the United States of America. From time to time in the history of society there are incidents or series of incidents that brings together the central contradictions of a society. The acquittal of George Zimmerman in the case of the killing of Trayvon Martin in Sanford, Florida, was one such incident that brought out the entire history of racism, racial profiling, white vigilantism and the realities that black people and their allies have to organize to change the system. There is hardly a decent person inside the United States who was not moved by this verdict that was handed down on July 13, 2013. Throughout the trial and following the verdict, it became clear that the US system put on trial the unarmed teenager, Trayvon Martin, who was murdered by an armed stalker.

The trial dehumanized Trayvon Martin, put his friend Rachel Jeantel up for ridicule and turned the killer George Zimmerman into a victim. George Zimmerman was portrayed as someone merely defending himself, and was found not guilty of murder and manslaughter. Juror B37 stated that she and others on the jury believed that Zimmerman had a right to stand his ground. In the common law, a self defense argument generally states that if you are threatened with imminent bodily harm or death, you have a right to defend yourself. Significantly, it had the requirement that if one has the opportunity to retreat from that threat, you must do so. Stand Your Ground laws, removes that requirement. In other words, don’t retreat; take the other person’s life. What kind of legal system justifies laws such as the Stand Your Ground law that was used as part of the deliberative guidelines by the jury that acquitted Zimmerman? The application of this law in the jury deliberation buys into the Zimmerman story in which he stated that he resorted to shooting unarmed Trayvon Martin by way of self-defense against his perceived fear of harm from the fight he had started with a teenager that was minding his own business.

There have been numerous commentaries on this case which now stands out as the most recent example of the fact that blacks have no claim to equality before the law in the United States. Throughout the world, people are asking: “what kind of society has a system where a George Zimmerman can walk free?”

In seeking to answer this question, one would discover that this social system of racial terror was never meant to serve the needs of persons such as Trayvon Martin. Florida is a state of the Old Confederacy that fought against the freedom of blacks. It was and remains one of the states where the ideas of white supremacy are stamped in almost every aspect of life and the citizens of that state carry the memories of the dehumanization and lynching of blacks in that society. In many ways, the killing of Trayvon and the verdict of not guilty was a reminder to many who may have been living in a dream that the United States is a post-racial society.

As a resident of this society, we immediately cast our minds back to the previous experiences of the killings of black persons such as Emmet Till, Amadou Diallo, Oscar Grant and the thousands of black lives that are uselessly snuffed out needlessly.

In this analysis we seek to draw on the current conjuncture and how the experience of Trayvon Martin was acting as a wakeup call to galvanize a new movement for human dignity.

Memory of Racism and Dehumanizing Justice System in US and Florida

The Zimmerman case invokes the memory of rabid racist history in the US, and Florida in particular. This history is characterized by the killing of blacks by whites with impunity, white vigilantism (in which any white man has the right to stop, interrogate, and violate the humanity of any black person), and a legal system that was built to protect whites and their property against black people.

When Zimmerman killed Trayvon Martin, it took mass mobilizations and protests to get the local authorities to arrest and prosecute this killer who had walked free for over one month after committing this crime. This kind of indifference by authorities to the wasting of black life is not new in Florida. In 1923 Rosewood, a black town in Florida, was terrorized, burned down and abandoned after white massacre of blacks. And yet no one was arrested or held accountable. A white woman in adjoining city of Sumner had accused a black man of assaulting her, following which white vigilantes lynched a black man from Rosewood. The defensive actions taken by Rosewood residents against further attacks led to a mass manhunt and massacre of blacks resulting in the abandonment of this black town, for which no arrest was made.

While the justice system ensured that there were no arrests and proper prosecution of crimes such as that committed in Rosewood against blacks, these same black people were almost immediately assumed guilty and terrorized by the slightest accusations from whites. In Groveland, Florida, the accusation by a white woman Norma Padgett, who claimed that she and her husband had been attacked by four black men in 1949, resulted in extrajudicial killings in the hands of Florida authorities — now notoriously known as the Groveland Shooting.

The same city of Sanford where Zimmerman killed Trayvon was one of the two Florida cities (the other being Jacksonville) that doubled down on racist segregation laws to mobilize against African American baseball icon Jackie Robinson in the 1940s. The action of the people of these cities ensured that Robinson’s team, the Dodgers, moved their spring training away to another location, the City Island Ball Park in 1947. Today, many young persons who haven’t read about this legacy of Sanford, Florida, can get an idea of its racist legacy from the movie, “42,” about the experience of Jackie Robinson in racist America.

The accosting of Trayvon Martin by George Zimmerman reminded all citizens of the United States of the Fugitive Slave Laws that gave whites the right to stop free blacks to verify their status. From 1793, the US Congress had passed Fugitive Slave Acts and were codified on September 18, 1850, as part of the Compromise of 1850. It declared that all runaway slaves were, upon capture, to be returned to their masters. Any white person could stop a black person. This was the white vigilante tradition that George Zimmerman was following.

The Humanity of Blacks and Rights in America

The argument that has been paraded by supporters of Zimmerman, including his defense team and one of the jurors (B-37) is that he had killed Trayvon Martin in self-defense. They even claim that Trayvon Martin caused or contributed largely to his own death. It is not surprising to me that this argument disregards the right of unarmed Trayvon Martin to defend himself against an armed stranger that followed and accosted him in the dark. The larger question here is whether blacks are indeed considered equal to white under the law. This question of equality before the law has been at the core of the struggle for human dignity by blacks in America.

Many observers around the world should now grapple with the historical reality that in many parts of the United States, blacks are not really considered full citizens. From the time of enslavement, black people were considered sub human. This view of black people as sub species had been enshrined in the US constitution when blacks were designated as 3/5 of a person. It required a major war, the American Civil War (1861-
global nato1865), for the black people in the United States to be considered as citizens. Before this major war, there had been legal and political struggles such as the Dredd Scott case where the Supreme Court of the United States declared that “no black, free or slave, could claim U.S. citizenship.”

Last month the Supreme Court of the United States rolled back the Voting Rights Act of 1965. In every sphere of life, black and oppressed people are finding out that they have to develop new forms of struggles to change the social system. After a Civil War, the civil rights movement and the election of a President of African descent, the progressives are finding out that the removal of racism will require system change. Since a black man became the president of the United States, conservative forces have been hard at work in many states of their stronghold, devising ways to chip away the voting rights from blacks and other oppressed such as Latinos.

After the major struggles against slavery, Jim Crow and the civil rights rebellions, there had been complacency among sections of the two dominant political parties in the United States that the country was in a post-racial moment. In fact, the media specifically did not use the term racism but instead use the concept “race” to disguise and cover up the intensified racism and brutality against African Americans. This cover up did not hide the realities that in every sphere of life blacks were oppressed. The school-to-prison pipeline placed the black and brown population in a for-profit prison system where 70 per cent of those behind bars are black and brown. The killings of black people by racists and police have not abated. Whether it was the killing of Amadou Diallo, Oscar Grant or Trayvon Martin, black people are routinely and arbitrarily killed in the United States.

The acquittal of George Zimmerman has opened the eyes of millions of people to the conditions of the black and brown citizens. In an effort to create divisions between oppressed blacks and oppressed Latinos, the media has been touting the fact that George Zimmerman is Latino. But this has not disguised his profiling and racist intent in the murder of Trayvon Martin. All classes of blacks have now jumped in to demand that the Justice Department bring a civil suit against George Zimmerman.

Eric Holder, -the first African American Attorney General of the United States, in his address to the annual convention of the NAACP (National Association for the Advancement of Colored People) on July 16 spoke about his own experiences of racial profiling reminding the audience that these practiced were still at large. He said in part,

“Years ago, some of these same issues drove my father to sit down with me to have a conversation — which is no doubt familiar to many of you — about how as a young black man I should interact with the police, what to say, and how to conduct myself if I was ever stopped or confronted in a way I thought was unwarranted. I’m sure my father felt certain — at the time — that my parents’ generation would be the last that had to worry about such things for their children.”

Eric Holder is now being pushed by the anger of a new energized and mobilized social justice community. The day before he spoke to the NAACP, Holder had made forceful statements about the case in his address to the influential African-American sorority Delta Sigma Theta. Holder was addressing the sorority’s national convention in its centennial celebration. This organization was founded one hundred years ago in the midst of segregation and lynching as a movement for civil rights. Founded by educated black women at Howard University, Delta Sigma Theta is the largest single organization of African-American women in the United States. Since the sixties, these women have moved into the middle and upper echelons of society and the members of Delta Sigma Theta represent a who’s who of African-American politicians, educators and activists. Many of these women consider themselves successful, but the acquittal of George Zimmerman reminded them that this system will never provide equality for black people. It is this reality that forces women of sororities such as Delta Sigma Theta to continue to be involved in the struggles for civil rights. Except that in this period of capitalist crisis, the struggles for civil rights are no longer simply about voting and equal access to housing, education and employment. Sixty years ago, the United States could have promoted the fiction that the legal struggles were separate from the struggles for a new social system, but the economic crisis since 2007 has clarified the bare realities of the class and racial polarizations so that even the “democratic” façade of the United States now stands exposed.

Dividing the Oppressed

During the trial of George Zimmerman, it was Trayvon Martin who turned out to be on trial and Zimmerman was portrayed as a victim. Trayvon’s mode of dress, wearing a hood was presented as a form of ‘deviance.’ During the trial, the lawyer for Zimmerman made a lot of to do about Trayvon. His school record was brought up. While all sorts of drug tests were conducted on an unarmed dead victim of profiling, the vigilante who killed Trayvon was neither tested for drugs or alcohol.  It was revealed during the court proceedings that Trayvon had marijuana in his system and was thus characterized as a thug. In a strange twist of historical irony, one day after the verdict, the “Glee” TV star, Cory Monteith, died of an overdose of heroin and alcohol, but the media did not portray him as a drug addict but sympathized about “how his story was tragic.”

At the same time the media has been hard at workportraying Zimmerman as a Latino while conservatives have weighed in to argue that the passions evoked by this case has overshadowed the rampant crime inside the oppressed communities. The conservatives have labeled this oppression black-on-black crime. The term “black-on-black” crime has become popular in the playbook of those who want to deflect attention from the historical context of terror and dehumanization that undergird race crimes and brutality meted out on black and brown people by whites and law enforcement in America. They are quick to draw attention to crimes in some black communities. In my own home town, one of my colleagues in the Political Science Department of Syracuse University, Professor Laurence Thomas  wrote an op-ed for the local newspaper on this theme of black-on-black crime.

Well, it is true that crime anywhere in the society is not desirable, and that more needs to be done to address them. But the term black-on-black crime is a misnomer that is not intended to tackle the root causes of these crimes, but concocted as an excuse to downplay the gravity of racist crimes. The same people who use this term would not use “white-on-white crime” to describe the killing sprees in schools, theatres, and malls in America, of which the perpetrators and majority of the victims are Caucasians. Instead, efforts such as gun control and the availability of resources meant to address these crimes — whether those prevalent in white or black communities — are frustrated by the merchants of the military industrial complex and the prison industrial complex who benefit from the deformed system.

Black Oppression and the Capitalist Crisis

The capitalist crisis has been felt disproportionately by the black and brown peoples in the United States. The Wall Street moguls have used this crisis to transfer wealth from the poor to the rich and to disenfranchise the poor. The city of Detroit, a predominantly black city is the most recent high profile case of a city where black citizens are being disenfranchised; where a republican governor has placed the city under an emergency manager. In reality, the task of the emergency manager is to shift responsibility for capitalism’s crisis away from bankers, CEOs and hedge-fund managers and onto the backs of the most vulnerable. In the case of Detroit, that means poor and working-class African Americans who make up the vast majority of the city’s population.

Oppression was always severe for the African descendants in the US but since 2008, there has been an intensification of black subjugation and mass incarceration.  With unemployment in the black community way over 25 per cent, there have been increased racial attacks with a spiraling of violence and police brutality, emboldened dope dealers (destruction of public schools, governmental attacks on voting rights laws, etc.).

In New York City the establishment promote a stop-and-frisk policy by which a police officer who reasonably suspects a person has committed, is committing, or is about to commit a felony or a penal law misdemeanor, stops and questions that person, and, if the officer reasonably suspects he or she is in danger of physical injury, frisks the person stopped for weapons.  Of the more than 700,000 persons stopped every year, more than 90 per cent are blacks and browns.

System Change Necessary for Justice

When the verdict came out on Saturday evening, July 13, the establishment worked hard to pacify the rage among decent people by pointing out that the courts had spoken. As soon as the verdict was made known there were spontaneous demonstrations all over the country. Young and old, black, white and brown, men and women, gays and straights spoke out against this blatant dehumanization of Trayvon Martin. African American churches immediately became spaces for ‘prayer’ vigils and other historical forms of meetings for mobilization. Significantly, despite the efforts to divide blacks from Latinos, in Washington Heights, a predominantly Dominican neighborhood of New York City, there was an organized protest. From San Francisco to Washington and from Los Angeles to Atlanta, the people came out to demonstrate while the conservatives used the media to pour invective on blacks. In every media, whether print, TV, social media or blogs there is an unprecedented outpouring of opinions.

Robin D. G. Kelley in an excellent article, “The U.S. v. Trayvon Martin,” summed up the views on many progressives when he wrote,

“The point is that justice was always going to elude Trayvon Martin, not because the system failed, but because it worked. Martin died and Zimmerman walked because our entire political and legal foundations were built on an ideology of settler colonialism–an ideology in which the protection of white property rights was always sacrosanct; predators and threats to those privileges were almost always black, brown, and red; and where the very purpose of police power was to discipline, monitor, and contain populations rendered a threat to white property and privilege. This has been the legal standard for African Americans and other racial groups in the U.S. long before ALEC or the NRA came into being.”

The killing of Trayvon Martin, the acquittal of the killer Zimmermann, and the vigorous defense of the verdict by sections of the US society who claim that “the jury has spoken” and that “the due process of the law/justice” was applied, underscore the fact that this case was not about Florida or Zimmerman. It was about the US justice system and the societal ideation system of liberalism built on the duality and contradictions of “human vs. sub-human,” “white supremacy vs. black/brown inferiority,” “full rights of citizenship vs. selective rights.”

Globally, people are asking what’s next. Some are pointing to legal avenues, calling on the Attorney General of the United States to take action. As of Wednesday July 17, one million people have signed an NAACP petition asking the Department of Justice to pursue federal and civil rights charges against George Zimmerman. The strategy of the NAACP is to pressure the Attorney General to investigate whether Zimmerman’s actions constitute a hate crime under federal law. The Justice Department had closely monitored the case since March, and only put their investigation on hold to respect the state’s trial. Since the verdict and the overwhelming response, Attorney General Eric Holder has agreed to re-open his investigation. However, it would be a major error to focus on legal actions only.

A system change is what will be required to undo this contradiction of the dehumanization of black people inside this social system. Progressive forces and decent human beings must make this the focus of the next phase of the historical struggle to be human in America.

Horace Campbell is Professor of African American Studies and Political Science, Syracuse University. He is the author of Global NATO and the Catastrophic Failure in Libya, Monthly Review Press, 2013. 

Republished with permission from: Counterpunch

Nigeria to pull out troops from Mali

0

Nigeria says it will pull out part of its 1,200 troops from the UN mission stationed in Mali to address its own security issues.

Nigerian President Goodluck Jonathan said in a letter addressed to the head of the Economic Community of West African States (ECOWAS), Ivorian Coast President Alassane Ouattara, on Thursday that the troops were needed to control the Boko Haram militant group in northern Nigeria.

Å“I received a letter from the president (Goodluck Jonathan of Nigeria). Itâ„¢s because of the domestic situation in Nigeria. They are not withdrawing everyone. They are withdrawing part of the troops,” Ouattara said.

On July 1, the United Nations Security Council approved the deployment of 12,600 UN peacekeeping troops to Mali.

France launched a war on resource-rich Mali in January under the pretext of halting the advance of rebel fighters in the country.

Meanwhile, security forces in Nigeria have been stretched thin since the president declared a state of emergency in mid-May, experts said.

Boko Haram has claimed responsibility for a number of deadly gun and bomb attacks in various parts of Nigeria since 2009.

Over the past four years, violence in the north of Africaâ„¢s most populous country has claimed the lives of about 3,600 people, including killings by the security forces.

GMA/HSN

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Out of ICE Into the Fire

0

Janet Napolitano will leave her post as head of the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) to become the President of the University of California (UC) system.

This is a change worth pondering.

* * *

Only a decade ago, Americans could not say “homeland” without irony; the word seemed too nationalistic and authoritarian. “Fatherland” and “Motherland” carry that connotation still.

Then came 9/11.  The terror attacks were a godsend for authoritarians.  They enabled institutional changes that leave us more surveilled and less free than before.

The words we use followed suit.

And so, we now find ourselves under the heel of a spanking new and thoroughly monstrous bureaucratic concoction, the Department of Homeland Security.

Reason not the need. The point was to make the public think that the security of the homeland from terrorist attacks like the ones on 9/11 are the government’s highest priority.

If the Bush-Cheney Administration could get that idea across, then, they hoped, people would feel that the homeland really is insecure — not from looming ecological catastrophes or from the turbulent downward spiral of an overripe capitalist system, but from them, the “other”; from those who “hate our freedom” and are poised to attack.

In a saner world, it would appear obvious on its face that the Fear that Bush and Cheney managed to install is a greater threat to our freedom than Al Qaida or any of its offshoots.  But no matter. Now that a Communist menace is unavailable, Islamist boogiemen will have to do.

Concern that Communism might win over peoples’ hearts and minds motivated capitalists, and their politicians, to make concessions to social democracy and New Deal liberalism, diminishing inequality and enhancing overall well-being.

Islamism, on the other hand, is a temptation only within marginalized ethnic enclaves, and the fears it raises have no salutary consequences. Concern that it might win over the hearts and minds of immigrants from historically Muslim countries inspires nothing but nativist animosities and tolerance for repression.

Radical Islamists don’t even provide good pretexts for fattening up the military-industrial complex. Because President Drone prefers to wage his version of the Bush-Cheney War on Terror by remote control, parts of the high tech sector have prospered under his reign. But more traditional death merchants are floundering like everybody else. They are the ones who created the jobs back when military Keynesianism was our “free market” substitute for industrial planning.

Moreover, despite the best efforts of compliant media, the radical Islamist threat is not very credible. The old Soviet juggernaut could wipe us off the map. What can Al Qaida and its affiliates do?

How fortunate for our rulers, therefore, that the peoples of the Middle East and South Asia are dark enough and foreign enough to scare God-fearing, true blue Americans to death! If enough people are scared enough, they can get away with pretty much anything they want.

What they want is to be able to do whatever they deem necessary — not to assure the homeland’s security, but the security of the titans of finance, commerce and industry (what remains of it) who own them and who believe, not unreasonably, that, in the Age of Obama, the homeland also belongs to them.

* * *

George Bush chose former Pennsylvania governor Tom Ridge to be the first head of the DHS. It is tempting to say that he made that choice to make himself look good. In any case, Ridge was too inept for the job.  He will be remembered mainly for color-coding terror levels.

Michael Chertoff took over in Bush’s second term. He was less risible than his predecessor, but the performance of the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA), part of the DHS, nearly did him in.  Chertoff’s credibility never recovered from Hurricane Katrina.

Neither, of course, did George Bush’s — not after he famously told FEMA director (and former Judges and Stewards Commissioner for the International Arabian Horse Association) Michael Brown that he,

“Brownie,” was doing “a heck of a job.”

Then came Barack Obama and Janet Napolitano. In this, as in so many other ways, Obama continued what his predecessors began, but with more finesse.  Napolitano was the perfect woman for the job, a capable administrator with ample law enforcement experience.

By the time she took up the reins, the DHS included some comparatively benign and even useful agencies, not just FEMA but also the Coast Guard and the Secret Service, among others. It also included some of the most odious federal agencies of the post-9/11 era.

High on the list is ICE, the Immigration and Customs Enforcement agency, the bane of Latino and Asian communities throughout the Land of the Free. Under Obama and Napolitano, raids on immigrant communities and deportation rates soared.

There is also the TSA, the Transportation Security Administration, the bane of air travelers who dislike being groped by keystone cops and otherwise having their personal space violated.  Most fascisant of all, there is the Customs and Border Protection agency, tasked with militarizing the U.S. — Mexico border.

Before taking over DHS, Napolitano was the Governor of Arizona.  It was her successor, Republican Jan Brewer, who made that state among the most retrograde in the entire United States. But the seeds have been there since frontier days, and Arizona politics has always been skewed to the right. As Governor, Napolitano was no outlier; she fit the traditional mold.

Indeed, law enforcement has always been her passion. Before she became Governor, Napolitano had been Arizona’s Attorney General. By all accounts, she ran a tight ship.

Reportedly, she would have liked to become the U.S. Attorney General in Obama’s second term. However, Eric Holder wanted to stay on, and the President wanted that even more than Holder did.

Holder’s first task, upon assuming office, was to assure that Bush era war criminals would not be brought to justice. Obama called that “looking forward.” Holder was just as forward looking as his boss. But that was only the starter.

For criminalizing whistle-blowing and investigative reporting, Holder has proven himself second to none. And he and Obama are of one mind when it comes to proclaiming the legality of the Administration’s plain violations of international law — like the right of humanitarian asylum and the absolute immunity from prosecution and police interference accorded to sitting heads of state.

Above all, the President values the way Holder protects banksters and too-big-to-fail corporate predators. Obama is on record for calling some of the worst of them “savvy businessmen.” This is fine with Holder; he is totally with the program.

And Obama can count on Holder to put a lid on popular resistance movements — from Occupy Wall Street to expressions of rage following the acquittal in Florida of George Zimmerman, the killer of Trayvon Martin.

Like Obama himself and like Bill Clinton, Holder is good at “feeling the pain” of the system’s victims. Like them too, he is good at doing nothing more to relieve it than throwing a few well chosen words the victims’ way.

After the Zimmerman acquittal, he mouthed off a little about the harm done by stand-your-ground laws like Florida’s. It was like Barack Obama mouthing off about Israeli settlements in occupied Palestine. Nothing will come of it.

People involved in anti-racist struggles who are not also abject Obama apologists like Al Sharpton and Melissa Harris-Perry have long understood that this African American Attorney General is part of the problem, not part of the solution.

That is just how Obama likes it. From his point of view, Holder is a keeper.

And so, with the prospect of taking over at Justice shot, Napolitano decided to accept the California offer.

Starting this September, the chancellors of the campuses at Berkeley, Los Angeles, San Diego, San Francisco, Davis, Irvine, Santa Barbara, Santa Cruz and Merced will all report to her.

In numbers of students enrolled, she will head the sixth largest public university system in the United States. But this hardly reflects the importance of the position she will hold.

This is because there is no other public university system that comes close to containing so many world-class research institutions and highly regarded undergraduate colleges.

If there were a President of the Ivy League, he or she would hold an only slightly more influential post. But, of course, private universities do not, and never will, comprise an integrated administrative entity.

The University of California is in a class by itself.

* * *

The Department of Homeland Security is huge and its component parts are more diverse than those of any university system.  One might therefore suppose that someone up to the task of running the DHS would be more than capable of running the University of California.

By all accounts, Napolitano was up to the task.

To be sure, much of what the DHS does is objectionable, and the whole is worse than the sum of its parts. But that really wasn’t Napolitano’s fault; she was only doing her job, “following orders.”

In choosing her, Obama could have done worse. Given the drift of his presidency, when he nominates a successor, he probably will do worse.

Still, given her prominence in the Obama Administration and her role in some of its most nefarious activities, it is hard not to be glad to see the back of her.

The University of California could do worse too. They would have done worse had the Regents succumbed to the nonsensical but widespread belief that “savvy businessmen” ought to run everything.

That belief was the one thing Mitt Romney had going for him as he tried to win over “undecided” voters in the 2012 election. Obviously, not enough of them were convinced.

But plutocrats are usually more amenable to pro-business nostrums than undecided voters, and there are plutocrats aplenty among the UC’s Regents.

Fortunately, for the future of public higher education, they didn’t succumb entirely to their own delusions.

But they did go part of the way — selecting a competent manager with demonstrated skills in law enforcement.   Better that than someone habituated to squeezing profits out of everything that moves, but hardly what the University of California needs.

What do university administrators do? Presumably, they raise money, but hardly anyone who is not an administrator really knows. It is one of the mysteries of academic life.

What is clear is that they make a lot of busywork for themselves and each other. Academics know this because some of it filters down to those who actually do the teaching and research. They also make sure that they are paid more than anyone else — except, of course, the football coach.

They can also be a force for good, though they rarely are. In the not too distant past, leaders of prestigious academic institutions would sometimes use their bully pulpits to exert moral leadership — to defend free speech and the right to protest, for example, or affirmative action.

They did so, for the most part, as decent and principled conservatives — real ones, the kind that would be appalled by what passes for conservatism in the Grand Old Party these days. Many of the best of them were liberal Republicans, a breed that is now all but extinct.

Decent and principled Democrats have not fared much better. They can still be found in state legislatures, but among the high flyers of the national Party, they are an endangered species.

When they leave office, cabinet Secretaries usually cash in big time on their connections. The handful of them who circulate back and forth between the government and the academy are perhaps a tad less venal than the ones who go on to become lobbyists – but when it comes to being decent and principled, they are no better than the common lot.

They are, at most, team players, like Donna Shalala, Bill Clinton’s Secretary of Health and Human Services (HHS). Before “the lure of public service,” as she put it, “called” her away, she was Chancellor of the University of Wisconsin — Madison. [She was therefore, technically, my boss.]

She left the cabinet after her boss’s second term.  Then she became President of the University of Miami where, as at Wisconsin, she devoted herself mainly to the football team. And, as if to honor the neoliberal drift of the Clinton years, she distinguished herself too by doing her level best to keep campus workers from organizing.

Like the DHS, HHS is a huge bureaucracy comprised of diverse agencies. Shalala did well enough running it; at least no one can say she did “a heck of a job.”

But she was largely sidelined on policy matters even before the Clintons’ Hillarycare fiasco set the cause of health care reform back a generation – awaiting the time when genuine reform would be set back again by the Affordable Care Act, President Obama’s “landmark” legislative triumph.

The White House can only focus on a few issues at a time; everything else runs more or less on autopilot. It can therefore matter who the cabinet secretaries are. Usually, though, it does not. They need only be competent enough not to embarrass the President or to hurt him politically.

That was how it was with Shalala and Napolitano. They both did OK; they both went along to get along.

And that is what the University of California can now expect.

If Napolitano has it in her to do the contemporary equivalent of, say, speaking out courageously for due process rights for Black Panthers, the way Kingman Brewster, President of Yale, did in the late sixties, she has shown no sign of it.

Neither is there any reason to expect Napolitano to exercise anything like visionary leadership in higher education itself. She is a stranger to the entire operation — except, of course, the campus cops.

Whatever the UC Regents may think, large, multi-faceted bureaucratic conglomerations are not fungible; universities are different. Their culture is different from the DHS’s or, at least, one would hope so. Even among themselves, universities differ considerably.

If Napolitano has any inkling of this, it is not clear how she obtained it. She has a law degree from the University of Virginia, and she boasts that her father was a dean at the University of Arizona’s Medical School. That’s about it.

She has had no relation at all to the campuses she is about to lead.

However, she does claim to have always had an interest in higher education. No doubt, she has. But, then, she is, at best, an enthusiast, not an expert.

Sherry Lansing, the chair of the special committee tasked with finding a new UC system President, announced Napolitano’s appointment. Lansing used to be the CEO of Paramount Pictures. Would she have appointed a self-identified movie buff with no “industry” experience to head a major studio? The question answers itself.

The idea, it seems, is that, because Napolitano has Washington connections, her “being there” will confer blessings upon the UC system – like the body of Oedipus upon his burial site.  Good luck with that.

One would think that the Regents would care more about Sacramento than Washington. However, they seem unconcerned that Napolitano is as much a stranger to California politics as she is to academic life. Could they be the last to be looking still to Obama for salvation?

It may be relevant too that one of Napolitano’s prime Washington connections is the senior Senator from California, Dianne Feinstein.

As it happens, Feinstein’s husband, Richard Blum, an investment banker with more money than Croesus, is a California Regent.  No doubt, he supported Napolitano as enthusiastically as his wife supports NSA surveillance.

Still, in a world where Robert Gates could move from the CIA to Texas A&M and then become Secretary of Defense for both George W. Bush and Barack Obama, or where the hapless General Petraeus could be considered for the presidency of Princeton, the Napolitano appointment, however outrageous, is not that anomalous.

It should be noted, though, that Petraeus does at least have a higher degree; and that he got it at the university he wanted to lead.

* * *

Napolitano’s move from the DHS to the UC presidency is bad news for California; the best that can be said for it is that the university system could have done even worse.

But there are always unintended consequences. In this instance, they could turn out to be welcome.

Were a Republican or a white southern Democrat or even a northern “liberal” turned “moderate” implementing policies like Obama’s, popular indignation would now be flaring up everywhere. Remember how Lyndon Johnson was despised, and how Hubert Humphrey’s nomination for the presidency in 1968 fractured the Democratic Party.

Yet Obama gets away with murder — and worse.  There seems to be no limit to how much “disappointment” his boosters will tolerate. In their minds, Republican villainy excuses all.

This is why Obama’s greatest gift to the powers that be is, and always has been, his ability to disable popular opposition. This is especially invaluable now — as reasons to rebel rise to Vietnam era levels.

Janet Napolitano will not get the same free ride.

Clark Kerr was President of the UC system too; and unlike Napolitano, he actually was a distinguished academic and a liberal Democrat, back in the day when that still meant something.

Today, he is remembered mainly for leading the Forces of Order as the Free Speech Movement erupted in all its glory. Kerr was a decent and thoughtful man who had the misfortune of being caught between a nascent New Left and the virulent rightwing reaction that made Ronald Reagan Governor of California.

He was also an insightful observer of university culture.  Being a preeminent insider, his view of what university administrators do is especially on point. According to one of his better-known quips, they deal with “sex for the undergraduates, athletics for the alumni and parking for the faculty.”

Napolitano should take heed. If she sticks to those issues, she may just get through her next job in one piece. However if she ventures out on her own, she may just be clueless enough to get into big trouble — like America in Afghanistan and the Middle East.

Sometimes, though, prudence is not enough. Clark Kerr discovered that to his dismay.

The Free Speech Movement, like the anti-War movement that followed it, saw establishment liberals as the enemy; it took aim at liberalism – from the left.

That made perfect sense: establishment liberals were impeding the civil rights movement as much as they were aiding it, and the Vietnam War was largely their creation.

How pathetic that nowadays one can only long for the liberalism sixties activists once despised!  Democrats today are that much worse.

Be that as it may, for a moment, Kerr became a lightening rod; Napolitano will be a lightening rod too. The difference is that, as a good Obama Democrat, she will deserve it far more.

The spirit of rebellion is out there; in 2011, as the Occupy movements flourished, it nearly caught on. In 2013, it need only be ignited. For that, there is no better place than the campuses of the University of California – the one at Berkeley, above all. There is no more honorable campus tradition.

It can happen. An even more noxious Obama Democrat than Napolitano, Rahm Emanuel, is finding that out now in Chicago. Emanuel’s — and Obama’s – neoliberal austerity politics, shorn of any concern for the wellbeing of anyone but the super-rich, is embattled there.

With workers in Chicago rising, can the campuses at Berkeley and UCLA be far behind?

Remarkably, Obama can still appear in public without being called to shame; without being asked how many kids he killed that day or how many emails and text messages he collected.

It’s a different story, however, with his close associates.

How deliciously ironic it will be if the return of a genuinely transformative, counter-systemic politics is set off by the likes of Janet Napolitano and Rahm Emanuel.

In her case more than his, it is guilt by association. But the two of them are the best proxies we are likely to get for that still untouchable ruling class flunky who has done so much to stimulate outrage, and to make rebellion justified and necessary.

ANDREW LEVINE is a Senior Scholar at the Institute for Policy Studies, the author most recently of THE AMERICAN IDEOLOGY (Routledge) and POLITICAL KEY WORDS (Blackwell) as well as of many other books and articles in political philosophy. His most recent book is In Bad Faith: What’s Wrong With the Opium of the People. He was a Professor (philosophy) at the University of Wisconsin-Madison and a Research Professor (philosophy) at the University of Maryland-College Park.  He is a contributor to Hopeless: Barack Obama and the Politics of Illusion (AK Press).

Republished with permission from: Counterpunch

Russia to add warships to Pacific Fleet

0

The Russian Navyâ„¢s Pacific Fleet is due to receive new warships in 2014, reportedly for the first time since the disintegration of the former Soviet Union, commanders say.

Å“Rather large-scale deliveries of new equipment, new warships to the Pacific Fleet will start in 2014,” said Rear Admiral Sergei Avakyants in a Thursday interview with Rossiya 24 television network, as cited in a RIA novosti report.

According to Admiral Avakyants, the last time the Russian naval fleet received a new warship dates back to 1991.

The Russian military is further cited as stating that at least one of the two Mistral-class helicopter carriers being built for the Russian navy in France will be deployed with its Pacific Fleet.

The development has reportedly provoked concerns in Japan. The two countries have territorial disputes over Kuril Islands in the North Pacific Ocean.

Moreover, the Russian Defense Ministry has further announced that one of its first Borey-class ballistic missile submarines will be commissioned into service with the Pacific Fleet following the much anticipated deployment by the end of 2013, the report adds.

Additionally, the report adds, the Russian military is also building several Steregushchy-class corvette warships for the Pacific Fleet at its Amur shipyard in Russiaâ„¢s Far East with the estimated delivery date of 2014-2015.

Russiaâ„¢s Pacific Fleet currently includes the Varyag missile cruiser, four Udaloy-class destroyers, a Sovremenny-class destroyer and dozens of submarines, including five Delta III-class ballistic missile submarines.

The new additions to the Russian naval fleet comes following plans announced by the US military to drastically increase its naval presence in the Asia Pacific region.

This is while China is also reasserting itself as a major military power, concerned about growing US presence in the region amid its continuing conflict with US-backed Taiwan as well as territorial disputes with Japan, another US ally.

MFB/MFB

Republished with permission from: Press TV

US Spying and Resistance in Latin America

0

US imperialism spreads across Latin America through military bases and trade deals, corporate exploitation and debt. It also relies on a vast communications surveillance network, the recent uncovering of which laid bare Washington’s reach into the region’s streets and halls of power. Yet more than McDonald’s and bullets, an empire depends on fear, and fear of the empire is lacking these days in Latin America.

The controversy stirred up by Edward Snowden’s leaked documents reached the region on July 7th, when the first of a series of articles drawing from the leaks were published in the major Brazilian newspaper O Globo. The articles outlined how the US National Security Agency (NSA) had for years been spying on and indiscriminately collecting the emails and telephone records of millions of people in Brazil, Venezuela, Colombia, Mexico, Peru, and Argentina, just as it had done in the US, Europe and elsewhere.

0-1-0-coltel-2

The articles pointed out that data collection bases were located in Bogota, Caracas, Mexico City and Panama City, with an additional station in Brasilia which was used to spy on foreign satellite communications. The NSA gathered military and security data in certain countries, and acquired information on the oil industry in Venezuela and energy sector in Mexico, both of which are largely under state control, beyond the reach of US corporations and investors.

As with the spying program in the US, Snowden’s leaks demonstrate that this method of collecting communications in Latin America was done with the collusion of private telecommunications companies in the US and Latin America.

Brazilian President Dilma Rousseff called the spying a “violation of sovereignty and human rights.” The presidents of Brazil, Bolivia, Argentina, Uruguay, Venezuela and other nations in the region condemned Washington for its actions and called for an inquiry into the surveillance.

“A shiver went down my back when we learned that they are spying on us from the north,” Argentina’s President Cristina Fernández de Kirchner said in a speech. “More than revelations, these are confirmations of what we thought was happening.”

Indeed, the region is no stranger to US spying and interference. And with the election of leftist presidents across Latin America over the past decade, it should come as no surprise that the US has been spying into what Secretary of State John Kerry recently referred to as Washington’s “backyard.”

The shadow of 20th century dictatorships hangs over much of Latin America, orienting the region’s democratic processes and struggles for justice. Brazil’s Rousseff and Uruguayan President José Mujica are among today’s various Latin American presidents who were active in the social movements fighting against brutal US-backed dictatorships in their respective countries.

Rousseff was jailed for her activism from 1970-1972, and Mujica was shot by the police six times, tortured and imprisoned for 14 years, including being confined to the bottom of a well for over two years. Under the leadership of Nestor and Cristina Kirchner, Argentina has sought justice for the some 30,000 people disappeared during that nation’s dictatorship. Needless to say, the legacy of US-backed coups, right-wing spying networks, and police states looms large in Latin American politics and recent memory.

So when Snowden’s leaked documents pointed to contemporary spying, it harkened back to Washington’s Cold War allies who, through coordinated efforts like Operation Condor, collaborated regionally to monitor dissidents and supposed communists, intercepting mail and spying on phone communications as a part of their continental nightmare.

But the Cold War is over, and from Argentina to Venezuela leftist politics have dominated the region’s landscape over the past decade, labor and indigenous movements have been on the rise, and a decidedly anti-imperialist stance has been common on campaign platforms and political policy.

While Washington has succeeded in supporting coups against left-leaning leaders in Honduras and Paraguay in recent years, a US-dominated regional trade agreement was shot down, its military bases have been pushed out of certain areas, US policy in the war on drugs is meeting resistance in key countries, and Latin American governments are going elsewhere for loans and aid. As a historic shift in politics has taken place south of the US border, Washington has often appeared out of touch and grasping for allies.

In this context, leftist Bolivian President Evo Morales’ plane was grounded in Europe upon its return home from Russia on July 2nd. US officials behind the grounding of the plane believed Snowden, currently based in a Moscow airport, was on Morales’ flight, as the whistleblower was seeking asylum in South America.

Upon returning to Bolivia, where a meeting was convened among Latin American leaders to address the US and European nations’ action against Morales, the Bolivian president said “the United States is using its agent [Snowden] and the president [of Bolivia] to intimidate the whole region.”

Latin American presidents across the board were outraged at the actions against Morales, and Venezuela, Nicaragua and Bolivia all offered asylum to Snowden in a protest against the US and in solidarity with the whistleblower. Others said they would help to protect him from US prosecution.

When US Vice President Joe Biden pressured Ecuadoran President Rafael Correa to not give asylum to Snowden, Correa thumbed his nose at the US, renouncing $23 million in US trade benefits, and offering those funds instead for training of US officials on civil liberties and human rights.

In regards to the spying revelations and to the grounding of Morales’ plane, Correa told reporters, “We’re not 500 years behind. This Latin America of the 21st century is independent, dignified and sovereign.”

In all of the data that the US gathered across the region, it missed one crucial fact: that Latin America is no longer Washington’s backyard. In spite of the empire’s wide reach, there are places where it will always be defied, in the telephone booths and dreams of a world that it will never truly own.

Benjamin Dangl’s latest book Dancing with Dynamite: Social Movements and States in Latin America (AK Press) is on contemporary Latin American social movements and their relationships with the region’s new leftist governments. He is editor of TowardFreedom.com, a progressive perspective on world events, and UpsideDownWorld.org, a website on activism and politics in Latin America. Email BenDangl(at)gmail(dot)com.

Republished with permission from: Counterpunch

The Manning Show Trial

0

I’m shocked – shocked! – that Colonel Denise Lind, the military judge who ruled in February that Bradley Manning could be tried on various charges even after being held prior to arraignment for more than five times the absolute longest time specified in the US Armed Forces’ “speedy trial” rules, has now also ruled that Manning can be convicted of aiding an enemy that does not exist.

Yes, you read that right: There’s only an “enemy” to aid, in any legal sense, if the United States is at war, a state created by a congressional declaration. There’s been no such declaration since World War II.

Lind had only one legal duty as judge in this case: To dismiss all charges due to the government’s failure to meet the “speedy trial” deadline. If the United States was, as John Adams put it, “a government of laws, not of men,” that’s exactly what she would have done.

Lind’s superiors had a clear duty as well – to remove her from the bench after that first illegal ruling and charge her under Article 98 of the Uniform Code of Military Justice:

“Any person subject to this chapter who —

“(1) is responsible for unnecessary delay in the disposition of any case of a person accused of an offense under this chapter; or

“(2) Knowingly and intentionally fails to enforce or comply with any provision of this chapter regulating the proceedings before, during, or after trial of an accused; shall be punished as a court-martial may direct.”

No, I’m not really shocked that none of this happened. It’s par for the course. Laws, including the “supreme law of the land,” aka the US Constitution, are for us little people. The US government doesn’t need or want them, except for use as camouflage. It does whatever it wants to do (or rather whatever the ruling members of the American political class tell it to do).

The only reasonable takeaway from the Manning trial is that American “rule of law” is a sham. The US government doesn’t operate within the Constitution’s constraints on state power, nor does it honor that Constitution’s list of enshrined individual rights. It never has done so absent extreme compulsion and it never will do so on anything like a regular basis.

The corollary: If the US government isn’t bound by its own alleged rules, why on Earth would anyone else be?

Thomas L. Knapp is Senior News Analyst at the Center for a Stateless Society (c4ss.org).

Republished with permission from: Counterpunch

What the New York Times Talks About When It Talks About Drones

1

The New York Times, the most respected newspaper in the world, evidently remains unpersuaded of the illegality of American drone strikes, and continues to take a bizarre, tortured approach to discussing the matter in its news articles. That launching drone strikes in a foreign country whose government does not consent to said strikes is a violation of that country’s sovereignty is hardly in dispute. As Ben Emmerson, the U.N. special rapporteur on human rights and counter-terrorism who led an investigation into U.S. drone strikes in Pakistan said in March, the drones “involve the use of force on the territory of another state without its consent and is therefore a violation of Pakistan’s sovereignty.” If attacking a country’s residents with missiles fired from flying robots against that country’s will does not constitute a breach of sovereignty, then nothing does.

Yes, “anonymous U.S. officials” continue to insist that the Pakistani government secretly supports these strikes. This might be prima facie plausible, but considering that the current leader of Pakistan has repeatedly and explicitly expressed his opposition, and that Pakistan’s government “made it clear” to Emmerson’s U.N. team that, in fact, it does not consent to these strikes, one can hardly throw in with “anonymous U.S. officials” who have no evidence to support their case. (Obama’s May 23 speech on the topic, surprisingly enough, did nothing to persuade Pakistan of the many benefits and advantages of the drone campaign against its people.)

The latest wave of death unleashed by the U.S. drone war in Pakistan occurred on Saturday night. Two men — “militants,” no doubt — were killed when a strike was launched in the northwest tribal region of the country at around 11:30 PM. The men were riding on a motorcycle when they were struck and killed. (Who among us hasn’t been out for a nice Saturday night ride when a flying robot appears overhead and starts targeting you with missiles?)

The Times report on the strike tells us that drones are “immensely unpopular in Pakistan and are portrayed as a violation of [Pakistan’s] sovereignty.”

Portrayed.


These strikes on a foreign country are not, apparently, a straightforward violation of sovereignty. They are only “portrayed” as such by unspecified sources. This has become the standard for how the Times discusses the issue of sovereignty vis-a-vis the U.S. drone war. The wording, for some reason, changes ever so slightly every time, but never does there appear a simple, honest assertion of the illegality of the drone war. In the paper’s report on a July 2 strike that killed sixteen people, we are told that the strikes “are hugely unpopular in Pakistan and are seen as a violation of the country’s sovereignty.” In a report on a March 21 strike that killed four people, the strikes are “deeply resented in the country and are seen as a breach of Pakistani sovereignty.”

So, according to the paper of record, drone strikes are immensely/hugely/deeply (what’s next? massively?) unpopular in Pakistan, and are seen/portrayed as a violation/breach of the country’s sovereignty. There is apparently a form sentence that Times reporters must copy and paste into every piece about drones.

We might consider how the New York Times would discuss drones and sovereignty if the roles of aggressor and victim were played by different states. Suppose, for example, that the Iranian government were engaged in a drone campaign against the United States, one that that raged for several years and ended the lives of hundreds of American men, women, and children. “Anonymous Iranian officials” were whispering to the Times that, in fact, the U.S. government privately consents to these strikes, even though U.S. leaders were on record vehemently denouncing the drone campaign and demanding its immediate cessation. Please consider what a New York Times report on an Iranian drone strike that killed sixteen Americans would look like.

No one could possibly say with a straight face that, under such circumstances, the paper would continue to hedge on the illegality of the strikes, saying only that they “are portrayed in the United States as a violation of its sovereignty.” This highly convenient, cautious tone would be dismissed, and the Iranians would be doubtless portrayed as lawless thugs. Because to the New York Times, and to virtually all other establishment media outlets in this country, global norms and the constraints of international law only apply to other countries, not to the U.S.

It’s nationalism disguised as journalism.

Justin Doolittle writes a political blog called Crimethink. He has an M.A. in public policy from Stony Brook University and a B.A. in political science from Coastal Carolina University.

Republished with permission from: Counterpunch

The Long Journey

0

One of the most frightening things, I think, about dying is that we do it alone. Of all the natural evils for which one would like to blame the creator, this seems one of the worst. It would have been so much better, wouldn’t it, if we left this life in groups, left perhaps with the people we came in with, with the children we remember from our earliest days in school, and perhaps also with the people we have come to love, if they are suitably close to us in age. If we could go in groups, as if on a field trip, it would be easier.

But we go alone, even those unfortunates who die in accidents that take many lives die effectively alone because they don’t have time, really to appreciate their fates as shared. They say the people who remained on the Titanic sang as the ship went down. That’s what I’m talking about. It would be so much better, so much easier to bear if we were assigned a time along with many others. We could begin to gather a little before that time, all of us who were assigned to leave together, we could begin to gather and prepare ourselves and share with one another the joys and sorrows of our lives. If we did that, I think we would realize that our lives had really all been variations on the same theme, that we were not so different from one another as we had thought.

I’m not certain if I believe in life after death, even though I am very religious. I’m not certain what it would be for. I doubt I will be ready to leave this life when my time comes. I think I’d like to live much longer than I
know I will, say three or four hundred years. I think I’d eventually get tired of living though, so the prospect of living forever is not all that appealing.

It seems to me, however, that if there is life after death, that that place where we will all go (and I believe we will all go to the same place because I am a universalist), wherever it is, that we will all actually arrive there together. Even though each of us will die individually, alone, if we go anywhere, it is to eternity and since  there is no temporal change in eternity, there cannot be any arriving earlier or later. Where we will go will be where everyone will go at the same time, or where everyone, in a sense, already is. There will be no waiting for the loved ones who die after us. They will be there waiting for us, so to speak, when we arrive, even if they are in the bloom of youth when we leave.

When I think about death, which I do more and more as I get older, I wonder if perhaps part of the point of it, of the horrible specter of that trip one must take alone, is precisely to make us understand that we never really are alone. And by that I don’t mean simply that God is always with us, although I do mean that also. I mean that we are all part of the whole of humanity, that we are connected to everyone and, indeed, to every living thing.

There is a poem I love by Molly Holden that conveys very well this sense of connectedness very well. It’s called “Photograph of Haymaker, 1890.” It goes like this:

It is not so much the image of the man

that’s moving – he pausing from his work
to whet his scythe, trousers tied
below the knee, white shirt lit by
another summer’s sun, another century’s –

as the sight of the grasses beyond
his last laid swathe, so living yet
upon the moment previous to death;
for as the man stooping straightened up
and bent again they died before his blade.

Sweet hay and gone some seventy years ago and yet they stand before me in the sun,

That’s not the whole of the poem. I left out the last couple of lines for fear of violating copyright. You can read the whole of it though if you go to Poetry magazine. Of course the poem is about the haymaker in that it’s about mortality which is inseparable, I think from temporality. Time passes, people pass, as they say. The haymaker will pass, just as the grasses he’s cutting down in the vigor of his manhood. And he is gone now of course that man who was young and vigorous in that photo taken so long ago.

I love to read philosophy and learn that others who lived and died long before me had precisely the same thoughts that I have had. I feel suddenly linked to those people in a mystical way. I feel as if they are with me in a strange sense, that we are together on this journey we call life, even though they completed it long ago.

Kierkegaard speaks often about the idea of death and how one must keep it ever present in his thoughts. I did not understand this when I first read it, but I believe I do now. To think about death, really to think about it, to think it through, will bring you right back around again to life and what a miracle it is, and by that I don’t mean your own small individual life, but all of it, life as a whole, and you will be filled with reverence for it. You will be kinder to every creature.

And you will feel less alone.

This piece is for Otis Anderson, February 7, 1959 — July 14, 2013.

M.G. Piety teaches philosophy at Drexel University. She is the editor and translator of Soren Kierkegaard’s Repetition and Philosophical Crumbs. Her latest book is: Ways of Knowing: Kierkegaard’s Pluralist Epistemology. She can be reached at: mgpiety@drexel.edu 

Republished with permission from: Counterpunch

Iran lauds Mandela’s fight for freedom

0

File photo shows former South African president Nelson Mandela.

Iran’s Deputy Permanent Representative to the United Nations Gholam Hossein Dehqani says former South African President Nelson Mandelaâ„¢s fight for freedom has been vital not in Africa but throughout the world.

Å“Mandelaâ„¢s struggles for freedom have influenced not only the people in the African continent, but all those who seek to create a better world and establish justice and eliminate discrimination across the globe,” Dehqani said in a ceremony marking Mandela’s 95th birthday on Thursday.

Dehqani hailed the UN General Assemblyâ„¢s move to declare July 18 Nelson Mandela International Day, adding the South African anti-apartheid leader dedicated his life to humanity and justice and fought to establish peace.

He said holding a ceremony to commemorate Mandela shows his deep impact on the international community.

”Mandela has always played a leading role in promoting the principles and goals of the United Nations Charter,” the Iranian envoy stated.

He noted that the former South African presidentâ„¢s efforts to resolve disputes peacefully and replace discord with unity as well as his due regard for the Palestinian issue and Childrenâ„¢s rights are good examples for all those who seek to establish justice and create equal social and economic opportunities without discrimination.

Dehqani further pointed to Å“very special” relations between Mandela and the Non-Aligned Movement (NAM) over the past 15 years and said that NAM has actively supported his efforts to fight apartheid and hegemony.

The world celebrated the anti-apartheid legendâ„¢s 95th birthday on Thursday as South Africaâ„¢s president said Mandelaâ„¢s health condition is Å“steadily improving.”

Å“Madiba remains in hospital in Pretoria, but his doctors have confirmed that his health is steadily improving,” the government said in a Thursday statement, using Mandelaâ„¢s clan name.

Mandela, who led the country to democracy in 1994, left office in 1999 after serving one term as South Africaâ„¢s president. Seen as South Africaâ„¢s moral compass, the highly-revered leader announced his retirement from public life in 2004, but continued to make a number of public appearances.

The anti-apartheid hero suffered from respiratory disease during 27 years in prison. He was released in 1990 and then he made peacemaking efforts in the country. He was elected as president in 1994.

The former South African president has received more than 250 awards over four decades, including the 1993 Nobel Peace Prize. In recent years, Mandelaâ„¢s health problems have worried his supporters.

SF/NN

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Arms-for-Dictators: a Bi-Partisan Tradition

0

The fringe issue of arms export criteria became headline news today, with the Independent’s splash on an ‘arms for dictators’ scandal. A parliamentary report by the Committees on Arms Export Controls raised a few eyebrows, but the embarrassment of the government approving arms sales to 25 out of 27 of the countries blacklisted as human rights abusers will soon vanish.

Of the 3,000 export licenses our government has approved, many have gone to Russia and Iran, who both support and arm the Syrian government. Items have been sent to Sri Lanka, Belarus, China and Zimbabwe — all of which feature prominently on the Foreign Office’s list of states with worrying civil rights records.

David Cameron is known for this. Only two weeks ago I wrote about his trip to the dictatorship of Kazakhstan with arms firm Rolls-Royce, where he boasted about British trade prospects. This follows on from Cameron’s tours of the gulf, where he has joined with arms firms to sell weapons to regimes who repress democracy. During the Arab spring in Bahrain and Egypt, demonstrators have been attacked with British-made tear gas, smoke canisters and demolition charges. Cameron’s arms-dealing jollies were interrupted by the Libyan Revolution, and the revoking of arms exports was a post-facto admission he was very wrong to have sold them in the first place. This dirty record was already known, for example, Amnesty have said that, “In 2009 the Saudi air force used UK-supplied Tornado fighter-bombers in attacks in Yemen which killed hundreds — possibly thousands — of civilians.”

For Conservatives who love to harp on about the strong rule of law, or Lib Dems who present themselves as the party of human rights, this makes for uncomfortable reading. Protecting democracy and human rights is supposed to be non-partisan, uncontroversial and supported by all. But it seems that the only thing non-partisan about human rights is that their violation through arms exports receives cross-party support, and Labour supporters have little to feel smug about given our own party’s track record.

The atrocious arms policy of Tony Blair is best explained by monitoring sales to Israel. When the Second Intifada broke out, the value of UK military export licences to Israel almost doubled from £12.5m in 2000 to £22.5m in 2001. Did this prove a good strategy? Between 2000 and 2010, 6371 Palestinians have been killed by Israeli forces, half of whom were not participating in hostilities.

After Blair’s departure, the silent scandal continued, as David Miliband was forced to admit that British components were used in Operation Cast Lead, an attack on the Gaza strip in 2008-9 which left 1,400 Palestinians dead, and saw Israel accused of war crimes by Amnesty, Human Rights Watch and the UN. This cosiness looks set to continue if Labour wins in 2015, as I have argued in the wake of the recent Labour Friends of Israel lunch and Douglas Alexander’s hawkish speech.

Israel was not the only recipient of Labour’s bloodstained generosity. The genocidal General Suharto, who devastated East Timor, tends to stick in the memory, while China and even Assad’s Syria were invited to arms fairs.

Because the arms industry is given a £700m subsidy, all of us, as taxpayers, voters and citizens, are collectively responsible for these outrages. There is nothing exclusively ‘left-wing’ about supporting human rights, but the conflict between rights and business proves too much for some.

In fact, it is the relationship between business, politics and the law that needs to be re-examined here. It is clearly unacceptable to have a situation where Sherard Cowper-Coles, Britain’s ambassador to Saudi, is allowed to help flog BAE’s £46bn arms sales to that dictatorship, only to get a job with BAE afterwards.

To cut out this damaging collusion between business and politics to ignore human rights, we need to stop thinking of this as a political scandal, or an embarrassment, and treat it as a serious violation of the law. Judges need to be empowered to issue arrest warrants for executives of arms companies who sell weapons irresponsibly, and the politicians who approve the export licenses should join them in the dock.

James Elliott is a freelance journalist living in England.

Republished with permission from: Counterpunch

The Real Story of the Cuban Five

0

Publication of What Lies Across the Water, Stephen Kimber’s book about Cuban anti-terrorists serving wildly extravagant terms in U.S. jails, is a remarkable event. Previously appearing as an e-book, this is the first full — length book published in English on the so-called Cuban Five. They were arrested in Miami on September 12, 1998, and a worldwide movement on their behalf is demanding their freedom. Many view them as political prisoners.

In comprehensive and convincing fashion the book explains how Gerardo Hernández, Antonio Guerrero, Ramón Labañino, Fernando González, and René González came to be arrested, tried, and imprisoned. Its coverage of bias and legal failings that marred their prosecution and trial is adequate, but less detailed. Kimber devotes more attention to events and personalities directly affecting the Five than to early anti-Cuban terror attacks and the Cuban revolution.

Journalism professor Kimber (at Canada’s University of King’s College, in Halifax, Nova Scotia) drew upon news stories in the Florida, Central American, and Cuban media and read 20,000 pages of court transcripts. He interviewed officials and contacts in Florida, Cuba, and elsewhere, also family members of the Five and the prisoners themselves, via correspondence. The author’s clear, flowing, and often seat-gripping, even entertaining, narrative is an added plus. The book is highly recommended.

Kimber starts out by confessing he was no expert on the case initially. He was about to write a novel that touched upon Cuba. Then a Cuban friend with political and intelligence experience told him that, “nothing can really be resolved between Washington and Havana until they (the Five) are returned to Cuba.” So instead of writing a novel, Kimber began work on a story he realized was important and that “needed to be told by someone who didn’t already know which versions of which stories were true.”

The way Kimber’s report unfolds serves to highlight convoluted linkages of the prisoners’ experiences and their case to the many-faceted U.S. apparatus set up to undo the Cuban revolution.  Implacable, non-stop U.S. enmity sets the stage for obfuscations, contradictions, intrigue, ambiguities, and strange twists. For Kimber, the resulting atmosphere was one where “Nothing, it seems, is ever as it seems.”

For example, Cuba’s “Wasp Network” included at least 22 agents, not just the Cuban Five, as is often assumed. Agents were posted throughout the United States, away from Florida. Some of those arrested in 1998 pled guilty and served only short sentences. Cuban agents served as FBI informants. Far from kimberexclusively monitoring private paramilitary groups, as many assume, one Cuban Five agent did gather non — classified intelligence from a U.S. military installation. For years, the FBI monitored movements, contacts, and communications of the Five and other agents. The Cuban American Nation Foundation (CANF), darling of U.S. presidents, professed non-violence, yet operated a paramilitary wing. Even the Miami Herald, reviled by Cuba solidarity activists, gains points through its reporter Juan Tamayo, who linked Havana hotel bombings to the Cuban exile terrorist Luis Posada.

The book attests to difficulties attending intelligence gathering in the midst of all but open U.S. war against Cuba. Cuban agents were well prepared, and superior officers in Havana supervised them closely. “Compartmentalized,” they were unable usually to identify fellow agents in the United States. They relied on advanced technical skills, support from loved ones, fearlessness, their own resourcefulness, their sensitive understanding of hazardous situations, and very hard work.

Kimber’s “What Lies across the Water” has the potential for stimulating new thinking on the case of the Five. Information it provides and the book’s fact-based style of presentation ought to persuade readers, it seems, to move beyond viewing the prisoners’ fate as a sort of morality tale, one with U.S. over-reaction, prisoners’ revolutionary virtue, and suffering.  The book would encourage them instead to develop a response built on considering the larger context of generalized U.S. bullying of Cuba. The book may or may not succeed in this, but in all respects it is essential reading for those either new or old to the case of the Five.

The book exerts an appeal through effective portrayals of characters so far out of the ordinary, with such bizarre purposes, as almost to defy belief. They include: Cuban agent Percy Alvarado Godoy, CANF infiltrator for years; terrorist honchos Orlando Bosch and Luis Posada; the opportunistic Brothers to the Rescue leader Jose Basulto; and even Nobel Prize winning author Gabriel Garcia Marquez, message carrier to the Clinton White House. There is the flamboyant Wasp agent, pilot, unfaithful husband, and FBI informant Juan Pablo Roque, who returned to Cuba; CANF founder and Miami titan Jorge Mas Canosa; and not least, Francisco Avila Azcuy. That FBI informant, Cuban spy for 13 years, and chief of Miami’s Alpha 66 private military formation was unusual, even in a setting where double agents were, and undoubtedly are, routine.

This book tells the tragic story of the Cuban Five. But here’s hoping it also helps re-orient energies of justice-seeking activists toward joining or rejoining a necessary fight. Their task is to take on the century — long U.S. campaign to impose domination over a Caribbean island. The agenda presently is to end the U.S. economic blockade, end campaigns of internal subversion and international isolation, and, surely, free the Cuban Five.

W. T. Whitney Jr. is a retired pediatrician and political journalist living in Maine.

Republished with permission from: Counterpunch

UN: Generation of Syria kids at risk

0

File photo shows Syrian children in the Bab al-Salam refugee camp in Syriaâ„¢s border towen of Azaz.

The United Nations has warned against direful consequences of the foreign-sponsored militancy on the lives of children in Syria, saying the crisis will take its toll on a generation of kids.

Following a three-day visit to Syria, Special Representative of the Secretary General for Children and Armed Conflict Leila Zerrougui said on Thursday that Syria Å“will have to face a generation of children who lost their childhood, have a lot of hate and are illiterate” when the crisis is over.

According to the UN envoy, the turmoil has ruined thousands of schools across Syria, and many of the remaining schools have been turned into shelters for the displaced.

Before her trip to Syria, Zerrougui also paid a visit to Syrian refugees in neighboring countries, including Lebanon, Turkey, Jordan and Iraq.

The UN envoy said children account for about half of the five million Syrian refugees who have fled from violence.

In a similar report, UK-based Save the Children aid agency said on July 12 that some 22 percent of Syrian schools have been destroyed or badly damaged in over two years of unrest, jeopardizing the education of 2.5 million children.

According to the agency, school buildings were bombed, teachers came under violent attacks and children were recruited by armed groups operating in Syria.

Syria has been gripped by deadly unrest since March 2011. According to the United Nations, more than 90,000 people have died and millions of others displaced in the violence.

MKA/HSN

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Syria militants fire rockets into Lebanon

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Rockets fired by Takfiri militants in Syria have landed in a Lebanese village, reportedly injuring a pregnant woman in the attack, Turkey’s official news agency Anadolu reports.

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Iran urges regional help on Karabakh

0

Iranâ„¢s Baku envoy urges regional efforts to help solve Nagorno-Karabakh dispute

The territory of Nagorno-Karabakh, largely populated by Armenians but located in Azerbaijan, is claimed by Both Azerbaijan and Armenia.

The Iranian ambassador to Baku has called on regional countries to join efforts to find a peaceful solution to the Nagorno-Karabakh dispute between Azerbaijan and Armenia.

We believe that peace and security will not take hold in the region without the settlement of the dispute, Mohsen Pak-Ayeen said on Thursday.

Å“The worldâ„¢s peace-loving countries, particularly those in the region, should try to contribute to the peaceful settlement of the issue. The Islamic Republic of Iran has also announced its readiness in that regard,” he added.

Pak-Ayeen said Iranâ„¢s policy is to support any negotiations between the Republic of Azerbaijan and Armenia to help find effective solutions to the dispute, adding that Tehran backs the idea of a meeting between Armenian and Azeri presidents to reach Å“tangible results.”

Both Azerbaijan and Armenia claim the territory of Nagorno-Karabakh, which is largely populated by Armenians but located in and accounts for 16 percent of Azerbaijan.

Ethnic Armenian forces took control over the enclave in early 1990s during a six-year war with Azerbaijan (February 1988 to May 1994).

The conflict left an estimated 30,000 people dead and one million others displaced before the two sides agreed to a cease-fire in 1994. However, a peace accord has never been signed and the dispute still remains unsettled.

The envoy added that Azerbaijan was well aware of Iranâ„¢s goodwill to help settle the conflict. He also hailed the positive approach by Azeri Foreign Minister Elmar Mammadyarovâ„¢s to embrace proposals by other countries for resolving the issue.

On Wednesday, the Azeri foreign minister said that Baku welcomes proposals from any country to help settle the dispute.

The Islamic Republic of Iran has on several occasions offered to mediate in the dispute.

Mammadyarov also expressed his countryâ„¢s dissatisfaction with the activities of the co-chairs of the Organization for Security and Cooperation in Europe (OSCE) Minsk Group, saying Azerbaijan saw no improvement in the process of the settlement.

The OSCE Minsk Group was created in 1992 by the Conference on Security and Cooperation in Europe (CSCE) to help find a solution to the Nagorno-Karabakh dispute between Azerbaijan and Armenia.

The Minsk Group is headed by a co-chairmanship consisting of France, Russia and the United States, but it also includes participating states of Belarus, Germany, Italy, Portugal, the Netherlands, Sweden, Finland, and Turkey as well as Armenia and Azerbaijan.

The Iranian diplomat said that Tehran supports any group that can take positive steps toward settling the row, but criticized the co-chairs of the Minsk group for failing to adopt effective measures to help resolve the dispute.

AR/NN/HMV

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Getting Along

0

I awoke this morning feeling like a shit sandwich without the bread. And then, “Oh, Grandma Fletcher, I’m 64 today.” I lay in bed, thinking, thinking, thinking–knowing the additional year couldn’t be the problem. It’s just one day after being 63. The acquittal of George Zimmerman was on my mind.

I got out of bed and made the coffee extra strong. Checked email and then tied the laces of my running shoes.

Along the route, I imagined Anish, a reader who sends messages that are exactly what I need to read at exactly the right time, exacting me to become a better person. He sees my flaws, the conflicts, and encourages my evolution.

Often, Anish closes with, “Peace and bliss”, or “Stay blissful”.

Today will be blissful. I said it aloud. But I thought of Trayvon Martin. Especially when I passed a young black man. Actually, each time I passed a black person.

I’d watched a CNN interview–Anderson Cooper’s questions for one of George Zimmerman’s jurors (B37). She’d said there was no discussion of racism. She demeaned Rachel Jeantel’s testimony, saying that Jeantel was embarrassed to be there. That she felt sadness for Trayvon Martin’s friend because of her education and lack of communication skills. That Jeantel was using phrases she’d never heard and didn’t understand. When Cooper asked about Trayvon’s calling Zimmerman a “creepy-ass cracker,” juror B37 said she didn’t interpret this as racial but as the “way they talk. I think it’s just everyday life, the type of life that they live and how they’re living.” And she presented Zimmerman’s account–why he felt threatened by Trayvon. That Trayvon was acting strangely. This suspicious behavior included, “Because he [Trayvon] was cutting through the back. It was raining.” As if these reasons provoked the violence that ensued. And this: “I think George Zimmerman is a man whose heart was in the right place…” These are chilling words. The man whose heart was in the right place shot Trayvon Martin in the heart.  “But he [Zimmerman] wanted to do good. I think he had good in his heart, he just went overboard.”

Clearly juror B37 exposed her bias. She identified with George Zimmerman. Felt no connection to the man who was stalked, Trayvon Martin, separated as she is by white privilege, white attitude. She tried Trayvon, not George Zimmerman.

I continued this thinking and more when I returned home. That behind this massively rooted tree of tragedy, a forest is obscured. Yet overlaps. The targeting of Trayvon Martin is not unlike US drone warfare, the observation of someone who may or may not be dangerous, but who’s presumed menacing because of group prejudices. Because he wears a hoodie, a kufi or turban, his skin color, age. And “her communication skills… She was using phrases I have never heard before…. the way they talk…” These are the separations that justify a preemptive strike, without regard for truth, for life, empathy, for humanity.

On Tuesday, Attorney General Eric Holder condemned Stand Your Ground laws, saying they “senselessly expand the concept of self-defense” and may “encourage violent situations to escalate.” Yet last year, Holder gave a speech during which he said that secret executive branch reviews of classified evidence count as due process and that the government can kill Americans without clear evidence. Isn’t extrajudicial killing similar to Stand Your Ground measures?

On my birthday, I had a little party, made dinner for family and new friends. We talked about the trial, shaking our heads as we compared Trayvon Martin to Emmett Till and Rodney King, wondering, wondering, as King did, “People, I just want to say, can’t we all get along?”

The answer is no. As long as Stand Your Ground laws are on the books, we cannot get along. As long as our government condones targeted assassinations against American citizens, we can’t get along. In fact, all acts of droning, waging war, period, require that the answer is no, because they senselessly expand the concept of self defense, may encourage the escalation of violent situations, and are immoral. Just like Stand Your Ground, they are inconstant with rapprochement.

Missy Beattie has written for National Public Radio and Nashville Life Magazine. She was an instructor of memoirs writing at Johns Hopkins’ Osher Lifelong Learning Institute in Baltimore. Email: missybeat@gmail.com.

Republished with permission from: Counterpunch

Trials of the Dead

0

“When the reading was over, he uttered in a voice full of sorrow: “Goodness, how sad is our Russia.”

— Nikolai Gogol, Four Letters Concerning Dead Souls

Here is the news you’ve all been waiting for. As is often the case with news, it consists of two parts-the bad and the good. The bad news is he was found guilty. The good news is he won’t have to serve any time. That’s because he’s dead. I refer to the recent conviction of Sergei Magnitsky. Mr. Magnitsky is indebted to Olga Alexandrina for the fact that he even had a trial.

Olga was involved in a head-on collision in Moscow in which she was killed. The driver of the other car was a vice-president of Lukoil.  Civic activists and those who reportedly saw the accident said the executive’s Mercedes swerved into on coming traffic causing the accident.  Authorities, however,  pressed criminal charges against Olga saying she caused the accident. Olga’s father was outraged that she was criminally charged and demanded that she be tried even though dead. His demand was turned down because of paragraph 4 of Article 24 of the Criminal Procedural Code of the Russian Federation. That paragraph says death of a criminal defendant brings criminal proceedings to an end unless “further investigation was necessary for the rehabilitation of the deceased.”. The father appealed the denial of his demand for a trial to the Russian Constitutional Court and in 2011 that court interpreted paragraph 4 to mean that the only time dead people can be tried for pre-mortem criminal activity is if the family requests a trial in order to rehabilitate the decedent. With the ruling in hand, Olga’s father persuaded authorities to permit the trial to go forward. To no one’s great surprise at the trial’s conclusion Olga was found guilty. Though herself guilty, Olga paved the way for Mr. Magnitsky to be tried.

Followers of such things may recall that Mr. Magnitsky was a Russian accountant and auditor who worked at the Moscow law firm of Firestone Duncan. While employed there he was investigating an alleged $230 million tax fraud that implicated tax officials and police officers. In November 2008, before completing his investigation, he was arrested on the pretense that he and a client had conspired together to commit tax fraud by falsifying tax returns and taking advantage of a tax break given those who employ the disabled.

Under Russian law it was permissible for him to be kept in confinement for up to one year following his arrest without being tried. He was not tried with in that period. Eight days short of one year Mr. Magnitsky died without having been tried.  During his incarceration he had been placed in increasingly smaller spaces, denied medical care and denied contact with family members. He suffered from untreated pancreitis and died because of acute heart failure and toxic shock.

The family was upset at Mr. Magnitsky’s treatment, blaming his death on the refusal of authorities to provide him with adequate medical treatment. In addition, they were convinced that the only reason he had been imprisoned was because of trumped up charges designed to put an end to the fraud activities he was trying to uncover when arrested. The Russian authorities were upset with the family’s reaction. They did not appreciate the fact that the family said the reason Mr. Magnitsky died was because he was denied proper medical care. More importantly, the family insisted that Mr. Magnitsky was not guilty of the crimes for which he had been arrested but not tried. The authorities did not like the fact that the family repeatedly conducted interviews in which they asserted that Mr. Magnitsky was innocent. Under the Constitutional Court’s theory, however, the authorities could not do anything because under the constitutional court’s ruling, only the family could demand a criminal trial of someone who is dead.

Since the Magnitsky family strenuously objected to the trial of their dead family member, followers of matters constitutional in Russia may wonder how the prosecutor could conduct a five-month trial of a dead man. The prosecutor provided the answer when at the beginning of the trial he said “the case was reopened to decide the issue of Magnitsky’s possible rehabilitation.” The prosecutor reasoned that even though the family had not demanded Mr. Magnitsky’s rehabilitation, their repeated interviews with the press during which they insisted that Mr. Magnitsky was not guilty of the crimes with which he and his client were charged was the same as demanding that the trial go forward so Mr. Magnitsky could be rehabilitated. Rehabilitation if successful would not, of course, have resulted in Mr.Magnitsky’s resurrection. It would only have resurrected his reputation.

At the conclusion of a five-month trial, the presiding judge, Igor Alisof  found Mr. Magnitsky guilty, spending 1 ½ hours reading his findings. He observed, however,  that because of Mr. Magnitsky’s “physical absence” during the proceedings, all further investigation into his conduct would come to a halt.  He also declined to impose jail time because of Mr. Magnitsky’s “physical absence.” That proves that even in Russian courts the occasional defendant may find reason to be grateful for the mercy shown by the court, even if dead.

Republished with permission from: Counterpunch

Who’s Really ‘The Enemy’ In the Bradley Manning Case?

We now have clarity from a full-bird colonel in judicial robes that Bradley Manning is to be charged with “aiding the enemy.” OK, not much of a surprise here. Colonel Denise Lind’s ruling seems pretty predictable.

Her ruling may make things simple for all the right-leaning pod-people who salute everything a field grade military officer says, but for the rest of us, it raises a profound and rather perplexing question: Exactly who is the “enemy” in this case?

The military and intelligence agency brass and their enablers will tell you it’s some nefarious and nebulous network called al Qaeda, which we should all know by now is a substitute for our old Cold War enemies and fictional entities like Spectre in the original Ian Fleming spy pulps. That is, al Qaeda has become The Boogie Man.

American patriots on the right will get no argument from me that there are, indeed, people and affiliations that mean real harm to Americans (including me) and that we need to protect ourselves from them. But that doesn’t address the question whether al Qaeda and other “terrorist” groups are being exploited as the boogie man for the convenience of the Pentagon, the CIA, NSA and demagogues like New York Congressman Peter King.

I fear a lot of “the hunt for al Qaeda” narrative is standard militarist fear-mongering employed to justify embarrassing and often illegal secret behavior that would shrivel up if it were really exposed to the light of day. Boogie men like al Qaeda are also useful to advance the careers and interests of the usual gang of capitalists and oppressive wealthy dominators that made this nation what it is today – the nation that Bill O’Reilly was wondering the other night might be going down the tubes like Old Rome.

To understand exactly who “the enemy” is in this case, it seems logical to, first, ask who it was Bradley Manning intended to benefit by leaking all that information to WikiLeaks. I’m not sure whether Colonel Lind asked young Manning this, but I doubt it. From his statements and from all that I can glean from following the case in the press – I and other journalists have not had the opportunity to interview Manning – the key reason he leaked all that information, including a damning video of US Apache helicopters gunning down a Reuters cameraman and another Reuters employee and embarrassing leaks of back-channel State Department cables, was to share it with the American people.

If any credence is given to the accused man’s own admissions, which seem absolutely plausible to me, it would seem logical that, from the military’s point of view, the American people are the enemy in this syllogism.

I realize for anyone to conceive of this as a serious analysis as to who the enemy is in this case, one has to be skeptical of our US military and intelligence apparatus circa 2013. Those captivated by the military and its mystique will obviously sputter and groan and see such an analysis as the ravings of a lunatic left-wing journalist. They will also imply, without, of course, openly saying it, that such an analysis is pointless because they – the military and intelligence complex – have young Manning by the you-know-whats. If I’m allowed to put words in their mouth, they might put it this way:

“Eat your hearts out, you left-wing, pinko fags. We have him totally under our control. And we’re gonna do with him as we wish. And, right now, we wish to try him as if he was a raghead in a cave in the tribal areas of Pakistan. So demonstrate all you want. There’s nothing you can do about it.”

The US military/intelligence apparatus realizes in post-9/11 political America they trump pretty much everything. They’re the Big Dog. If it involves lethal weapons or snooping into your private life, it’s OK with them. You can’t be too safe when those al Qaeda characters are out there and Sharia Law threatens our precious bodily fluids.

Thanks to all the revelations of Edward Snowden, who no doubt Colonel Lind would rule was also aiding al Qaeda, we now know our military/intelligence apparatus was chumping the American people. Just recall the NSA boss who stood up in Congress with stars all over his epaulets and swore on a Bible. I think this sums up his testimony: “Spying on you? Us? Are you kidding? We work for you.”

It was thanks to the devil-incarnate Snowden that the American people and the world learned they’ve actually been recording and storing the “meta-data” of our phone calls for some time – just in case, so later when the racing technological capacity catches up to their huge, unprecedented ocean of data on you and me they will be able to analyze and fiddle with all that data. Why isn’t that very comforting?

As a journalist who writes opinion pieces like the one you are now reading, all this is getting pretty worrisome. When you link it with the fact a Fox News commentator – Ralph Peters – is actually pushing the idea that in the future journalists and reporters will have to be seen as “lethal combatants” in our wars, you realize all this is no longer a fever dream on the left and that we’re really on a slippery slope. Unless someone can turn it around, it could easily lead to a very unhealthy and dangerous place of no return. The fever dream is now on the right, which in conjunction with a super-secret military and intelligence apparatus clearly has the power to run roughshod in the future.

To any reasonable journalist, Bradley Manning is nothing more than a whistleblower with an axe to grind willing to leak information. This is how things evolve and change. In this view, the widest possible sharing of information is good. The idea that Manning was “aiding the enemy” and, thus, was being subversive in a treasonous and criminal fashion is a case of slipping farther down that dangerous slippery slope.

In a world of super-secret military and intelligence capabilities, on one hand, and a public pacified by marketing, public relations, entertainment and special effects, on the other, the notion of democracy begins to seem a bit quaint and nostalgic.

It’s thanks to courageous people like Bradley Manning and Edward Snowden that we, the American people, know a little more than we would if they had not done what they did. What they did makes us all just a little better informed in the arena of democracy. What they did has nothing to do with what Colonel Lind was thinking when she charged Manning with “aiding the enemy” – ie. al Qaeda, Hezbollah or the Earth Liberation Front.

It’s clear who, in this case, the government, the military, the CIA and the NSA see as “the enemy.”

It’s us.

JOHN GRANT is a member of ThisCantBeHappening!, the new independent three-time Project Censored Award-winning online alternative newspaper. His work, and that of colleagues DAVE LINDORFF, GARY LINDORFF, ALFREDO LOPEZ, LORI SPENCER, LINN WASHINGTON, JR. and CHARLES M. YOUNG, can be found at www.thiscantbehappening.net

Republished with permission from: Counterpunch

UN team to inspect North Korean ship

0

A view of the North Korean vessel Chong Chon Gang in Colon, near Panama City, July 16, 2013

A UN team of investigators will go to Panama in August to inspect a North Korean ship that was seized after weapons were found on board the vessel.

According to a Friday report by Reuters, Panamanian government officials said the five-member team of UN experts will arrive in Panama on August 5 to inspect the ship and determine the legality of the cargo.

On July 16, Panama said it had discovered the shipment after seizing Chong Chon Gang vessel and carrying out a drugs search. The arms, concealed under a sugar cargo, were undeclared, Panama government added.

After the announcement, Cuba said the stash of weapons found on board the ship were Å“obsolete” Soviet-era missile equipment, which were being sent to North Korea for refurbishment.

However, on July 17, Panama officially asked UN inspectors to examine the cargo while Panamanian Security Minister Jose Raul Mulino said, Å“The cargo is illegal because it was not declared. Anything that is not logged, even if it is obsolete, is contraband.”

On the same day, the North Korean Foreign Ministry said the cargo was old weapons, which were slated to be returned to Cuba after being repaired Å“according to a legitimate contract.”

The ministry added that the Panamanian authorities Å“should take a step to let the apprehended crewmen and ship leave without delay.”

However, Panama did not respond to North Koreaâ„¢s request and said Pyongyang has no official representation in the Central American country.

Å“There are no North Koreans in Panama, and we do not have any plans to respond to them,” the Panamanian security minister stated.

MR/HSN

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Zionists thrive on conflicts: Ahmadinejad

0

Iranâ„¢s President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad says the Zionist regime of Israel is always in pursuit of turmoil and violence in the region and so regional countries should foster unity to thwart its divisive plots.

Å“Zionists want Turkey, Libya, Egypt and other countries to always be in a volatile situation; so given such behavior, we should extend the hand of brotherhood to one another more than ever,” Ahmadinejad said in a meeting with Iraqi Parliament Speaker Osama al Nujaifi and the countryâ„¢s lawmakers on Thursday .

He added that certain enemies, including Israel, take pleasure in seeing some of the countries in the region gripped in turmoil Å“because they do not want [regional] countries powerful and making progress.”

Pointing to the recent events in Egypt, the Iranian chief executive said the continuation of violence in the Arab country will Å“harm a strong pillar in the region,” which, he added, will lead to a rise in the number of casualties on all sides, and that will gratify the enemy.

Tension in Egypt has intensified since the Egyptian army overthrew President Mohamed Morsi, suspended the constitution, dissolved the parliament on July 3 and declared the chief justice of Egyptâ„¢s Supreme Constitutional Court, Adly Mansour, as interim president the following day.

Dozens of people have since been killed in the wave of violent clashes between Morsi supporters, his opponents and security forces.

Touching on bilateral ties, Ahmadinejad hailed Iran-Iraq cooperation as constructive and growing, and said there is no division between the two countries today.

He also highlighted the Iraqi parliamentâ„¢s instrumental role in strengthening international relations as well as national unity, adding that Iraq is treading the path to power and security.

Iran and Iraq can play a significant role in creating an understanding among regional countries, he pointed out, saying Iran will use everything in its power to promote solidarity and unity in the region.

Also in a press conference on Thursday, the visiting Iranian president told reporters that Iran and Iraq play an outstanding role in ensuring regional security and progress.

Ahmadinejad said the possibilities are endless when it comes to the expansion of Tehran-Baghdad ties, and that Å“the two countries are determined to fully tap into their potential to consolidate and expand relations.”

Heading a high-ranking delegation, the Iranian president arrived in Iraq on Thursday for a two-day official visit aimed at further expansion of bilateral relations between the two neighboring countries.

On the first day of his visit, he also met with Iraqi Prime Minister Nuri al-Maliki and Vice President Khudayr al-Khuzai.

AR/NN/HMV

Republished with permission from: Press TV

EU Moves Against Illegal Settlements in Palestine

0

The European Union has proposed new guidelines for how it will do business with the state of Israel that will require any Israeli entity seeking funding or cooperation from the E.U. to submit a declaration that it has no links to any of the occupied territories. Any agreement between the E.U. and Israel would need to include a section stating that its settlements in the territories are not part of Israel. The guidelines,obtained by the Israeli daily Haaretz, state that “only Israeli entities having their place of establishment within Israel’s pre-1967 borders will be considered eligible for consideration.” Human rights organizations like B’Tselem and non-governmental organizations like Peace Now that work to promote peace will be exempt from the requirement not to have links to the occupied territories.

Haaretz reported a senior Israeli official describing the new guidelines as an “earthquake”. Economy Minister Naftali Bennett hysterically called it an “economic terror attack.” Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu responded, “We will not accept any external edicts on our borders.” That, of course, means that Palestinians must accept Israel’s edicts on where the borders of the state of Palestine will be. Palestinians have long since joined the international consensus on a two-state solution, which is rejected only by Israel its main benefactor, the United States.

That solution is based on U.N. Resolution 242, which requirs Israel to return to the pre-June 1967 “Green Line”, otherwise known as the 1949 armistice lines and so-called for the color of the ink with which the line was drawn on the map under the armistice agreements. Under international law, every inch of the Gaza Strip and the West Bank, including East Jerusalem, is considered “occupied Palestinian territory” to which Israel has no legal claim. Its attempts to annex Jerusalem have been condemned repeatedly by the U.N. Security Council, which has deemed the moves “illegal, null, and void”. Israel’s settlements in the West Bank are a violation of the Fourth Geneva Convention.

Haaretz also reported that consulting firms known as “investment committees”, which submit reports to their clients about where or where not to invest, had advised large European banks against issuing loans or aid to any Israeli companies that operate in the West Bank, including to Israeli banks that issue mortgages for homes built there in violation of international law. Writing in the Israeli daily, Yossi Verter described this as “the nightmare scenario” and an “economic tsunami”.

This new development in Europe has presumably been prompted by the fear that Palestine might submit claims against Israel or other entities complicit in its violations of international law to the International Criminal Court (ICC). Palestine acquired the status at the U.N. of a non-member observer state in November 2012, which means it now has recourse to the ICC and International Court of Justice (ICJ) in its relations with Israel and other countries.

Verter added that if “the Palestinians make good on their threat” to go to the ICC, it would be “a move that would have serious implications for Israel’s judicial status in the world, to put it mildly.” He reported that Israeli officials launched “feverish but quiet activity” to prevent these recommendations from appearing in the reports of the investment committees, arguing that it would “doom Kerry’s efforts to certain failure”, adding that “The European economists were apparently persuaded. For the time being, at least, they have abandoned this approach.”

Verter was referring to the efforts of U.S. Secretary of State John Kerry, who has travelled to the Middle East six times in the past half year to try to get Palestine to agree to return to the U.S.-led so-called “peace process”, which is the process by which the U.S. and Israel have long blocked implementation of the two-state solution. The Palestinians have become frustrated with this process and have refused to resume negotiations while Israel continues to illegally colonize their land.

For now, the Palestinian leadership under President Mahmoud Abbas has held off on seeking remedy through the ICC in order to give the U.S. more time to broker talks between Israel and Palestine. The Palestinian leadership apparently is holding out the vain hope that the U.S. will convince Israel to agree to a settlement “freeze”. But the U.S. has long been complicit in Israel’s illegal policies, supporting its violations of international law financially, militarily, and diplomatically.

The Obama administration, for example, worked to block any efforts to hold Israel accountable for war crimes during its December 27, 2008 — January 18, 2009 military assault on Gaza, carried out with U.S. arms, as well as for Israel’s deadly attack on an international aid flotilla in May 2011 in which nine peace activists, including eight Turkish and one American citizen, were murdered. On February 18, 2011, to cite just one example of its diplomatic support for Israel’s criminal policies, the administration vetoed an uncontroversial U.N. Security Council resolution condemning Israel for its illegal settlement expansion that was supported by every other member of the Council, including the U.S.’s European allies France, Germany, and the U.K.

According to Haaretz, a “high-ranking U.S. administration official” warned that Europe, too, was becoming impatient with the process and that if Secretary Kerry’s efforts to restart talks failed, E.U. countries would take additional measures against the illegal settlements. “The Europeans are giving us time to complete the efforts to resume the talks,” the official told Haaretz. “But if we don’t succeed, they’ll want to go in other directions and take measures. The Israelis know that very well.”

The Israeli government is divided on how to respond to the new E.U. guidelines. Economy Minister Bennett and Deputy Foreign Minister Zeev Elkin “suggested that Netanyahu present the E.U. with an ultimatum”, according to Haaretz, that if the guidelines are implemented as planned for the beginning of next year, Israel would block the E.U. from operating in Palestine and freeze any existing projects underway there, as well as exclude it from any role in the “peace process”. Minister of Justice Tzipi Livni rejected that approach, saying that it might sabotage Kerry’s efforts. “The only way to neutralize these European measures”, she said, “is to resume the peace process.” Netanyahu also advised a less confrontational response, saying, “Don’t forget that we need Europe for sensitive security matters and particularly regarding Iran’s nuclear program.”

The E.U. has been on board with implementing sanctions against Iran that collectively punish its civilian population for their government’s defiance of Western demands, led by the U.S., that the country surrender its “inalienable right” under the nuclear non-proliferation treaty (NPT) to enrich uranium for peaceful civilian purposes.

Netanyahu also reportedly asked European Commission President Jose Manuel Barroso to postpone the publication of the new E.U. guidelines planned for Friday.

Part of Kerry’s efforts has been to get the Arab League on board with a return to the “peace process”. He successfully managed this apparently by agreeing to publicly urge Israel to consider the 2002 Arab Peace Initiative. “Israel needs to look hard at this initiative,” Kerry said in Amman, “which promises Israel peace with 22 Arab nations and 35 Muslim nations–a total of 57 nations that are standing and waiting for the possibility of making peace with Israel.”

The 2002 proposal was along the lines of the international consensus on a two-state solution, without any mention of the possibility of minor and mutually agreed changes from the ’67 lines to the final border. The Arab League recently reiterated the initiative, still calling for a full Israeli withdrawal to the armistice lines, but this time with the explicit allowance for the possibility of border renegotiation.

While the Arab League has taken Kerry’s bait, there is no possibility that the U.S., which has long rejected the two-state solution, is serious about seeing the Arab Peace Initiative move forward.

The U.S. has implicitly accepted Israel’s precondition for talks that Palestinians must recognize Israel a “Jewish state”, which effectively means that they must accept that the 1947-49 ethnic cleansing of 750,000 Arabs from Palestine by Zionist forces and the unilateral declaration of the existence of the state of Israel were legitimate and that they must renounce the internationally recognized right of return of Palestinian refugees to their homeland.

The U.S. also accepts Israel’s invalid unilateral interpretation of Resolution 242 that withdrawal from the occupied territories is conditional upon Palestinians first coming to an agreement on final borders. In other words, the U.S. and Israeli position is that Palestinians must negotiate while under foreign military occupation, with most of the territory of the West Bank falling under Israeli administrative and security control, and with Israel’s illegal continually expanding colonies there prejudicing the outcome of any such negotiations on borders.

Last month, Kerry reiterated during a press conference that the U.S. was seeking “a solution that will strengthen Israel’s security and it will strengthen its future as a Jewish state”. Talk of Israel’s “security” by U.S. officials is a euphemistic way of expressing support for Israeli annexation of Palestinian land under the accepted premise that a return to the ’67 lines would render Israel with “indefensible borders” and an allusion to the U.S. acceptance of Israel’s interpretation of Resolution 242 that “secure and recognized borders” must be established before it will withdraw from Palestine. In the same press conference, Kerry said that, in the Obama administration’s view, the issue of Israeli settlements in the West Bank was not the main obstacle preventing Israel and Palestine from returning to talks.

The focus of Kerry’s efforts has been to get the Palestinians to agree to return to talks “without preconditions”, meaning without any cessation of Israel’s illegal activities in the West Bank. The U.S. and Israel both reject the notion that international law should be part of the framework for talks, as the Palestinians are seeking. This is a continuation of the longstanding U.S. role in the “peace process”, which has been to essentially advocate for Israel and pressure the Palestinians into conceding to Israel’s demands.

While declaring Israel’s violations of international law not to be the main obstacle to peace talks, Kerry also emphasized, according to Haaretz, that “it is Abbas, rather than Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, who is considered by the Obama administration to be the recalcitrant party that is impeding the American efforts. Kerry made it clear that if his efforts fail, he won’t hesitate to hold Abbas largely responsible.”

Jeremy R. Hammond is an independent political analyst and recipient of the Project Censored Award for Outstanding Investigative Journalism. He is the author of The Rejection of Palestinian Self-Determination: The Struggle for Palestine and the Roots of the Israeli-Arab Conflict and Ron Paul vs. Paul Krugman: Austrian vs. Keynesian economics in the financial crisis. He is the founding editor of Foreign Policy Journal and can also be found on the web at JeremyRHammond.com.

Republished with permission from: Counterpunch

Panama holds ex-CIA man sought by Italy

0

A former CIA station chief in Italyâ„¢s capital of Milan has been arrested in Panama years after his conviction in the European nation for abducting a Muslim preacher from an Italian street as part of the US extraordinary rendition program.

Robert Seldon Lady, the American spy master in Milan in early 2000s, was detained early Thursday at Panamaâ„¢s border with Costa Rica, according to Italian officials familiar with Italyâ„¢s probe into the rendition of Egyptian cleric Osama Moustafa Hassan Nasr by CIA operatives in the European nation which led to the conviction of 26 CIA spies and other US government agents despite Washingtonâ„¢s objections.

The extraordinary rendition program was part of the US Å“war on terror” effort during the George W. Bush administration and following the September 11, 2001terror incidents in New York and Washington, in which American military forces and intelligence operatives would snatch Å“terror suspects” overseas and transport them to one of the many CIA-run interrogation and torture centers allied countries across the globe and the United States.

Nasr was hustled into a car by the 59-year-old Lady and his aides in February 2003 on a Milan street and taken to US military bases in Italy and Germany before being flown to Egypt, where he was reportedly jailed and tortured without legal charges and released sometime later.

Italy then conducted a probe into the illegal abduction and charged the 26 US agents, all of whom had left the country before charges were filed against them in a 2009 trial, involving the CIAâ„¢s notorious extraordinary rendition effort.

Italy then sentenced Lady in early 2013 to a nine-year imprisonment, facilitating his arrest on Thursday, according to Italian judiciary officials.

In various interviews with press outlets, however, Lady has claimed innocence in the abduction of Nasr, insisting that he was just Å“following orders.”

“I’m not guilty. I’m only responsible for carrying out orders that I received from my superiors,” Lady said in 2009 to Italian newspaper Il Giornale .

He is also cited in press reports as telling Italian journalists following his conviction in the nation that Å“I console myself by reminding myself that I was a soldier, that I was in a war against terrorism, that I couldn’t discuss orders given to me.”

The Honduran-born Lady, who had been with the CIA spy agency for nearly 25 years at the time he abducted Nasr, has described the infamous American intelligence institution as Å“the vanguard of democracy” and his experience there as Å“the greatest job I ever had,” in another interview with the US-based GQ Magazine.

“When you work in intelligence, you do things in the country in which you work that are not legal,” he further told the journal adding, Å“It’s a life of illegality, but state institutions in the whole world have professionals in my sector, and it’s up to us to do our duty.”

MFB/MFB

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Gen. David Petraeus’ Course Syllabus Features “Frackademia” Readings

0

Records obtained by DeSmogBlog pertaining to City University of New York (CUNY) Macaulay Honors College’s hiring of former head of the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) David Petraeus to teach a seminar this coming fall reveal that his syllabus features two of the most well-known “frackademia” studies.

“Frackademia” is shorthand for oil and gas industry-funded research costumed as independent economics or science covering the topic of hydraulic fracturing (“fracking”), the controversial horizontal drilling process via which oil and gas is obtained deep within shale rock basins.

According to the syllabus, Petraeus will devote two weeks to energy alone, naming those weeks “The Energy Revolution I” and “The Energy Revolution II.” The two “frackademia” studies Petraeus will have his students read for his course titled “The Coming North American Decade(s)? are both seminal industry-funded works.

One of them is a study written by industry-funded National Economic Research Associates (NERA) concluding liquified natural gas (LNG) exports are beneficial to the U.S. economy, despite the fact that exporting fracked gas will raise domestic home-heating and manufacturing prices. NERA was founded by “father of deregulation” Alfred E. Kahn. The study Petraeus will have his students read was contracted out by the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) to NERA.

The other, a study written by then-Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) research professor Ernest Moniz – now the head of the DOE — is titled “The Future of Natural Gas” and also covers LNG exports. DOE oversees the permitting process for LNG exports. That study was funded by the Clean Skies Foundation, a front group for Chesapeake Energy and covered in-depth in the Public Accountability Initiative‘s report titled, “Industry Partner or Industry Puppet?”

Noticeably absent from the reading list: studies tackling the climate impacts, air quality impacts, over-arching ecological impacts such as water contamination,wastewater impacts and supply issues (aka diminishing supply).

Together, the two crucial studies on the syllabus reading list — and the lack of critical readings on the topic of fracking — offers a gimpse into the stamp of legitimacy industry-funded studies get when they have the logo of elite research universities on them. It’s also another portrayal of the ascendancy of the corporate university.

From “Petraeusgate” to “Frackademia”-gate

In the case of Petraeus, the original “Petraeusgate” scandal centered around the$200,000 fee the Honors College planned on paying him for his role as an adjunct professor set to teach one course. A normal CUNY Honors College adjunct receives $3,000 per course.

Recently, Petraeus — who the late Rolling Stone investigative journalist Michael Hastings pejoratively referred to as “King David” in reference to the role he played in implementing counterinsurgency doctrine in U.S.-occupied Iraq — took a pay cut down to $1 to teach the course. That doesn’t include the money he’ll still get from an unidentified “private donor” referred to in other documents.

That scandal sat on top of the scandal that led to his resignation from the CIA in the first place: an extramarital affair with Paula Broadwell, who at the time of the affair was writing a biography about him titled, “All In: The Education of General David Petraeus.”

Petraeus Teaches Frackers Counterinsurgency, Psychological Warfare

Petraeus has also taught the shale gas industry some important things, as well.

Namely, Petraeus was one of the co-authors of the “Counterinsurgency (COIN) Field Manual” that Anadarko Petroleum PR hand Matt Carmichael said he has employees read at the “Media & Stakeholder Relations: Hydraulic Fracturing Initiative 2011” conference in Houston, TX in 2011.

“Download the U.S. Army/Marine Corps Counterinsurgency Manual because we are dealing with an insurgency,” said Carmichael at the conference. “There’s a lot of good lessons in there, and coming from a military background, I found the insight in that extremely remarkable.”

One of the key COIN tactics covered in the Field Manual is psychological operations (PSYOPs), also discussed at the Houston conference by Range Resources spokesman Matt Pitzarella.

“We have several former PSYOPs folks that work for us at Range because they’re very comfortable in dealing with localized issues and local governments,” Pitzarella said to the audience in Houston.

“Really all they do is spend most of their time helping folks develop local ordinances and things like that. But very much having that understanding of PSYOPs in the Army and in the Middle East has applied very helpfully here for us in Pennsylvania.”

As Hastings covered in another Rolling Stone investigation, the U.S. military employed PSYOPs tactics on members of Congress. That’s illegal within U.S. borders under the Smith-Mundt Act of 1948, though it seems rather unlikely the co-author of the COIN Manual — “King David” himself – will cover these details in his course.

Petraeus’ Wall Street Job Description Mirrors His Course Description

Petraus also has a teaching gig at University of Southern California (USC) and a day job working at the Wall Street firm Kohlberg Kravis Roberts (KKR).

“He is expected to advise on economic trends, issues with foreign governments and other matters that could affect transactions,” The Wall Street Journal explained of his hiring at KKR. ”He will advise firms owned by KKR in an effort to improve management and leadership and help them confront economic and geopolitical forces that affect them.”

“King David’s” job description mirrors the course description he will teach, lending insight into what type of jobs the students taking his course may obtain in the future if Petraeus’ class is a pedagogical success.

“Petraeus and others at the firm [will have] discussions over macroeconomic and geopolitical forces that could influence KKR’s investment decisions. These issues include the heightened role of central banks following the financial crisis, and what KKR views as ‘revolutions’ in energy, manufacturing and technology, among other areas,” The Wall Street Journal further spelled out.

The course description, as seen below, sings a similar tune:

Students taking Petraeus’ course will go above and beyond passive stoic discussion of the burning public policy issues of the day. Indeed, they will dive into the sphere of role-playing the positions of high-ranking U.S. officialdom, all in the context of the readings — such as the “frackademia” ones — they must complete and discuss in seminar on a weekly basis that will inform the role-play.

An example below:

 

Re-Conceptualizing the “Revolving Door”

The government-industry revolving door commonly refers to governmental officials leaving taxpayer-funded government gigs for jobs as corporate lobbyists, public relations spin-doctors and other related iterations. The evolution and corporatization of research unversities — in many ways research factories on behalf of multinational corporations — has seen the revolving door extend into higher education.

Petraeus is one example and Moniz is another, but so too is former CIA-head Robert Gates. After leaving the CIA, Gates became the Chancellor of University of Texas A&M and then became Secretary of Defense.

Another example is Janet Napolitano, former head of the Department of Homeland Security who recently secured a job to head the University of California System. And yet another example is John Deutch, former head of the CIA who is now on theBoard of Directors of Cheniere, served on President Obama’s DOE Fracking Subcommittee and is a professor at MIT, where he co-wrote the “The Future of Natural Gas” with Moniz that Petraeus will have his students read.

“Petraeusgate,” then, is just the tip of the iceberg of a problem with much deeper roots.

Steve Horn is a Madison, WI-based freelance investigative journalist and Research Fellow at DeSmogBlog, where this piece originally appeared.

Republished with permission from: Counterpunch

Attacking the Refugee Convention

0

Could there be a global revolution (read paper shredding operation) on refugee law in the offing? Australian Prime Minister Kevin Rudd, who has commenced his effort to survive the next election, has began an all out offensive against the Refugee Convention, a United Nations document that remains the great headache of policy makers across the globe.

Sacrosanct, inviolable obligations such as non-refoulement (prohibition against sending an arrival back to a country in case of persecution) have been the great eyesore of restraint on governments. Like irate children, they don’t like it. Sometimes, they ignore it.

The revisers are out with their euphemistic labels: they want ‘reform’. They want to modernise. They want to flip the cart on the rights lobby. Reform remains the weasel word of the radical conservative prat. As Australian governments have made conservatism the stable orthodoxy, Rudd had deigned to adopt a strategy that is, like him, new but old, revolutionary but musty. Should he win in this amorally untidy effort, it will be, as one backbencher termed it, “unity by exhaustion”.

Of course, the techniques of the Rudd arsenal are hardly new. The Howard government, Australia’s own Thatcherite imitation, made slandering both the Refugee Convention and refugees habitual and acceptable. From low fashion to high fashion, rubbishing new arrivals, especially by boat, has not become so much de rigueur as instinctive.

In 2000, Adrienne Millbank, author of Australian Parliamentary Research Paper (No. 5), lamented how the Refugee Convention of 1951 was an irritating anachronism, “that it was developed in and for a different era. Its focus is the resulting problems that have been identified since the late 1980s with the operation of the Convention in Western countries.” Sharpening the focus on the “illegal” arrivals at the end of the 1990s, the report noted how Australia, disappointingly, was “constrained” by how it could deal with them. Eviscerate the old; remove the cobwebs.

What had so significantly changed? “The use by the boat people of people smugglers to circumvent the visa and border controls has prompted Australia to join other countries in openly questioning the operation and continuing viability of the Convention itself.” The logic here: If an obligation is onerous and burdensome, or a right hard to observe, it should be scrapped, lifted, adjusted, moderated. The Convention definition of a refugee was “outdated” along with “its notion of exile as a solution to refugee problems.” It did not offer a “flexible response” to a complex problem.

There was no obligation to share burdens between states. There was an “inequity” in terms of outcomes between “camp” and “Convention” refugees. The more mobile, the more adventurous, and overall, the more desperate, were being rewarded. Never mind the deaths, the appalling lost of life on the seas in travelling between transit states.

Around the same time, British Foreign Secretary Jack Straw claimed that the Convention was drafted and signed in an era where, “Intercontinental travel was rare, difficult and expensive. Fifty years on, new technology, global communications and cheap international travel have all contributed to a world where rapid long-distance migration is a realistic operation.” Straw’s language resembles that of an unenthusiastic travel agent keen to exclusively serve first class customers and toffs. Poorer applicants need not apply.

The Rudd of 2013 has latched on to that old theme, and is laying things out with the trowel of a faux reformer. Experts of the weasel word use genteel, soapsud expressions, an effort to be “benign” in a genuine attempt to be callous. And the campaign is being made global, even though the main thrust of any change remains a rich man’s effort (suggestively “Western”) to stomp on the poor. “Turning back the boasts” has become as ubiquitous an expression as Japan’s “sphere of co-prosperity” — every effort will be made to realise it, even if corners are no so much cut as annihilated. After all, as the opposition leader Tony Abbott has termed it, the arrival of refugees by boat to Australia is “a national emergency”.

To that end, Rudd has suggested a true bureaucrat’s formula: stemming the number of boat arrivals can be done through a “three-pronged” shift involving national, regional and global approaches. (Beware any politician who uses terms such as “pronged”.) He has openly told the press corps that the “effectiveness” of the Convention is now under review. The Refugee Review Tribunal has also been instructed to prioritise claims between those who have authentic identity documents and those who either have false documents or do not “co-operate” (Sydney Morning Herald, Jul 18).

In all of this, the darkest of trends emerges. Anyone who believes that inviolable rights, be it a local bill of rights or the so called “international” bill of rights, are the evocations of conscience, are the true conservatives. Such rights are there, not to be flexibly deflected, but to be applied with as much faith as is needed. When the law falls silent, the vicious shall reign.

The saboteurs are the “new” conservatives who believe in radical projects, undertaken with nihilistic enthusiasm. They man the draw bridge and unleash drones against their own citizens. They hold the signatures, electronic or actual, penned on cheap paper and even cheaper promises. They come in the form of such figures as Tony Blair, a supposedly “progressive” politician who was also happy to consider taking the knife to the refugee system. And they have the guns to turn back the boats.

One of the greatest corpses of this project will be the Refugee Convention. The ossuary, in time, will prove a heavily stacked one.

Binoy Kampmark was a Commonwealth Scholar at Selwyn College, Cambridge. He lectures at RMIT University, Melbourne. Email: bkampmark@gmail.com

Republished with permission from: Counterpunch

We Can’t Get Along

0

I awoke this morning feeling like a shit sandwich without the bread. And then, “Oh, Grandma Fletcher, I’m 64 today.” I lay in bed, thinking, thinking, thinking–knowing the additional year couldn’t be the problem. It’s just one day after being 63. The acquittal of George Zimmerman was on my mind.

I got out of bed and made the coffee extra strong. Checked email and then tied the laces of my running shoes.

Along the route, I imagined Anish, a reader who sends messages that are exactly what I need to read at exactly the right time, exacting me to become a better person. He sees my flaws, the conflicts, and encourages my evolution.

Often, Anish closes with, “Peace and bliss”, or “Stay blissful”.

Today will be blissful. I said it aloud. But I thought of Trayvon Martin. Especially when I passed a young black man. Actually, each time I passed a black person.

I’d watched a CNN interview–Anderson Cooper’s questions for one of George Zimmerman’s jurors (B37). She’d said there was no discussion of racism. She demeaned Rachel Jeantel’s testimony, saying that Jeantel was embarrassed to be there. That she felt sadness for Trayvon Martin’s friend because of her education and lack of communication skills. That Jeantel was using phrases she’d never heard and didn’t understand. When Cooper asked about Trayvon’s calling Zimmerman a “creepy-ass cracker,” juror B37 said she didn’t interpret this as racial but as the “way they talk. I think it’s just everyday life, the type of life that they live and how they’re living.” And she presented Zimmerman’s account–why he felt threatened by Trayvon. That Trayvon was acting strangely. This suspicious behavior included, “Because he [Trayvon] was cutting through the back. It was raining.” As if these reasons provoked the violence that ensued. And this: “I think George Zimmerman is a man whose heart was in the right place…” These are chilling words. The man whose heart was in the right place shot Trayvon Martin in the heart. “But he [Zimmerman] wanted to do good. I think he had good in his heart, he just went overboard.”

Clearly juror B37 exposed her bias. She identified with George Zimmerman. Felt no connection to the man who was stalked, Trayvon Martin, separated as she is by white privilege, white attitude. She tried Trayvon, not George Zimmerman.

I continued this thinking and more when I returned home. That behind this massively rooted tree of tragedy, a forest is obscured. Yet overlaps. The targeting of Trayvon Martin is not unlike US drone warfare, the observation of someone who may or may not be dangerous, but who’s presumed menacing because of group prejudices. Because he wears a hoodie, a kufi or turban, his skin color, age. And “her communication skills… She was using phrases I have never heard before…. the way they talk…” These are the separations that justify a preemptive strike, without regard for truth, for life, empathy, for humanity.

On Tuesday, Attorney General Eric Holder condemned Stand Your Ground laws, saying they “senselessly expand the concept of self-defense” and may “encourage violent situations to escalate.” Yet last year, Holder gave a speech during which he said that secret executive branch reviews of classified evidence count as due process and that the government can kill Americans without clear evidence. Isn’t extrajudicial killing similar to Stand Your Ground measures?

On my birthday, I had a little party, made dinner for family and new friends. We talked about the trial, shaking our heads as we compared Trayvon Martin to Emmett Till and Rodney King, wondering, wondering, as King did, “People, I just want to say, can’t we all get along?”

The answer is no. As long as Stand Your Ground laws are on the books, we cannot get along. As long as our government condones targeted assassinations against American citizens, we can’t get along. In fact, droning and waging war require that the answer is no, because they senselessly expand the concept of self-defense, may encourage the escalation of violent situations, and are immoral, period. Just like Stand Your Ground, they are inconsonant with rapprochement.

Missy Beattie has written for National Public Radio and Nashville Life Magazine. She was an instructor of memoirs writing at Johns Hopkins’ Osher Lifelong Learning Institute in Baltimore. Email: missybeat@gmail.com.

Republished with permission from: Counterpunch

America’s Surveillance Society

America’s Surveillance Society
by Stephen Lendman
It’s not new. It’s longstanding. State-of-the-art technology makes it easy. It’s more intrusive than ever. It’s lawlessly out-of-control.
On July 6, The New York Times Times headlined “In Secret, Court Vastly Broadens Powers of NSA,” saying:
More than a dozen Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court (FISC) “classified rulings created a secret body of law giving the (NSA) power to amass vast collections of data on Americans while (allegedly) pursuing not only terrorism suspects, but also people possibly involved in nuclear proliferation, espionage, and cyberattacks, officials say.”
More on this below. Spying is the national pastime. Legal standards no longer apply. Anything goes is policy. America’s a total surveillance society. Big Brother more than ever is real.
It’s “time to rein in the surveillance state,” said ACLU. It “strikes at the core of our right to free speech, association and privacy.”
On June 10, ACLU filed a motion with the FISA court. It seeks release of secret opinions. People have a right to know. They lawlessly authorize “mass acquisition of phone records.”
On June 11, ACLU sued. It’s “challenging the constitutionality of the phone tracking program.” Fundamental rights are threatened. They’re fast disappearing.
Far more than NSA spying is involved. More on what the NYT reported below. America has 16 known spy agencies. FBI counterterrorism/counterintelligence programs serve power and privilege.
Operations are secret. Unconscionable abuses are committed. Innocent victims are targeted. Enormous harm persists. It does with no oversight,
Infiltrate, disrupt, sabotage, and destroy tactics are used. Activism is criminalized. So is being Muslim in America at the wrong time.
ACLU’s Matthew Harwood said the Agency’s “become a domestic intelligence agency with unprecedented power to peer into the lives of ordinary Americans and secretly amass data about people not suspected of any wrongdoing.”
Post-9/11, ACLU learned about outrageous FBI abuses. They include “domestic spying, racial and religious profiling, biased counterterrorism training materials, politically motivated investigations, abusive detention and interrogation practices, and misuse of the No-Fly List to recruit informants.”
An ACLU fact sheet discusses “The Ten Most Disturbing Things You Should Know About the FBI Since 9/11.”
(1) Patriot Act abuses include:
.  so-called “exigent letters” to track US phone calls;
.  email monitoring;
.  national security letters for records, financial information, and other personal information without prior court permission for any reason or none at all; and
.  other ongoing intrusive/extrajudicial FBI practices with no oversight.
(2) 2008 amendments to Attorney General guidelines:
Bush AG Michael Mukasey “re-wrote the FBI’s rulebook.” He gave FBI agents “unfettered authority to investigate” without probable cause.
He created a “new kind of intrusive investigation.” It’s called an “assessment.” It requires no “factual predicate.”
FBI agents have sweeping unchecked powers. They use them extrajudicially. They use them abusively. They search “government or commercial databases, conduct overt or covert FBI interviews, and task informants to gather information about people or infiltrate lawful organizations.”
Thousands of innocent victims are ruthlessly targeted. Anything goes is policy.
(3) Racial and ethnic mapping:
Mukasey’s guidelines authorized “domain management assessments.” They let FBI operatives map US communities by race and ethnicity.
It’s done based on “crass stereotypes about the crimes they are likely to commit.” Doing so reflects racial, ethnic and religious bias.
(4) Unrestrained data collection and meta-mining:
Billions of records are lawlessly collected. The FBI “refused to give the Government Accountability Office access.” Like NSA, it’s an out-of-control rogue agency. So is CIA and other US spy operations.
(5) Suppressing internal dissent: Waging war on whistleblowers:
The 1989 Whistleblower Protection Act (WPA) protects federal employees who report misconduct. Federal agencies are prohibited from retaliating against those who do so.
Whistleblowers may report law or regulatory violations, gross mismanagement, waste, fraud and/or abuse, or acts endangering public health or safety.
The FBI’s exempt from WPA provisions. It doesn’t protect whistleblowers. It targets them. It does so ruthlessly. Exposing government wrongdoing is hazardous.
(6) Targeting journalists:
AP, Fox News and others were monitored lawlessly. It’s virtually certain that numerous other journalists are now. Doing so chills press freedom. It stifles investigative reporting. It makes whistleblowers reluctant to come forward.
(7) Thwarting congressional oversight:
The FBI stonewalls. It withholds vital information. It limits or delays requests to provide it. False and misleading information is provided other times.
(8) Targeting First Amendment activity:
ACLU FOIA requests obtained “significant evidence.” It showed FBI agents used “expanded authorities to target individuals and organizations because of their participation in First Amendment-protected activities.”
Doing the right thing is dangerous. Advocacy groups are targeted. Muslims are especially threatened.
(9) Proxy detentions:
FBI operations are increasingly outside America. It’s authority abroad is unclear. Its activities are hard to monitor.
Troubling cases occur. Foreign governments are pressured to arrest and detain US citizens. Often it’s done without charge. Lawless interrogations and torture follow. These practices persist.
(1) No Fly List used to pressure Americans abroad to become informants:
Since 2009, no fly list numbers doubled. Innocent people are harmed. Due process rights are denied. Often Americans learn when they’re abroad.
Away, vulnerable, and unable to fly home forces compliance. This type behavior is unconstitutional. Thirteen plaintiffs ACLU represents aren’t criminally charged. They’re not told why they can’t  fly. They’re denied a way to challenge their right to do so.
The Times addressed NSA’s power to collect vast amounts of data. It’s done extrajudicially. FISC rulings show the court’s more expansive role. It operates “with almost no public scrutiny.”
It does so extrajudicially. It handles government monitoring requests. It’s rubber stamp. It approves virtually all warrant requests.
Eleven US district court judges serve staggered terms up to seven years. They’re chosen from at least seven judicial circuits. Supreme Court Justice John Roberts selects them.
The process reflects police state justice. Legislative changes created an “almost parallel Supreme Court.” It’s the “ultimate arbiter on surveillance issues.”
Its rulings involve troublesome intelligence collection practices. They persist unchecked. An unnamed former intelligence official said:
“We’ve seen a growing body of law from the court. What you have is a common law that develops where the court is issuing orders involving particular types of surveillance, particular types of targets.”
Terrorism was reinterpreted. Definitions expanded. FISC judges adopted a legal principle called “special needs.”
Doing so circumvents Fourth Amendment protections. Extrajudicial warrantless searches persist.
“(W)holesale collection of communications in pursuit of (alleged) terrorism suspects” reflects America acting lawlessly.
Anything goes is policy. Constitutional rights are denied. Probable cause isn’t required. Warrants no longer are needed. Suspicions without evidence suffice.
Court rulings let NSA and other spy agencies do whatever they want. So-called “foreign intelligence” is broadly defined. It’s whatever authorities say it is.
FISC is a virtual kangaroo court. It “hears from only one side in” cases – the government. It does so secretly.
Its findings are virtually never revealed. A Court of Review exists. It’s empaneled to hear appeals. Throughout FISC’s history, it happened “only a handful of times.”
No case ever went to the Supreme Court. FISC’s been around for 35 years. I heard thousands of cases. A single judge signs most surveillance orders. None from intelligence agencies are denied.
“(O)ne central concept connects” most court opinions. Meta-data collection, it’s claimed, doesn’t violate Fourth Amendment protections. It’s permitted as long as authorities claim “valid” national security reasons.
This type justification stretches legal standards beyond reason. It twists them to serve policy. It does so lawlessly. It permits anything goes. It reflects police state justice.
“This concept is rooted partly in the ‘special needs’ provision the court has embraced.” They’re whatever authorities say they are.
Constitutional Law Professor Geoffrey Stone is troubled. A system letting FISC judges create law based on what government alone says has no place in free societies, he believes.
It denies an adversarial judicial system. “That whole notion is missing in this process,” he stresses.
FISC judges are rubber stamp. Challenging them is virtually impossible. So is any chance for justice.
Post-9/11 intelligence gathering expanded exponentially. It did so extrajudicially. Secrecy more than ever is enforced.
Civil libertarians are denied access to what everyone needs to know. Snowden’s revelations are hugely important. They reflect sunshine where it needs to go.
America’s a virtual police state. Things go from bad to worse. Everyone needs to know so they understand. Freedom’s too precious to lose. It’s disappearing unless people act to save it. There’s no other way.
Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago. He can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.
His new book is titled “Banker Occupation: Waging Financial War on Humanity.”
http://www.claritypress.com/LendmanII.html
Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com.
Listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network.
It airs Fridays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.
http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour
http://www.dailycensored.com/americas-surveillance-society/

Republished with permission from: Stephen Lendman

US Courts Approve Indefinite Detention and Torture

US Courts Approve Indefinite Detention and Torture
by Stephen Lendman
America’s a police state. It’s ruthless. Iron fist authority rules. International law’s quaint and out-of-date. US statute protections aren’t worth the paper they’re written on.
Constitutional rights don’t matter. They never did for most people. It’s truer now than ever. They’re null and void. Executive diktat power rules. Congress and federal courts go along. They’re complicit.
They support sweeping lawlessness. It’s unprecedented. It affects domestic and geopolitical issues. No one’s safe anywhere.
Obama has life and death powers. He can order anyone murdered. He can do so on his say alone. US citizens are as vulnerable as foreign nationals.
He can order anyone indefinitely detained. He can throw them in military dungeons. He can deny them due process and judicial fairness.
They can remain there uncharged and untried. They can stay there forever. They can be brutally tortured. It’s OK. Federal courts said so. More on that below.
Section 1031 of the FY 2010 Defense Authorization Act contained the 2009 Military Commissions Act (MCA).
The phrase “unprivileged enemy belligerent” replaced “unlawful enemy combatant.”
Language changed but not intent or lawlessness. Obama did what supporters thought impossible. He exceeds the worst of George Bush.
He promised to close Guantanamo. He lied. He’s a serial liar. He broke every major promise made.
He prioritizes keeping it open. He wants it expanded. He’s got lots more victims in mind. He’ll send there and/or to other US global torture prisons. Dozens operate worldwide. Guantanamo’s the tip of the iceberg.
Obama supports torture and other forms of cruel and degrading treatment. He does so unapologetically. He treats US citizens as lawlessly as foreign nationals.
MCA grants sweeping police state powers. They include precluding civil courts from having “jurisdiction to hear or consider any claim or cause for action whatsoever….relating to the prosecution, trial, or judgment of a military commission (including) challenges to the lawfulness of (its) procedures….”
Habeas rights don’t apply. Over 800 years of protection are gone. They’re null and void. According to MCA:
Guilty by accusation suffices. With or without evidence, anyone “is punishable…who…aids, abets, counsels, commands, procures (or provides) material support” for alleged enemies.
Torture’s permitted. International laws prohibiting it under all circumstances, at all times, with no allowed exceptions are abolished.
Diktat power replaced them. Presidents can do anything they want. They can do so on their say alone. They’re virtual dictators.
Checks and balances don’t apply. They never did effectively. They’re more fiction than fact.
Presidents have emergency powers. They can declare martial law. They can suspend the Constitution. They can do so on national security grounds.
They can do it for any reason or none at all. They can use federal troops on US streets. They can deploy them against peaceful protesters. Insurrection Act (1807) and 1878 Posse Comitatus Act prohibitions no longer apply.
Fundamental freedoms are illusory. They’re vanishing. They lie in history’s dustbin. National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) provisions let federal troops arrest and imprison US citizens and foreign nationals. They can do it at home or abroad. They can do it anywhere.
They can be held indefinitely uncharged and untried. They can be tortured. They can be forced to admit crimes they didn’t commit. They can be murdered on Obama’s say.
Police state lawlessness rules. It’s the law of the land. Obama’s a tinpot despot. He’s judge, jury and executioner. Fundamental rights are gone. They don’t apply.
Anyone can be arrested, imprisoned, held indefinitely and tortured for doing the right thing.
Protesting imperial lawlessness, social injustice, corporate crime, government corruption, or political Washington run of, by and for rich elites can be criminalized.
So can free speech, assembly, religion, or anything challenging America’s right to kill, destroy and pillage with impunity.
It’s official. Tyranny rules. America’s unsafe to live in. There’s no place to hide. Challenging diktat power’s criminalized. Police state ruthlessness targets anyone trying.
Military dungeons or secret FEMA concentration camps await victims. America’s no democracy. It’s not beautiful. It’s a battleground. It’s nightmarish for countless numbers affected.
Law Professor Jonathan Turley called NDAA authority ruthlessness “that would have horrified the Framers.”
“Indefinitely detaining citizens is something (they) were intimately familiar with and expressly sought to bar in the Bill of Rights.”
Other legal experts agree. Habeas, due process, and other fundamental rights are too precious to lose. They’re now quaint artifacts. They’re gone. They lie in history’s dustbin.
Tyranny replaced them. America’s no different from other totalitarian states. It’s ruthless. It’s militarized for control.
It’s concentrated money power running things. It’s fascism writ large. It’s wrapped in the American flag. It’s scapegoating challengers.
It’s out-of-control militarism. It’s national security justification to brutalize and oppress. It’s controlling the message. It’s convincing people fundamental rights are abolished for their own good.
It’s getting most people to believe it. It’s stripping off America’s mask. It’s showing its true face. It’s menacing, cruel and unjust. Federal court decisions explain.
In 2012, Hedges et al v. Obama challenged NDAA provisions. Last September, Southern District of New York federal Judge Katherine B. Forrest blocked Obama’s indefinite detention law. She’s the exception, not the rule.
She called it “facially unconstitutional: it impermissibly impinges on guaranteed First Amendment rights and lacks sufficient definitional structure and protections to meet the requirements of due process.”
She added that:
“If, following issuance of this permanent injunctive relief, the government detains individuals under theories of ‘substantially or directly supporting’ associated forces, as set forth in” the National Defense Authorization Act, “and a contempt action is brought before this court, the government will bear a heavy burden indeed.”
At issue is section 1021 of the 2012 National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA). It states in part:
“Congress affirms that the authority of the president to use all necessary and appropriate force pursuant to the Authorization for Use of Military Force (AUMF) includes the authority for the Armed Forces of the United States to detain covered persons (as defined in subsection (b)) pending disposition under the law of war.”
“Covered persons” are defined as:
Anyone “who was a part of or substantially supported al-Qaeda, the Taliban, or associated forces that are engaged in hostilities against the United States or its coalition partners, including any person who has committed a belligerent act or has directly supported such hostilities in aid of such enemy forces.”
Plaintiffs argued that broad, ambiguous language like “substantially supported,” “associated forces” and “directly supported” leaves them and others vulnerable to lawless indefinite detention.
Legally meeting someone rightly or wrongly called a terrorist, staying in their homes, inviting them to speak at conferences or in panel discussions, interviewing them, or socializing with them can be called dealing with the enemy.
So can writing anti-imperial articles, exposing and/or discussing US crimes of war and against humanity, and participating in anti-war protests.
Hedges et al won. Obama officials appealed. On Wednesday, the New York Second Circuit Court of Appeals overturned Judge Forrest’s ruling.
Three judges did so unanimously. They did it shamelessly. They called indefinite detention uncharged and untried OK.
They said Hedges et al lacked standing. It’s because federal law “says nothing at all about the president’s authority to detain American citizens.”
False! NDAA covers everyone. US citizens are as vulnerable as foreign nationals. Appeals Court Judge Lewis Kaplan said non-citizens “failed to establish standing because they have not shown a sufficient threat that the government will detain them.”
Plaintiffs’ lawyer Carl Mayer said “(w)e’re reviewing what our options are, but I strongly suspect that we will appeal to the Supreme Court.”
The ruling came on the same day the District of Columbia Court of Appeals overturned a lower court ruling. At issue are oppressive Guantanamo prisoner genital area searches. District Court Judge Royce Lamberth ordered them stopped.
Appeals Court judges overruled him. They authorized what’s
conducted to degrade, harass and humiliate. They’re unrelated to security.
Separately on July 16, Washington, DC District Court Judge Rosemary Collyer ruled against three Guantanamo hunger strikers.
They sued to stop force-feeding. It’s lawless. It’s medically unethical. It’s excruciatingly painful. It’s torture as international law defines it.
Collyer supports it. Her ruling ignored inviolable laws. She’s contemptuously dismissive. She said:
“There is nothing so shocking or inhumane in the treatment of petitioners – which they can avoid at will – to raise a constitutional concern that might otherwise necessitate review.”
“Although framed as a motion to stop feeding via nasograstric tube, Petitioners’ real complaint is that the United States is not allowing them to commit suicide by starvation.”
“All competent adults – regardless of their nationalities, professions, religious beliefs, and ethical and political views – who are suffering unbearably from incurable illnesses should have the possibility of various choices at the end of their life.”
“Death is unavoidable. We strongly believe that the manner and time of dying should be left to the decision of the individual, assuming such demands do not result in harm to society other than the sadness associated with death.”
Brutalizing indefinite Guantanamo detention constitutes an “incurable disease.” It includes hopelessness and unbearable suffering.
It prevents any chance for freedom. It denies all rights. Death’s unavoidable. It’ll come sooner, not later. Dying with dignity’s excluded. Permitting it is fundamentally right. Not according to kangaroo federal court justice.
Collyer’s ruling replicated Judge Glady Kessler’s July 10 decision. On the one hand, she called force-feeding “painful, humiliating and degrading.”
On the other, she abstained from ruling responsibly. She wrongfully claimed federal courts have no authority over Guantanamo. Obama alone has “authority to address the issue,” she said.
False! Kessler doesn’t know the law. Maybe she does but spurned it. She ignored High Court rulings.
In Rasul v. Bush (June 2004), the Supreme Court held that Guantanamo detainees may challenge their detention in civil court. In response, Congress enacted the 2005 Detainee Treatment Act. It subverted the ruling.
In Hamdan v. Rumsfeld (June 2006), the High Court held that federal courts retain jurisdiction over habeas cases. It ruled against military commissions.
It said they lack “the power to proceed because (their) structures and procedures violate both the Uniform Code of Military Justice and the four Geneva Conventions.”
In response, Congress passed the 2006 Military Commissions Act (MCA). In updated form, it’s the law of the land. Supreme Court justices can challenge it.
They can strike it down. They haven’t done so. Perhaps a future court will. In Boumediene v. Bush (June 2008), it affirmed habeas rights for Guantanamo detainees. It let them petition for release from lawlessly imposed custody.
Justice Anthony Kennedy wrote the majority opinion. He said America maintains complete jurisdiction over Guantanamo regardless of its offshore location. He opposed political branches “govern(ing) without legal restraint.”
He expressed concerns about usurping “power to switch the Constitution on or off at will.” Doing so “lead(s) to a regime in which they, not this Court, say ‘what the law is.’ “
“Even when the United States acts outside its borders, its powers are not ‘absolute and unlimited’ but are subject ‘to such restrictions as are expressed in the Constitution.’ “
He called habeas “an indispensable mechanism for monitoring the separation of powers.”
“The test for determining (its) scope must not be subject to manipulation by those whose power it is designed to restrain.”
This bedrock right has no adequate substitute. It doesn’t matter. Justice in America no longer exists. Diktat power replaced it.
Perhaps NDAA enactment was when freedom in America died. Post-9/11, it’s been on the chopping block for elimination altogether.
Tyranny’s the law of the land. It’s institutionalized. Fundamental rights don’t matter. Democracy’s a four-letter word. Out-of-control power runs things. It’s unaccountable.
Nonbelievers aren’t tolerated. The worst is yet to come.
Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago. He can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.
His new book is titled “Banker Occupation: Waging Financial War on Humanity.”
http://www.claritypress.com/LendmanII.html
Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com.
Listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network.
It airs Fridays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.
http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour
http://www.dailycensored.com/us-courts-approve-indefinite-detention-and-torture/

Republished with permission from: Stephen Lendman

‘Free Syrian Army’ chief may visit US

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]The chief commander of the terrorist Free Syrian Army (FSA) may travel to the United States next week to ask Washington for swift weapons shipments to Takfiri militants operating in Syria.

Republished with permission from: Press TV

There's Nothing About Abortion in the Bible — So How Do Right-Wing Christians Justify Their Crusade Against Women?

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com

July 17, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

While America languishes in an economic depression, Republican officeholders are bending all their efforts… to ban abortion. In the last few weeks and months, we’ve seen a blizzard of anti-choice legislation in Texas, Ohio, Wisconsin, North Carolina, and many other places. These laws stall women seeking abortions with mandatory waiting periods, brutalize them with invasive and unnecessary transvaginal ultrasounds, force doctors to read shaming scripts rife with falsehoods, and impose onerous regulatory requirements that are designed to be impossible to comply with so that family-planning clinics will be forced to close. At the federal level, the Republican-controlled House of Representatives voted for a bill banning all abortion after 20 weeks, without even putting up a pretense that this was constitutional.

One would think the drubbing taken by anti-choice zealots like Todd Akin in the last election would have given Republicans an incentive to step back and consider whether this is a winning strategy. Instead, it seems as if their losses have only inspired them to fight harder. For the right-wing Christian fundamentalists who dominate the Republican Party, banning abortion, or at least piling up pointless regulations to make it as burdensome and difficult to obtain as possible, has become an all-consuming obsession, akin to a religious crusade.

Given the amount of effort and political capital the religious right puts into trying to restrict abortion, you’d guess that opposition to women’s choice must take up a huge portion of the Bible. But the reality is that nothing could be further from the truth.

The Bible says nothing whatsoever about abortion. It never mentions the subject, not once, neither in the Old Testament nor the New. This isn’t because abortion was unknown in the ancient world. Much to the contrary, the ancient Greeks and Romans were well-acquainted with the idea. Surviving writings from these cultures recommend the use of herbs like pennyroyal, silphium and hellebore to induce abortion; others advise vigorous physical activity to cause a miscarriage, and some even discuss surgical methods.

It’s impossible to imagine that no Jewish or Christian woman in the ancient world ever had to deal with an unwanted pregnancy. Thus, it’s reasonable to conclude that the Bible’s authors never mention abortion because they weren’t especially concerned about it. This often forces modern Christian anti-choicers to resort to laughable rationalizations like, “It was so unthinkable that an Israelite woman should desire an abortion that there was no need to mention this offense in the criminal code.” (This, in a book whose authors thought it worthwhile to set down the punishment for having a threesome with your wife and mother-in-law.)

There are later Christian writings that explicitly mention and forbid abortion, such as the Didache. But none of these documents made it into the canon of the Bible, which must be frustrating for modern anti-choicers who’d love to have a “clobber verse” they can throw at women seeking to exercise control over their own bodies.

Instead, religious-right activists are forced to engage in creative reinterpretation of vague biblical passages, trying to wring out something they can use to “prove” God is in favor of mandatory childbearing. One of the common ones is Jeremiah 1:4-5, which they claim as a divine endorsement of fetal personhood:

The word of the Lord came to me, saying, “Before I formed you in the womb I knew you, before you were born I set you apart; I appointed you as a prophet to the nations.”

The most obvious problem with this, besides the fact that it says nothing specific about abortion, is that it’s not a general statement about all of humanity; it’s a special predestination intended only for the prophet Jeremiah. What’s more, from an anti-choice standpoint, it says too much: it says that God knew Jeremiah not just while he was in the womb, but before forming him in the womb. Perhaps the pro-life slogan should be, “Life begins before conception”?

Republished with permission from: AlterNet

There's Nothing About Abortion in the Bible — So How Do Right-Wing Christians Justify Their Crusade Against Women?

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com

July 17, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

While America languishes in an economic depression, Republican officeholders are bending all their efforts… to ban abortion. In the last few weeks and months, we’ve seen a blizzard of anti-choice legislation in Texas, Ohio, Wisconsin, North Carolina, and many other places. These laws stall women seeking abortions with mandatory waiting periods, brutalize them with invasive and unnecessary transvaginal ultrasounds, force doctors to read shaming scripts rife with falsehoods, and impose onerous regulatory requirements that are designed to be impossible to comply with so that family-planning clinics will be forced to close. At the federal level, the Republican-controlled House of Representatives voted for a bill banning all abortion after 20 weeks, without even putting up a pretense that this was constitutional.

One would think the drubbing taken by anti-choice zealots like Todd Akin in the last election would have given Republicans an incentive to step back and consider whether this is a winning strategy. Instead, it seems as if their losses have only inspired them to fight harder. For the right-wing Christian fundamentalists who dominate the Republican Party, banning abortion, or at least piling up pointless regulations to make it as burdensome and difficult to obtain as possible, has become an all-consuming obsession, akin to a religious crusade.

Given the amount of effort and political capital the religious right puts into trying to restrict abortion, you’d guess that opposition to women’s choice must take up a huge portion of the Bible. But the reality is that nothing could be further from the truth.

The Bible says nothing whatsoever about abortion. It never mentions the subject, not once, neither in the Old Testament nor the New. This isn’t because abortion was unknown in the ancient world. Much to the contrary, the ancient Greeks and Romans were well-acquainted with the idea. Surviving writings from these cultures recommend the use of herbs like pennyroyal, silphium and hellebore to induce abortion; others advise vigorous physical activity to cause a miscarriage, and some even discuss surgical methods.

It’s impossible to imagine that no Jewish or Christian woman in the ancient world ever had to deal with an unwanted pregnancy. Thus, it’s reasonable to conclude that the Bible’s authors never mention abortion because they weren’t especially concerned about it. This often forces modern Christian anti-choicers to resort to laughable rationalizations like, “It was so unthinkable that an Israelite woman should desire an abortion that there was no need to mention this offense in the criminal code.” (This, in a book whose authors thought it worthwhile to set down the punishment for having a threesome with your wife and mother-in-law.)

There are later Christian writings that explicitly mention and forbid abortion, such as the Didache. But none of these documents made it into the canon of the Bible, which must be frustrating for modern anti-choicers who’d love to have a “clobber verse” they can throw at women seeking to exercise control over their own bodies.

Instead, religious-right activists are forced to engage in creative reinterpretation of vague biblical passages, trying to wring out something they can use to “prove” God is in favor of mandatory childbearing. One of the common ones is Jeremiah 1:4-5, which they claim as a divine endorsement of fetal personhood:

The word of the Lord came to me, saying, “Before I formed you in the womb I knew you, before you were born I set you apart; I appointed you as a prophet to the nations.”

The most obvious problem with this, besides the fact that it says nothing specific about abortion, is that it’s not a general statement about all of humanity; it’s a special predestination intended only for the prophet Jeremiah. What’s more, from an anti-choice standpoint, it says too much: it says that God knew Jeremiah not just while he was in the womb, but before forming him in the womb. Perhaps the pro-life slogan should be, “Life begins before conception”?

Republished with permission from: AlterNet

When Will the Psychiatric Establishment Reject the Drug War and Embrace Psychedelic Research?

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com/ Alex011973

July 17, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

It is clear that the cultural zeitgeist has turned towards the therapeutic use of psychedelics. Recent articles in The New York Times and CNN are slowly informing the public of the exciting research that MAPS supporters have known about for some time–that some psychedelics, even with their historic baggage, their potential for misuse, and vilified reputation, have some of  the most promising therapeutic potential that we have seen in psychopharmacology in a generation.

However, what are the attitudes of those clinicians who would be empowered to prescribe these substances, should the  FDA approve them as safe and effective therapeutic agents and the DEA reschedule them to make them able to be prescribed legally?

Unfortunately, the discussion around drugs in the United States, for at least the last 50 years, has largely been polarized between drugs that are therapeutic and drugs that can be abused. Even though some of our most effective psychotherapeutic  agents (e.g. stimulants and benzodiazepines) are also some of the most likely to be abused, there is a distinct discomfort that arises among clinicians when a substance, which historically has been abused, is suggested to be therapeutic.

Perhaps it is because, as clinicians, when it comes to substance abuse, we often only see the casualties, and this perspective has created a bias that a substance that can be abused can never have therapeutic utility (witness MDMA for the treatment of PTSD or the dramatic response to ketamine from sufferers of severe major depression). Rarely do we hear about how a drug changed someone’s life for the better. In some ways, the more esoteric the substance, the less reflexive resistance it elicits.

It was interesting to see attendees at last November’s U.S. Psychiatric and Mental Health Congress in San Diego stop by the understated MAPS booth in the convention hall, where it shared space with much glitzier displays for conventional psychiatric medications. Many people would ask, “What’s MDMA?” having not associated it with the cultural baggage associated with “Ecstasy.” Scientists who want to study compounds such as ibogaine or psilocybin will likely have an easier time getting past the negative biases that have accreted against more commonly used (and abused) substances such as cannabis and LSD.

I would propose that the attitudes that most people have regarding psychedelics fall into one of four broad categories:

(1) I have tried them and they have changed my life for the better.

(2) I have tried them and was unchanged or had a negative experience.

(3) I have never tried them but have an open mind about them.

(4) I have not tried them and can only imagine they are more dangerous than helpful.

I suspect that there are more than a few clinicians who fall into category 1, but feel uncomfortable sharing their experiences for fear of compromising their professional reputations. However, I suspect most mainstream psychiatric providers, having seen the negative outcomes of patient substance abuse  and influenced by 45 years of anti-drug propaganda, would ally themselves squarely with those in category 4. I suspect most people reading this Bulletin are in category 1. They are the converted. Through whatever experiences they have had, they believe in the power of these substances to serve as tools to help people towards greater health and emotional wholeness. However, most psychiatric providers have not had these same experiences, and are prone to view the elusiveness with which those in category 1 may share their experiences with a certain degree of suspicion.

This is why we must have data to support the assertions that these substances are therapeutic. We need to have the science that supports the theories of why these compounds can have the profound effects that they do. Data is the currency of practice change, and without it, all the tales of the converted are relegated to low grade, “anecdotal data”–interesting, but nothing that most people in a professional role would be willing to risk the sanctions of loss of license, professional status, or clinical/academic position to pursue. That’s why what MAPS is doing is so critical for changing the attitudes around these substances and the role that they can play in mainstream psychiatry. By focusing on conditions such as PTSD that suffer from a dearth of effective treatments and by generating robust research findings, their studies provide both hope for difficult-to-treat conditions and compelling data for effective treatments.

Hopefully, it will be only a few short years before the data that MAPS-sponsored studies have generated can be leveraged to make these substances legal as prescribed medicine. When that day comes, MAPS would be wise to take a lesson from the more mainstream pharmaceutical industry and use marketing as a means to change attitudes and encourage appropriate use of these agents.

The pharmaceutical industry spent $27.7 billion dollars in 20041 to market medications because that investment was returned many times over in increased sales. MAPS has a mission that is even more important than increasing returns to stockholders: making effective medications available to patients who need them and to advance a more enlightened attitude towards psychedelics. Armed with the data from these studies, the medium of advertising can shift the attitudes of clinicians who will prescribe these medications.

The aesthetics of these marketing messages should reflect the controlled and sober use of these compounds for therapeutic purposes. Psychedelic imagery, for example, may appeal to those who have had positive experiences with these compounds, but may also serve to alienate a more conservative medical establishment. As important as marketing is the impact that respected fellow clinicians have on the practice patterns of other clinicians. The mainstream pharmaceutical industry has long known this, and has used “key opinion leaders” or “thought leaders” to deliver marketing talks about new drugs.2

Clinicians trust their peers more than a sales representative. Those who are well versed in the research findings and convinced about the benefit of these compounds can engage peers in compelling conversations about the value of these drugs. At the end of the day, stories engage, but data convinces.

***

References: 

1. Gagnon M-A, Lexchin J (2008) The Cost of Pushing Pills: A New Estimate of Pharmaceutical Promotion Expenditures in the United States. PLoS Med 5(1): e1. doi:10.1371/journal.pmed.0050001

2. Carlat (2010) Unhinged: The Trouble with Psychiatry, Free Press, NY

Republished with permission from: AlterNet

When Will the Psychiatric Establishment Reject the Drug War and Embrace Psychedelic Research?

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com/ Alex011973

July 17, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

It is clear that the cultural zeitgeist has turned towards the therapeutic use of psychedelics. Recent articles in The New York Times and CNN are slowly informing the public of the exciting research that MAPS supporters have known about for some time–that some psychedelics, even with their historic baggage, their potential for misuse, and vilified reputation, have some of  the most promising therapeutic potential that we have seen in psychopharmacology in a generation.

However, what are the attitudes of those clinicians who would be empowered to prescribe these substances, should the  FDA approve them as safe and effective therapeutic agents and the DEA reschedule them to make them able to be prescribed legally?

Unfortunately, the discussion around drugs in the United States, for at least the last 50 years, has largely been polarized between drugs that are therapeutic and drugs that can be abused. Even though some of our most effective psychotherapeutic  agents (e.g. stimulants and benzodiazepines) are also some of the most likely to be abused, there is a distinct discomfort that arises among clinicians when a substance, which historically has been abused, is suggested to be therapeutic.

Perhaps it is because, as clinicians, when it comes to substance abuse, we often only see the casualties, and this perspective has created a bias that a substance that can be abused can never have therapeutic utility (witness MDMA for the treatment of PTSD or the dramatic response to ketamine from sufferers of severe major depression). Rarely do we hear about how a drug changed someone’s life for the better. In some ways, the more esoteric the substance, the less reflexive resistance it elicits.

It was interesting to see attendees at last November’s U.S. Psychiatric and Mental Health Congress in San Diego stop by the understated MAPS booth in the convention hall, where it shared space with much glitzier displays for conventional psychiatric medications. Many people would ask, “What’s MDMA?” having not associated it with the cultural baggage associated with “Ecstasy.” Scientists who want to study compounds such as ibogaine or psilocybin will likely have an easier time getting past the negative biases that have accreted against more commonly used (and abused) substances such as cannabis and LSD.

I would propose that the attitudes that most people have regarding psychedelics fall into one of four broad categories:

(1) I have tried them and they have changed my life for the better.

(2) I have tried them and was unchanged or had a negative experience.

(3) I have never tried them but have an open mind about them.

(4) I have not tried them and can only imagine they are more dangerous than helpful.

I suspect that there are more than a few clinicians who fall into category 1, but feel uncomfortable sharing their experiences for fear of compromising their professional reputations. However, I suspect most mainstream psychiatric providers, having seen the negative outcomes of patient substance abuse  and influenced by 45 years of anti-drug propaganda, would ally themselves squarely with those in category 4. I suspect most people reading this Bulletin are in category 1. They are the converted. Through whatever experiences they have had, they believe in the power of these substances to serve as tools to help people towards greater health and emotional wholeness. However, most psychiatric providers have not had these same experiences, and are prone to view the elusiveness with which those in category 1 may share their experiences with a certain degree of suspicion.

This is why we must have data to support the assertions that these substances are therapeutic. We need to have the science that supports the theories of why these compounds can have the profound effects that they do. Data is the currency of practice change, and without it, all the tales of the converted are relegated to low grade, “anecdotal data”–interesting, but nothing that most people in a professional role would be willing to risk the sanctions of loss of license, professional status, or clinical/academic position to pursue. That’s why what MAPS is doing is so critical for changing the attitudes around these substances and the role that they can play in mainstream psychiatry. By focusing on conditions such as PTSD that suffer from a dearth of effective treatments and by generating robust research findings, their studies provide both hope for difficult-to-treat conditions and compelling data for effective treatments.

Hopefully, it will be only a few short years before the data that MAPS-sponsored studies have generated can be leveraged to make these substances legal as prescribed medicine. When that day comes, MAPS would be wise to take a lesson from the more mainstream pharmaceutical industry and use marketing as a means to change attitudes and encourage appropriate use of these agents.

The pharmaceutical industry spent $27.7 billion dollars in 20041 to market medications because that investment was returned many times over in increased sales. MAPS has a mission that is even more important than increasing returns to stockholders: making effective medications available to patients who need them and to advance a more enlightened attitude towards psychedelics. Armed with the data from these studies, the medium of advertising can shift the attitudes of clinicians who will prescribe these medications.

The aesthetics of these marketing messages should reflect the controlled and sober use of these compounds for therapeutic purposes. Psychedelic imagery, for example, may appeal to those who have had positive experiences with these compounds, but may also serve to alienate a more conservative medical establishment. As important as marketing is the impact that respected fellow clinicians have on the practice patterns of other clinicians. The mainstream pharmaceutical industry has long known this, and has used “key opinion leaders” or “thought leaders” to deliver marketing talks about new drugs.2

Clinicians trust their peers more than a sales representative. Those who are well versed in the research findings and convinced about the benefit of these compounds can engage peers in compelling conversations about the value of these drugs. At the end of the day, stories engage, but data convinces.

***

References: 

1. Gagnon M-A, Lexchin J (2008) The Cost of Pushing Pills: A New Estimate of Pharmaceutical Promotion Expenditures in the United States. PLoS Med 5(1): e1. doi:10.1371/journal.pmed.0050001

2. Carlat (2010) Unhinged: The Trouble with Psychiatry, Free Press, NY

Republished with permission from: AlterNet

Why the Center for Science in the Public Interest Is Wrong Not to Support Genetically Engineered Food Labeling

0

July 17, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

You may have noticed the impressive grassroots movement gathering steam lately over the labeling of genetically engineered (GE) foods. Recently, Connecticut became the first state in the nation to enact a law to require such labels, and 26 other states have introduced similar bills this year. Millions of Americans are demanding more transparency in the food supply and our elected officials are finally responding, after decades of work by groups like Center for Food Safety (CFS).

But one advocacy group, Center for Science in the Public Interest (CSPI), often seen as a leader in nutrition policy, stands virtually alone in its continued opposition to labeling GE foods. This stance is troubling and confusing given how outspoken CSPI has been for decades on food labeling and consumer information.

CSPI’s position, explained in this recent news interview, boils down to three claims:

  1. GE foods do not present either safety or nutrition concerns;
  2. Processed GE foods do not contain genetically-engineered material;
  3. Non-GE labels are “misleading” because they imply a safer or superior food.

Let’s take these one by one.

GE Food Safety Is an Open Question

First, CSPI claims that genetically engineered food labeling is “not a food safety or a nutritional issue – it’s not like allergens or trans fats.”

This is a pretty bold statement to make given how little information is available on the safety of GE foods. The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) does not require or conduct safety studies on GE foods, nor does it approve GE foods as safe. Instead, there is only confidential consultation between industry and FDA, where GE food developers decide what summary information to provide the agency; and even that is voluntary. So we are essentially taking the biotech industry’s word that GE food is not hazardous. CSPI itself acknowledges that the government isn’t doing its job, calling onFDA to “require a mandatory pre-market approval process” and “formally approve that the crop is safe for human and animal consumption.” How can CSPI on the one hand admit we need more rigorous oversight, while on the other claim there is no safety issue?

Further, while obviously no substitute for adequate food safety oversight, mandatory labeling of GE foods will allow the detection of adverse health effects of consuming such foods. Without labeling, anyone who gets sick from eating a GE food has no way of identifying the cause.

It’s also odd that CSPI would distinguish allergens from GE foods, given that allergic reactions, which can be life-threatening, are the most widely accepted health threat posed by GE organisms. As Michael Hanson, senior scientist with Consumers Union, noted in his testimony in support of the Connecticut GE labeling bill in March: “The human safety problems that may arise from GE include introduction of new allergens or increased levels of naturally occurring allergens, of plant toxins, and changes in nutrition.”

He also testified in regards to the GE salmon moving closer to federal approval ( despite overwhelming public opposition): “Company data suggest that it may exhibit increased allergenicity.” And although the federal government has approved numerous pesticides genetically engineered into corn and cotton, in 2009 they also funded research to better determine if they can trigger food allergies. In the meantime, the allergy risk from GE food justifies a safety-based label similar to those warning that a food contains nuts.

Many Food Labels Are Not About Safety

In addition, safety is not the defining factor for requiring food labels. We label all sorts of things not based on safety concerns per se. Take basic ingredient labeling, which CSPI supports. We don’t question the safety of every single ingredient that foods contain, but each is still required to appear on the label, because consumers have the right to know what is in their food.

Republished with permission from: AlterNet

Why the Center for Science in the Public Interest Is Wrong Not to Support Genetically Engineered Food Labeling

0

July 17, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

You may have noticed the impressive grassroots movement gathering steam lately over the labeling of genetically engineered (GE) foods. Recently, Connecticut became the first state in the nation to enact a law to require such labels, and 26 other states have introduced similar bills this year. Millions of Americans are demanding more transparency in the food supply and our elected officials are finally responding, after decades of work by groups like Center for Food Safety (CFS).

But one advocacy group, Center for Science in the Public Interest (CSPI), often seen as a leader in nutrition policy, stands virtually alone in its continued opposition to labeling GE foods. This stance is troubling and confusing given how outspoken CSPI has been for decades on food labeling and consumer information.

CSPI’s position, explained in this recent news interview, boils down to three claims:

  1. GE foods do not present either safety or nutrition concerns;
  2. Processed GE foods do not contain genetically-engineered material;
  3. Non-GE labels are “misleading” because they imply a safer or superior food.

Let’s take these one by one.

GE Food Safety Is an Open Question

First, CSPI claims that genetically engineered food labeling is “not a food safety or a nutritional issue – it’s not like allergens or trans fats.”

This is a pretty bold statement to make given how little information is available on the safety of GE foods. The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) does not require or conduct safety studies on GE foods, nor does it approve GE foods as safe. Instead, there is only confidential consultation between industry and FDA, where GE food developers decide what summary information to provide the agency; and even that is voluntary. So we are essentially taking the biotech industry’s word that GE food is not hazardous. CSPI itself acknowledges that the government isn’t doing its job, calling onFDA to “require a mandatory pre-market approval process” and “formally approve that the crop is safe for human and animal consumption.” How can CSPI on the one hand admit we need more rigorous oversight, while on the other claim there is no safety issue?

Further, while obviously no substitute for adequate food safety oversight, mandatory labeling of GE foods will allow the detection of adverse health effects of consuming such foods. Without labeling, anyone who gets sick from eating a GE food has no way of identifying the cause.

It’s also odd that CSPI would distinguish allergens from GE foods, given that allergic reactions, which can be life-threatening, are the most widely accepted health threat posed by GE organisms. As Michael Hanson, senior scientist with Consumers Union, noted in his testimony in support of the Connecticut GE labeling bill in March: “The human safety problems that may arise from GE include introduction of new allergens or increased levels of naturally occurring allergens, of plant toxins, and changes in nutrition.”

He also testified in regards to the GE salmon moving closer to federal approval ( despite overwhelming public opposition): “Company data suggest that it may exhibit increased allergenicity.” And although the federal government has approved numerous pesticides genetically engineered into corn and cotton, in 2009 they also funded research to better determine if they can trigger food allergies. In the meantime, the allergy risk from GE food justifies a safety-based label similar to those warning that a food contains nuts.

Many Food Labels Are Not About Safety

In addition, safety is not the defining factor for requiring food labels. We label all sorts of things not based on safety concerns per se. Take basic ingredient labeling, which CSPI supports. We don’t question the safety of every single ingredient that foods contain, but each is still required to appear on the label, because consumers have the right to know what is in their food.

Republished with permission from: AlterNet

8 Stark Realities of America's Dysfunctional New Economy

0

July 18, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

There’s a new normal in the American economy for vast slices of society and it’s discouragingly tough, despite all the cheerleading from the White House and economists that the country is in a slow but steady recovery. If anything, the new American economy has undergone a structural shift where far too many jobs are not paying enough to cover basic living expenses and money worries are simmering and never-ending.

“It’s difficult to point fingers at people and say, ‘You screwed up in some way’ or ‘You aren’t working hard enough,’” said Erica Seifert, a senior associate at Greenberg Quinlan Rosner Research, which recently conducted a series of focus groups in Florida and Ohio among young college women, Latino voters and white working-class voters. “This economy isn’t functional. The jobs don’t pay.”

Siefert’s firm convened groups of likely voters to hear detailed remarks about how they and their familes were faring economically. What they found was that previously given explanations for economic hard times, such as saying, “It’s the recession,” were replaced by comments that suggested that America is now beset with “institutional inequality.”

“In the past, we would talk to people and the recession was the obstacle,” she said. “Now we have people with educational degrees who can’t make enough money to pay their loans back and meet their expenses. It’s not that those people make poor choices.”

What follows are eight tenets of the new economy, according to her firm’s research. The quotes are from participants–some were teachers, bank clerks, truck drivers, massage therapists, social workers, working mothers, etc. Some had higher education degrees, while others were only high school graduates.

1. It’s not my economic recovery.

News about the rising stock market, increase in home values or tech sector boom–all staples of mainsteam media content–does not describe their world. The women aged 30 and younger and Latino voters in the Orlando area, and working-class men and women of all ages near Columbus, Ohio, said in many different ways that their personal finances were rocky and frail.

One was “afraid of losing my house.” Another said, “Back six years ago, I was making double the income I’m making now.” One said, “I think the best way to describe my finances is precarious.” Another said, “Me personally, not so good; my household is getting by.” One said, “I own my own home and don’t see the home values going up. I see the neighborhood selling quickly, but what are they selling for?” Another said, “Two steps forward, four steps back.”

2. The mood is fear, not hope.

Many people are living on an economic “edge where fear, worry and caution are pervasive,” the researchers found. “I can’t afford to lose right now,” one person said. “I’m being conservative… It’s starting to balance out a bit, but we never know. It’s a rollercoaster,” another said. “It’s pretty scary,” one said. “Afraid,” said another. “Most of my family and friends are, they’re making ends meet but they’re struggling… They’ve got financial, you know, worry in the back of their minds. You know, if something happens, what am I going to do?”

3. Self-sacrifice is now routine.

The personal strategies for getting by include routinely cutting corners, pooling resources and not just having underemployed young people move in with their parents, but people taking in their parents after their jobs disappeared.

“Cutting back on unnecessary items and home and just [living] paycheck to paycheck” was how one participant put it. “Looking for sales, pinching pennies,” another said. “I moved my mom in with me last month. I am curently supporting my mom; her factory shut down and she was on unemployment,” a young woman said. “After we pay our bills we make sure that our children eat, but there’s times my husband and I can’t afford it,” another said, saying, “We eat peanut butter, potatoes or rice. We make sure our children are eating four food groups a day.”

Republished with permission from: AlterNet

8 Stark Realities of America's Dysfunctional New Economy

0

July 18, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

There’s a new normal in the American economy for vast slices of society and it’s discouragingly tough, despite all the cheerleading from the White House and economists that the country is in a slow but steady recovery. If anything, the new American economy has undergone a structural shift where far too many jobs are not paying enough to cover basic living expenses and money worries are simmering and never-ending.

“It’s difficult to point fingers at people and say, ‘You screwed up in some way’ or ‘You aren’t working hard enough,’” said Erica Seifert, a senior associate at Greenberg Quinlan Rosner Research, which recently conducted a series of focus groups in Florida and Ohio among young college women, Latino voters and white working-class voters. “This economy isn’t functional. The jobs don’t pay.”

Siefert’s firm convened groups of likely voters to hear detailed remarks about how they and their familes were faring economically. What they found was that previously given explanations for economic hard times, such as saying, “It’s the recession,” were replaced by comments that suggested that America is now beset with “institutional inequality.”

“In the past, we would talk to people and the recession was the obstacle,” she said. “Now we have people with educational degrees who can’t make enough money to pay their loans back and meet their expenses. It’s not that those people make poor choices.”

What follows are eight tenets of the new economy, according to her firm’s research. The quotes are from participants–some were teachers, bank clerks, truck drivers, massage therapists, social workers, working mothers, etc. Some had higher education degrees, while others were only high school graduates.

1. It’s not my economic recovery.

News about the rising stock market, increase in home values or tech sector boom–all staples of mainsteam media content–does not describe their world. The women aged 30 and younger and Latino voters in the Orlando area, and working-class men and women of all ages near Columbus, Ohio, said in many different ways that their personal finances were rocky and frail.

One was “afraid of losing my house.” Another said, “Back six years ago, I was making double the income I’m making now.” One said, “I think the best way to describe my finances is precarious.” Another said, “Me personally, not so good; my household is getting by.” One said, “I own my own home and don’t see the home values going up. I see the neighborhood selling quickly, but what are they selling for?” Another said, “Two steps forward, four steps back.”

2. The mood is fear, not hope.

Many people are living on an economic “edge where fear, worry and caution are pervasive,” the researchers found. “I can’t afford to lose right now,” one person said. “I’m being conservative… It’s starting to balance out a bit, but we never know. It’s a rollercoaster,” another said. “It’s pretty scary,” one said. “Afraid,” said another. “Most of my family and friends are, they’re making ends meet but they’re struggling… They’ve got financial, you know, worry in the back of their minds. You know, if something happens, what am I going to do?”

3. Self-sacrifice is now routine.

The personal strategies for getting by include routinely cutting corners, pooling resources and not just having underemployed young people move in with their parents, but people taking in their parents after their jobs disappeared.

“Cutting back on unnecessary items and home and just [living] paycheck to paycheck” was how one participant put it. “Looking for sales, pinching pennies,” another said. “I moved my mom in with me last month. I am curently supporting my mom; her factory shut down and she was on unemployment,” a young woman said. “After we pay our bills we make sure that our children eat, but there’s times my husband and I can’t afford it,” another said, saying, “We eat peanut butter, potatoes or rice. We make sure our children are eating four food groups a day.”

Republished with permission from: AlterNet

The Flesh Trade: Sex Work in America

0

July 18, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Three centuries before Las Vegas was founded, New York was known as sin city. It was home to drinking, gambling, and most especially, illicit sexual pleasures. One of New Amsterdam’s first sex workers was Grietje “Little Pearl” Reynies, a lively bawd or “doxie.” Taunted by seamen on a departing sloop with the cry, “Whore! Whore! Two pound butter’s whore!” she allegedly lifted her petticoat and pointed to her naked backside, replying, “Blaes my daer achterin.”

Daily media reports often headline tantalizing stories of the NYPD arresting streetwalkers, breaking up a prostitution ring, and closing storefront sexual massage parlors. “Sin” still sells. However, between 2008 and 2012, the state Division of Criminal Justice Services reports the NYPD arrested only 5,834 people for patronizing prostitutes. On average, that’s only 1,167 arrests per year, 22 or so a week — and that’s in a city with 8 million-plus adult residents and visitors (e.g., businesspeople and tourists) prowling the city streets every day.

Last year, the city’s police commissioner, Ray Kelly, championed another program to curb the oldest profession: Operation Losing Proposition. Like similar programs before it, this one targets the customers, the johns. It is armed with the latest, high-tech “solutions” that taxpayer dollars can pay for, using decoys armed with remote audio systems; “arrest teams” and undercover officers providing backup. The NYPD, along with other local police forces and DAs across the nation, regularly hold press conferences promoting its latest busts.

Police efforts to suppress commercial sex in New York, like most cities across the country, largely target what is best understood as the low-hanging fruit of the flesh trade. Columbia University’s Sudhir Venkatesh made this clear in a 2011 article, “How Tech Tools Transformed NY’s Sex Trade.” His findings are simple: sex work is big business in the Big Apple. “The economies of big cities have been reshaped by a demand for high-end entertainment, cuisine, and ‘wellness’ goods,” he notes. “In the process, ‘dating,’ ‘massage,’ ‘escort,’ and ‘dancing’ have replaced hustling and streetwalking. A luxury brand has been born. These changes have made sex for hire more expensive.”

Examining changes in New York’s commercial flesh trade between 1991 and 2010, Venkatesh confirmed an old truism: the more things change, the more they remain the same. He found that women once euphemistically called “ladies of the night,” and with the introduction of the telephone, “call girls,” are now postmodern escorts, investing in smartphones as well as breast jobs.

Venkatesh segments the city’s commercial sex business into four groups, with the respective terms of services “for traditional intercourse.” A streetwalker got a $75 fee and her pimp’s cut was 25 percent (30% on weekends). Self-employed hookers got $150 per session and pocketed it all, but “she has to pay for online marketing, transportation, security, bribes to shopkeepers, and drugs for clients.” “Blue-collar” escort services charged $350 per outcall session and the sex worker gets 60 percent, but the service “pays for advertising and on-call security officers. The client covers the hotel room and drinks.” Finally, upscale escort services and the sex worker are paid separately, “if one gets the standard $2,000, the other gets the same. The client covers expenses.”

Venkatesh adds texture to this broad segmentation by detailing the fees for three sex acts — hand jobs, ménage a trois (with two women, each paid separately) and “mommy” role-play sex — offered in four different parts of the city: Wall Street/Tribeca, Chinatown/ SoHo, north of 14th Street and the Bronx. A hand job in Wall Street went for $225 whereas in the Bronx it costs $75; a ménage a trois in SoHo would run $1,000 for both women, while in uptown Manhattan it would cost $600; and mommy sex play would cost $400 in Tribeca, but only $75 in the Bronx.

Republished with permission from: AlterNet

The Flesh Trade: Sex Work in America

0

July 18, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Three centuries before Las Vegas was founded, New York was known as sin city. It was home to drinking, gambling, and most especially, illicit sexual pleasures. One of New Amsterdam’s first sex workers was Grietje “Little Pearl” Reynies, a lively bawd or “doxie.” Taunted by seamen on a departing sloop with the cry, “Whore! Whore! Two pound butter’s whore!” she allegedly lifted her petticoat and pointed to her naked backside, replying, “Blaes my daer achterin.”

Daily media reports often headline tantalizing stories of the NYPD arresting streetwalkers, breaking up a prostitution ring, and closing storefront sexual massage parlors. “Sin” still sells. However, between 2008 and 2012, the state Division of Criminal Justice Services reports the NYPD arrested only 5,834 people for patronizing prostitutes. On average, that’s only 1,167 arrests per year, 22 or so a week — and that’s in a city with 8 million-plus adult residents and visitors (e.g., businesspeople and tourists) prowling the city streets every day.

Last year, the city’s police commissioner, Ray Kelly, championed another program to curb the oldest profession: Operation Losing Proposition. Like similar programs before it, this one targets the customers, the johns. It is armed with the latest, high-tech “solutions” that taxpayer dollars can pay for, using decoys armed with remote audio systems; “arrest teams” and undercover officers providing backup. The NYPD, along with other local police forces and DAs across the nation, regularly hold press conferences promoting its latest busts.

Police efforts to suppress commercial sex in New York, like most cities across the country, largely target what is best understood as the low-hanging fruit of the flesh trade. Columbia University’s Sudhir Venkatesh made this clear in a 2011 article, “How Tech Tools Transformed NY’s Sex Trade.” His findings are simple: sex work is big business in the Big Apple. “The economies of big cities have been reshaped by a demand for high-end entertainment, cuisine, and ‘wellness’ goods,” he notes. “In the process, ‘dating,’ ‘massage,’ ‘escort,’ and ‘dancing’ have replaced hustling and streetwalking. A luxury brand has been born. These changes have made sex for hire more expensive.”

Examining changes in New York’s commercial flesh trade between 1991 and 2010, Venkatesh confirmed an old truism: the more things change, the more they remain the same. He found that women once euphemistically called “ladies of the night,” and with the introduction of the telephone, “call girls,” are now postmodern escorts, investing in smartphones as well as breast jobs.

Venkatesh segments the city’s commercial sex business into four groups, with the respective terms of services “for traditional intercourse.” A streetwalker got a $75 fee and her pimp’s cut was 25 percent (30% on weekends). Self-employed hookers got $150 per session and pocketed it all, but “she has to pay for online marketing, transportation, security, bribes to shopkeepers, and drugs for clients.” “Blue-collar” escort services charged $350 per outcall session and the sex worker gets 60 percent, but the service “pays for advertising and on-call security officers. The client covers the hotel room and drinks.” Finally, upscale escort services and the sex worker are paid separately, “if one gets the standard $2,000, the other gets the same. The client covers expenses.”

Venkatesh adds texture to this broad segmentation by detailing the fees for three sex acts — hand jobs, ménage a trois (with two women, each paid separately) and “mommy” role-play sex — offered in four different parts of the city: Wall Street/Tribeca, Chinatown/ SoHo, north of 14th Street and the Bronx. A hand job in Wall Street went for $225 whereas in the Bronx it costs $75; a ménage a trois in SoHo would run $1,000 for both women, while in uptown Manhattan it would cost $600; and mommy sex play would cost $400 in Tribeca, but only $75 in the Bronx.

Republished with permission from: AlterNet

The American Drone That Killed My American Grandson

0

I learned that my 16-year-old grandson, Abdulrahman – a United States citizen – had been killed by an American drone strike from news reports the morning after he died.

The missile killed him, his teenage cousin and at least five other civilians on Oct. 14, 2011, while the boys were eating dinner at an open-air restaurant in southern Yemen.

I visited the site later, once I was able to bear the pain of seeing where he sat in his final moments. Local residents told me his body was blown to pieces. They showed me the grave where they buried his remains. I stood over it, asking why my grandchild was dead.

Nearly two years later, I still have no answers. The United States government has refused to explain why Abdulrahman was killed. It was not until May of this year that the Obama administration, in a supposed effort to be more transparent, publicly acknowledged what the world already knew – that it was responsible for his death.

The attorney general, Eric H. Holder Jr., said only that Abdulrahman was not “specifically targeted,” raising more questions than he answered.

My grandson was killed by his own government. The Obama administration must answer for its actions and be held accountable. On Friday, I will petition a federal court in Washington to require the government to do just that.

Abdulrahman was born in Denver. He lived in America until he was 7, then came to live with me in Yemen. He was a typical teenager – he watched “The Simpsons,” listened to Snoop Dogg, read “Harry Potter” and had a Facebook page with many friends. He had a mop of curly hair, glasses like me and a wide, goofy smile.

In 2010, the Obama administration put Abdulrahman’s father, my son Anwar, on C.I.A. and Pentagon “kill lists” of suspected terrorists targeted for death. A drone took his life on Sept. 30, 2011.

The government repeatedly made accusations of terrorism against Anwar – who was also an American citizen – but never charged him with a crime. No court ever reviewed the government’s claims nor was any evidence of criminal wrongdoing ever presented to a court. He did not deserve to be deprived of his constitutional rights as an American citizen and killed.

Early one morning in September 2011, Abdulrahman set out from our home in Sana by himself. He went to look for his father, whom he hadn’t seen for years. He left a note for his mother explaining that he missed his father and wanted to find him, and asking her to forgive him for leaving without permission.

A couple of days after Abdulrahman left, we were relieved to receive word that he was safe and with cousins in southern Yemen, where our family is from. Days later, his father was targeted and killed by American drones in a northern province, hundreds of miles away. After Anwar died, Abdulrahman called us and said he was going to return home.

That was the last time I heard his voice. He was killed just two weeks after his father.

A country that believes it does not even need to answer for killing its own is not the America I once knew. From 1966 to 1977, I fulfilled a childhood dream and studied in the United States as a Fulbright scholar, earning my doctorate and then working as a researcher and assistant professor at universities in New Mexico, Nebraska and Minnesota.

I have fond memories of those years. When I first came to the United States as a student, my host family took me camping by the ocean and on road trips to places like Yosemite, Disneyland and New York – and it was wonderful.

Republished with permission from: AlterNet

Don’t Fall for Wal-Mart’s Latest Hypocrisy

0

Last month, amid the flap enveloping disgraced celebrity chef Paula Deen, Wal-Mart put on a face of corporate responsibility. “We are ending our relationship with Paula Deen Enterprises and we will not place new orders beyond those already committed,” its official statement read.

Yet, behind the appearances of zero tolerance for the kind of hostile work environment – rife with racial slurs, discrimination and harassment — that Deen allegedly fostered, was a deep irony. Wal-Mart, like Deen, was engaging in its own bullying right around the same time.

Just days before ditching the TV personality, Wal-Mart was busy entering into a standoff with the Washington, D.C., City Council over its proposal for a living wage law. In a Washington Post Op-Ed titled “ The D.C. Council Has Forced Our Hand,” Wal-Mart regional manager Alex Barron penned the corporation’s intention to close three of six planned superstores if the council voted and passed the bill that would raise D.C.’s minimum wage to $12.50 per hour.

The move to intimidate the D.C. Council should come as no surprise as the nation’s largest retailer refuses to allow its workers to unionize, hindering their rights to fair wages. Wal-Mart’s promise to bring “everyday low prices” and jobs to cities across the nation comes at a high price. Studies show approximately 80 percent of Wal-Mart employees are forced to use food stamps and cost taxpayers an average of $1.02 billion in healthcare costs annually.

While Wal-Mart claims the hike in minimum wage would compromise its ability to create 1,200 D.C. jobs, its competitor Costco disproves the theory that corporations cannot pay livable wages and earn profits. Wal-Mart workers typically earn $8.81 per hour in contrast to the average Costco worker’s $21.96 an hour and most are eligible for benefits.

D.C. Council approved the proposal for six superstores under the condition that it would not drain government resources, a commitment to D.C. residents that Wal-Mart does not seem to fully respect.

A predominantly African-American city, affectionately nicknamed “Chocolate City,” Washington may potentially have more to risk than the acquisition of 1,000 low-paying Wal-Mart jobs. The retail giant possesses a long history of workplace discrimination and support for conservative advocacy groups that produce model legislation, which undercuts the rights of black and brown communities.

Since the mid-1990s, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission has filed about 60 employment discrimination lawsuits against Wal-Mart. As recently as 2009, a federal judge awarded a $17.5 million settlement to African-American truck drivers who sued the company, claiming racial bias in its hiring practices from 2001 to 2008. And in 2011 the Supreme Court dismissed a class action suit of gender discrimination originated by former African-American Wal-Mart employee Betty Dukes, deciding Dukes v. Wal-Mart 5-to-4 and leaving advocates to fear that the corporate powerhouse was “too big to sue.”

Until May 2012, Wal-Mart was one of the American Legislative Executive Council’s (ALEC) wealthiest corporate members. ALEC emerged at the forefront of American politics in recent years as its support for stringent laws that negatively impact communities of color. Restrictive voter registration laws crafted by ALEC became a focal point of the 2012 campaign as millions of Democratic-leaning African-American, Latino and elderly voters without state identification were in danger of voter disenfranchisement.

Moreover, the gun retailer championed ALEC’s introduction of “ Stand Your Ground” legislation that was used to acquit Trayvon Martin’s killer, George Zimmerman, and convictdomestic violence survivor Marissa Alexander.

In fact, if Paula Deen wants to follow a blueprint of how to rebuild a tarnished reputation, she can simply follow the distributor that cut ties with her. Wal-Mart has undergone rigorous image rehabilitation in the face of numerous discrimination suits. For the past decade it has covered its transgressions by promoting diversity trainings, purchasing from minority-owned businesses and awarding corporate bonuses to the hires of people of color. Yet in spite of its efforts, discrimination suits continue, along with labor strikes and calls for mass boycotts from groups such as the Wal-Mart Strikers, Our Wal-Mart and the Global Union Wal-Mart Alliance.

Republished with permission from: AlterNet

Schizophrenic. Killer. My Cousin.

0

July 18, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

The following article first appeared in Mother Jones Magazine. For more great Mother Jones content, subscribe here. 

The thing that struck me when I first met my cousin Houston was his size. He wasn’t much taller than me, if at all, and was slight of frame. On the other side of the visitors’ glass, he looked surprisingly small, young for his 22 years. The much more remarkable thing about him turned out to be his vocabulary, vast and lovely, lyrical almost–until it came to an agitated or distracted halt. In any case, all things considered, he seemed altogether extremely unlike a person who had recently murdered someone.

The symptoms displayed by Houston (in my family, a cousin of any degree is simply “a cousin”; technically, Houston is my third) in the year preceding this swift and horrific tragedy have since been classified as “a classic onset of schizophrenia.” At the time, it was just an alarming mystery. Houston had been attending Santa Rosa Junior College, living with his mom, playing guitar with his dad, when he became withdrawn and depressed. He slept all day; his band had broken up, and suddenly he had no friends. His dad, Mark, who had once struggled with depression and substance abuse but was now a pillar of the recovery community, and his mom, Marilyn, tried to help, took him to a psychiatrist. Houston didn’t have a drinking problem, but he mostly stopped drinking anyway. He didn’t smoke pot anymore, or even cigarettes. His psychiatrist indicated possible schizoaffective disorder in his notes, but put Houston on a changing regimen of antidepressants over the next eight months. It didn’t make any difference. Houston had started stealing his mom’s Adderall. He said it helped him feel better. He got fired from multiple jobs. Marilyn kicked him out, and he moved in with Mark.

“This was not my nephew,” my Aunt Annette, Mark’s sister, says of Houston’s behavior then. “He was always solicitous and loving and talkative with me. Now, he was anxious, quiet, said very strange things. He would say things that seemed not to come from him. I asked him how his therapy was going, and he said, ‘Terrible.'”

Toward the end of Houston’s devolution, he started having violent outbursts, breaking furniture; he tossed his mom across a room. Desperate now, Mark and Marilyn called the psychiatrist repeatedly and asked what to do. He told them to call the police.

“You can call the police,” the deputy director of Sonoma County’s National Alliance on Mental Illness (NAMI), David France, said when I asked him what options are available to a parent whose adult child appears to be having a mental breakdown. “The police can activate resources,” like an emergency psych bed in a regular hospital, or transport and admission to a psychiatric hospital in a county that, unlike Sonoma, has one. But only if the police decide your child is a danger to himself or others can they arrest him with the right to hold him for three days–what in California is called a 5150, after the relevant section of state law. Otherwise you can be turned away for lack of space even if your loved one is willing to be admitted, or be left no good options if they’re not. Ninety-two percent of the patients in California’s state psych hospitals got there via the criminal-justice system.

But Mark didn’t want to call the police. For one, he didn’t think Houston was dangerous, just upset, despairing. Also, Mark read the news. The Santa Rosa cops had killed two mentally ill men they’d been called to intervene with in the last six years, one case resulting in a federal civil rights suit. This is not a problem unique to Santa Rosa–or to greater Sonoma County, which in 2009 paid a $1.75 million settlement to the family of a mentally ill 16-year-old whom sheriff’s deputies shot eight times. There’s no comprehensive data yet, but mental illness appears to be a factor in so many arrest-related deaths that the Justice Department has considered adding mental-health status to its national database of such deaths. Just last year, for example, the DOJ found the Portland, Oregon, police department had a “pattern or practice of using excessive force…against people with mental illness,” including eight shootings in 18 months and the beating to death of an unarmed man in 2006.

Republished with permission from: AlterNet

Glenn Greenwald: Growing Backlash Against NSA Spying Shows Why U.S. Wants to Silence Edward Snowden

0

The following is a transcript of a Democracy Now! segment. 

JUAN GONZÁLEZ: On Wednesday, lawmakers held the second major public congressional hearing into the NSA’s widespread surveillance programs since they were revealed by whistleblower Edward Snowden. During a hearing before the House Judiciary Committee, representatives on both sides of the aisle expressed deep concern about the bulk collection of Americans’ telephone records and other communications. In a stark contrast to last month’s hearing before the House Intelligence Committee, the bipartisan House panel forcefully questioned senior officials from the NSA, FBI, Justice Department and the Office of the Director of National Intelligence. Democratic Representative John Conyers of Michigan, the committee’s highest-ranking Democrat, noted that collecting telephone metadata is not covered under Section 215 of the PATRIOT Act.

REP. JOHN CONYERS: We never at any point during this debate have approved the type of unchecked, sweeping surveillance of United States citizens employed by our government in the name of fighting the war on terrorism. Section 215 authorized the government to obtain certain business records only if it can show to the FISAcourt that the records are relevant to an ongoing national security investigation. Now, what we think we have here is a situation in which if the government cannot provide a clear, public explanation for how its program is consistent with the statute, then it must stop collecting this information immediately. And so, this metadata problem, to me, has gotten quite far out of hand, even given the seriousness of the problems that surround it and created its need.

JUAN GONZÁLEZ: During Wednesday’s hearing, the NSA admitted its analysis of phone records and online behavior far exceeded what it had previously disclosed. NSA Deputy Director John Inglis revealed that analysts can perform what is called a “second or third hop query” in its pursuit of terrorists. The word “hop” is a technical term indicating connections between people. So, a three-hop query means the NSA can look at data not only from a suspected terrorist, but also from everyone that suspected terrorist communicated with and then from everyone those people communicated with, and so on.

Republican Congressmember James Sensenbrenner of Wisconsin, author of the PATRIOT Act, called on the Obama administration to rein in the scope of its surveillance on Americans’ phone records, saying it would otherwise lack enough votes in the House to renew the provision, which is set to expire in 2015. Sensenbrenner said, quote, “You’re going to lose it entirely.”

Meanwhile, the man who sparked the national–and global–discussion on the NSA surveillance programs remains stranded in Russia, unable to travel to Latin America, where three countries have offered him refuge. Edward Snowden spoke Friday after he met with officials from Human Rights Watch and Amnesty International in Moscow’s airport.

EDWARD SNOWDEN: I also had the capability, without any warrant of law, to search for, seize and read your communications, anyone’s communications at any time. That is the power to change people’s fates. It is also a serious violation of the law.

JUAN GONZÁLEZ: Well, for more, we’re joined now by Glenn Greenwald, a columnist on civil liberties and U.S. national security issues for The Guardian. He’s also a former constitutional lawyer. Greenwald first published Edward Snowden’s revelations about the NSA surveillance programs and continues to write extensively on the topic. His most recent piece looks at “The Crux of the NSAStory in One Phrase: ‘Collect It All.'”

Glenn Greenwald, welcome back to Democracy Now!

GLENN GREENWALD: Good to be back, Juan. Thanks.

Republished with permission from: AlterNet

Nigeria to prosecute 500 over oil theft

0

Nigerian boatmen carry barrels of oil. (File photo)

Nigeria will prosecute 500 people suspected of stealing oil from the countryâ„¢s underground pipelines, an official says.

The governor of Delta state, Emmanuel Uduaghan, said Thursday that the government was preparing cases against members of oil gangs who are accused of siphoning off hundreds of thousands of barrels of oil a day – about a fifth of the total output of oil in Nigeria.

An estimated 400,000 barrels a day has been lost to oil thieves, amounting to approximately seven billion dollars in lost revenue annually.

Experts say about 90 percent of the stolen oil is sold on to international markets, while the rest remains for local consumption.

The Nigerian government has tasked Governor Godswill Akpabio of the southern state of Akwa Ibom to spearhead a committee to find solutions to the massive theft of crude oil.

Å“The resolutions included that a legal task force… be set up immediately to commence prosecution of proven cases, using relevant laws,” Uduaghan said.

If convicted, oil thieves may receive a sentence of 21 years in prison.

Africaâ„¢s most populous country has fallen into a state of disarray over the past years, as residents of Delta justified the lack of development and environmental devastation in the region to help themselves to a share of Nigeriaâ„¢s vast oil wealth.

GMA/HSN

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Venezuela slams US envoy remarks

1

Venezuelan President Nicolas Maduro has slammed remarks by the US ambassador-designate to the UN over her claims about a crackdown on civil society in Venezuela.

During her confirmation hearing before a US Senate committee on July 17, Samantha Power claimed Venezuela, along with several other countries, were conducting a Å“crackdown on civil society.”

On Thursday, the Venezuelan president denounced Powerâ„¢s remarks as aggressive and unfair.

Å“I want an immediate correction by the US government,” Maduro said in comments broadcast live on state television.

Å“Power says sheâ„¢ll fight repression in Venezuela? What repression? There is repression in the United States, where they kill African-Americans with impunity, and where they hunt the youngster Edward Snowden just for telling the truth,” he added, referring to the killing of unarmed black teenager Trayvon Martin.

Venezuela has also offered asylum to Edward Snowden, an American former technical contractor for the US National Security Agency (NSA) and a former employee of the CIA, who is wanted in the United States for leaking details of Washingtonâ„¢s secret surveillance programs.

Maduro further said the Å“fascist right” in Venezuela were happily applauding Powerâ„¢s comments. He added, Å“And the US government says they want to have good relations? What tremendous relations they want.”

Maduro was the first foreign leader to state openly that he was offering sanctuary to Snowden.

The American whistleblower has been at Russiaâ„¢s Sheremetyevo International Airport transit zone since June 23, when he traveled from Hong Kong to avoid extradition to the United States.

MR/HSN

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Diary from North Philly

0

The corner of Broad and Erie is the Times Square of North Philly, but instead of flashy signs pushing Kodak, Samsung, Canon or Virgin Airlines, you have stark billboards urging you to “ELIMINATE YOUR DEBT” and “REBUILD YOUR CREDIT.” On utility poles, styrofoam signs promise, “JOBS! $400-$600 PER WEEK. CALL TODAY, START TOMORROW.” Is it legit? Ring to get sucked in, or you can stock your fridge, finally, by ditching your junk wheels for “$400,” according to one flyer, or “$250-$400,” per another. The biggest billboard touts “RAND SPEAR 1-800-90-LEGAL. He Eats Insurance Companies for BREAKFAST!” Are you aching all over, your skeleton permanently askew from that bus accident you weren’t even involved in? Are you emotionally spavined from having to dodge that abruptly swinging door? Now you know who to call!

With such signage, you know this is one broke neighborhood. The only high-rise is a long kaput National Bank of North Philadelphia. Its art deco grandeur gone to seeds, it’s now a 14-story eyesore, with all its windows broken or spray painted. On its sides are huge graffiti, FOREVER BONER. In fact, it’s known colloquially as the Forever Boner building. Here, there is no Planet Hollywood, Forever 21 or Disney Store, only a 99¢ DEAL outfit, with items for 59 and 79¢ also, though their sign also claims, “EVERYTHING 99¢ OR MORE.” With that logic, they can also flog a Lamborghini, though of course, in this hood, such whips only appear in rhymes. Hunched over on a beat up folding chair, a gypsy cabbie asks passersby, “Taxi? Taxi?” The Coke sign is broken. Crossing the street, a lanky man wears a “MY PRESIDENT IS BLACK” T-shirt, and here comes a middle-aged woman with consonants crowding her print blouse, SSSDDDMMMLLLRRRGGGFFF… She’s going into Black and Nobel, an urban literature purveyor with titles like Curse by Darkness, Ghetto Girl Games, If My Pussy Could Talk, Ride or Die Chick, Preacherman Blues (by Jihad) and Ghetto Ballerina by Philly’s own Tenia Jamilla. It’s about this valedictorian chick turned stripper, then whore. She has two main snuggly buddies, one loaded yet shady, one square. On the side, she also muff dives. Will our grasping heroine choose to be wined and dined until her facade fades, sags and crumbles, just like the Forever Boner edifice, or will she lock herself inside some dumbass room night after night to study for a degree at Howard University? While deciding, she continues to muff dives. Soon, though, one of her live dildoes will be wetted, for real, straight up. Buy book to find out more. “WE SHIP TO PRISON,” states Black and Nobel sign.

Curious about Jamilla, I NSAed her twitter page to find this tagline, “Too Sexy and Too freaking smart…” I then clicked on a video to marvel at her bumptious assets seriously quaking to Wacka Flocka’s “We Don’t Fuck Wit Dat.” Jamilla sang along, “I don’t fuck with fake jewelry. I don’t fuck with fake clothes…” Atlanta verses are itee, I guess, but if you prefer more homegrown stuff, North Philly has plenty, as in Dark Lo’s “I fuck your girl once or twice, I don’t keep her / Naggin’ stalkin’ ass bitch, I don’t need her / Pussy has a funny smell, I don’t eat her.” Or the currently jump suited AR-AB, “My aim nice when I’m tossin’ lead / Eyes closed I’d shoot a fly off your head.” And, “I’m hard as hell and I got hard for sale / Trash day I’m throwing bodies in the garbage pail.” Just before he got draped in prison garb, AR-AB briefly swept a playground and visited elementary school classrooms to prove that he was “more of an asset outside than inside.” Some people even signed a petition. It’s not clear who, since by AR-AB’s own admission, he “ain’t got no friends ‘cause they all been shot.”

It’s hard to get kids to care about poetry, you know, so you’ve got to bring in a rhymer like AR-AB, someone they can relate to, being just down the block, and I don’t mean just cell. As a daddy of four, he also knows how to communicate with children. “Techs blast, chest splash, that’s a mess right there!”

All of these images of butchery is making me damn hungry, dog, so let’s eat. Well, we can have cheap chicken at Church’s or Crown, or really, really cheap chicken at Checker’s, and if you want to go upscale, a platter of short ribs at Dwight’s, with two sides and corn bread, will set you back 17 bucks, but that’s way out of my range, so you’ll have to eat there alone, OK? We can also duck into the Clock Bar and get “COLOSSAL BUTTERFLY SHRIMPS. NOTHING LARGER,” but its concussive rap will knock out our few remaining brain cells. Drooling ketchup, we’ll collapse into an irreversible coma. Instead, let’s just drink ourselves full at the Broad Street Tavern.

It’s a mellow trough for old heads, with more R&B than rap, and even has Steely Dan in the jukebox. I know, I know, it’s weird, but get over it. The music is rarely so loud, you can’t talk. Often, there’s no canned music at all, which is best. On the wall, a Miller Lite poster, “We Celebrate Black History Everyday! IT’S Miller TIME,” so to down pissy beer is to celebrate Frederick Douglass, Malcolm X and Martin Luther King? I discovered X my last year in high school, read all I could and wrote an essay, then composed another on him during my first year in college. Meet Chili Willie from North Philly. He comes here around 1:30PM each day. Sixty-nine-years-old, Chili served four years in Korea, one in Vietnam, where he fought in Khe Sanh, then Hue, during the Tet Offensive, “I had buddies die in my arms.” Tour over, he missed his flight out of Saigon, “Cause I was getting some pussy.” In Korea, Chili fell in love with a Korean whore, “She was my woman. I gave her money for everything. Took care of her. We nearly got married.”

“Why didn’t you?”

“I told my sister about this, and she said, ‘You should marry your own kind’.”

“And you listened to her? You were your own man, man! You should have done what you wanted to do.”

It’s not exactly wise to wed a whore, though the Vietnamese have a saying, “Better to turn a whore into your wife, than your wife into a whore.” Chilli continued, “But I listened to my family. After I was sent to Vietnam, my girlfriend thought I had died. Someone told her I had died. But I saw her after that. She was pregnant, you know, with my child.”

“You sure it was your kid?”

“Yes.”

“Did you ever see this kid?”

“No. She got married to another GI, and moved to Hawaii.”

“So your kid’s in Hawaii, with a stepfather?”

“I think so.”

In Vietnam, Chili made extra cash by funneling American cigarettes and liquor to the black market. He even sold gas and diesel pilfered from the American base, “I was a businessman, a hustler. I’ve always known how to make money.”

“But you could have gotten into some serious shit!”

“But I didn’t.”

Chili served 22 years, one month and 5 days altogether. With his pension set, he could relax a bit back in North Philly, where he lived with his ma. Until five years ago, he drained half a gallon of vodka a day, “and I could get two-dollar pussies up and down Erie Avenue.”

“Two dollar pussies?! How much does it cost today?”

“I don’t know, cause I ain’t buying no more.”

I asked Chili if it was weird to land in Vietnam, “I mean, Vietnam is nothing like North Philly. Did you freak out when you first saw it. I was born and raised in Vietnam, and it still weirded me out when I returned there as an adult.”

“No, it didn’t freak me out, because I had a job to do.”

Chili did what he had to do, without flinching, at least not in this retelling. Now, America has a fully professional Army of sentient drones willing to be sent anywhere. In Africa, we have troops in 35 countries, and it’s a safe bet most of these guys and gals have never heard of Djibouti, Mauritania, Burkina Faso or Seychelles, etc., until they got their marching orders. In Cheyenne, I chatted with a woman who thought her daughter was stationed in North Korea. In Philly, I saw a war veteran panhandling with a sign stating he was in “Sigon.” Another had served in the “Gulph War.” We sure don’t need to know where we are to start shooting. Behind the anti-terror smoke screen, we have created a nation of paranoiacs and psychos. As we kill and rape, many of us rap about raping and killing.

Leading me towards the back, Chili showed me a framed funeral program for one of his buddies, Ronald Joe French, with the deceased photographed in his Army dress uniform. Sunrise, 1942. Sunset, 2008. There is a long, uncredited poem, “Last Request,” with these lines: “Please don’t say that I gave up, / just say that I gave in. / Don’t say that I lost the battle, / for it was God’s war to lose or win. / Please don’t say how good I was, / but say I did my best. / Just say I tried to do what’s right, / to give the most I could, not less […] ” While it’s certainly no great literature, you can’t argue against its sweet, reverent and humble sentiments, for they reflect positively on the dead man’s family, and on all those who mourned him that day. What we hear and read reflect who we are. We are what we choose to hear and read.

All over North Philly, you’ll see these “Sugar to Shit” stickers that steer you to the Reading Sucks website. Its masthead: “Reading SUCKS! until… A unique book–a vital tool for literacy–currently in production.” Say what?! No novice to reading, I can barely make out what I’ve just read, but subsequent sentences do clue me in: “Teenagers who HATE to read will love this book–and then actually want to read more books.” And, “Reading SUCKS! will have short concise stories written by Hip-Hop artists, athletes, prison inmates, soldiers, and HS students.” So this is an initiative to get teens to read, which is good, obviously, though it’s interesting that actual writers are considered unenticing, a turn off to reading. Tales told by rappers, jocks and criminals are preferred to stories by trained fiction writers, but part of the problem must be pinned on these same writers, for too many of them have spent their entire adult lives cloistered in universities. Since they barely associate with anyone unlike themselves, they hardly make sense outside the academy, and here I’m talking as much about emotional as literal sense. They can’t grasp what’s urgent to ordinary folks.

To those who still think of American universities as hotbeds of radicalism, please note that former boss of Homeland Security, Janet Napolitano, is now President of the University of California system; Condolezza Rice was recently a Provost of Stanford; Patriot Act co-author John Yoo teaches law at Berkeley; and even a well known “liberal” school like Bard is run by an Israel apologist, Leon Bostein. At many colleges, professors may be disproportionately Democrats, but that just shows the limits of American dissent. Protesting, they voted for Clinton then Obama, two war criminals, and to prove how really progressive they are, they’ll vote for the next Democratic mass murderer. Yes, the university will allow you to cross dress and rage against all the wrongs done to your subgroup, for this serves their divide-and-rule scheme, but don’t think too hard about what’s destroying us all.

So the ones who more or less know spelling, grammar and syntax are out of touch, while the foot soldiers on the ground are stuck on “You know what I’m sayin’,” “Just sayin’” and “Aye.” Of course, the entire culture has been dumbed down to a frightening degree. According to the Journal of American Medical Association, 46% of American adults cannot comprehend the label on their prescription medicine, and The National Center for Education Statistics reports that half of our adults cannot read an 8th grade level book. Since most Americans no longer read much of anything beyond emails, texts and twitters, we should rejoice, I suppose, at each instance of book reading, though in a place like North Philly, they’re not soaking up Langston Hughes, Toni Morrison, Etheridge Knight or Sonia Sanchez, the last two Philly products, but Demettrea, Ca$h, Jazmyne or homeboy Brian Harrison, author of the novel Sugar to Shit (not to be confused with the website, though everything has gone from high fructose corn syrup to high fructose corn syrup). Here’s how Harrison defines himself, “Having an inner-city background and a suburban education, he combines these two forces and erupts in shear, flawless, diamond-like quality classics. While in the lowest moments of his life, surrounded by disaster and heartache, Brian Harrison narrowly finds his escape and turns his experience into an explicit, mind-blowing novel tht has never been told like this before.”

Jamilla thinks she’s “Too Sexy and Too freaking smart,” and Harrison considers his novel a “flawless, diamond-like quality classic.” After leaving Broad Street Tavern, I saw a man in his early 30’s wearing this T-shirt, “I NEVER CEASE TO AMAZE MYSELF,” and he wasn’t being goofy, “It’s true, I amaze myself every day.” Seeing that I was interested in his shirt, he even told me where I could get one, for only $3. How fitting that in a crumbling society that still stridently trumpets itself as number one, you’ll run into so many insanely narcissistic citizens with no sense of their shortcomings, though of course life will sucker punch you, good, even maim you thoroughly, until you learn what’s what, and in a moment of silence, alone, you can also reflect on all the humbling, even terrifying, clues to your smallness. Too many of us, though, would rather shoo away lurking insights with endless noise, alcohol or drugs. Numb, we rely on the pounding beat as our pacemaker.

Sorry, dude, to sound like some preacherman dropping Ecclesiastes. I best shut my grill. If you want religion, though, there’s the Universal Church just a block from here. Sometimes they have, ah, Holy Oil from Israel and shit, and if you’ve been hexed by witchcraft, the evil eye, envy or just plain bad luck, they can also fix you up and shit.

The first time I came to North Philly, I visited Etheridge Knight. I bought a yellow tin of jasmine tea. He fed me pork chops. This was in 1984, when I was dumber than dirt, naturally, though I had somehow managed to be featured with Knight in a poetry reading. This was at the Bacchanal, now long dead. Underaged, I had shown up on Mondays for their open readings. Speaking English not even a decade, I was presumptuous enough to think of myself an American poet, but then many young people see stardom in their future. They won’t just be good, but the best. An Oakland middle school teacher chuckled, “All of my kids think they’ll be stars,” and she taught 151 of them.

“A star at what?”

“They don’t know, but they’ll be stars!”

As Mike Tyson observed, “They all suck, but they all think they’re superstars!” (That’s not an exact quotation, by the way, since I’ve long lost that Ring Magazine.) So all these young’uns start out with visions of themselves as a future champ, CEO, kingpin or kick ass artist, but these hallucinations are quickly revised downward, until they find themselves pondering their spare change for the longest time, fidgeting, frowning and taking deep breaths, before deciding, finally, to buy that day-old donut. In 1984, I still thought that the right combination of words could wake up and transport everyone, bank tellers, bus drivers, butchers, and I was loco enough to think I had been chosen for the job. In any case, I had written so few poems by then, I could memorize them all. With my eyes closed, I’d recite without paper, clutching a beer bottle. The applause pumped up my confidence, and after a few weeks of this schtick, the organizer had me read with Knight. That night, as I was drinking a Rolling Rock at the bar, Etheridge ambled over.

“You ready?”

“Yeah.”

“Are you a poet?”

Annoyed, I stared at the man, “I’m reading with you and I’m not a poet?”

“Just answer me. Are you a poet?”

“Of course I’m a poet!”

“OK, so let’s go read then!”

That was the old fox’s way to get me riled up, and it worked. Later, Etheridge would jokingly call me “professor,” for my jejune seriousness, I suppose. I have never earned a college degree, and neither did Etheridge until 1990, the year before he died. Knowing Etheridge was very sick, I phoned him in Indiana.

“Goodbye, Etheridge.”

“Goodbye, professor.”

And goodbye, North Philly, at least for now, and let’s end with Etheridge’s words:

My life, the quality of which
From the moment
My father grunted and comed
Until now
As the sounds of my words
Bruise your ears
IS
And can be felt
In the one word: DESPERATION
But you have to feel for it.

Linh Dinh is the author of two books of stories, five of poems, and a novel, Love Like Hate. He’s tracking our deteriorating socialscape through his frequently updated photo blog, State of the Union.

Republished with permission from: Counterpunch

Murdoch regrets choice of words

0

Murdoch expresses regrets over a secret recording of him, in which he branded the Met police Å“incompetent”.

Media mogul Rupert Murdoch has expressed regrets over a secret recording of him, in which he branded the police inquiry into allegations of corrupt payments Å“incompetent”.

In his letter to chair of the Commons Home Affairs Select Committee Keith Vaz, Murdoch said he made “overly emotional comments”, adding that he regrets his choice of words.

However, he criticized Scotland Yard for being Å“excessive” and too slow in their investigations.

Murdoch was caught on tape during a meeting with Sun Journalists who had been arrested over allegations of bribing public officials to get first time news reports.

Å“Itâ„¢s a disgrace, here we are, two years later, and the cops are totally incompetent,” he said in the recording obtained by the Exaro investigative website and broadcast by Channel 4 News.

He also told his team that payments to police officers were part of Å“the culture of Fleet Street”.

The scale of the long-running phone hacking scandal in the UK has led to dozens of arrests, the resignation of several senior police officers, and the closure of Murdochâ„¢s 168-year-old British newspaper The News of the World.

The scandal involved allegations of illegal snooping on celebrities, crime victims and politicians among others.

MOS/HE

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Study: India street children face abuse

0

A new study shows that nearly every Indian child living on the streets is exposed to violence and abuse, with the majority being victims of police harassment, Press TV reports.

The majority of children living on the streets of India are repeatedly exposed to maltreatment ranging from child labor, child trafficking, sexual exploitation, and many other forms of violence and abuse, according to a report released on July 16 by the Associated Chambers of Commerce and Industry of India.

The report, A Situational Analysis of Street Children in Metro Cities, also states that one in every four children living in difficult conditions in metropolitan cities of India fall victim to substance abuse. More than half of the kids are illiterate.

Å“Children are always considered to be the most vulnerable for any kind of abuse and exploitation. Those who end up in Delhi, Mumbai, Kolkata, Chennai, etc. they have no proper shelter, they have no protection, because this is the utter failure of all Indian laws and schemes related to children,” said Kailash Satyarthi, with the Save the Childhood movement.

Most of the street children in big cities belong to migrant families from small places, entering in the hope of finding employment, the report said.

Child rights activists have censured the Indian government for its lax policies regarding neglected children, including the National Policy on Child Labour. They say the government has failed to do enough to stop the growing epidemic of homeless children.

Å“There is a specific law, the Juvenile Justice Act, which considers all such children as children in need of care and protection. But this care and protection has never been provided by the state and thatâ„¢s why they have to live in these situations, because the police is also corrupt and the police tried to abuse these children – sometimes they were sexually abused by the police as well,” said Satyarthi.

According to the United Nations, there are 11 million street children in India – the highest number in the world. However, independent figures estimate that the number is approximately 20 million.

GMA/HSN

Republished with permission from: Press TV

'Region security pivots on Iran-Iraq ties'

0

Iranâ„¢s President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad (R) shakes hands with Iraqi Prime Minister Nouri al-Maliki in Baghdad on July 18, 2013.

Iranâ„¢s President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad says the Islamic Republic sees no limits to the expansion of all-out ties with neighboring Iraq, adding that bilateral ties are crucial to stability and prosperity of the region.

Tehran and Baghdad plan to further develop their already close cooperation in the fields of engineering services, energy and electricity, Ahmadinejad said in a meeting with Iraqi Prime Minister Nouri al-Maliki in Baghdad on Thursday.

Å“Today, everyone is convinced that regional progress and security hinge on cooperation and joint efforts by Iran and Iraq,” the Iranian president added.

Regional and international developments in recent years have provided an opportunity for both Iran and Iraq to bolster cooperation in all arenas, he added.

The Iraqi premier, for his part, said his country seeks to boost ties with all friendly countries in the region, including Iran.

Maliki added that Tehran and Baghdad enjoy numerous commonalities, saying that Iraq is not bound by any confines in promoting cooperation with Iran, particularly in the energy and electricity sectors.

Meanwhile, in a separate meeting with Iraqi Vice-President Khazir al-Khazai, the Iranian president also said the enhancement of mutual ties would serve the interests of the nations in the region and the entire Muslim world as well as the Iranian and Iraqi people.

Å“Whenever the Iranian and Iraqi nations stood by each other, no foreign power could damage their relations,” Ahmadinejad stated.

The Iraqi vice-president, for his part, said Tehran and Baghdad have common ground in a whole range of areas and can play a leading role in the region and the world.

He expressed hope that the Iranian presidentâ„¢s visit to Baghdad would further strengthen solidarity and unity between the two countries.

Ahmadinejad arrived in Iraq on Thursday. The outgoing Iranian president is also expected to pay a visit to the holy Iraqi cities of Karbala and Najaf.

On July 14, Malikiâ„¢s spokesman, Ali Mussawi, said Ahmadinejad had been invited by Iraqi President Jalal Talabani, but he would be hosted by Khazai, as Talabani is under medical treatment abroad.

The Iraqi president, who suffered a stroke in December 2012, has been absent from the countryâ„¢s political scene, receiving treatment in Germany.

SF/NN/HMV

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Kashmiris slam Indian guards brutality

0

The people of Indian-administered Kashmir have held massive demonstrations in protest against the recent killing of eight civilians by Indian border guards, Press TV reports.

The demonstrations were held in the village of Dadam, Rambam District, on Thursday.

Indiaâ„¢s Border Security Force (BSF) troops killed eight civilians and wounded several others on the same day. The border guards also desecrated the Holy Quran and manhandled a local religious figure.

Pro-independence groups have called for a three-day shutdown and protests against the deadly incident.

Å“This is the worst form of state terrorism. Two days ago, the Indian army chief was here and he had assured that such incidents will not happen. But today they happened anyway,” said Jammu Kashmir Liberation Front chairman Yasin Malik.

Authorities imposed a district-wide curfew after arresting scores of activists including Malik.

As a preventative measure against further protests, Indian police closed the Jammu-Srinagar arterial highway – the only road linking Kashmir with the rest of the world. Police also shut down Internet services.

Kashmir lies at the heart of more than 60 years of hostility between India and Pakistan. Both countries claim the region in full but each only has control over a section of the territory.

Over the past two decades, the conflict in Kashmir has left over 47,000 people dead by the official account, although other sources say the death toll could be as high as 90,000.

GMA/HSN

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Another Friday of rival rallies in Egypt

0

Supporters and opponents of Egyptâ„¢s ousted President Mohamed Morsi will hold another Friday of major rival rallies. (File photo)

Egypt is bracing for another day of protests by supporters and opponents of ousted President Mohamed Morsi.

The Muslim Brotherhood along with its allies have called for nationwide protests to be held on Friday in solidarity with Morsi, who is Egyptâ„¢s first democratically elected president and his supporters consider him the legitimate leader of the country.

The Muslim Brotherhood has warned that Egypt is living in a dangerous nightmare threatening to plunge the country into a civil war or create a rift between the people and the military.

The Brotherhood and its supporters have accused the military of having staged a coup against Morsi. They say open-ended protests will continue until the ousted president is reinstated.

Å“The masses who have taken to the streets in the past weeks in protest will not give up their insistence on restoring legitimacy and ending the coup,” the Muslim Brotherhood said in a statement.

Meanwhile, opponents of Morsi have also called for rival rallies on Friday at the iconic Liberation Square in the capital Cairo and outside the presidential palace.

The Egyptian military on Thursday warned against violence during the Friday protests.

Å“Whoever resorts to violence and deviates from peacefulness in Fridayâ„¢s rallies will put his life in danger,” the military said in a statement.

Interim President Adli Mansour has said that some elements in Egypt are trying to cause chaos.

Å“We are going through a critical stage and some want us to move towards chaos. They want this period to be an introduction to violence and we want it to establish for the concept of protecting lives and reaffirming human rights,” Mansour said in a pre-recorded message aired on state TV on Thursday.

He pledged to restore stability and security and protect Egypt against those who seek violence in the country.

Tension has intensified since head of the Egyptian Armed Forces, General Abdel Fattah al-Sisi, said on July 3 that Morsi was no longer in office. Sisi also suspended the constitution and dissolved the parliament.

On July 4, the military declared the chief justice of Egyptâ„¢s Supreme Constitutional Court, Adli Mansour, as interim president.

Clashes between supporters and opponents of Morsi, and security forces have led to the death of at least 100 people. Scores of others have also been injured.

MR/HSN

Republished with permission from: Press TV

‘Sell off puts UK blood supply at risk’

0

Sell off puts UK blood supply at risk, former health minister warns.

Former British health minister Lord David Owen has heavily criticized the government plans to sell the state-owned National Health Service (NHS) blood supplier to a US private equity, saying the deal will put blood supply at risk.

Britainâ„¢s department of Health is understood to be selling an 80 percent stake in Plasma Resources UK to Bain Capital in a £230 million deal, with the British government keeping the rest and a share of potential future profits.

Critics of the deal, including Lord Owen, however, warned Bain Capital was not the right company to own the plasma supply line.

Owen said Bain Capital should not have been chosen for the sale, asking Å“Is there no limit to what and how this coalition government will privatize?”

Moreover, he told The Independent that, “It’s hard to conceive of a worse outcome for a sale of this particularly sensitive national health asset than a private equity company with none of the safeguards in terms of governance of a publicly quoted company and being answerable to shareholders”.

Earlier this week, British government was urged to slow down its large-scale programs to privatize public services after the institute for government (IfG) warned the Whitehall lacks skill and information to insure such deals.

The British government has accelerated the privatization of public services, in areas such as education, employment services and health since 2010.

MOS/HE

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Erdogan to ElBaradei: You’re not elected

0

Turkish Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan has refused an offer of talks by Egyptâ„¢s interim Vice President Mohamed ElBaradei, saying he was not elected to the post but appointed by a coup administration.

According to a report published by Turkish daily Todayâ„¢s Zaman on Thursday, Erdogan said he had received a letter from ElBaradei seeking a telephone conversation following the Turkish premierâ„¢s harsh criticism of the military coup in Egypt.

Å“Why would I ever talk to you? You are not an elected [vice president]. You are a [vice president] appointed by a coup administration,” Erdogan said in reference to ElBaradei during a ceremony in Ankara.

ElBaradei was appointed as Egyptâ„¢s vice president for foreign relations after the military deposed President Mohamed Morsi on July 3 and declared the chief justice of Egyptâ„¢s Supreme Constitutional Court, Adli Mansour, as caretaker president.

Egyptâ„¢s military-backed interim administration has been irked by Erdoganâ„¢s support for Morsi.

The Turkish prime minister went on to say, Å“Our issue is not about Morsi, but we consider Morsi the president. We still consider Morsi the president out of our respect for the Egyptian people. If ElBaradei had been elected, I would have used the same words that I use for Morsi today.”

Erdogan also criticized the West for not Å“having the spine” to condemn the recent developments in Egypt.

Since the ouster of Morsi, Egypt has witnessed an unrelenting wave of deadly clashes between Morsi supporters, his opponents and security forces. At least 100 people have been killed in the turmoil so far.

Erdogan said the Egyptian military intended to Å“legitimize” the coup by directing the people to a square, but the plan failed as anti-coup protesters also poured into the streets and Cairoâ„¢s Rabâ„¢a Al-Adawiya Square, where supporters of Morsi stage their gatherings.

MKA/HSN

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Sydney workers and youth discuss housing crisis with SEP campaigners

0

 

By
our reporters

19 July 2013

Socialist Equality Party (SEP) campaigners spoke to workers and youth about mortgage burdens, high rents and homelessness in working class areas of Sydney’s south-west. Housing stress–where accommodation costs exceed 30 percent of take home income–affects almost 60 percent of lower income rental households, and 48 percent of lower-income homeowner households nationally.

Housing prices in Australia, relative to average incomes, are among the highest in the world. Between 1991 and 2011, median house prices jumped by 263 percent, while after-tax income rose by only 95 percent. This disparity intensified between 2001 and 2011, when house prices increased by 147 percent and incomes by 57 percent. Average rents have risen at double the inflation rate during the past five years.

With a federal election due to be announced, neither Labor nor the Liberal-National coalition has said a word about the difficulties confronting families attempting to put a roof over their heads. This silence is no accident. Consecutive Labor and Liberal-National governments, state and federal, are directly responsible for the escalating social crisis.

The Hawke and Keating Labor governments from 1983 to 1996, along with their state counterparts, began dismantling public housing as part of their “free market” programs of privatisation and corporate deregulation. Combined with generous tax incentives to property developers and financial speculators, these measures provided windfall profits for the banks and the construction industry. Originally designed to house low-wage workers, public housing in 1980 made up almost 20 percent of homes built since World War II. By 2008, public housing properties constituted just 4.9 percent nationally of all rental stock. Today there is no new public housing construction and more than 250,000 people are on social and public housing waiting lists.

These policies have produced serious shortages of affordable housing, particularly in Sydney, one of the most expensive cities in the world. Homelessness is at record levels–over 28,000 people in the state of New South Wales, a 20 percent increase since 2006. Young people are often forced to live in overcrowded, poor standard rental properties. These conditions produced the Euro Terraces apartment blaze in Bankstown last September, causing the tragic death of Pingkang “Connie” Zhang, a 21-year-old student. Zhang was living in an apartment that lacked fire sprinklers and other basic safety measures. (See: “Bankstown fire exposes plight of international students”)

Les, a homeowner from Campbelltown, said his family spent about 50 percent of its income on mortgage payments. Les, in his early 40s, works as a fork lift driver and has a young family.

“In the past we had cut spending on things that the family needed in order to pay the mortgage,” he explained. “I worked as a casual for several employment agencies before I got a full-time job. I’d be at one job for six months and then at another for three months. It was a very hard time.”

Les said he had substantial credit card debts. The banks used a collection agency that constantly contacted him to recover the money. “The credit card interest rates are a rip off,” he said. “They lend out money to a lot people who are desperate. We almost lost our house at one time and had to draw from our super to continue making mortgage repayments.”

Asked about the SEP’s fight for a workers’ government based on socialist policies, and for the banks and the construction industry to be nationalised under the democratic control of the working class, Les said: “You would have to have a panel of working class people, making say $50,000 a year, to run the banks. What you have now is people running the banks that make a lot of money and don’t understand the situation we face. They are corrupt. What we need is a social uprising.

“I agree with the Socialist Equality Party that housing should be a social right. These upper layers of society, who get $5 million and $10 million a year, don’t deserve it. How can they justify getting such amounts of money?”

Mohammad said low wages and high rent made it impossible for him to purchase a home. “I rent a two-bedroom place for $450 a week but my wages are only $600 a week. The banks have sucked the people. If I took out a $300,000 mortgage for a home, I’d end up paying the banks $1 million after interest,” he said.

“Some people buy apartments and then rent them out to pay their mortgages. I can’t afford an apartment because I don’t have enough for a deposit and can’t save anything from my income. My wages are just enough for food and other essentials.

“I think we need to cut down the interest rate and stop those people with money–who don’t care about the poor people–buying up all the houses they can. Let the people who have no homes have a chance. Everyone should have the right to own their home.”

Another worker, who wished to remain anonymous, said he and his wife were both employed, but could not save enough for a house deposit. Originally from the Philippines, he works as a storeman for a large furniture retailer. “If you’re older, by the time you pay back the house, you’re dead,” he said. “The truth is you never own your house. The bank owns it and all your earnings go to the bank.

“Actually I’m a good earner but I still can’t afford to buy a home because I’ve got four kids, aged 17, 16, 14 and 11. They’re teenagers and have a lot of demands. Even though they’re attending state schools, there are still lots of expenses. Everything is expensive here in Australia, the food, clothing, everything.

“The problem is that our wages are not increasing as much as the expenses we are incurring. We’re currently involved in (enterprise bargaining) negotiations and have been told that we’re getting a 2 percent increase. That works out to something like a $0.05 increase per hour. What can you do with that?

“There’s no security of tenure. If the management wants to kick you, they can do it any time … I resigned from the union because a lot of my co-workers were sacked and the union did nothing to defend them. About 30 percent of the original workforce has been sacked since I’ve been there.”

According to the Australian Institute of Health and Welfare, over 157,000 people accessed homelessness services in the six months to December 2012. More than 20 percent were children under 15 years old.

Parris, 36, who lives in public housing in Bankstown, became homeless during her 20s, after she was made redundant from several jobs and developed depression. “I suffer from post-traumatic stress disorder, wasn’t taking my medication and ended up on the streets. I learnt quite a bit out there and saw a lot of people who had mental illness,” she said.

“I lived in many different hostels. At one hostel they told me I didn’t need to take medication–I saw a psychiatrist there–but I became more and more unwell. I went to another hostel and began taking my medication. Eventually I got back on my feet and got a housing commission flat. I was lucky to get that.

“You don’t like asking for help, but you’ve got to eat. People are under the assumption that homeless people have got themselves there. That’s not true, they’ve been pushed there because they don’t earn enough, haven’t got a job, or have some mental illness.

“The problem is that there’s not enough permanent work out there. There’s a lot of casual work, but people need permanent jobs because it gives you stability. Instead, it’s all casual, and a free for all, and that means [they] can rip you off.”

Cathy, who lives in Warwick Farm, was forced to find a new apartment because of constant rent raises. “The landlord kept increasing my rent,” she said. “It was $245 a week when I first moved in, but they kept increasing it by $20 or $30 every couple of months.”

“Towards the end, over the past 12 months, I wasn’t working but studying and couldn’t keep up with these increases, the cost of living and health costs, because I also need to buy medication. I looked at many places over the past three months but the conditions were very poor; they were not well kept. I chose the unit at Warwick Farm because they’re not charging me water rates.”

Asked about the parliamentary parties’ silence on the housing affordability crisis, Cathy said: “These organisations can’t have an honest dialogue about these problems because they have no policies to meet our needs. If they raised these questions they’d have to explain why their policies have led to the difficult situation facing ordinary people.

“It’s obvious that there’s not enough public housing. Residents in my unit block told me they were waiting for public housing, but everyone knows that you can be on the waiting list for years.”

Cathy commented: “On the one hand, you have people suffering from housing shortages, mortgage stress, and high rents, and public housing is being cut. On the other, the banks are making gigantic profits. All this takes us back to the fact that we have to start raising our voices about these issues. People have to get active and do something because housing is an essential need and should be a basic right for everyone.”

Authorised by Nick Beams, 113/55 Flemington Rd, North Melbourne VIC 3051



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

Republished with permission from: World Socialist Web Site

Spanish government imposes new tax hikes and austerity measures

0

 

By
Alejandro López

19 July 2013

Spanish workers, already suffering mass unemployment, high poverty rates, low and declining wages and burdened by taxes, face a new round of austerity measures.

The measures, part of the Popular Party (PP) government’s Stability Plan presented to the European Union (EU) last April, include tax hikes on alcohol and tobacco of up to 10 percent. Electricity bills will rise by up to 7 percent this year, on top of the estimated 70 percent increase over the past six years, as a result of a new electricity tax and because power companies will seek to pass onto customers a €2.7 billion cut in tax breaks. There is a new tax on coolant gases used in refrigeration and air conditioning.

Finance Minister Cristóbal Montoro announced that €3.65 billion per year would be raised by limiting the tax breaks large companies can deduct for foreign operations or investment portfolios in line with EU demands. But this token measure cannot compare to the huge sums involved in tax avoidance, which cost the state some €16 billion a year. Large companies supposedly pay 30 percent corporate rate, but in reality few pay more than 10 percent leaving the brunt of taxation on the middle and working classes. In 2011, there were increases in personal income tax and property tax and a new tax on savings. Last year VAT on goods and services went up from 18 percent to 21 percent.

Since the global economic crisis erupted in 2008, state revenue has slumped by nearly €200 billion or 20 percent of the gross domestic product–mainly as a result of the collapse of the real estate market.

Because of this and the lack of economic growth it was claimed the austerity measures would stimulate, the government has passed 30 new tax reforms in only a year and a half to increase revenues, most of which have fallen on the working class. This is not the end. A new “committee of experts” has been created who have until March 2014 to make proposals for a new tax system.

Apart from the tax measures, the government has announced a €6.5 billion cut in public services including the merger and elimination of 57 public organisations and 90 other state and regional bodies. Some 15,000 state properties, including thousands of office buildings, will be sold off.

Deputy Prime Minister Soraya Sáenz de Santamaría claimed that there would no redundancies stating, “These reforms are not being taken to reduce the public payroll but instead to make government more efficient.” Montoro stood reality on its head declaring, “What we want to do is to end the destruction of jobs and that is why we are introducing these measures.” Since the PP came to power in November 2011, over 375,000 civil servants have been laid off.

Prime Minister Mariano Rajoy declared that the measures imposed by his government meant that Spain is heading out of crisis saying, “We cannot say, as in other times, that Spain is doing well, but Spain is getting better and the course set is the correct one.”

The Spanish economy “has turned the hourglass over” and is already “on the countdown towards recovery,” he added.

Rajoy’s optimism contradicts all the economic indicators. The country is locked in its second recession in four years. Since September 2011, industrial production has dropped every month with the output of durable consumer goods (cars, washing machines, etc.) worst affected, slumping by 14.3 percent.

Unemployment shows no sign of reducing affecting 27 percent of the working population and 57 percent of the youth under 25. Inflation continues to rise–from 1.7 percent in May to 2.1 in June–three times the 0.7 percent average increase in wages negotiated in collective agreements.

Even though banks have had improved access to the private funding markets, lending remains tight. Loans to the domestic sector in the four months to April declined by 8 percent from a year earlier, while lending to companies was down 19.5 percent.

The government has repeatedly stated that a recovery will occur at the end of 2014, but the European Commission in its recent third report on Spain’s compliance with the terms of the €100 billion bailout package is saying the economy will not recover until 2015.

Jeroen Dijsselbloem, president of the Eurogroup of eurozone finance ministers, said that he does not rule out Spain having to ask for more of the money available in the bailout package. “Spain has not asked for an extension, the program will [otherwise] end in January,” he warned. “The main risk in Europe is not the economy, it is political instability,” he added.

In an unusually candid moment, he declared that “honestly, we don’t know how the European banks really are.”

Dijsselbloem’s statement is linked to the warning made in the Commission report of a further leap in the vicious downward spiral caused by banks tightening their lending even further to provide “life support” to their assets. Even though most of the “toxic” assets, including vastly overvalued real estate and unpayable mortgages, were supposed to have been transferred to the specially created “bad bank” Sareb, in many cases the banks do not know or are not telling the real value of their remaining assets. If these assets also turn out to be toxic, then more state bailouts are inevitable. “A prolongation of the negative trend for unemployment, disposable income and the solvency of companies raises the risks, especially for weaker banks,” the report said.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

Republished with permission from: World Socialist Web Site

Senators announce bipartisan deal to increase subsidized student loan rates

0

 

By
Julien Kiemle

19 July 2013

A bipartisan group of Senators announced a plan Thursday that would eliminate the difference in interest rates for subsidized and unsubsidized student loans, while allowing interest rates on both types of loans to rise much higher than current levels.

The plan proposes to have student loan rates be derived from the United States’ borrowing costs, and allows them to float as high as 8.25 percent for undergraduates, 9.5 percent for graduate students, and 10.5 percent for parents. Senate Majority Leader Harry Reid said the Senate would vote on the deal “as quickly as possible.”

Senate negotiators released a similar proposal last week, which was shot down when the Congressional Budget Office estimated it would cost the government even a pittance. Negotiators on both sides stressed that they would not approve the bill if it did not reduce the budget deficit. Consequently, the plan was reworked and would now reduce the budget deficit by $715 million over ten years by squeezing more money out of indebted young people.

On July 1, the interest rate on federally subsidized loans doubled, from 3.4 percent to 6.8 percent, due to the lapse of a 2007 law. According to the White House, the rate increase would affect nearly 7.5 million low-income students.

The new plan proposes to tie the interest rate students pay on their loans to financial markets via the 10-year treasury note. Interest rates would fluctuate with the market rate, and low or middle-income students would not get a lower rate. When legislators, Republican and Democrat, speak of a policy which is “neutral, in terms of fair to taxpayers, fair to students,” as Republican Senator Lamar Alexander told the Washington Post, they are in fact looking for a plan that provides the greatest possible benefit to private lenders and the least expense to the government. The ending of government subsidies to low-income students means that private capital will be able to profit even more fully from the financial bondage of young people and students.

The plan sets the interest rate paid by all federal stafford loan borrowers to 3.85 percent for the first year, lower than the current rate for unsubsidized loans, before they are allowed to rise significantly higher. While the measure’s proponents have presented it as a way to save unsubsidized borrowers money, this will only be the case under conditions of the near-zero interest rates maintained by the Federal Reserve. With the Fed signaling its intention to raise interest rates, students’ borrowing costs are likely to rise significantly in the coming years.

During the preceding negotiations, several Democratic senators such as Tom Harkin made it known that they would not support the plan until it included firm caps on interest rates students and parents must pay. Posturing aside, the final deal creates caps which “limit” loan payments from students at near usurious levels. Undergraduates would have their rate capped at 8.25 percent and graduates 9.5 percent per year. PLUS loans, which can be taken out by parents of students, would have their rate capped at 10.5 percent annually.

With the support of several key Democrats, the proposal is expected to pass in the Senate without difficulty, most likely coming up for a vote early next week.

Until now, low-and medium-income individuals could qualify for a subsidized loan at a fifty percent discount from the full rate. The ultimate goal being pursued by Congress and the White House is to do away with any differentiation of interest rates based on students’ incomes. The House has already passed a bill with similar provisions to the Senate plan, and lawmakers expect the two versions to be reconciled and passed before the beginning of the fall semester.

Student loans are a rapidly expanding and highly profitable industry. The total amount of student loan debt, now standing at $1.1 trillion, has eclipsed credit card debt and is the largest form of household debt outside of mortgages.

The Congressional Budget Office reported earlier this year that the US government will receive a record $51 billion in profit this fiscal year from student loan interest. This figure is equal to the combined profits of the four largest US banks and is significantly higher than the profits of either Apple Inc., which recorded $41.7 billion last year, or Exxon Mobil’s $44.9 billion.

The deal is entirely in line with the proposals of the White House, which in its 2014 budget called for tying student loan rates to the government’s borrowing costs, arguing that “taxpayers cannot continue to subsidize higher and higher costs for higher education.”

The intention of these measures is to further impoverish young people, particularly from working class backgrounds, based on the claim that there is no money for education, even as the major banks are handed $85 billion a month in free money by the Federal Reserve.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

Republished with permission from: World Socialist Web Site

Reports confirm deepening recession in Europe

0

 

By
Stefan Steinberg

19 July 2013

A series of new reports confirm that the policy of austerity dictated by the troika–the European Commission, European Central Bank, International Monetary Fund–after the financial crisis of 2008 is plunging Europe ever deeper into recession.

On Tuesday the European Union’s statistics agency issued a report stating that in the month of May, imports to and exports from the euro zone both fell over 2 percent. Euro zone exports to the rest of the world fell by 2.3 percent in May after a sharp decline the previous month.

The decline in both imports and exports reflects the contraction of the European economy as a whole. After years of austerity, social spending cuts and growing mass unemployment, the broad mass of European consumers can no longer afford many commodities they took for granted only a few years ago.

The drop in imports to the continent was most pronounced in those countries which have been subjected to the harshest austerity measures. While imports to Germany fell by one percent and France by 2 percent, Spanish imports fell 4 percent and imports to Italy a whopping 6 percent.

The dramatic fall in domestic demand for European products is most clearly reflected in the current slump affecting the auto industry. According to figures published by the European Automobile Manufacturers’ Association new auto sales in Europe fell by 5.6 percent in June, the lowest June figure since 1996.

In the first half of this year, car sales in Europe fell by 6.7 percent, to a total of 6.44 million vehicles. This is the lowest figure for the industry since 1993.

Significantly, auto sales fell in all of continental Europe’s biggest economies. Sales in the leading economy, Germany, fell by 4.7 percent, in France by 8.4 percent, and in Italy by 5.5 percent.

Shrinking domestic demand is matched by a decline in euro zone exports to the rest of the world. The fall in exports expresses slackening demand for European products from economies in Asia and North and South America, which are either in recession or facing sharply declining growth.

The danger confronting Germany’s key industries, at home and abroad, is reflected in the fall of a key index produced by the Zew Centre for European Economic Research. It indicated a sharp fall in German business expectations in June on the part of investors and analysts.

The deepening recession in Europe means that the continent’s already record levels of unemployment are to rise even further. According to the latest OECD survey, the crisis of unemployment in Europe is expected to worsen significantly over the next 18 months.

The report notes that the total number of jobless in the 34 states in the OECD has risen by a staggering fifty percent in the course of the past five years, from 32 million to 48 million.

Declaring that such high levels of unemployment could assume a long-term, structural character, the OECD report warns of dangers to social cohesion: “Concerns are growing in many countries about the strains that persistently high levels of unemployment are placing on the social fabric. More than five years have passed since the onset of the global financial and economic crisis, but an uneven and weak recovery has not generated enough jobs to make a serious dent on unemployment in many countries.”

Inside Europe, the OECD predicts that unemployment rates will reach new heights in the next 18 months, exceeding well over a quarter of the workforce in several countries. The report also states that the “pain” of unemployment has not been shared evenly, leading to a sharp rise in the inequality in household incomes. “Job loss has been concentrated among low-paid workers”, the report observes, adding that inequality will likely become more extreme as crisis-hit countries cut unemployment and welfare benefits.

Once again, young workers suffer most from employment. Sixty percent of young workers are already unemployed in Greece, 56 percent in Spain and approximately forty percent in Portugal and Italy. The OECD report indicates that these figures will rise in coming months.

The OECD report is a devastating indictment of the EU and its constituent governments, which recently met in Berlin to shed a few crocodile tears about the plight of unemployed youth, while urging more “structural reforms.” These would only serve to further undermine workers’ living standards.

The flurry of recent reports predicting further economic decay, growing unemployment and misery for hundreds of millions across the globe coincided with steep rises in global stock markets–fueled by the near interest-free credit made available to financial markets by the central banks, including the ECB. In Europe and America, stock markets have either broken through or are approaching their record highs reached before the 2008 crash.

Another indication of the flourishing fortunes of the financial elite came Monday in a report of the European Banking Authority (EBA). The report notes that over 3,000 leading European bankers took home salaries of 1 million euros or more in the year 2011.

The best-paid financiers were to be found in Spain, where 125 bankers averaged an income of 2.4 million euros. The biggest number of millionaire bankers was to be found in Great Britain, where 2,346 raked in over a million in annual salary.

The EBA report relates that a total of £13 billion (€16 billion) were paid in bonuses across the entire British banking industry in 2011, approaching the record sum of £19 billion paid out in 2007-8 before the crisis broke.

In response to new EU rules aimed at capping bonuses, leading UK banks are already drawing up plans to increase their leading bankers’ basic salaries–along with a slate of other measures designed to bypass the capping legislation.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

Republished with permission from: World Socialist Web Site

Obama, touting health care law, remains silent on delay in insurance requirement for companies

0

 

By
Kate Randall

19 July 2013

President Barack Obama made a renewed pitch for the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (ACA) in a speech yesterday at the White House. He pointed to rebate checks being received this summer by 8.5 million Americans from their insurance providers as evidence that the health care overhaul he signed into law in 2010 is poised “to deliver the security of quality, affordable health care to more Americans.”

Obama’s remarks follow by two weeks a White House announcement that the administration will delay for one year implementation of a legal requirement that companies with 50 or more employees provide insurance to those working 30 hours a week or more. The requirement, set to take effect on January 1, 2014, would have fined companies $2,000 for each employee without coverage. Obama has yet to comment publicly on this climb-down, which came following a vigorous campaign by businesses that claimed the law was too cumbersome to implement on time.

The rebates cited by Obama are going to individuals and families whose insurance companies failed to adhere to a requirement of the health care bill that calls for 80 percent of the revenue from premiums to go to medical care rather than administrative costs. For 2012, the average insured family received a rebate of only about $100, an amount dwarfed by the thousands of dollars the typical family spends out of pocket for health care.

The president also pointed to a report just released by the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) which asserts that 10 states–California, Colorado, New Mexico, New York, Ohio, Oregon, Rhode Island, Vermont, Virginia, Washington–as well as the District of Columbia are proposing health insurance premiums for 2014 that are nearly 20 percent lower than originally projected by the Congressional Budget Office (CBO).

These rates apply only to the one in seven Americans who do not receive insurance through employers or government programs such as Medicare or Medicaid. While businesses have been given a pass on complying with the ACA, individuals and families without insurance will still be subject the “individual mandate,” requiring them to purchase coverage from private insurers on the exchanges set up under the health care law, in some cases receiving modest subsidies, or pay a penalty.

In his White House remarks, Obama made the claim that the HHS figures showed families buying insurance on the exchanges could save “thousands of dollars a year that can go towards paying a mortgage or putting a kid through college, or saving for retirement.” He said this demonstrated “how the Affordable Care Act is doing what it’s designed to do: deliver more choices, better benefits, a check on rising costs, and higher quality care.”

The HHS has yet to reveal precisely how it calculated these average rates. But one analysis appearing in Kaiser Health News notes that they “bear little connection to what people actually pay, however, with some likely to pay more than they do now, while others will see savings.” Premiums will most likely vary greatly according to location, as well as by the age and health of the insured.

The states thus far analyzed are mainly supportive of the ACA, having already moved to set up their own insurance exchanges. And premium costs are only part of the picture. While insurers will be barred from denying coverage on the basis of health or preexisting conditions, the quality of coverage–as well as deductibles and co-pays–will vary widely between cut-rate “bronze” coverage and the most expensive “platinum” plans.

In his White House remarks, Obama cynically claimed that the Affordable Care Act is already providing “middle class families…better benefits, stronger protections, more bang for your buck.” However, his touting of modest rebates and reined-in premiums is at odds with the entire trajectory of the health care overhaul, which is aimed at cutting costs for big business and the government while reducing care for ordinary Americans.

He felt obliged to address a series of reports in recent months showing that the health care overhaul will result in higher costs and fewer benefits for large numbers of workers. “[S]ome of the progress we’ve made in slowing the rise of health care costs isn’t always passed on to workers,” he said. “Sometimes companies may keep it and they are charging their employees a higher co-pay or higher deductible, or in some way shifting some costs onto some workers.”

In fact, employers have already responded to the ACA by eliminating health insurance for some workers. Low-wage industries such as restaurant chains and retail stores will not be required to provide insurance for employees working fewer than 30 hours a week. Some employers who presently offer coverage to part-time workers have already cut them off, or threatened to do so. Businesses have also lobbied for the cut-off to be raised to 35 or more hours, relieving them of the responsibility of providing any insurance whatsoever, while still not paying a penalty.

A loophole in the ACA will also allow businesses with 50 or more workers to offer bare-bones insurance plans and still meet the law’s requirements. Costing the employer as little as $40 a month per worker, these “skinny plans” may cover minimal requirements such as preventive services, but offer no coverage for surgeries or hospitalizations.

On the other hand, companies that presently offer more generous insurance coverage, with lower deductibles and co-pays, are incentivized by the law to slash these plans so as to avoid a 40 percent excise tax to be levied on employers or health insurers that offer plans valued over $10,200 annually for an individual or $27,500 for a family.

Since the beginning of the health care debate, Obama and his media supporters, particularly the New York Times, have called for reducing health care costs through the elimination of “unnecessary” treatments and procedures and a reduction in “over-testing” for cancer, heart disease and other conditions. A July 12 feature in the Wall Street Journal (“Hospitals Prescribe Big Data to Track Doctors at Work”) details moves by health care providers to track data on doctors’ performance in an effort to trim services, tying doctors’ pay to success in cutting costs.

Obama had the audacity Thursday to compare the opposition of congressional Republicans to the health care legislation to opposition to the implementation of Medicare and Social Security. In fact, one of main pillars of the health care “reform” is the slashing of $700 billion from Medicare, the government-run health insurance program for seniors and the disabled.

Less than 24 hours before Obama’s White House appearance, the Republican-controlled House of Representatives passed the latest of dozens of measures striking down provisions of the health care law, voting to delay both its individual and employer mandates. The measures have virtually no possibility of passage in the Democratic-controlled Senate.

The reactionary nature of the Obama health care overhaul, whose design is entirely determined by the interests of the insurance, pharmaceutical and hospital industries, has allowed the Republicans to posture as champions of middle class families fighting intrusive government. In reality, both big business parties are in agreement on imposing the full weight of the economic crisis on the backs of working families and the poor.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

Republished with permission from: World Socialist Web Site

Judge retains “aiding the enemy” charge against Bradley Manning

0

 

19 July 2013

The US military judge presiding over the court martial of Private Bradley Manning decided Thursday against dropping the most draconian charge sought by the prosecution, that of “aiding the enemy.”

The trial of Manning–who helped leak thousands of classified documents to WikiLeaks in 2010–will now go forward under charges that carry a potential death penalty, though the government has said it will not seek Manning’s execution. Closing arguments may begin as early as next week. The same judge who made yesterday’s decision, Army Colonel Denise Lind, will make the final determination as to Manning’s fate.

For what is Manning being prosecuted? In 2010, the Army private revealed to the public secret documents exposing the nature of the wars in Afghanistan and Iraq. Among these was a video, posted by WikiLeaks under the headline “Collateral Murder,” documenting the targeting and slaughter of Iraqi civilians in Baghdad, including two journalists.

By charging Manning with “aiding the enemy,” the government is equating the leaking of secret evidence of war crimes with espionage and giving aid to terrorists. As the government is well aware, and as Manning explained in a statement delivered to the court in February, he uncovered this material in order to inform the American people and stimulate “discussion, debates and reforms” relating to US foreign policy.

Since Manning passed the documents on to WikiLeaks in order to alert the American people about the illegal and immoral actions of their government, it follows that they, not Al Qaeda, are the real “enemy” with which the government and the military/intelligence agencies are concerned.

In the landmark case on the leaking of the Pentagon Papers relating to the Vietnam War, the US Supreme Court ruled that information could not be suppressed on the basis of a general claim that the material was harmful to national security interests. Each piece of information had clearly and concretely to be shown to have a harmful impact on a specific aspect of national security.

Justice Hugo L. Black wrote in 1971 that ,“the word ‘security’ is a broad, vague generality whose contours should not be invoked to abrogate the fundamental law embodied in the First Amendment.” It is precisely such a vague generality that forms the basis of the government’s case against Manning.

The government’s charges of “aiding the enemy” are entirely spurious, as is the entire legal witch-hunt against Manning. Absolutely no proof has been presented that Manning deliberately set out to aid Al Qaeda. Instead, the government is arguing that since the information Manning released could be accessed by Al Qaeda, his actions were tantamount to treason.

By the government’s logic, not only must Manning be guilty of assisting Al Qaeda. So too must WikiLeaks be for posting the material, along with any publication that distributed it. Moreover, by the definition of “providing material support to the enemy” set forth in the Patriot Act and other anti-democratic legislation, any group or individual who defends Manning could be targeted for prosecution.

This logic has already been realized in actions. The Obama administration has relentlessly pursued WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange, who is currently holed up in the Ecuadorean embassy in London. Secret charges have been filed in the event that Assange is captured and extradited to the United States.

In May, it was revealed that the administration had covertly collected the phone records of Associated Press journalists, and it subsequently emerged that Fox News reporter James Rosen had his emails and Internet connection tapped as he pursued a relationship with a State Department official who was leaking classified information.

On the basis of the government’s line of argument and actions, nothing remains of the First Amendment guarantees of freedom of speech and freedom of the press.

The anti-democratic vendetta against leakers and whistleblowers has reached a new stage in the campaign against National Security Agency whistleblower Edward Snowden. Through his actions, Snowden has helped reveal over the past month-and-a-half the existence of a police state architecture of unprecedented scope. On the basis of secret court decisions and secret interpretations of the law, a database of phone records and Internet activity has been constructed for the entire population of the United States and much of the world.

For these actions, Snowden too has been charged under the Espionage Act and is currently the target of a global campaign to force his return to the United States. The government’s claim that he will receive “due process” if he is captured is rendered farcical by the treatment of Manning, who, in addition to facing a military trial, has been subjected to months of abuse that the United Nations special rapporteur for torture described as “cruel, inhumane and degrading.”

The gang of criminals who dare to stand in judgment of Manning are the real enemies of the American people. For over a decade, under the fraudulent banner of the “war on terror,” they have worked with “evil intent” (as Manning is accused of doing) to undermine democratic rights. They have carried out illegal wars abroad and, in the aftermath of the financial crash of 2008, engineered a massive transfer of wealth to the financial aristocracy.

The president and top administration officials; the leaders of the military and the intelligence agencies; the flunkies in Congress, both Republican and Democratic, who knew everything and approved everything; the judges who rubber-stamped each illegal and unconstitutional act–it is they and not Manning, Assange and Snowden who deserve to be prosecuted, tried, convicted and sentenced.

Matthew MacEgan and Joseph Kishore



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

Republished with permission from: World Socialist Web Site

Inmates punished in California prison hunger strike

0

 

By
Richard Vargas and Jake Dean

19 July 2013

Thousands of inmates across California are entering their twelfth day of a hunger strike–the largest in state history–that has spread to over two-thirds of the state’s 33 prisons and to the four out-of-state for-profit facilities utilized by the state. Inmates began refusing meals on July 8 to protest inhumane prison conditions and the use of indefinite solitary confinement practices.

As of Thursday, according to a press release issued by the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR), “1,457 inmates in 15 state prisons [were] on a mass hunger strike disturbance”–which means those participating had refused at least nine consecutive meals–while another “48 inmates in three state prisons refused to participate in their work assignments.” The first week of the hunger strike saw as many as 30,000 inmates refusing meals.

The CDCR, which oversees the California prison system, has taken retributive action against participants of the hunger strike. On Wednesday, for example, 14 inmates identified as leaders in the mass hunger strike were moved to more isolated quarters–known as Administrative Segregation Units (Ad-Seg)–where their belongings, including legal documents and access to news, were taken away. Included in the seized legal documents were potential settlement terms that inmates had drafted for upcoming court hearings related to 8th Amendment violations. The stolen information will now almost certainly be used against them in those proceedings.

All 14 of the inmates moved to Ad-Seg for their involvement in the hunger strike were also signatories to a manifesto that called for the ethnic unification of prisoners in their fight against California prison conditions.

Terry Thornton, a spokesperson for the CDCR, gave a warning to inmates that future consequences were imminent. “They should allow their lawsuit to take its course and not be protesting.” Ethnic unification poses a grave threat for prison management, which uses race and ethnicity to incite violence and pit prisoners against one another.

As inmates continue their hunger strike, their health is of little concern to prison officials. Inmates are not scheduled for a medical check-up until they have gone 17 days without food–that is, until they have refused 51 consecutive meals. So far, two inmates have gone to the hospital for medical treatment.

Mark Morocco, professor of emergency medicine at UCLA, was quoted in the Los Angeles Times yesterday on the dire consequences of starvation. He explained that the prisoners’ bodies will eventually begin eating their own muscles after the depletion of glucose and fat reserves. “Even if you don’t eat, your body is going to eat. It can eat itself.”

In addition to moving inmates into even more confined quarters, two lawyers who represent some of the striking prisoners were also banned from the entire state prison system. Marilyn McMahon, who heads the advocacy group California Prison Focus, was informed on Tuesday by CDCR Undersecretary Martin Hoshino that her access to inmates had been cut off.

The explanation given by Hoshino was based on unverified claims that a CPF volunteer made some form of an unspecified threat against CDCR. However, as McMahon explains, “I’m a target because I do help them communicate with the outside world.” This was not the first time California Prison Focus was targeted for working with striking inmates.

In 2011, during the initial hunger strikes across California prisons that began at Pelican Bay State Prison (PBSP), McMahon’s group was also banned from accessing inmates, along with other prisoners’ rights organizations. The ban was eventually lifted after investigations found no wrongdoing.

The CDCR continues to express an unwillingness to discuss the demands and issues raised by inmates in the ongoing mass hunger strike. Laura Magnani, who was involved in the mediation talks that ended the 2011 hunger strike and who is represents the American Friends Service Committee (AFSC), stated that her group was in a “wait-and-see mode” with the state.

The punishment of inmates involved in the mass statewide hunger strike–through the use of Ad-Seg, where inmates are housed in cells smaller than typical isolation units, such as Security Housing Units (SHUs), or the blocking of inmates’ access to their lawyers–is meant to intimidate and demoralize those involved in what the CDCR characterizes as a “mass disturbance.” Such tactics were utilized in 2011 in an attempt to force inmates to end the hunger strike early.

Todd Ashker, a leader of the 2011 hunger strike, described his treatment by the CDCR during that struggle, where he and other inmates were placed in Ad-Seg for their activities. “We were all isolated on a tier, in strip cells with nothing but a set of clothes and fish kit–spoon, cup, bar of soap etc.–with ice cold air blasting outta the vents! The warden personally told us, ‘As soon as you eat, you can go back to your SHU (Security Housing Units) cells.’ My ‘mattress’ was not even a mattress. It only had lumps of padding in places and was only 50 inches long–on ice cold concrete. This was all intentional, by design. They know that when a person is subject to cold, the body requires more energy. When you’re not eating, the ice will cause your body to feed on muscle and internal organs and the brain etc. much faster. Permanent damage can happen a lot faster.”

The author also recommends:

Inmates in California enter second week of statewide hunger strike
[17 July 2013]



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

Republished with permission from: World Socialist Web Site

Greek government bans demonstrations in central Athens

0

 

By
Christoph Dreier

19 July 2013

The Greek government has used the visit on Thursday by German Finance Minister Wolfgang Schäuble to impose a blanket ban on demonstrations in central Athens.

In order to enforce the ban, 4,000 police officers were mobilized to turn central Athens into a closed-off fortress. Roads and subway stations were blocked all the way from the airport to the city center. The ban on demonstrations was extended to include Syntagma Square, the central square in front of the Greek parliament building which has been the scene of regular protests and demonstrations during the past five years.

Despite these measures, there were numerous protests. After Schäuble had entered the Treasury, some young women gathered in front of the building and shouted “get out” and “Hitler out of here.”

Schäuble’s visit took place one day after the Greek parliament passed the country’s seventh austerity package in the last three years. The trip by the German finance minister was aimed at bolstering the Greek government headed by Prime Minister Antonis Samaras (ND) and ensuring that the cuts demanded by Berlin and Brussels be carried out in full.

At a meeting of the German-Greek Chamber of Commerce, Schäuble rejected proposals for a second restructuring of Greece’s debts. Instead he made clear that austerity policies must continue unabated and expanded via the implementation of “structural reforms.”

The night before Schäuble’s arrival, the Greek Parliament approved the austerity package, the seventh since 2010, to secure payment of its next tranche of credit of €2.5 billion. The package calls for firing 15,000 public employees, with 150,000 to be sacked by the end of 2014. The package was dictated to the Greek government by Schäuble and his European colleagues.

The package won the support of 153 of 300 deputies. After the withdrawal of the Democratic Left (DIMAR) from the coalition in June, the Greek government was left with a majority of just 5 seats. All of the opposition parties voted against the law, but DIMAR chairman Fotis Kouvelis stressed that his party agreed in principle to the cuts.

Greek Finance Minister Giannis Stournaras defended the mass layoffs, which he claimed should have taken place much earlier and not merely as a result of pressure from foreign creditors. He added that drastic measures were necessary to achieve Athens’ goal of a primary budget surplus for 2013.

The main opposition party, the pseudo-left Coalition of the Radical Left (SYRIZA), sought to divert broad opposition to the cuts and to Berlin’s role into blatantly chauvinist channels. At a SYRIZA congress held last weekend, SYRIZA Chairman Alexis Tsipras called on “patriots of all parties” to join SYRIZA.

On Thursday, Tsipras once again banged the nationalist drum, replying to Schäuble’s visit by raising the issue of German reparation payments to Greece. He met with Greek President Karolos Papoulias to discuss the long-standing theme of compensation payments for the Nazi Occupation of Greece during World War II. The topic, Tsipras stressed, should not be “swept under the carpet.”

Tsipras’ nationalist stance is a cynical ploy to mask his own subservience to the EU and the banks. This January, Tsipras made a special trip to Berlin to meet personally with Schäuble and assure the German minister that any future SYRIZA government would recognize Greece’s sovereign debts and keep Greece inside the European Union (EU).

Schäuble and the German government bear direct responsibility for cuts that have had devastating social repercussions for Greece. Schäuble personifies the policy of brutal austerity measures adopted by the European bourgeoisie against workers in all countries.

He has repeatedly insisted on the destruction of Greece’s health and education systems, together with the cuts to wages demanded by the banks and speculators. With elections looming in Greece in 2012, Schäuble adopted the tone of a colonial master calling for them to be postponed. When the elections took place as planned, he made clear that austerity measures would be implemented irrespective of whom Greeks voted in, saying “it will not change anything, the Greeks can vote for who they want.”

After discussions with Samaras and Stournaras, Schäuble declared that the EU would provide Greece with aid credits beyond 2014, on condition the country respect its previous agreement to implement comprehensive privatization measures and mass layoffs.

Given the catastrophic social situation in Greece, his proposal to provide small and medium enterprises with credits of €100 million is a drop in the ocean. The sum is a fraction of the monies Germany receives in interest payments on its previous loans to Greece.

A study published on Sunday shows that the birth rate in Greece fell by more than ten percent from 2009 to 2011. The number of stillbirths has risen by over 20 percent since 2008. The study explains this by the deepening economic crisis and continuous social cuts that have deprived up to 40 percent of the population of access to health care.

From the very start of the European crisis, Greece has been the model for the implementation of austerity measures across the continent. With the Greek political establishment and union bureaucracy increasingly discredited in the eyes of the masses, Athens increasingly resorts to police state measures to suppress opposition to its policies.

The Greek government has imposed martial law on striking workers on no less than three separate occasions this year and just a few weeks ago permitted riot police to invade the premises of Athens central university to dispel students. This was the first such police operation since the overthrow of the military junta in 1975.

The latest ban on demonstrations is a further step towards authoritarian forms of rule in Europe.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

Republished with permission from: World Socialist Web Site

Emergency manager throws Detroit into bankruptcy

0

 

By
Jerry White

19 July 2013

The emergency manager overseeing the financial restructuring of Detroit filed a petition in federal court Thursday afternoon throwing the devastated industrial city of 700,000 residents into Chapter 9 bankruptcy. Republican Governor Rick Snyder, who appointed Wall Street bankruptcy attorney Kevyn Orr as the city’s emergency manager last March, immediately approved the filing.

The largest municipal bankruptcy in US history paves the way for an unprecedented attack on the pensions and health care benefits of city workers, the further slashing of essential services, and the sell-off of public assets to pay the banks and bondholders who hold the city’s debt.

Announcing the filing, Emergency Manager Kevyn Orr stood side-by-side with the city’s Democratic mayor, David Bing, a multi-millionaire who has slashed the city workforce by 20 percent since taking office in 2009. Both cynically claimed that the bankruptcy would have little effect on daily life and would lead to improved services for city residents.

The Obama administration signaled its support for the bankruptcy filing, issuing a statement Thursday declaring: “While leaders on the ground in Michigan and the city’s creditors understand that they must find a solution to Detroit’s serious financial challenge, we remain committed to continuing our strong partnership with Detroit as it works to recover and revitalize and maintain its status as one of America’s great cities.”

Orr has already approved a corporate-backed plan to shut off services to neighborhoods deemed too poor or under-populated for profitable private investment, while handing over public lighting, transportation, garbage collection and other services to for-profit companies. His “turnaround” team has appraised everything from the city’s water treatment plant and masterpieces at the Detroit Institute of Arts to Belle Isle Park and the animals at the Detroit Zoo for possible sale to private investors.

Above all, the bankruptcy filing clears the way to gut the pensions and health care benefits of the city’s 31,000 current and retired employees. By throwing the city into the bankruptcy courts, Orr intends to circumvent Michigan’s constitution, which declares public pensions to be a “contractual obligation” that “shall not be diminished or impaired.”

Orr rushed the bankruptcy filing to preempt lawsuits filed by pension trustees and public-sector unions seeking to block bankruptcy on the grounds that it would lead to unconstitutional pension cuts. Attorneys for Snyder reportedly asked the lawyers representing the pension funds for a five-minute delay before they sought a temporary restraining order to block the bankruptcy filing. During those five minutes, Orr’s attorneys filed the bankruptcy petition in Detroit.

At Thursday’s press conference, Orr gloated that the bankruptcy filing put an “automatic stay on all litigations,” adding, “We don’t have any time for more delaying tactics.”

Under a plan Orr previously outlined, pension trust funds would receive as little as 10 cents for every dollar owed to 21,000 retirees for a lifetime of labor. Orr wants to eliminate cost-of-living adjustments for retirees who receive as little as $500 to $1,000 a month, with no additional Social Security payments. He also intends to impose an immediate freeze on future pension payments and shift retirees to Medicare or privately controlled health care exchanges set to begin next year under the Obama administration’s Affordable Care Act. The city’s current 9,700 workers will also see a huge reduction in health benefits and the loss of employer-paid pensions.

The Metro Detroit and Michigan AFL-CIO union federations and individual unions responded to the bankruptcy filing with predictable cowardice, insisting that workers take no action to defend their jobs and pensions and complaining that Orr had rebuffed their “good faith” negotiations.

“From the beginning, we have attempted to participate in discussions and offer a restructuring plan,” Dan McNamara, president of Local 344 of the Detroit Fire Fighters Association, said. “It is a shame that now we will have to be in front of a bankruptcy judge when all along we have been expecting to have meaningful meetings with Emergency Manager Kevyn Orr.”

Carl Anderson, president of Local 488 of the Utility Workers Union of America, sent an email to his members telling them to remain on their jobs. “It’s quite a shock,” he told the Detroit Free Press. “I thought it would not be until the first of the year once (Orr) talked to everybody and got everything in order. I thought it would take more time to get all the concessions.”

The only contractual obligations that will be honored by Orr are the billions of dollars in principal and interest demanded by the major Wall Street banks and bondholders. Orr has already made a settlement with UBS, Bank of America and Merrill Lynch Capital Services on $340 million in credit default swaps, giving them 75 cents on the dollar.

While private employers in the steel, auto, airline and other industries have long used the bankruptcy courts to tear up labor agreements, slash wages and escape pension obligations, the bankruptcy of Detroit is being used by the Obama administration and Wall Street as a test case to destroy the pensions and health care benefits of tens of millions of teachers, firefighters, public hospital workers and other state and municipal employees around the country.

“Officials in other financially troubled cities may feel encouraged to follow Detroit’s path, some experts say,” the New York Times wrote Thursday, citing Karol K. Denniston, a lawyer involved in the bankruptcy of Stockton, California. “If you end up with precedent that allows the restructuring of retirement benefits in bankruptcy court, that will make it an attractive option for cities. Detroit is going to be a huge test kitchen.”

At the press conference, Orr complained about unaffordable pension obligations, repeating what has become a constant refrain by the corporate-controlled media and Wall Street analysts, who incessantly speak of a nationwide crisis over “legacy costs.” In his self-serving and distorted overview of Detroit’s slide into insolvency, he cited “pension obligations” as the cause for the city’s increased borrowing.

In reality, the bankruptcy of Detroit, the former center of global auto production, is an expression of the protracted crisis and decay of American capitalism. At the center of this decline has been a decades-long process of deindustrialization, which has devastated former industrial centers such as Detroit, Chicago, Pittsburgh and scores of other cities.

The dismantling of US industry has gone hand in hand with tax cuts for big business and the rich and the increasingly dominant role of the most parasitic forms of financial speculation. As the accumulation of wealth by the ruling elite has become ever more detached from the creation of real value, a financial aristocracy has arisen whose operations are borderline-legal or outright criminal.

The tipping point for Detroit was the 2008 financial crash, which led to a wave of foreclosures, mass unemployment and a sharp decline in tax revenues and state and federal aid. The Wall Street banks have directly benefited from the indebtedness of the city, which pays a quarter billion dollars–or 20 percent of its annual operating budget–to service its debt.

Bankruptcy was not an inevitable process, but rather a deliberate policy. While handing over trillions of dollars to the Wall Street banks and driving up the stock market by pumping virtually free cash into the financial markets, the Obama administration has rejected any measures to bail out Detroit or other threatened state and municipal governments.

On the contrary, the Democratic president has used the financial crisis as an opportunity to carry out an historic restructuring of class relations, first through the destruction of the wages of auto workers in the 2009 auto bailout, then through the destruction of some 600,000 federal, state and municipal jobs, and now by means of a wholesale attack on pensions and health benefits.

While some “anticipate further benefit cuts for city workers and retirees, more reductions in services for residents, and a detrimental effect on future borrowing,” the Times noted, “others, including some Detroit business leaders who have seen a rise in private investment downtown despite the city’s larger struggles, said bankruptcy seemed the only choice left.”

While Orr insists there is no money for pensions or essential services, hundreds of millions in public dollars will be used to subsidize the development of an upscale housing, commercial and entertainment district covering about 7.2 out of the city’s 139 square miles. This includes $286 million in public funds for a new sports arena for the owner of Little Caesar’s Pizza and the Detroit Red Wings hockey franchise, Mike Ilitch, whose net worth is estimated at $2.7 billion. To make room for the arena, hundreds of low-income workers and seniors are being evicted from their downtown apartments.

The bankruptcy will bring devastation to the working class, but it will mean a huge windfall for Ilitch, Quicken Loan billionaire Dan Gilbert, and the gangs of bankruptcy lawyers, hedge fund operators and private speculators who will descend on Detroit to cash in on the carve-up of the former Motor City.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

Republished with permission from: World Socialist Web Site

Australian electricity sell-off sets new benchmark for Labor’s national privatisation agenda

0

 

By
Terry Cook

19 July 2013

The Liberal-National state government in New South Wales has effectively set an extraordinary new benchmark nationally for handing over state-owned assets to the financial and corporate elite.

On July 1, Premier Barry O’Farrell’s state government announced that it would sell an electricity generator, Eraring Energy, whose assets include Eraring power station, one of Australia’s largest, and the Shoalhaven Hydro power station, for just $50 million. Eraring’s assets have been valued at more than $1 billion, including the cost of a recent $200 million upgrade; and it made nearly $140 million in profits last year.

Not only that, but the buyer, Origin Energy, will actually receive $300 million from the state government, supposedly to compensate it for the termination of a contract to provide Eraring Energy with coal from a still-to-be developed mine.

This lucrative deal provides a picture of what Labor Prime Minister Kevin Rudd means by “reform” and deregulation of the energy sector as a core element of his “new national competitiveness agenda” outlined in his National Press Club address on July 11. Falsely dressed up as a drive to cut electricity prices, the privatisation program will only further boost corporate profits, at the expense of electricity industry jobs and conditions.

NSW Treasurer Mike Baird tried to portray the Eraring deal as a “win for the people”, claiming that the coal supply contract would have required the government to spend $1.5 billion to develop the Cobbora coal deposit near Dunedoo in the state’s mid-west. In reality, the government is also preparing to sell off the large and valuable Cobbora deposit.

In a piece of dubious accounting, Baird claimed that because the government would retain “residual cash” held by Eraring Energy, the total transaction would cost taxpayers just $75 million. This bookkeeping trickery cannot disguise the fact that public funds, and valuable resources, are being handed to big business for next to nothing.

Origin, the country’s largest electricity retailer, is itself a previously privatised entity. Under the last state Labor government’s “GenTrader” sell-off program, Origin bought the trading rights to Eraring’s output.

Similar handouts will be on offer to the purchasers of two other NSW generators, Macquarie Generation and Delta Electricity, which both have coal contracts with the government.

Having derailed the widespread working class resistance to the previous state Labor government’s privatisation program, the trade unions are once again facilitating the latest instalment. Union leaders have criticised the Eraring deal as a “fire sale”, negotiated without a commercial tender, but offered no objection to the underlying agenda.

Electrical Trades Union NSW secretary Steve Butler said the deal should be “aborted or, at the very least, put out to tender”. In other words, the union does not oppose the privatisation itself, just the price.

At the same time, the unions are trying to head off the hostility of their members, whose jobs will inevitably be decimated before long–as with all privatisations. Eraring employs over 300 people. The sale deal includes a supposed guarantee of jobs, pay and conditions, but for only four years.

The unions have proposed no protests or action over the latest sell-off. Instead they have proposed limited protests and futile appeals to state government parliamentarians from the rural-based National Party over any future sell-off.

The O’Farrell government made an empty promise not to privatise the state’s electricity distribution network, estimated to be worth as much as $30 billion, prior to the next state election. To facilitate the sale of the “poles and wires”, the government last year merged the state’s three distributors, Ausgrid, Essential Energy and Endeavour Energy, into a single company, at the cost of 780 jobs.

The federal Labor government has aggressively driven this agenda nationally. Last year, former prime minister Julia Gillard exploited widespread concern about skyrocketing domestic power bills to press for further “free market” restructuring measures in the energy sector. She blamed “gold plating”–especially by state-owned providers–for escalating electricity prices. Gold plating refers to supposed over-investment in transmission and distribution networks.

A submission by the Department of Prime Minister and Cabinet to a Senate Select Committee on Electricity Prices last September declared that “continued government ownership of the energy business is impeding greater competition and efficiency, and reduces market confidence by creating uncertainty and risk for sector investors.”

The Labor government’s “Energy White Paper 2012: Australia’s Energy Transformation” demanded that state governments across the country fully privatise remaining state-owned electricity assets, estimated to be worth more than $100 billion.

Privatisation will not result in lower prices for the consumer. The experience in Britain, New Zealand, Victoria and South Australia is that prices have increased. According to the Energy Users Association of Australia, South Australia and Victoria have the third and fifth highest household electricity prices in the world. Electricity has been fully privatised in South Australia for over 12 years and Victoria for 17 years. Many electricity assets remain state-owned in Western Australia, Queensland and Tasmania, but these governments are under federal pressure to change that.

In his July 15 National Press Club speech, after consultations with the unions and the Business Council of Australia, Rudd unveiled a seven-point agenda to drive up productivity. Number one on the list was tackling “domestic electricity price regulation”.

Pursuing the same line as Gillard, Rudd declared: “The primary reason for the hike in electricity prices appears to be the current system of national electricity regulation which has allowed excessive rates of return to publicly-owned transmission and distribution utilities which have become cash cows for various state and territory governments.”

The current Labor government, working with Liberal-National state governments, is exploiting the crippling costs being born by households to implement measures designed to slash the cost of power for big business, and provide lucrative opportunities for corporate investors.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

Republished with permission from: World Socialist Web Site

UK MP suspended over anti-Israel tweet

0

Liberal Democrat MP David Ward (L), British Deputy PM and Lib Dem leader Nick Clegg (R)

British Liberal Democrat MP David Ward has been suspended by the party after he posted a tweet, calling Israel an Å“apartheid state”.

According to reports, Bradford East MP, who had previously been reprimanded by Lib-Dems for questioning Zionist regimeâ„¢s treatment of Palestinians, is suspended until September 13 by the party.

Ward was told he would no longer be considered as a parliamentary party member after he posted a tweet on July 13 stating, “Am I wrong or are am I right? At long last the Zionists are losing the battle – how long can the apartheid State of Israel last?”

The Liberal Democrat chief whip Alistair Carmichael announced yesterday he had suspended the MP over the language he used when referring to the Zionist regime of Israel.

Ward, however, condemned the ruling as “disproportionate”, saying he will not apologize for his comments.

“I will not apologize for describing the state of Israel as an apartheid state. I don’t know how you can describe it as anything else,” Ward said.

“I am genuinely quite shocked at the reaction to the kind of thing many people say,” he added.

The Liberal Democrat party also recently expelled Baroness Jenny Tonge following her anti-Israel remarks in which she asserted that “Israel won’t be there forever”.

MOS/HE

Republished with permission from: Press TV

CDC 'Disappears’ Page Linking Polio Vaccines To Cancer-Causing Viruses

0

 CDC 'Disappears' Page Linking Polio Vaccines To Cancer-Causing Viruses

The alternative media is justifiably abuzz with a story about the CDC deleting a page on their website admitting that as many as 98 million Americans received polio vaccine contaminated with the cancer-linked monkey virus SV40, with the added twist that although they removed the page sometime after July 11th, a cached version is still available to view online.

Some of the details of the ‘disappeared’ page read as follows:

Cancer, Simian Virus 40 (SV40), and Polio Vaccine Fact Sheet

  • SV40 is a virus found in some species of monkey.
  • SV40 was discovered in 1960. Soon afterward, the virus was found in polio vaccine.
  • More than 98 million Americans received one or more doses of polio vaccine from 1955 to 1963 when a proportion of vaccine was contaminated with SV40; it has been estimated that 10—30 million Americans could have received an SV40 contaminated dose of vaccine.
  • SV40 virus has been found in certain types of cancer in humans, but it has not been determined that SV40 causes these cancers.
  • The majority of scientific evidence suggests that SV40-contaminated vaccine did not cause cancer; however, some research results are conflicting and more studies are needed.
  • Polio vaccines being used today do not contain SV40. All of the current evidence indicates that polio vaccines have been free of SV40 since 1963.

Plenty of folks are taking notice of the deletion of the page, and for good reason, as it was a relatively high-profile reference on sites like Wikipedia where it was cited three times [footnote 53] on the Polio Vaccines page, under the section “Contamination concerns,” in the following paragraph:

SV40 was found to be present in stocks of the injected form of the polio vaccine (IPV) in use between 1955 to 1963.[53] It is not found in the OPV form.[53] Over 98 million Americans received one or more doses of polio vaccine between 1955 to 1963 when a proportion of vaccine was contaminated with SV40; it has been estimated that 10—30 million Americans may have received a dose of vaccine contaminated with SV40.[53] Later analysis suggested that vaccines produced by the former Soviet bloc countries until 1980, and used in the USSR, China, Japan, and several African countries, may have been contaminated; meaning hundreds of millions more may have been exposed to SV40.[58]

Now when you click the citations on Wikipedia taking you to the CDC’s website you get the following message:


Capture.PNG


We can understand why the CDC would want to flush this information down the ‘memory hole,’ as any indication that vaccines actually cause disease, especially as terrible as cancer, is a public relations nightmare for an agency aggressively expanding its immunization schedule under the auspices of their bulletproof ‘safety’ and ‘efficacy,’ as well as looking for public support for legislation that would further limit and even ban vaccine exemptions.

But this “leak” is really only the tip of the iceberg. SV40, which stands for Simian Virus #40, is only one of a wide range of so-called “adventitious” viruses that continue to contaminate vaccine seed stock and substrate (cells used to grow vaccine), which include endogenous retroviruses such as mouse mammary tumor virus, and many which have yet to be identified. SV40 was after all the 40th simian virus identified, and this was 50 years ago. We can only imagine how many hidden disease vectors exist and have been identified by vaccinologists and virologists over the intervening years, but which never made it to the light of day.  

Additionally, the information the CDC deleted from its website, is highly misleading.  For example, the CDC says:

 “SV40 virus has been found in certain types of cancer in humans, but it has not been determined that SV40 causes these cancers.”

SV-40 has a well-known mechanism of carcinogenicity. This virus suppresses the transcriptional properties of the tumor-suppressing p53 protein in humans, a gene product that has been described as “the guardian of the genome” because of its critical role in preventing genome instability and hence cancer initiation.[1] When p53 is disabled, programmed cell death (apoptosis) and cell cycle arrest is rendered dysfunctional, leading to uncontrolled (immortalized) cell proliferation, and tumor formation. Animal research provides experimental confirmation for the tumor-forming properties of SV40,[2] which lends support to viewing the presence of SV40 in various human tumors as a causal connection and not a merely coincidental correlation.[3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] [9] [10] [11] [12]

 CDC 'Disappears' Page Linking Polio Vaccines To Cancer-Causing Viruses

The alternative media is justifiably abuzz with a story about the CDC deleting a page on their website admitting that as many as 98 million Americans received polio vaccine contaminated with the cancer-linked monkey virus SV40, with the added twist that although they removed the page sometime after July 11th, a cached version is still available to view online.

Some of the details of the ‘disappeared’ page read as follows:

Cancer, Simian Virus 40 (SV40), and Polio Vaccine Fact Sheet

  • SV40 is a virus found in some species of monkey.
  • SV40 was discovered in 1960. Soon afterward, the virus was found in polio vaccine.
  • More than 98 million Americans received one or more doses of polio vaccine from 1955 to 1963 when a proportion of vaccine was contaminated with SV40; it has been estimated that 10—30 million Americans could have received an SV40 contaminated dose of vaccine.
  • SV40 virus has been found in certain types of cancer in humans, but it has not been determined that SV40 causes these cancers.
  • The majority of scientific evidence suggests that SV40-contaminated vaccine did not cause cancer; however, some research results are conflicting and more studies are needed.
  • Polio vaccines being used today do not contain SV40. All of the current evidence indicates that polio vaccines have been free of SV40 since 1963.

Plenty of folks are taking notice of the deletion of the page, and for good reason, as it was a relatively high-profile reference on sites like Wikipedia where it was cited three times [footnote 53] on the Polio Vaccines page, under the section “Contamination concerns,” in the following paragraph:

SV40 was found to be present in stocks of the injected form of the polio vaccine (IPV) in use between 1955 to 1963.[53] It is not found in the OPV form.[53] Over 98 million Americans received one or more doses of polio vaccine between 1955 to 1963 when a proportion of vaccine was contaminated with SV40; it has been estimated that 10—30 million Americans may have received a dose of vaccine contaminated with SV40.[53] Later analysis suggested that vaccines produced by the former Soviet bloc countries until 1980, and used in the USSR, China, Japan, and several African countries, may have been contaminated; meaning hundreds of millions more may have been exposed to SV40.[58]

Now when you click the citations on Wikipedia taking you to the CDC’s website you get the following message:


Capture.PNG


We can understand why the CDC would want to flush this information down the ‘memory hole,’ as any indication that vaccines actually cause disease, especially as terrible as cancer, is a public relations nightmare for an agency aggressively expanding its immunization schedule under the auspices of their bulletproof ‘safety’ and ‘efficacy,’ as well as looking for public support for legislation that would further limit and even ban vaccine exemptions.

But this “leak” is really only the tip of the iceberg. SV40, which stands for Simian Virus #40, is only one of a wide range of so-called “adventitious” viruses that continue to contaminate vaccine seed stock and substrate (cells used to grow vaccine), which include endogenous retroviruses such as mouse mammary tumor virus, and many which have yet to be identified. SV40 was after all the 40th simian virus identified, and this was 50 years ago. We can only imagine how many hidden disease vectors exist and have been identified by vaccinologists and virologists over the intervening years, but which never made it to the light of day.  

Additionally, the information the CDC deleted from its website, is highly misleading.  For example, the CDC says:

 “SV40 virus has been found in certain types of cancer in humans, but it has not been determined that SV40 causes these cancers.”

SV-40 has a well-known mechanism of carcinogenicity. This virus suppresses the transcriptional properties of the tumor-suppressing p53 protein in humans, a gene product that has been described as “the guardian of the genome” because of its critical role in preventing genome instability and hence cancer initiation.[1] When p53 is disabled, programmed cell death (apoptosis) and cell cycle arrest is rendered dysfunctional, leading to uncontrolled (immortalized) cell proliferation, and tumor formation. Animal research provides experimental confirmation for the tumor-forming properties of SV40,[2] which lends support to viewing the presence of SV40 in various human tumors as a causal connection and not a merely coincidental correlation.[3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] [9] [10] [11] [12]

Also, the CDC’s claim that SV40 has not been proven “a cause” is disingenuous, as no cancer can be considered to be a result of a singular cause. SV40 is a well-known cofactor in the pathogenesis of some tumors,[13] [14] and therefore should not be dismissed or minimized to the point of being perceived irrelevant.

CDC: “All of the current evidence indicates that polio vaccines have been free of SV40 since 1963.”

Not so.  In 2005, the journal Cancer Research published a study titled, “Some oral poliovirus vaccines were contaminated with infectious SV40 after 1961.”[15] The research for the study was prompted by the detection of SV40 in a wide range of human tumors,(3-12) leading the World Health Organization to issue a recommendation in 2000 to test polio vaccines produced after 1961. They found that vaccines from a major eastern European manufacturer (EEVM) contained infectious SV40 which were “produced from early 1960s to about 1978 and were used throughout the world.” They used 3 different technical approaches (PCR, transfection, and direct infection of susceptible cell cultures) to confirm the presence of two separate infectious SV40 strains in EEVM.

The researchers expanded on this finding:

The EEVM samples that we tested were produced in 1966 and 1969; therefore, we show that SV40 contaminated some polio vaccines at least until that period. The EEVM vaccine samples we tested ( Table 1) were produced with the same seed virus that was used until 1978, apparently without any further purification to remove SV40. Therefore, it is possible that the EEVM vaccines may have remained SV40 contaminated until 1978 when a new seed was produced. We have no information about this seed virus or vaccines produced from it. Therefore, based on our data, we could not determine the exact time when EEVM vaccines became SV40 free but can suggest that it may have happened in the 1980s when EEVM switched to seed virus stocks provided by the WHO that we found to be free of SV40.

It should be noted that oral polio vaccines were discontinued in the US due to their well-known dangers in favor of the inactivated form. Vaccine-associated polio paralysis (VAPP) was, in fact, the predominant form of the polio paralysis in developed countries like the US since 1973.[16] This lead the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP) in 2000 to recommend altogether eliminating the live-virus oral polio vaccine (OPV), which is still used throughout the third world, despite the known risks. Is the oral polio vaccine in India or Afghanistan free of SV40 contamination?  We do not know. But given the track record of contamination that haunts the entire history of vaccinology, it is possible that they still are — especially since the cell substrates used to produce these vaccines may still be contaminated with SV40 virus, and the fact that they have been linked to thousands of cases of paralysis.

Another important consideration conveniently omitted on the CDC fact sheet about SV40 is that the virus is somehow being passed down from generation to generation.

A 2012 Italian study found that 18% of healthy volunteers were found contaminated with SV40 viral fragments,[17] indicating that they were either: 1) exposed to SV40 virus through contemporary vaccines commonly believed to be “SV40-free.”  2) exposed horizontally via transmission from an older generation carrying oral polio-vaccine derived SV40 vaccine. 3)  passed down vertically from parent to child.

In any one of these scenarios the point is that far more than 98 million Americans are now contaminated with the virus, and those infected are likely expanding in number unchecked. The problem didn’t end with the removal of the contaminated seed stock in the production of oral polio vaccines, or the use of inactivated forms that were developed later. This is one of the dark secrets of the unintended, adverse effects of vaccination that the CDC’s most recent attempt to hide has actually brought directly into the daylight of public scrutiny.

For more research on the topic visit our page on Simian Virus 40 and our Vaccine Research page:


[1] ^ Read, A. P.; Strachan, T.. Human molecular genetics 2. New York: Wiley; 1999.ISBN 0-471-33061-2. Chapter 18: Cancer Genetics.

[4] Narayan Shivapurkar, Takao Takahashi, Jyotsna Reddy, Yingye Zheng, Victor Stastny, Robert Collins, Shinichi Toyooka, Makato Suzuki, Gunjan Parikh, Sheryl Asplund, Steven H Kroft, Charles Timmons, Robert W McKenna, Ziding Feng, Adi F Gazdar. Presence of simian virus 40 DNA sequences in human lymphoid and hematopoietic malignancies and their relationship to aberrant promoter methylation of multiple genes. Cancer Res. 2004 Jun 1;64(11):3757-60. PMID: 15172980

[5] Fernanda Martini, Alfredo Corallini, Veronica Balatti, Silvia Sabbioni, Cecilia Pancaldi, Mauro Tognon. Simian virus 40 in humans. Infect Agent Cancer. 2007 ;2:13. Epub 2007 Jul 9. PMID:17620119

[11] Kristin K Deeb, Aleksandra M Michalowska, Cheol-Yong Yoon, Scott M Krummey, Mark J Hoenerhoff, Claudine Kavanaugh, Ming-Chung Li, Francesco J Demayo, Ilona Linnoila, Chu-Xia Deng, Eva Y-H P Lee, Daniel Medina, Joanna H Shih, Jeffrey E Green. Identification of an integrated SV40 T/t-antigen cancer signature in aggressive human breast, prostate, and lung carcinomas with poor prognosis. Cancer Res. 2007 Sep 1;67(17):8065-80. PMID:17804718

[16] Strebel PM, Sutter RW, Cochi SL, et al. Epidemiology of poliomyelitis in the United States one decade after the last reported case of indigenous wild virus-associated disease. Clin Infect Dis 1992;14:568-79.

[17] Alfredo Corallini, Elisa Mazzoni, Angelo Taronna, Marco Manfrini, Giovanni Carandina, Giovanni Guerra, Roberto Guaschino, Francesca Vaniglia, Corrado Magnani, Ferruccio Casali, Riccardo Dolcetti, Caterina Palmonari, Giovanni Rezza, Fernanda Martini, Giuseppe Barbanti-Brodano, Mauro G Tognon. Specific antibodies reacting with simian virus 40 capsid protein mimotopes in serum samples from healthy blood donors. Hum Immunol. 2012 Feb 21. Epub 2012 Feb 21. PMID: 22387152

Disclaimer: This article is not intended to provide medical advice, diagnosis or treatment. Views expressed here do not necessarily reflect those of GreenMedInfo or its staff.

Republished with permission from: Green Med Info

‘UK takes no Syria options off table’

0

British Defense Secretary Philip Hammond says London keeps all options on the table in dealing with the foreign-sponsored crisis in Syria despite warnings by the UK military chief.

According to a report published by the Guardian on Thursday, Hammond said, Å“We must never take any of the options off the table” in approaching the situation in Syria.

Hammond made the remarks after the outgoing head of the UK Armed Forces, General Sir David Richards, warned that the country risks being dragged into war in case London attempts to provide arms to Takfiri militants operating against the government of Syrian President Bashar al-Assad.

The UK defense secretary added, however, that Britain is unlikely to deploy any troops to Syria for a possible military intervention in the crisis, saying, Å“I think itâ„¢s very unlikely that we would see boots on the ground (in Syria).”

Syria has been gripped by deadly unrest since March 2011. According to the United Nations, more than 90,000 people have died and millions of others displaced in the violence.

Britain, along with the West and its other regional allies, are partners in supporting over two years of militancy in Syria.

In an interview with Syrian daily Al-Thawra published on July 4, President Assad said the opposition and their foreign supporters have Å“exhausted all their tools” in a conspiracy against Syria.

MKA/HSN

Republished with permission from: Press TV

'The face of terror': Boston sergeant suspended over leak of Tsarnaev's arrest photos

0

After Boston Magazine published previously unseen photographs of the night of suspected Boston Marathon bomber Dzhokar Tsarnaev’s capture, in response to a now controversial Rolling Stone cover, the man who released the pictures has had his badge revoked.

The new images, which were provided by Sgt. Sean Murphy, a
tactical photographer with the Massachusetts State Police, were
accompanied by a statement written by Murphy, who was angered by
the magazine cover of Tsarnaev, arguing that it promoted an
unfair image of the suspected terrorist.

“The truth is that glamorizing
the face of terror is not just insulting to the family members of
those killed in the line of duty, it also could be an incentive
to those who may be unstable to do something to get their face on
the cover of Rolling Stone magazine,”
wrote Murphy.

On Thursday evening Murphy told CNN that he had been placed on
leave from his job pending a review next week. Earlier in the
day, a police spokesman had told reports that the agency had not
authorized publication of the photos Murphy had taken.

“Today’s dissemination to
Boston Magazine of photographs of Boston Marathon bombing suspect
Dzhokar Tsarnaev and police activity related to his capture was
not authorized by the Massachusetts State Police. The department
will not release the photographs to media outlets. The State
Police will have no further comment on this matter
tonight.”

Unlike the Rolling Stone cover, which takes what critics describe
as a glamorous, stylized portrait of the youngest Tsarnaev
brother – the eldest having been killed during a confrontation
with police – Murphy’s photographs depict Tsarnaev at the moment
of his capture, bloodied and emerging from a boat in the
residential backyard where police converged on him in Watertown,
Massachusetts just prior to his surrender.

Most striking to what has become that key image is a sniper’s
clearly visible red laser target on Tsarnaev’s forehead as he
surrenders to authorities.

Additional images taken on April 19 show Tsarnaev lying on the
ground and receiving emergency medical care, as well as photos of
police and emergency response workers during the manhunt through
the Boston suburbs.

“This guy is evil,”
Murphy tells Boston magazine. “This is the real Boston bomber. Not
someone fluffed and buffed for the cover of Rolling Stone
magazine.”

Though Rolling Stone is known for producing controversial images,
these are generally of individuals remarkable for their musical
or cultural impact. The choice to depict the bombing accomplice
on its cover has been interpreted by many as offensive to his
victims.

According to Murphy, who is also responsible for photographing
the funeral ceremonies of police officers, the August magazine
cover is a sad reminder for victims of the bombings.

“It’s irritated the wounds that
will never heal–again. There is nothing glamorous in bringing
more pain to a grieving family.”

A number of Boston-area and US retail chains said on Wednesday
that they would not stock the Rolling Stone edition out of
concern from the developing controversy.

Republished with permission from: RT

Political Assassination and the Crimes of War: The “Unnatural Death” of Dr. David Kelly

0

A bearded man of avuncular appearance had started early in replying to e-mails on the 17th July 2003. He was in the office of his pretty cottage, with the scent of roses telling of an English summer. The little village of Southmoor was stirring. He was to send over 80 via one of five hard drives and mostly in reply. Some would be encrypted because he was writing to friends and colleagues who like him shared secrets in the field of “WMDs”. And some would be human and ordinary as from a father of three daughters. He had delighted in seeing a new born foal and arranged to take his daughter Rachel down the village that Thursday evening to see young life together.

Many of the e-mails in his inbox were from friends expressing sympathy for his having been put through the mangle of the state machine; his responses were hopeful. In one he spoke of arrangements having been made for his return to Iraq in 8 days; he was looking forward to that. This man from the Welsh Valleys graduated with his DSc in microbiology from Linacre College, Oxford in 1971. He joined the Civil Service in 1984 and was acting head of the Porton Down ‘Defence’ Microbiology Division for 10 years. These functions on Salisbury Plain widened (1)

In 1989, he was involved in investigations into the Soviet violations of the 1972 Biological Weapons Convention and was a key member of the inspection team visiting the former USSR between 1991 and 1994. He was much valued as an interrogator and sought after round the world for his deep knowledge and sharp intelligence.

He was a member of the UNSCOM team finding and disabling germ and chemical weapons in Iraq. He would have seen the irony that almost all of these had been supplied to Iraq by western nations, including an anthrax strain that was originally cultured from a cow in Oxfordshire before WW2 (2).  He visited 37 times between 1991 and 1998, when the team was pulled out before the bombing campaign of Operation Desert Fox. (3) He must have known that UNSCOM was also a cover for spying; the coordinates of defence systems and much else were being recorded for the later destruction of Babylon.

‘The same mission folders that UNSCOM put together to inspect specific buildings and offices in its search for concealed Iraqi weapons of mass destruction (WMD) became the basis for the targeting folders that missile launchers and pilots used in December (Desert Fox).‘ William Arkin (4)

Was he aware too during those years of the terrible suffering and the death toll of children arising from ‘sanctions’ due to foul drinking water, lack of food and medicines? This most keen observer and family man would surely have got to know.

He had the highest level of security clearance from the SIS of the US and the UK but he was not on the payroll of MI6, it is said. He was attached to the Proliferation and Arms Control Secretariat of the Ministry of Defence whilst the Foreign and Commonwealth Office paid him. His base remained the Defence Science and Technology Laboratory at Porton Down. He translated ‘intelligence’ into the language of science and was required to explain scientific matters within his ambit for the media when asked.

He was an important part of the complex and clandestine mechanism which was lighting slow fuses for the demolition of Iraq and for the prime benefit of an entity just two borders away. The hunt for “WMDs” in the land of the two rivers had a hollow ring given the three nearest countries — ‘Israel’, Pakistan and India have not had their nuclear weapons inspected by the IAEA. As for germ weapons (5), of the 16 non-signatory states ‘Israel’ is one and ‘No action is expected in near future.’

US, UK and UN hypocrisies flourished in the sun. UNSCOM begat UNMOVIC and UNMOVIC begat IRG. How was it this sober scientist was involved with this sham? Saddam’s Iraq had been supported in its war with Iran and April Glaspie the US Ambassador to Iraq had later passed him the green light to invade Kuwait. The litany of black lies was long and blood soaked. The ‘turkey shoot’ as Iraqi soldiers and civilians streamed back from Kuwait under white flags ended with live burial for hundreds by US army bulldozers(6). In Baghdad, the charred remains of over 400 women and children in the Amiriya bomb shelter were testament to Allied and UN evil.(7&8) And were not the two laser guided bombs WMDs?

The context in which Dr Kelly did his duty for the UN and the UK has been outlined. The intelligence for targeting, bridgeheads etc was in place. The paramount war criminal and psychopath, Anthony Blair, conspired with Bush in April 2002 at Crawford over blood oozing steaks to tear into Iraq.  The black propaganda machine changed gear. A succession of signatories of The Project for the New American Century began appearing nightly, courtesy of the State Broadcaster, the BBC. We could soon tell Wolfowitz from Bolton, and Perle from Bolton. Mangold tried to scare the pants off vulnerable members of the UK public in September 2002 with sarin in the Tokyo tube and with all the focus on the rogue regime.  The Sun carried the headline “Brits 45mins from doom” to its 6 million readers. The prescription of Oded Yinon from the ‘Israeli’ Ministry of Foreign Affairs was being followed to the letter (9). “Iraq, rich in oil on the one hand and internally torn on the other, is guaranteed as a candidate for Israel’s targets. Its dissolution is even more important for us than that of Syria.”

And so it was, that against majority opinion in the UK and the truth, a massive invasion and bombardment started 22nd March 2003. It had been planned since 1988. (10) A sceptical British public became more certain that the hell had been conjured up and brought to earth. On May 29 the author heard Andrew Gilligan at 6.20 am on the premier propaganda programme, the BBC’s Today, say that a source had told him the ‘September’ dossier had been enhanced. (There was probably no mention of the ‘Iraq Dossier’ of 3rd February which within 3 days was shown by Rangwala to be fake throughout. (11) ) The hunt started slowly, but soon the ‘government’ hounds were in full cry. Hoon and Campbell were out in front. Journalists were encouraged to call the MoD and to state the name of a suspect. Given that experts in the field were few, David Kelly’s identity as a possible source soon emerged. This act of treachery was wrong on two counts. Firstly the confidentiality of the names of public servants in charges of this sort is usually maintained. Secondly, anybody with his ‘security’ attachments should have had his identity concealed both for his sake and for the operational integrity of the establishments. The furore flowing from the ‘outing’ was fierce. The quarry felt the heat of slavering hounds about his neck.

He was called, improperly given his post, before the Foreign Affairs Committee of the House of Commons on the 15th, two days before he ‘walked’. The BBC film of an anxious man wheeling quickly into the elaborate building with his minders was played numerous times and perhaps to reinforce a picture of a man at the end of his tether. Later, at the Hutton Inquiry, it was reported this committee had concluded he was not Gilligan’s source. He was interrogated by the Intelligence and Security Committee the next day. The transcript (12) conveys a picture of a composed and honest man. There is evidence of self-delusion however:-

Howarth How did you arrive at your figure of 30% probability? It is appears to have a kind of exactitude, or is it meant to be merely illustrative?

Kelly  Its illustrative, as an estimate

Howarth Illustrating a lot,a little?

Kelly  Its verging to a little rather than to a lot

Mates Two to one against!

Laughter…….

Dr Kelly had defined earlier in the hearing that he believed there was a 30% chance of ANY weapon containing biological or chemical agents. He does not appear to have revised his assessment when no such weapons were used by the Iraqi forces even though they were faced with total defeat.

Reference was made at this hearing to a letter from Hoon, the Minister of War .  “…..in that normally it was Secretaries of State and heads of sections that came to give evidence and that it should not be taken as a precedent for calling in any junior official within that department.” Efforts were made to demean Dr Kelly but the evidence suggests he remained robust even though he was not used to such treatment in his very senior position.

David Kelly completed his correspondence on this the 17th of July, which included a report to the FCO, and changed from track suit into jeans and a shirt ready for a customary walk. He was described later by his wife Janice as being exhausted and shrunken within himself. She suffered from arthritis and had gone up stairs to rest on the bed. She heard him take a telephone call at about 3 pm (from Wing Commander Clarke at the MoD) and he then left for a walk. The W/Co ‘phoned again at 3.20 pm but he was away by then so Mrs Kelly answered. The W/Co ‘phoned every 15 minutes because Dr Kelly always had his cell phone with him and was always easy to contact. An ‘electronic’ voice said ‘the number you have rung is not reacting’, which is the normal one that one would expect if the telephone itself had been switched off. The number when dialled before 6 by James Harrison of the same office rang but there was no answer.

 When he did not return the family were alerted. According to reports in the Guardian and Scotsman a lay search party was formed later that day, but no member was called to the inquiry (13&14). A Mrs Susan Melling was quoted. In these reports, a farmer Weaver (sic) — in fact Weaving, hailed Dr Kelly who was reported to be dressed in jeans and a shirt. Weaving might have been the last person to see Dr Kelly alive.(15) The importance of that in an inquiry into an unnatural death is obvious but he was not called either.

The family informed the police at 23.40 hours that he was missing, about 9 hours after he had left the house, and this in spite of the maelstrom swirling around the man and the very secret nature of his morbid work. The roses freshened in the night air and down the road the foal was nuzzling the mare.

David Halpin is a retired orthopaedic and trauma surgeon. He vehemently opposed the destruction of a sovereign Iraq and its people. The manner in which the investigation of this unnatural death was done and the principles of those who conducted it, will be examined in articles written by several authors which will appear twice per week in Global Research.  Thus people will read what we perceive to be the truth and it will be a permanent record. We contend, on very good evidence, that due process has been subverted. We have been pleading for an inquest for 10 years and we will continue to do so as informed citizens who believe our law should rule supreme. ‘ Where ever the law ends, tyranny begins.’  John Locke 1675.   

Notes

(1) http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dstl

(2) http://dhalpin.infoaction.org.uk/7-articles/political/104-blairs-journey-questions-before-charge

(3) http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bombing_of_Iraq_(December_1998)#cite_note-14

(4) http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-srv/inatl/longterm/iraq/analysis.htm

(5) http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_parties_to_the_Biological_Weapons_ConventionA

(6) http://www.countercurrents.org/lagauche280210.htm

(7) http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TlcH_1y8pSo

(8) http://www.uruknet.de/?p=m30603&hd=&size=1&l=e

(9) http://cosmos.ucc.ie/cs1064/jabowen/IPSC/articles/article0005345.html

(10) http://www.globalresearch.ca/the-war-on-iraq-five-us-presidents-five-british-prime-ministers-thirty-years-of-duplicity-and-counting/20510

 (11) http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Iraq_Dossier#cite_note-Rush2003-4

(12) http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20090128221550/http://www.the-hutton-inquiry.org.uk/content/isc/isc_1_0003to0035.pdf

 (13) http://www.guardian.co.uk/politics/2003/jul/19/uk.iraq4     Guardian  19 July 2003

(14) http://news.scotsman.com/huttoninquiry/Kelly-told-wife-this-wasnt.2445113.jp Scotsman 19 July 2003

(15) http://dhalpin.infoaction.org.uk/23-articles/dr-david-kelly/143-clothes-worn-by-dr-kelly-before-death-search-party

 

Republished with permission from: Global Research

Iraq’s Doctors are Subject to Humiliation and Murder

0

by Kawkeb Al-Auwsi

It is not an exaggeration, or scaremongering, to talk about the grave risks to which doctors are exposed by clans and families, especially when committing a medical error and causing the death of the patient.

The predicament facing the medical sector in Iraq needs to be addressed as a whole through a comprehensive study to establish the causes and to put forward recommendations and solutions that would change the chaotic reality to a more satisfactory state of affairs and allow Iraqi citizens feel satisfied and content.

Among the many problems faced by this sector, is the random distribution of newly graduated doctors, irrespective of their personal and social circumstances, instead of appointing them near their homes and families in their cities of origin. This dilemma is faced especially by female doctors in Iraq which is suffering from chaos and lawlessness.

A young Iraqi doctor posed a number of questions including ,

“Why hasn’t the Iraqi Medical Syndicate (Union) put a stop to the issue of the whimsical and random distribution of doctors?,

where is the Union in the face of the excesses which have reached the stage of people spitting in the face of the doctor and beating him whilst he is performing his duties in hospitals?,

where is the Union in defending doctors from the excesses of the security services during the processing of their wounded? and why are the Union not pushing the Ministry of Defence to accept their responsibilities and call upon it to re-open military hospitals which some ex-military doctors wish to avoid because of potential student and training penalty costs?

The same doctor added, ” We demand that the medical union, as the true representative of the doctors, face up to the problems and take a stand to work in partnership with the Ministry of Health and Parliament, in the decision-making process of medical and health issues in the country”.

Iraqi doctors say that the developed countries are keen to take care of their new graduates, and Iraqi doctors demand the formation of a special committee to find the best solution for the allocation of doctors which will ensure the best medical and therapeutic service to every citizen, whilst at the same time achieving the aspirations of young doctors.

Dr Sama Muhammad spoke about the allocation of places by the Department of Health (Baghdad Rusafa), “I have been appointed in Maysan province, according to my grades; I have never even seen Maysan, I do not know how I’m going to go and how I will spend the time away from my family in this chaotic and uncertain situation and as a female. How will react if I am subjected to 2 harassment or problems? I think it has been the mistake of my life to take up this profession.

Another female doctor adds “if the situation in Iraq were normal and safe, we wouldn’t have feared such situations, but people differ between the provinces and the ways in which we deal with them varies. She told me that one of her friends asked a male patient to lift his Agal (head dress) from his head to which he responded by spitting in her face and saying “Al ayshair ma’arfat trabeech” which translates as “the tribes did not know how to bring you up” and he demanded an apology, otherwise “Li’ayshair al kilm as fassl” (“the tribe will have the final word” ie they will refer to the tribal law). Such a response has become the norm in Iraq since the Occupation.

Another doctor emphasised that Iraqi doctors, in addition to their duties and responsibilities, always need to provide their own protection, “Every day you face a worrying situation which places you in a spiral of fear and terror as every person expects you to provide special treatment; if the syringe is not available they will threaten you which makes it difficult to sleep at night and fearful of leaving the province in case you are attacked. I know many female doctors who do not return to their parents in the other provinces, and prefer to stay in the doctor’s residence to avoid insult and harassment. This is not an exaggeration as the incidents faced by doctors travelling on highways are countless and the simplest of these incidents is stealing their salaries.

When you raise this with colleagues they say “Better to steal the salaries than be killed”. Dr Saad Mizel, a specialist, told me “Recently the phenomenon of blackmailing and threatening doctors that they will be kidnapped for a ransom has increased and most cases of threats to doctors are concentrated in areas of unstable security, although it does happen in secure areas also. However the main source of problems is firstly from tribes and families who threaten doctors if they commit an error or are accused of causing the death of a patient, so some doctors resort to mediation to move away from health centres in areas where there is an abundance of blackmail and extortion”.

According to Dr Ali Bustan, Director General of Baghdad Health, Rusafa Branch, “Special relations and mediations play a role in the allocation of medical staff, especially in the suburb of al-Sadr City in Baghdad, which is mostly avoided by doctors and medical staff”.

Dr Salman, from Diwaniya stated that a lot of doctors suffer from constant threats by gangs, and citizens in a lot of cases, which is why some doctors are reluctant to perform surgery. He confirmed that he himself had been exposed to extortion when he disagreed about issuing a death certificate in violation of regulations. He added that “Doctors on some occasions are forced to pay compensation to the next of kin of the deceased (fasil ayshairari) (tribal tradition). Another young doctor is Dr. Ali Basim, one of several doctors intends to emigrate from Iraq after becoming fed up with the threats, insults and attacks. Ali adds that “Providing personal security 3 is not practical, particularly as most doctors live in cities and regions characterized by tribal nature.”

He adds that “Dozens of the attacks and arguments which occur against medical staff in hospitals and health centres, are committed by people who believe that the medical staff caused the death of a person or a deterioration of his health, and there were serious cases exposed by female doctors which made us all come forward to protect them and help them to escape through special escapes routes made for doctors”.

Dr Medhat Shalall tells the story of how he was attacked by members of a clan who demanded a treatment which they believed suitable for the clan member and which led to his death. He continues, “Their threats compelled me to leave the hospital and go to Baghdad.” If ordinary doctors face threats, specialist doctors are subjected to death threats and kidnappings by groups asking for a ransom.

Police officer, Ihsan Ali said that “The security of doctors and hospitals is an integral part of the security of the society, and it is not possible to provide protection for doctors alone, if there is no security then chaos experienced by everyone.”

Dr. Bilal Rashid tells that there are a lot of situations when patients have long waits in hospitals before being seen by a doctors because of the shortage of doctors, especially after armed operations and explosions where there are large numbers of wounded people. Social worker Jamal Muhannad says “It’s unbalanced equation, there is a severe shortage in the proportion of doctors to the population.”

Another doctor who requested anonymity points to a document of protection issued by tribal elders of Sadr City, as proof of the problems faced and the statement issued by the dignitary is a reflection of the lack of medical services in Sadr city. He added, “Despite that the threat of armed groups has receded significantly, but the tone of the threats issued by tribes and citizens continues unabated.”

According to Dr Maher Freeh, the tribal persecution of doctors is not a rare phenomenon but an ongoing daily occurrence and he added that “Frequently tribes chase up the doctors without justification and in some cases doctors have been accused of premeditated murder by members of the family and tribe.” Journalist, Maged Abdel Haq, attributes the causes of this to the absence of an awareness of the role of the doctor and the denial of his humanitarian role and rights in treating people, and the need to educate citizens to respect each other and the law as the basis of a non-violent culture. 4 Female doctor, Shahla Badri, stated that one of the officials stated, when asked about the inequitable distribution of doctors, “That they had a duty to serve citizens according to the legislation (al-Shara) on reason and logic.”

At the time doctors felt they could not reply to him as they feared the guard standing behind him was recording the name of each of those who argued with the statement. Shahla refutes this charge that al-Shara provides for the distribution of newly graduate female doctors to be sent to distant provinces far from their families in places which are difficult enough for a man to survive in let alone a female, even if they were a doctor! Dr Maha Samer told me “We doctors are living in constant terror and fear throughout the day, how do they expect us to work and create an excellent service? We fear standing in front of the patient and his family and when we come upon a difficult situation we rush to the Director to excuse ourselves from receiving and treating it for fear of any error, even if the case is simple. Believe me, we live among people who wish to prey on errors even if they were natural and simple in order to blackmail; they live on the “sinful” income and they terrify doctors so they will take advantage of them.”

Dr Samar Hisham tells her story and the assault on her saying

“I treated one patient who asked me for medicine not related to his condition, and when I refused he threatened me that I would not get to Baghdad safely. He carried out his threat and took my monthly salary together with a necklace and a ring, and when I pleaded with the security guards standing in front of the hospital they told me and I quote “You are the reason, it was better for you to give him a drug that he wants”! “

Another female doctor stressed again that it was wrong for the Ministry of Health to distribute newly qualified, particularly female, doctors to outlying provinces, especially as they do not have enough experience to deal with such situations and environments as their days as students do not equip them to deal with such alien experiences.

Experts say that keeping female doctors far away from their families, where they may be subjected to psychological and social threats, makes them vulnerable. They point to the existence of many potential solutions to overcome the effects of appointing newly qualified doctors away from their families. These include:- appointing new doctors to their own provinces within reach of their families for a limited period, according to the geographical distribution and areas of residence; redistributing married couples together in a single province; and the formation of a special committee whose goal it would be to find practical solutions to address these issues.

Republished with permission from: Global Research

House Votes to Delay Key ObamaCare Mandates

0

In a move Republicans portrayed as fair play for individuals and Democrats called a political stunt, the House of Representatives voted Wednesday to delay ObamaCare’s employer and individual mandates by a year.

Under the 2010 Affordable Care Act (ACA), both mandates are to take effect in January. Two weeks ago, however, the Obama administration announced that employers would get a one-year reprieve from the requirement that they offer “affordable” health insurance to their employees or pay a tax penalty. Individuals, who must have coverage or pay a penalty, will get no such breaks.

“I get to look at the Constitution once in a while. The Constitution makes it clear that Congress writes the law, and the president takes the oath of office to faithfully discharge the laws that are on the books,” said House Speaker John Boehner (R-Ohio). “The idea that the president can merely go out there and make a decision about what he’s going to enforce and he isn’t going to enforce is fundamentally wrong.”

Thus, Republicans argued that they were only trying to make the president’s decision legal by passing the bill postponing the employer mandate. They hoped to attract a large number of Democrats to this cause and then use that as leverage to get those same congressmen to vote for delaying the individual mandate on the grounds that it would be unfair to treat businesses and individuals differently under the same law.

“What we really ought to do is to make it clear that individuals should be treated just like businesses,” Boehner said. “To say that, ‘well, we’re going to, we’re going to relax this mandate for a year on American business, but we’re going to continue to stick it to individuals and families’ is strictly, and simply, unfair to the American people.”

“Under the president’s policy, million-dollar corporations with access to the White House can be excused from Obamacare, but the struggling family gets left out,” said Rep. Pete Olson (R-Texas). “That’s unfair. That’s wrong.”

Rep. Luke Messer (R-Ind.), while playing the fairness card, also suggested another reason for the votes. “Fundamental fairness dictates that individuals get the same reprieve,” he averred. “Each day this law is delayed gives us more time to seek its total repeal.”

The GOP’s gambit largely failed. Only 35 Democrats voted for the employer mandate delay, which passed 264-161, and just 22 supported the individual mandate reprieve, which was approved 251-174.

One Republican, Rep. Morgan Griffith of Virginia, voted against both bills because he believed they didn’t go far enough. “Obamacare,” he declared in a statement, “is like an abscessed tooth – delaying fixing the problem is not going to make it better; it only makes it worse.”

Many Democrats dismissed the votes as meaningless grandstanding. House Minority Leader Nancy Pelosi (D-Calif.) called them “political stunts,” while Minority Whip Steny Hoyer (D-Md.) said the bills were “not real” but “purely partisan politics.”

Given the number of times the House has tried to repeal, delay, or defund all or part of the ACA – Wednesday’s votes bring the count to 39 – only to be thwarted by the Senate and the White House, there is a real sense in which these attempts are meaningless. The Senate, controlled by Democrats, is not likely even to consider, much less pass, the bills postponing the mandates; and if it did, those bills would surely be vetoed by President Barack Obama, who has already stated as much.

The president, after all, cannot afford to have either bill become law. If he signed the employer mandate delay, he would be admitting that he does not, in fact, have the authority to choose which laws to enforce. If he signed the individual mandate delay, insurance rates would rise even faster than already expected.

Premiums are bound to go up under the ACA because the law encourages the sickest individuals – those with expensive, chronic conditions – to buy coverage; insurers are forbidden to turn them down, cap their benefits, or charge them rates commensurate with the risks they present. ObamaCare, therefore, needs a large pool of healthy people also to buy insurance in order to mitigate these risks and keep rates down. But since the healthy, too, know they can obtain coverage whenever they need it and not be charged more, the only way to guarantee that they will act against their own best interests is to force them to maintain coverage. Take away the individual mandate without simultaneously waiving the mandates on insurers, and the whole system collapses.

That’s one reason insurance companies also oppose delaying the individual mandate. The other reason, noted the New York Times, is that the mandate “is, in essence, a requirement that people buy their products.”

Thus, Obama will continue to flout a law he signed – but only to the extent that he perceives there to be a political payoff from doing so. The best Republicans and constitutionalists can hope for is that the law of diminishing returns eventually catches up with him, making piecemeal or – better still – total dismantling of ObamaCare possible.

Republished with permission from: The New American

WHO: SARS-related virus infects 6 more

0

The disease, which has infected at least 88 people since last year in Saudi Arabia, is from the same coronavirus family as common colds and SARS.

The World Health Organization (WHO) says a new deadly respiratory virus related to the Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome (SARS) has infected six more people in Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates.

WHO said in a statement issued on Thursday that the latest infections of four women and two men brought the global total to 88 cases, including 45 deaths from the disease, which is known as Middle East respiratory syndrome coronavirus, or MERS.

The statement added that five of the six new cases were health workers.

The other case was a man who got the disease from someone infected with the virus.

The virus first emerged in the Middle East, and was discovered in September 2012 in a Qatari man who had recently traveled to Saudi Arabia.

Cases have been reported in Saudi Arabia, Jordan, Qatar, the UAE, Germany, France, Italy, Tunisia and Britain.

Health officials are trying to find out how humans are contracting the virus in a bid to find the best remedy to it.

It does not appear to be as contagious as SARS, which killed some 800 people in a 2003 epidemic.

MERS-CoV is most closely related to a bat virus. Scientists are considering whether bats or other animals like goats or camels are a possible source of infection.

WHO has advised countries to test any people with unexplained pneumonia.

GJH/HN

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Everything Is Fine, But…

0

PovertyEverything is going to be just great. Haven’t you heard? The stock market is at an all-time high, Federal Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke says that inflation is incredibly low, and the official unemployment rate has been steadily declining since early in Barack Obama’s first term. Of course I am being facetious, but this is the kind of talk about the economy that you will hear if you tune in to the mainstream media. They would have us believe that those running things know exactly what they are doing and that very bright days are ahead for America. And it would be wonderful if that was actually true. Unfortunately, as I made exceedingly clear yesterday, the U.S. economy has already been in continual decline for the past decade. Any honest person that looks at those numbers has to admit that our economy is not even close to where it used to be. But could it be possible that we are making a comeback? Could it be possible that Obama and Bernanke really do know what they are doing and that their decisions have put us on the path to prosperity? Could it be possible that everything is going to be just fine?

Sadly, what we are experiencing right now is a “mini-hope bubble” that has been produced by an unprecedented debt binge by the federal government and by unprecedented money printing by the Federal Reserve. Once this “sugar high” wears off, it will be glaringly apparent that by “kicking the can down the road” Bernanke and Obama have made our long-term problems even worse.

Unfortunately, most Americans don’t understand these things.

Most Americans just let their televisions do their thinking for them, and right now their televisions are telling them that everything is going to be fine.

But is that really the case?

Everything is fine, but the city of Detroit has just filed for Chapter 9 bankruptcy. It will be the largest municipal bankruptcy in U.S. history…

Detroit filed for the largest municipal bankruptcy in U.S. history Thursday after steep population and tax base declines sent it tumbling toward insolvency.

The filing by a state-appointed emergency manager means that if the bankruptcy filing is approved, city assets could be liquidated to satisfy demands for payment.

Wait a minute, didn’t Barack Obama say that he “refused to let Detroit go bankrupt” less than a year ago?

Everything is fine, but continuing claims for unemployment benefits just spiked to the highest level since early 2009.

Everything is fine, but in the month of June spending at restaurants fell by the most that we have seen since February 2008.

Everything is fine, but Google’s earnings for the second quarter came in way below expectations.

Everything is fine, but Microsoft’s earnings for the second quarter came in way below expectations.

Everything is fine, but chip maker Intel has reported revenue declines for four quarters in a row.

Everything is fine, but the number of housing starts in June was the lowest that we have seen in almost a year.

Everything is fine, but the number of mortgage applications has dropped 45 percent since May.

Everything is fine, but the homeownership rate in America is now at its lowest level in nearly 18 years.

Everything is fine, but the United States is losing half a million jobs to China every single year.

Everything is fine, but the U.S. economy actually lost 240,000 full-time jobs last month.

Everything is fine, but the number of full-time workers in the United States is now nearly 6 million below the old record that was set back in 2007.

Everything is fine, but 40 percent of all U.S. workers make less than $20,000 a year at this point.

Everything is fine, but robots are starting to take over fast food jobs. If working class Americans someday won’t even be able to work at McDonald’s, what will they do to earn money in the years ahead as the jobs disappear?

Everything is fine, but the average price of a gallon of regular gasoline has now reached $3.66.

Everything is fine, but the number of Americans on food stamps has increased by almost 50 percent while Obama has been in the White House.

Everything is fine, but the U.S. government is going to borrow about 4 trillion dollars in fiscal 2013.

Everything is fine, but worldwide business confidence has fallen to the lowest level since the last recession.

Everything is fine, but the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff just told Congress that Obama is considering using the U.S. military to intervene in the conflict in Syria.

Unfortunately, the cold, hard reality of the matter is that everything is not fine.

As a nation, we consume far more wealth that we produce.

As a nation, we buy far more stuff from the rest of the world than they buy from us.

As a nation, our debt is growing at a much faster pace than our economy is.

As a nation, our share of global GDP has been dropping like a rock over the past decade.

Our economic infrastructure is being systematically gutted, Wall Street has been transformed into a gigantic casino and poverty in the United States continues to explode even in the midst of this so-called “economic recovery”.

How in the world can the mainstream media get away with telling the American people that everything is just fine?

The economic fundamentals are absolutely screaming that massive trouble is on the horizon. Hopefully people are getting ready, because a whole lot of pain is on the way for this country.

Republished with permission from: The Economic Collapse

Hackers give Google Glass facial recognition capability

0

Google’s head-mounted computer Glass has yet to hit stores, though the Palo Alto company is already facing backlash from privacy advocates due to the device’s camera. One firm has even adapted Glass to perform facial recognition despite their protests.

Lambda Labs founder Stephen Balaban is only one of the many
individuals who are coming up with new functions for Glass, some
which its Google designers may not have intended. More than
embedding a few new functions into the device, Balaban aims to
create an entirely new software for it.

“Essentially what I am building
is an alternative operating system that runs on Glass but is not
controlled by Google,”
he tells NPR.

By supplanting Glass’ original operating system, Balaban has
already managed to create a feature that can perform facial
recognition using the forward-mounted camera.

According to Balaban, Google did not react well when he announced
his intention to modify their device to recognize human facial
features. In response, the company changed the terms of service
to ban the practice, though developers at Lambda Labs seemed
undeterred.

“Don’t worry, we think it’s a
core feature. Google will allow it or be replaced with something
that does,”
tweeted Lambda on June 1.

Though Glass may be Google’s hardware, it is not entirely clear
whether they can actually block the device from performing tasks
prohibited by their policies. The company also intentionally gave
the first batch of the devices to those it deemed “Glass Explorers” – developers with
high technical skills and other individuals who proposed
inventive uses for the device.

“We’re looking for bold,
creative individuals who want to join us and be a part of shaping
the future of Glass,”
the company said in February.

Developers with access to the first round of Glass headsets are
able to load apps, which Google refers to as “Glassware,” without having to
secure the company’s permission. The device can then communicate
with services such as Lambda Labs’ paid facial recognition
feature.

As The Guardian reports, Google has the option to remotely ‘kill’
undesirable software for Glass, or force software updates that
can block certain devices, much as Apple often updates the
operating systems for the iPhone to block ‘jailbroken’ devices
running applications outside of its App Store ecosystem.

Already Google has faced pushback on services that some think go
too far in invading personal privacy. Google Map’s Streetview
feature, for example, has been subjected to scrutiny in countries
such as Germany, where residents were able to request that images
of their homes be blurred.

Partly in response to privacy concerns, Google has avoided
features such as facial recognition with its Android mobile phone
operating system, though the camera-centric aspects of Glass may
make the feature unavoidable.

Even if Google has publicly stated its opposition to facial
recognition technology, the controversy is unlikely to end that
easily. The device has even attracted the attention of lawmakers
in Congress, a group of which sent Google chief executive Larry
Page a letter demanding to know how the company could prevent the
“unintentional”
harvesting of data and protect the privacy of those in the line
of sight of the headsets.

Google designers have included small cues, such as the necessary
verbal commands and a small tap to take an image to try and make
the device’s functions transparent, though as hackers such as
Lambda Labs are already proving, that may be an uphill battle.

Aside from the facial recognition service, the company recently
launched what it calls a “Lifestream” backup tool that can
stream a flurry of all images taken by a user wearing the device.
Couple such a feature with facial recognition services, and the
device’s capabilities begin to take shape.

Republished with permission from: RT

Ex-gen. cleared of contempt of court

0

Ex-Bosnian Serb gen. cleared of contempt of court

A former Bosnian Serb general, involved in the 1995 Srebrenica massacre, has been cleared of contempt of court for refusing to testify in the trial of his ex-commander-in-chief, Radovan Karadzic.

On Thursday, Judge Melville Baird said that the Yugoslav war crimes court judges in The Hague had accepted Radislav Krsticâ„¢s refusal, adding that he suffered from post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD).

“The severity of the medical condition of the accused and the possible aggravation… would amount to a reasonable excuse for the refusal of the accused to testify,” the judge said.

Nearly 1100 people were killed by Serb troops during Bosnia’s 1992-95 war.

In July 1995, Serb forces attacked Srebrenica, a town located near the border with Serbia, and a designated “safe area” protected by UN peacekeeping troops. The forces killed more than 8,000 Muslim men and boys.

Bosnian Serb military commander Ratko Mladic and Karadzic were reportedly behind the massacre.

They are on trial before the International War Crimes Tribunal in The Hague. They are charged with genocide, war crimes and crimes against humanity.

In June, 2012, judges refused to dismiss Karadzicâ„¢s charge of genocide about his involvement in the Srebrenica massacre.

The 67-year-old, who was arrested on a bus in Belgrade in 2008, is also accused of involvement in the forcible removal and murder of thousands of Croatian civilians during Dalj massacre, Erdut massacre, and Lovas massacre between 1991 and 1993.

IA/HN

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Kimber What Lies

0

kimber

Republished with permission from: Counterpunch

US rife with racism, Mugabe says

0

Zimbabwean President Robert Mugabe has said that the United States is rife with racism and asked Washington to keep its “pink nose” out of southern African countryâ„¢s affairs.

“America must be mad, absolutely insane,” Mugabe said on Thursday during an election campaign rally in the northern town of Chinhoyi.

During his visit to South Africa in June, US President Barack Obama called on the Zimbabwean government to introduce reforms ahead of the countryâ„¢s general elections, which are scheduled to be held at the end of this month.

“For anyone to suggest that our elections must not be held even after the expiry of the term of parliament, because some party is arguing for reforms of our security forces, is a mad argument, completely,” Mugabe stated.

The Constitutional Court ruled on May 31 that Mugabe should set a date as soon as possible, and that the elections must be held by the end of July.

On June 13, Mugabe declared that the elections would be held on July 31.

Later on that same day, Zimbabwean Prime Minister Morgan Tsvangirai said that Mugabe was creating a political crisis in the country, adding that the date was too soon to allow the reforms required for a free and fair election.

“Harassment of citizens and groups needs to stop and reform needs to move forward so people can cast their votes in elections that are fair and free and credible,” Obama said during his South African visit.

The Zimbabwean president stated that the US has no moral ground to reprimand his government.

“Keep your pink nose out of our affairs, please,” Mugabe told Washington.

“Where do you get that audacity to open your mouth and try to sermonize us,” he asked.

“Your prisons are still full of blacks. Where is your democracy? There is lots of racism in your country,” Mugabe noted.

In an interview with Press TV on April 16, 2012, Malcolm Xâ„¢s grandson, El-Hajj Malik El-Shabazz, said that blacks are murdered with impunity in the US because the system is unjust.

Å“There are hundreds of black Americans who are being murdered in the United States every year with impunity. And police officers serve no time. They always get off,” Shabazz stated.

He said this occurs because there is institutionalized racism in the US.

Shabazz was beaten to death in Mexico City on May 9, 2013. An autopsy found that the 28-year-old died of deadly blows to the head, face and torso.

GJH/HN

Republished with permission from: Press TV

16 Conspiracy Theories That Turned Out To Be True

6

Conspiracy

Are you a conspiracy theorist? If not, perhaps you should be. Yes, there have certainly been a lot of “conspiracy theories” over the years that have turned out not to be accurate. However, the truth is that a large number of very prominent conspiracy theories have turned out to actually be true. So the next time that you run into some “tin foil hat wearing lunatics”, you might want to actually listen to what they have to say. They may actually know some things that you do not. In fact, one recent study found that “conspiracy theorists” are actually more sane than the general population. So the next time you are tempted to dismiss someone as a “conspiracy theorist”, just remember that the one that is crazy might actually be you. The following are 16 popular conspiracy theories that turned out to be true…

1. “They Put Cancer Viruses Into Our Vaccines”

When I first heard about this I did not believe it. And of course not all vaccines contain cancer viruses. But tens of millions of Americans did receive vaccines with cancer viruses in them, and now we have learned that even the CDC has admitted that this is true…

The CDC has quickly removed a page from their website, which is now cached here, admitting that more than 98 million Americans received one or more doses of polio vaccine within an 8-year span when a proportion of the vaccine was contaminated with a cancer causing polyomavirus called SV40. It has been estimated that 10-30 million Americans could have received an SV40 contaminated dose of the vaccine.

SV40 is an abbreviation for Simian vacuolating virus 40 or Simian virus 40, a polyomavirus that is found in both monkeys and humans. Like other polyomaviruses, SV40 is a DNA virus that has been found to cause tumors and cancer.

2. “ATM Machines Will Someday Use Facial Recognition Technology”

According to the Daily Mail, a new generation of ATM machines is being developed that will use cutting edge facial recognition technology…

Cumbersome and slow cash machines with clunky buttons and tiny hard-to-see screens could soon be a thing of the past thanks to a range of next-generation ATMs.

Ohio-based security firm Diebold has created a touchscreen cash machine that works like a tablet computer, uses facial recognition and QR codes to identify and authenticate users, and has built-in safety cameras.

3. “The U.S. Government And Monsanto Are Teaming Up Against Opponents Of Genetically-Modified Food”

The establishment does not like those that are trying to stand in the way of genetically-modified food. The following is from a recent Activist Post article…

A shocking new investigative report from the largest daily newspaper in Germany alleges that Monsanto, the US Military and the US government have colluded to track and disrupt both anti-GMO activists and independent scientists who study the adverse effects of genetically modified food.

As revealed yesterday by Sustainable Pulse, on July 13th the German newspaper Süddeutsche Zeitung detailed information on how the US Government “advances the interests of their corporations,” focusing on Monsanto as a prime example.

The report titled, “The Sinister Monsanto Group: ‘Agent Orange’ to Genetically Modified Corn,” described a ‘new fangled cyber war’ being waged against both eco-activists and independent scientists by supporters and former employees of Monsanto, who are described as “operationally powerful assistants” and who have taken up sometimes high-ranking posts in the US administration, regulatory authorities, and some of whom have connections deep within the military industrial establishment, including the CIA.

4. “Someday Scientists Will Be Using Millions Of Genetically-Modified Animals In Scientific Experiments”

Did you know that literally millions of genetically-modified animals are being experimented on in labs all over the globe?…

The number of genetically modified (GM) animals used in scientific research in Britain has exceeded the number of ordinary laboratory animals for the first time, according to official statistics that show a 9 per cent overall increase in the use of experimental animals last year.

Some 4,033,310 animals were used in scientific experiments started in 2012, an increase of 322,689, or 9 per cent over the previous year. There were 1.91 million scientific “procedures” used with GM animals in 2012 compared to 1.68.m procedures on normal animals.

5. “Scientists All Over The World Are Creating Extremely Bizarre Human-Animal Hybrids”

Should scientists be creating beings that are part human and part animal? Well, it is happening all over the planet. Just check out some of the things that a recent Slate article says is happening in labs around the world…

Not long ago, Chinese scientists embedded genes for human milk proteins into a mouse’s genome and have since created herds of humanized-milk-producing goats. Meanwhile, researchers at the University of Michigan have a method for putting a human anal sphincter into a mouse as a means of finding better treatments for fecal incontinence, and doctors are building animals with humanized immune systems to serve as subjects for new HIV vaccines.

Pretty disgusting eh?

And here are some other ways that scientists are combining humans and animals…

–Rabbit Eggs with Human Cells

–Pigs with Human Blood

–Sheep with Human Livers

–Cow Eggs with Human Cells

–Cat-Human Hybrid Proteins

For much more on this, please see my previous article entitled “Human-Animal Hybrids: Sick And Twisted Chimeras Are Being Created In Labs All Over The Planet“.

6. “Obama Is Making Government Employees Spy On One Another”

Yes, this is actually happening. In a previous article, I described how Obama is forcing government workers to spy on the “lifestyles, attitudes and behaviors” of their fellow employees…

Federal employees and contractors are asked to pay particular attention to the lifestyles, attitudes and behaviors — like financial troubles, odd working hours or unexplained travel — of co-workers as a way to predict whether they might do “harm to the United States.” Managers of special insider threat offices will have “regular, timely, and, if possible, electronic, access” to employees’ personnel, payroll, disciplinary and “personal contact” files, as well as records of their use of classified and unclassified computer networks, polygraph results, travel reports and financial disclosure forms.

7. “Pro Wrestling Is Fake”

We have all kind of known this for a long time, right? Well, now someone is actually leaking the results of pro wrestling matches on the Internet before they happen…

A fan has provoked a furor in the world of professional wrestling after leaking the outcomes of 38 WWE matches ahead of the pay-per-view bouts.

The mystery fan, who identifies himself online as Dolphins1925, claims he has obtained the information from a source at Worldwide Wrestling Entertainment (WWE), and is revealing the results to highlight the organisation’s failure to keep its storylines confidential.

Dolphins1925 started posting the results on Reddit’s pro-wrestling forum after another fan launched a “prediction series”, asking users for their picks ahead of the matches. He has since maintained a perfect record, even leaking the results of contests involving wrestling superstars such as John Cena and The Undertaker.

8. “Someday Texas Is Going To Run Out Of Water”

Texas will always have plenty of water, right?

Wrong.

According to CNBC, the water crisis in some areas of Texas is rapidly reaching a breaking point…

Three straight years of blistering drought have strained Texas’ water resources. Some cities like Midland are already steeply raising their water prices. But it’s not just residents of the Lone Star State feeling parched. Texas-based companies are scrambling to reduce their water usage and enact long-term water management plans as a critical business concern.

“As the drought continues, industry’s eyes are opening,” said Jordan Furnans, senior engineer at INTERA, a Texas-based geosciences and engineering firm. Those eyes are opening to discover that more dry years are coming, he said.

There’s a desperate need for water to fuel industrial, chemical and energy operations in some parts of Texas. “If plants shut down, they’re losing millions of dollars per day,” Furnans said.

9. “The IRS Is Specifically Targeting Conservatives”

Only a small percentage of Americans would have believed this particular “conspiracy theory” last year. But now it is all over the news. In fact, we have just learned that applications for tax-exempt status from Tea Party groups were ordered to be sent to the only Obama political appointee at the IRS…

IRS employees were ordered by their superiors—including Lois Lerner who pleaded the 5th Amendment against self-incrimination rather than testify in Congress—to send certain Tea Party tax-exemption applications to the office of the IRS’s Chief Counsel, which was headed by William Wilkins, who at that time was the only Obama political appointee at the IRS, according to a letter released today by the House Committee on Oversight and Government Reform.

“As a part of this ongoing investigation, the Committees have learned that the IRS Chief Counsel’s office in Washington, D.C. has been closely involved in some of the applications,” reads a letter released today by the House committees on Oversight and Government and Ways and Means.  “Its involvement and demands for information about political activity during the 2010 election cycle appear to have caused systematic delays in the processing of Tea Party applications.”

10. “Fluoride Is Harmful For Your Teeth”

This is a conspiracy theory that was denied for a very long time. But now even CNN is admitting the truth…

The Department of Health and Human Services and Environmental Protection Agency are proposing the change because of an increase in fluorosis – a condition that causes spotting and streaking on children’s teeth.

11. “Using A Cell Phone Can Cause Cancer”

Can you get cancer from using a cell phone? Well, an increasing number of studies indicate that this is actually true…

At the highest exposure levels – using a mobile phone half an hour a day over a 10-year period – the study found a 40 percent increased risk of glioma brain tumors.

12. “Prescription Drugs Kill Large Numbers Of Americans”

Every single year, hundreds of thousands of Americans are killed by prescription drugs. The following is a brief excerpt from a Vanity Fair article entitled “Deadly Medicine“…

Prescription drugs kill some 200,000 Americans every year. Will that number go up, now that most clinical trials are conducted overseas–on sick Russians, homeless Poles, and slum-dwelling Chinese–in places where regulation is virtually nonexistent, the F.D.A. doesn’t reach, and “mistakes” can end up in pauper’s graves?

13. “The Elite Want To Dramatically Reduce The Global Population”

Yes, many among the global elite really do want to substantially reduce the population of the planet. The following quotes are from one of my previous articles…

–David Rockefeller: “The negative impact of population growth on all of our planetary ecosystems is becoming appallingly evident.”

–CNN Founder Ted Turner: “A total world population of 250-300 million people, a 95% decline from present levels, would be ideal.”

–Paul Ehrlich, a former science adviser to president George W. Bush and the author of “The Population Bomb”: “To our minds, the fundamental cure, reducing the scale of the human enterprise (including the size of the population) to keep its aggregate consumption within the carrying capacity of Earth is obvious but too much neglected or denied”

-Barack Obama’s primary science adviser, John P. Holdren: “The development of a long-term sterilizing capsule that could be implanted under the skin and removed when pregnancy is desired opens additional possibilities for coercive fertility control. The capsule could be implanted at puberty and might be removable, with official permission, for a limited number of births.”

–HBO personality Bill Maher: “I’m pro-choice, I’m for assisted suicide, I’m for regular suicide, I’m for whatever gets the freeway moving — that’s what I’m for. It’s too crowded, the planet is too crowded and we need to promote death.”

14. “Innocent People Are Murdered, Skinned And Dismembered During Satanic Rituals”

Satanists really do exist, and sometimes they do really, really awful things. The following is one recent example…

Moises Meraz-Espinoza walked into the Huntington Park Police Department two years ago to report a crime: He had killed his mother.

Officers went to the Maywood apartment that the then-18-year-old factory worker shared with his mother, Amelia Espinoza, 42, and found a gruesome scene. A trail of blood led to the bathroom, where plastic covered the walls and floor. There, they found an electrical circular saw with pieces of bone, blood and flesh stuck to the blade. Nearby, in a freezer, police found skin and muscles stored in plastic bags. The woman’s skull, with all her teeth plucked out, her eyes removed and two upside-down crosses carved into the bone, was stashed in a backpack.

Prosecutors say that Meraz-Espinoza strangled his mother and then skinned, filleted and dismembered her body as part of a satanic ritual.

15. “The NSA Is Spying On Our Phone Calls, Internet Searches And Financial Transactions”

Thanks to Edward Snowden, we have learned much more about how the NSA spies on all of us. And just this week it has come out that the NSA has no problem snooping on you if you are a friend of a friend of a friend of someone that might be a potential terrorist…

Chris Inglis, the agency’s deputy director, was one of several government representatives–including from the FBI and the office of the Director of National Intelligence–testifying before the House Judiciary Committee this morning. Most of the testimony largely echoed previous testimony by the agencies on the topic of the government’s surveillance, including a retread of the same offered examples for how the Patriot Act and Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act had stopped terror events.

But Inglis’ statement was new. Analysts look “two or three hops” from terror suspects when evaluating terror activity, Inglis revealed. Previously, the limit of how surveillance was extended had been described as two hops. This meant that if the NSA were following a phone metadata or web trail from a terror suspect, it could also look at the calls from the people that suspect has spoken with–one hop. And then, the calls that second person had also spoken with–two hops. Terror suspect to person two to person three. Two hops. And now: A third hop.

16. “The Federal Reserve Is A Perpetual Debt Machine That Is Designed To Create Inflation”

The Federal Reserve is a private banking cartel that was created by the bankers and that serves the interest of the bankers. It was designed to perpetually increase the U.S. national debt and to perpetually create inflation. Unfortunately, it has done a great job on both counts. Since the Federal Reserve was created back in 1913, the U.S. national debt has gotten more than 5000 times larger, and the value of the U.S. dollar has fallen by more than 96 percent.

Are there any other “conspiracy theories” that you would add to this list? Please feel free to join the discussion by posting a comment below…

About the author: Michael T. Snyder is a former Washington D.C. attorney who now publishes The Truth. His new novel entitled “The Beginning Of The End” is now available on Amazon.com.

Republished with permission from: The Truth Wins

France releases neo-Nazi musician

0

French authorities have released a Norwegian neo-Nazi musician with links to mass murderer Anders Behring Breivik two days after he was arrested on suspicion of plotting a Å“major terrorist act.”

On Thursday, the officials said that they had found no evidence of a terrorist plot in their inspections of Kristian ËœVargâ„¢ Vikernes.

Vikernes along with his wife was arrested in southwestern France after his wife bought four rifles, the Paris prosecutor’s office said on Tuesday.

The suspectâ„¢s French wife was released on Wednesday.

The French Interior Ministry said on Tuesday that Vikernes constituted “a potential threat to society.”

French Interior Minister Manuel Valls also said that the police suspected that Vikernes may have been planning a Å“massacre” and searched his house for weapons and explosives.

Driven by his fascist and anti-Islamic beliefs, Breivik killed 77 people in a car bomb attack on government buildings in Oslo and a shooting rampage on Utoeya Island on July 22, 2011.

It was Norway’s worst massacre since World War II. Last year, Breivik was given a 21-year prison sentence, which is the maximum penalty in Norway.

According to an official at the prosecutor’s office, Breivik sent a copy of a manifesto setting out his ideology to Vikernes before the attacks.

Å“Having received the manifesto before (Breivik) committed his crimes and having been sentenced in Norway in the past for murder, this individual, who was close to a neo-Nazi movement, was likely to prepare a large terrorist act,” Valls added.

In 1991, Vikernes established the one-man music project Burzum and became part of the early Norwegian black metal scene.

In 1992, he along with other members of the scene burned down at least three Christian churches in Norway.

Between 1992 and 1993, Vikernes recorded four albums as Burzum and another with black metal band Mayhem.

Shortly after Mayhem guitarist Oystein ‘Euronymous’ Aarseth was stabbed to death in August 1993, Vikernes was arrested and charged with the murder.

After being convicted of the murder of Euronymous, the arson of three churches, the attempted arson of a fourth church, and theft and storage of explosives, Vikernes was sentenced to 21 years in prison in May 1994.

While serving time in prison, he became affiliated with the Heathen Front and several of his writings on Germanic paganism were published. He also recorded two dark ambient albums in prison, which also went on sale at the time.

In 2009, Vikernes was released and moved to France with his wife and three children.

IA/MHB

Republished with permission from: Press TV

“Middle Class Revolution”: A New End of History?

0

The US is notoriously unkind to “intellectuals.” Popular culture portrays intellectuals as absent-minded, divorced from the everyday world, and obsessed with spinning useless, but harmless abstractions. They are good to keep contained in universities where they can give future cogs in the capitalist machine a taste, but not a passion for, impractical thought. Regrettably, those posing as intellectuals have gone far to earn contempt, favoring arcane, specialized languages and scholastic debates.
That’s not to say that there is no room for thinkers in the US, but they are dubbed “pundits,” “experts,” “researchers” or “consultants,” words that ring with practicality and single-mindedness; they are purveyors of small, easily digested ideas and not the “big” ideas associated with intellectuals.
In the US, we are taught to distrust big ideas unless they are linked to religions. But then religion has been compartmentalized, shunted off to Sunday mornings or weddings and funerals. All the big ideas we need were decided with the ratification of the US Constitution.
We can thank corporate marketers and their masters for our continuing alienation from big ideas and taste for small ones. They prefer ideas that are easily and flashily packaged, readily digested, and quickly obsolesced. They select for us ideas that can go “viral,” grabbing the attention of not thousands, but millions. They select ideas that easily fit in a two-minute TV commentary or on 6 or 8 column inches of news print. Intellectuals didn’t invent the term “sound bite.” Nor did they invent “twitter.” Corporate taste makers did. So what we get in the market place of ideas are small ideas, commodified ideas with shiny packages.
Thus, it may be hard to understand how Francis Fukuyama fits into the world of ideas. We know him for his celebrated 1992 book, The End ofHistory and the Last Man, an ambitious intellectual tome designed to place triumphant capitalism and its attendant bourgeois democracy at the pinnacle of a long historical, dialectical process. A big idea indeed!
Of course it wasn’t that difficult to conjure a motive for this rising star of the Right. On the heels of the fall of the Soviet Union and the European socialist countries, Fukuyama saw the opportunity to mark “paid” to the theoretical foundations of Marxism by co-opting the Hegelian “dialectics” that Marx was schooled in and replacing the socialist ideal with something that looked remarkably like the socio-economic system of late twentieth-century US capitalism. Moreover, since Fukuyama had discovered the “end of history,” we needn’t worry about any serious future military conflagrations or rebellions because we were entering the blissful era of market justice, parliamentary democracy, and human rights.
Fukuyama’s big ideas can take small credit for the pious military crusades led by the US ruling class in the Balkans, Iraq, Afghanistan, and recently in Libya and Syria, as well as the meddling in Eastern Europe, the Middle East, Latin America and Africa. Those who failed to accept the end of history soon felt the wrath of history’s enforcer. At the same time, the resistance to Fukuyama’s vision of history’s end challenged his big idea. The intense confrontation between the US and peoples in the Middle East and Latin America shattered the idea that with the demise of the Soviet Union the world would rush to embrace the values of the US and Europe.
With the “end of history” forestalled by unforeseen events, Fukuyama knocked around the research institute/think tank/academic circuit, writing books and resisting the temptation to join the courtiers of the mass media trading in small, nasty ideas. He passed on the enormous earnings available to the likes of the O’Reilly’s, Limbaugh’s, or the other aristocrats of wind-baggery. Instead, he scoured the landscape to find new opportunities to float big ideas.
And now he’s back with a new big idea.
Fukuyama won a think-piece in the June 28/29 weekend Wall StreetJournal entitled “The Middle Class Revolution.” He argues that “All over the world, today’s political turmoil has a common theme: the failure of governments to meet the rising expectations of the newly prosperous and educated.” Cognizant of the worldwide mass risings of recent years, Fukuyama chooses this moment to offer an explanation, a theoretical explanation for those risings, an explanation palatable and comforting to US elites.
He rightly understands that linking the most recent mass upsurges requires sizable ideas. While there are many similarities, there are many differences as well. Successful exposition of their common features would tell us much about the underlying processes and likely offer a glimpse into the future. In short, it would give us a theory of contemporary social change, a decidedly big idea.
Unfortunately, he gets it all wrong.
He builds his case around reflections on events in the streets of Tunisia, Egypt, Brazil, and Turkey, a mixed collection neither reflective of all of the mass activity of our time nor sharing many common features. Seduced by recent headlines and sensationalist accounts, Fukuyama finds the “middle class” as the revolutionary agent in all cases. Besides the elusiveness of the term, he offers no evidence beyond youth, cell phones, and the presence of a vaguely sensed entrepreneurial spirit to justify the assignment of this role. And he is equally slippery in explaining what constitutes a “middle class.” Instead, he considers a series of candidates: income ($6,000-30,000 year), relative income (the middle of a country’s income distribution), and relative level of consumption (greater than the subsistence level of the poor). Rejecting these, he settles on “education, occupation, and the ownership of assets,” none of which is produced as evidence regarding any of the particular countries under review. In fact, the demographics of the four “revolutions” fail to show common attributes; nor do they demonstrate a rising of the “middle class.”
When Mohamed Bouazizi, a fruit vender in Tunisia, set himself afire in December of 2010, he became the symbol for the uprisings that pundits have dubbed “the Arab Spring.” Tunisia, under Ben Ali, was one of the success stories of neo-liberalism, a poster child for corporate-friendly “competitiveness” and foreign investment. Its industrial and service economies were relatively well developed. 
While the neo-liberal regimen delivered growth, modest GDP/capita, some social benefits (education and welfare), it was rocked by the economic crisis and the scourge of high unemployment. The youth (constituting nearly half of the population) endured one of the world’s highest unemployment rates: 30.7%. As in the US, Tunisian youth are relatively well educated, but denied access to meaningful employment. The relative affluence of Tunisian elites enjoying the fruits of a growing economy and the lack of opportunity for a youthful population spurred the overthrow of Ben Ali.
Egyptpresents a different picture. While Sadat and Mubarak also embraced the tenets of neo-liberalism, they did so in the shadow of Nasser’s legacy of anti-imperialism, public ownership and social welfare. Moreover, free market capitalism fared far worse in this country. Despite a large industrial base and due, in part, to a relatively large agricultural sector (56.5% of Egyptians live outside of urban areas), Egypt achieved a GDP/capita roughly only 2/3 of that of Tunisia. 
But Egypt shares with Tunisia an extremely youthful population with massive un- and underemployment. With little government educational expenditure, it is no surprise that Egyptians have a relatively low participation in higher education.
Egyptian professionals– the social base for the Muslim Brotherhood– could count as a “middle strata,” though they are a small part of the population. Most Egyptians, however, enjoy an income only marginally above poverty, marking membership in what would properly be considered the working class.
The global economic downturn only brought the plight of young Egyptians to the fore and prompted mass action and the deposing of Mubarak. The subsequent Morsi presidency brought a further disintegration of the economy and a spike in unemployment and poverty. The Muslim Brotherhood failed to attempt an exit from neo-liberalism and restored the foreign policy of Mubarak, even betraying the Syrian government to imperialism.
The people have again taken to the streets. In the words of Salah Adly, General Secretary of the Egyptian Communist Party, Egyptian Communists believe “that what happenedon 30thJune is asecond waveof theEgyptian revolutionthat is strongerand deeper than the first wavein 2011.It has taken placeto correctthe path ofthe revolution andseize it back from the forces ofthe extreme religious right…”
The street demonstrations in Turkey, a country that has one historic foot in the Arab world and a tentative one in Europe, is more a political struggle than an explosion of economic discontent. Turkey’s demographics are similar to a European country, a poorer European country like Portugal or Poland, but with a much higher percentage of youth in the population. The Islamist president Erdogan represents cultural traditions that conflict with that of more secular youth. Of course others, including workers, who have economic demands, support the demonstrations, as do unemployed youth. But they do not challenge the structures of bourgeois democracy or monopoly capitalism. Turkish Communists recognize this fact. As Kemal Okuyan, a member of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of Turkey, states “… this is an outburst of a huge social energy. It is powerful in extent and effect. But there are some Marxist criteria for defining a situation as a revolutionary crisis. We are far from that. At least for now…”
Brazil, Fukuyama’s final example of a “middle class” revolution, demonstrates its own unique demographics and weaknesses. Despite showing exceptional economic growth, Brazil counts as one of the most economically unequal countries in the world. Highly urbanized, Brazil’s poverty is concentrated in city neighborhoods, with all of the attendant social problems of poverty intensified. The large and growing service sector affords enough jobs to contain unemployment below crisis levels. But grinding poverty and the contrasting extreme concentration of wealth produce a persisting tinderbox.
Brazil’s social democratic government has shown occasional anti-imperialist spunk, standing up to US arrogance at different times. This, along with the government’s competent management of the capitalist economy, and some social welfare initiatives, has spawned national pride. At the same time, support for the government is fragile because of its inability to dent the massive economic and social inequalities suffered by working people. This contradiction between national sentiment and contempt toward the working class was brought home by the mass objection to new soccer stadia, in a soccer-crazed country, expressed by the mass demonstrations.
Clearly what all of these countries do share is a popular response to the failure of leaders, institutions, and political parties to overcome the legacy and reality of colonialism, imperialism, and global capitalism. Fukuyama hides this failing behind the mythology of middle class dissatisfaction with the level of consumerism and cultural expression: they rebel because they want to be like us in Europe and the US. One would never guess that an almost unprecedented and persistent economic calumny has shaken the social and political foundations of nearly every country over the last five years. One would never guess that all four of the countries under discussion suffer from severe economic and political problems unsolved by their past and current leaders.
In Tunisia, Ben Ali’s embrace of neo-liberal fundamentalism was a bankrupt answer to youth unemployment. In Egypt, corrupted leaders brazenly counted on the accommodation with imperialism to prop up their aloof rule over an abused people. Turkey’s leader, like politico-theological leaders of other persuasions, overstepped the limits of governance and opened the door to airing the many grievances of the opposition, formerly trumped by religious commitment. And Brazil’s social-democratic government learned the folly of attempting to manage capitalism while promising to rectify its inequities.
From the Indignados to the Occupy movement, from the revival of the Latin American left to the Arab Spring, authentic popular up-risings have emerged from the failure of capitalism to deliver the future and security so seemingly assured before the great crisis of 2008. Millions have been failed by the institutions, parties, and leaders that they formerly trusted. It’s not as though they have been dealt a bad hand, but it is as though there is no good hand to be found in the deck.
Spinning theories based on such a corrupted sociological idea as the “middle class” guarantees failure. Of course one can’t blame Fukuyama entirely for buying in on one of the great intellectual frauds of our time. Everyone, from the Chamber of Commerce to the misleaders of labor, likes to remind us that we are all members of a vast collection of people located economically between the rich and the poor. Within this distorted picture there is something for everyone. We all share home ownership, a good job, vacations, family, and comforting values, so the fantasy goes. The unfortunate poor are with us because they have failed, though they deserve our compassion and, perhaps, our charity. The rich are with us because they are successful and merit our respect. This harmonious picture is only disrupted when the rich get too greedy or the poor get rebellious.
This myth serves the ruling class, their political flunkies, and labor’s class collaborationists in maintaining class peace and stability. But most importantly, it obscures the real class divide between employers and employees.
The divisions that spark genuine revolution are not between some muddy notion of a middle class at odds with an equally obscure specter of government, but between the power and dominance of capitalist corporations and the diverse and largely unrepresented workers who enrich them. This sharply drawn class division accounts for the fundamentally economic, but also cultural and spiritual alienation of youth. Whether conscious or not, this division generates discontent and outrage. Expressed in many ways, the conflict between the employers and their employees stands behind the conflicts of the twenty-first century. And only its resolution in favor of the employee class — the working class– will bring these conflicts to a close.
It’s not a new idea; it’s a big, but not too big of an idea; and it’s an idea that promises an escape from the failure of capitalism: Socialism.
Zoltan Zigedy
zoltanzigedy@gmail.com

Lebanon to EU: Avoid anti-Hezbollah move

0

Lebanese President Michel Suleiman has told the European Union that it must not label the Islamic resistance movement Hezbollah a terrorist organization.

The Lebanese president made the remarks in a statement issued by his office on Thursday, four days ahead of an important EU foreign ministers meeting.

Suleiman had “asked the foreign minister to notify the European Commission and member states of the government’s request, and not to place Hezbollah, an essential component of Lebanese society, on the list of terror organizations,” the statement said.

He told the EU in the statement not to take “any decision… in a precipitate manner, and without being based on objective and irrefutable proof.”

EU foreign ministers are likely to discuss on July 22 whether to add the military wing of Hezbollah to their list of terrorist groups, a move the EU has avoided so far despite intense US, UK and Israeli pressure.

Earlier this month, Britain renewed its efforts to get Hezbollah on the EUâ„¢s terror list, but France, Italy and Germany are still reluctant to back the British move.

On June 4, EU counter-terrorism specialists met on the issue but failed to reach an agreement.

Last year, the EU flatly rejected an Israeli call to blacklist Hezbollah as a terrorist group.

The EU regards Hezbollah as an active political party in Lebanon. It says there is not enough evidence to warrant listing the Lebanese group as a Å“terror group.”

Led by France, European countries argue that their relations with Lebanon, where Hezbollah provides extensive social services and its political wing holds government power, would be damaged by the designation.

Currently, among the 27-EU member states, only the UK and the Netherlands are in favor of adding Hezbollah to the EU list of terror.

GJH/MHB

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Thousands demand Spain PM resignation

0

Thousands of people in Spain have taken to the streets in the capital Madrid to demand the resignation of Prime Minister Mariano Rajoy.

On Thursday, protesters staged anti-government rallies after Rajoy dismissed calls by opposition lawmakers to answer questions on a corruption scandal in parliament.

On Sunday, head of the opposition Socialist party Alfredo Perez Rubalcaba called on Rajoy to resign after a media report accused him of receiving illicit cash payments when he was a minister in the late 1990s.

On June 9, Spainâ„¢s daily El Mundo published excerpts from the ledger entries of a secret slush fund run by the governing Peopleâ„¢s Party (PP), implicating Rajoy and other senior PP members in the corruption scandal.

The document — purportedly handwritten by former PP treasurer and senator Luis Barcenas — showed the names of the Spanish prime minister and PP members as well as the amounts each had allegedly received.

According to the report, the illegal payments to Rojoy included an amount of 42,000 euros (USD 53,705) in 1997, and two payments of 12,600 euros (USD 16,111) in 1998.

The document was sent to the countryâ„¢s High Court on Monday, the Spanish daily said.

Barcenas, who confirmed the authenticity of the ledgers last month, is currently being held in custody in connection with several corruption charges.

In January, similar claims by the El Pais , another Spanish newspaper, ignited protest rallies against the Spanish prime minister and drew calls from the opposition Socialist Party for Rajoyâ„¢s resignation.

However, Rajoy and the PP have repeatedly denied the allegations.

IA/HN

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Russians protest jailing opp. leader

0

Russian opposition leader Alexei Navalny (C) appears in court in Kirov, Russia, on July 18, 2013.

Thousands of supporters of Russian opposition activist Alexei Navalny have held rallies to protest his conviction and prison sentence of five years.

On Thursday, around 3,000 people staged protest rallies outside the Kremlin walls in the capital Moscow and around 2,000 people congregated at the central Nevsky Prospekt street in central Saint Petersburg.

Police in Moscow cordoned off the streets and squares near the Russian parliament and the Kremlin. Over 60 protesters were also reportedly arrested.

“I do not have a good feeling about this,” a protester said, adding, “It brings tears to my eyes and my legs are going numb. Here was a person who people followed.”

A court in Kirov handed the prison sentence on Thursday after Navalny, who had recently registered his candidacy for the mayor of Moscow, was found guilty of embezzling 16 million rubles (500,000 US dollars) worth of timber from the Kirovles state timber company.

Navalny, who is known for openly criticizing the government of President Vladimir Putin, has ten days to appeal the ruling.

He also played an important role in organizing numerous anti-government protest rallies in the country in 2011.

IA/MHB

Republished with permission from: Press TV

‘Gunmen kill police officer in Sinai’

0

Egyptian medical sources say unidentified gunmen have killed a police officer in Egyptâ„¢s volatile Sinai Peninsula.

According to a medical source, who spoke on condition of anonymity, the drive-by shooting took place on Thursday in north of the peninsula.

Another police officer was also wounded in the shooting, the source added.

On Wednesday, three members of the Egyptian security forces were killed and several others injured in separate attacks carried out by unidentified assailants in the peninsula.

Meanwhile, a security official, who spoke on condition of anonymity, said on Thursday that security forces had killed 10 militants in North Sinai in the past two days.

The Sinai Peninsula has witnessed several instances of violence since President Mohamed Morsiâ„¢s ouster.

On July 3, the Egyptian army announced that Morsi was no longer in office and declared that the head of the Supreme Constitutional Court, Adly Mansour had been appointed as the new interim president.

On July 13, Egyptâ„¢s security officials said unknown gunmen attacked El Arish International Airport with rocket-propelled grenades.

A day earlier on July 12, militants assaulted a police armored vehicle at a security checkpoint in Sinai Peninsula. A policeman was killed in the offensive and a police conscript was also injured, the officials said.

On July 10, an army spokesman said the car of a top military commander Å“came under heavy fire, which led to clashes between security forces and the terrorist elements,” in the volatile peninsula.

Security officials said the commander survived the attack unharmed but one girl was hurt during the exchange of fire and died later in hospital.

MAM/HN

Republished with permission from: Press TV

This Currency Has No Central Bank, Thrives During A Collapse And Rewards Fighting Tyranny

0

Mind_your_business
Planet Infowars
July 18, 2013

What if all money disappeared and everybody suddenly became poor overnight? How do you make money if there’s nobody to make money from? Well there’s going to be one person who has all the money. Every dollar has to be owned by somebody, so the more people there are who don’t have money, the more money the people who DO have money will have. So you could just waste away, waiting for the guy who took all your money to give you some job to do, or you can literally ‘make’ some money of your own.

The reason money works is it rewards good deeds and punishes selfishness. If you’re willing to work, then you deserve to benefit from the work of others. The money is just a receipt to prove that you earned the reward. So here’s your second option: instead of creating money out of thin air then loaning it at non-existent interest, your ‘central bank’ creates money out of thin air then GIVES IT AWAY for free to those who give THEIR time and labor to OTHERS for free. If you can create it for free, then it won’t cost you anything to give it away for free.

Read more

This post appeared in the Preparedness category

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Thursday, July 18, 2013 at 5:06 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

F. William Engdahl: The Matterhorn Interview

0

Rosso
Planet Infowars
July 18, 2013

On behalf of Matterhorn Asset Management / GoldSwitzerland, financial journalist Lars Schall met economic researcher and geopolitical analyst F. William Engdahl for a special video-interview series in three parts. In the first part, “The Race Out of the Door,” you see them talk about, inter alia: the deeper causes for the financial crisis; modern banking as a giant confidence game; America’s so called “Asia Pivot” and the Trans-Pacific Partnership; the bubbles in American stock and global bond markets; and too much power in too few hands on Wall Street. By Lars Schall Mr. Engdahl states that all we see during the financial crisis is a prolonging of the race out of the door. The crisis isn’t just the result of a bubble in the U.S., which has been popped, but it goes much deeper. Yet, the underlying causes aren’t tackled at all. Instead, we experience the problems with a banking system that creates money with little collateral behind it; it’s all a giant con-game, says Mr. Engdahl. Moreover, he explains his views on the geopolitical game that’s going on between China and the United States, in particular the challenges for the US dollar vis-à-vis a growing internationalization of the Chinese currency in bilateral trade agreements.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Thursday, July 18, 2013 at 5:07 pm






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Former bin Laden doctor reportedly heads al Qaeda in the Sinai Peninsula

0

David Barnett
longwarjournal.org
July 17, 2013

Egyptian security forces have reportedly arrested a number of jihadists operating in the Sinai Peninsula who are linked to Ramzi Mowafi, a former physician for Osama bin Laden.

Sources have told Egyptian media outlets that Mowafi’s group has been responsible for numerous attacks in the Sinai over the past two years. Among those recently arrested are a Yemeni and a Palestinian who were found in the possession of maps and laptops.

In August 2011, Egyptian security officials told CNN that Mowafi, who is also thought to be an explosives expert, was spotted in the Sinai. At the time, Mowafi, born in Egypt in 1952, was said to be providing military training to a number of people in the Sinai.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Thursday, July 18, 2013 at 4:58 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Some oral poliovirus vaccines were contaminated with infectious SV40 after 1961.

0

Article Publish Status: FREE

Abstract Title:

Some oral poliovirus vaccines were contaminated with infectious SV40 after 1961.

Abstract Source:

Cancer Res. 2005 Nov 15 ;65(22):10273-9. PMID: 16288015#

Abstract Author(s):

Rochelle Cutrone, John Lednicky, Glynis Dunn, Paola Rizzo, Maurizio Bocchetta, Konstantin Chumakov, Philip Minor, Michele Carbone

Article Affiliation:

Thoracic Oncology Program, Cardinal Bernardin Cancer Center, Loyola University, Chicago, Illinois, USA.

Abstract:

Some polio vaccines prepared from 1954 to 1961 were contaminated with infectious SV40. It has been assumed that all polio vaccines were SV40 free in the United States after 1961 and in other countries after 1962. Following a WHO requirement that was prompted by the detection of SV40 in some human tumors, we conducted a multilaboratory study to test for SV40 polio vaccines prepared after 1961. Vaccine samples from 13 countries and the WHO seed were initially tested by PCR. The possible presence of intact and/or infectious SV40 DNA in PCR-positive samples was tested by transfection and infection of permissive CV-1 cells. All results were verified by immunohistochemistry, cloning, and sequencing. All the vaccines were SV40 free, except for vaccines from a major eastern European manufacturer that contained infectious SV40. We determined that the procedure used by this manufacturer to inactivate SV40 in oral poliovirus vaccine seed stocks based on heat inactivation in the presence of MgCl2 did not completely inactivate SV40. These SV40-contaminated vaccines were produced from early 1960s to about 1978 and were used throughout the world. Our findings underscore the potential risks of using primary monkey cells for preparing poliovirus vaccines, because of the possible contamination with SV40 or other monkey viruses, and emphasize the importance of using well-characterized cell substrates that are free from adventitious agents. Moreover, our results indicate possible geographic differences in SV40 exposure and offer a possible explanation for the different percentage of SV40-positive tumors detected in some laboratories.

Republished with permission from: Green Med Info

Former bin Laden doctor reportedly heads al Qaeda in the Sinai Peninsula

0

David Barnett
longwarjournal.org
July 17, 2013

Egyptian security forces have reportedly arrested a number of jihadists operating in the Sinai Peninsula who are linked to Ramzi Mowafi, a former physician for Osama bin Laden.

Sources have told Egyptian media outlets that Mowafi’s group has been responsible for numerous attacks in the Sinai over the past two years. Among those recently arrested are a Yemeni and a Palestinian who were found in the possession of maps and laptops.

In August 2011, Egyptian security officials told CNN that Mowafi, who is also thought to be an explosives expert, was spotted in the Sinai. At the time, Mowafi, born in Egypt in 1952, was said to be providing military training to a number of people in the Sinai.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Thursday, July 18, 2013 at 4:58 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Gunmen kill 2 troops in Pakistan

0

Pakistani policemen carry away collected evidence after a gun battle with Taliban militants in Peshawar (file photo).

Heavily-armed gunmen have attacked a vehicle carrying Pakistani paramilitary forces in Kamar village in Pakistan’s northwestern tribal area of Bajaur tribal agency bordering Afghanistan, killing two troops and wounding four others.

According to a statement released by a senior local administration official Sohail Ahmad Khan on Thursday, the vehicle Å“was on a routine patrol when gunmen sitting along the roadside opened fire on it, killing two troops and wounding four others.”

Security sources said the attackers managed to flee the scene before the policemen cordoned off the area.

No group has claimed responsibility for the shooting, but suspicion will likely fall on the pro-Taliban militants in the Pakistani tribal region.

On July 3, assailants attacked a paramilitary police checkpoint located about 25 kilometers southeast of the city of Peshawar, the capital of Khyber-Pakhtunkhwa province, killing six policemen and injuring seven others.

Last month, gunmen shot and killed a senior Pakistani police official known as Amanullah Khan and his driver in Peshawar.

Reports say acts of violence have claimed the lives of more than 6,000 people in Pakistan over the past six years.

Pakistani security forces have launched several operations in the troubled northwest in a bid to flush out militants from its tribal zone.

Despite the Pakistani government’s operations against Tehrik-e Taliban Pakistan (TTP) militants and associated groups, they have been able to spread their influence in various regions of the country and kill thousands of people.

Thousands of Pakistanis have lost their lives in bombings and other militant attacks since 2001, when Pakistan entered an alliance with the United States in the so-called war on terror.

Thousands more have been displaced by the wave of violence and militancy sweeping across the country.

MAM/HN

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Some oral poliovirus vaccines were contaminated with infectious SV40 after 1961.

0

Article Publish Status: FREE

Abstract Title:

Some oral poliovirus vaccines were contaminated with infectious SV40 after 1961.

Abstract Source:

Cancer Res. 2005 Nov 15 ;65(22):10273-9. PMID: 16288015#

Abstract Author(s):

Rochelle Cutrone, John Lednicky, Glynis Dunn, Paola Rizzo, Maurizio Bocchetta, Konstantin Chumakov, Philip Minor, Michele Carbone

Article Affiliation:

Thoracic Oncology Program, Cardinal Bernardin Cancer Center, Loyola University, Chicago, Illinois, USA.

Abstract:

Some polio vaccines prepared from 1954 to 1961 were contaminated with infectious SV40. It has been assumed that all polio vaccines were SV40 free in the United States after 1961 and in other countries after 1962. Following a WHO requirement that was prompted by the detection of SV40 in some human tumors, we conducted a multilaboratory study to test for SV40 polio vaccines prepared after 1961. Vaccine samples from 13 countries and the WHO seed were initially tested by PCR. The possible presence of intact and/or infectious SV40 DNA in PCR-positive samples was tested by transfection and infection of permissive CV-1 cells. All results were verified by immunohistochemistry, cloning, and sequencing. All the vaccines were SV40 free, except for vaccines from a major eastern European manufacturer that contained infectious SV40. We determined that the procedure used by this manufacturer to inactivate SV40 in oral poliovirus vaccine seed stocks based on heat inactivation in the presence of MgCl2 did not completely inactivate SV40. These SV40-contaminated vaccines were produced from early 1960s to about 1978 and were used throughout the world. Our findings underscore the potential risks of using primary monkey cells for preparing poliovirus vaccines, because of the possible contamination with SV40 or other monkey viruses, and emphasize the importance of using well-characterized cell substrates that are free from adventitious agents. Moreover, our results indicate possible geographic differences in SV40 exposure and offer a possible explanation for the different percentage of SV40-positive tumors detected in some laboratories.

Republished with permission from: Green Med Info

Why Do Americans Die Younger Than Citizens of Most Other Rich Countries?

1

We just got some bad news. Or maybe it’s some good news.

A study published in the Journal of the American Medical Associationfound that Americans don’t live as long as citizens of most other rich countries. How is that good news? Because many of our top risk factors are things we can change.

By and large, people who reside in the world’s wealthy countries live longer than we do. We’re the anomaly. We’ve got the money. We can make the changes – if we want to.

Richardson-Life-UN Women Asia & the Pacific

UN Women Asia & the Pacific/Flickr

In 2010, a baby born in Japan was expected to live to 82.6. Babies born in Iceland, Switzerland, Australia, Italy, Sweden, Spain, Israel, France, and a number of other countries could expect to see their 80thbirthdays. What about American babies? Those born in 2010 are expected to live only to age 78.2.

It’s just a difference of a couple years. But still, why do we rank below Chile?

The answer to this question requires other answers. Why are we dying young? What are the biggest risk factors? The study ranks the causes of “years of life lost:” At the top are heart disease, lung cancer, stroke, and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. Also ranking high are diabetes, cirrhosis, and colorectal cancer.

What puts you at risk for those things? All the usual suspects: poor diet, smoking, not enough exercise, and too much booze. The study specifies that, “the most important dietary risks in the United States are diets low in fruits, low in nuts and seeds, high in sodium, high in processed meats, low in vegetables, and high in trans fats.”

Yep, it’s the same stuff we’ve been hearing forever. Eat your fruits and vegetables – put down the McNuggets.

What do people in other countries do differently that makes them live so much longer? For one thing, they walk more. I lived with a British family in the outskirts of London for a summer during college, and I could count on one hand the number of times they used their car. Of course, with the excellent public transportation available to Londoners – not just the famous subway system, but buses and trains as well – it’s a lot easier to get around without a car than it is in most American cities.

Many of these countries also offer universal health care, which makes it much more likely that people will see a doctor before their condition becomes life-threatening.

As an exchange student, I was terrified when I got a painful eye infection during my summer in England. I didn’t have British insurance. Surely, I couldn’t afford a doctor visit.

Finally, when the pain became too intense, I went to the doctor. (I went on foot, of course.) My doctor’s bill? It came to $0. And the cost of the drugs he prescribed? A grand total of $18. Thank God, the problem I let malinger was simply an eye infection and not a strange-looking mole.

You know what else is more common in places where people live longer? Real food.

The French, Italians, Spanish, Greeks, and Japanese all have strong food cultures. An Italian would not even think about swapping out extra virgin olive oil for cheaper, less-healthy soybean oil. And can you imagine the reaction you’d get if you tried to serve Cheez Whiz to a French person?

In America, we spend a smaller percentage of our income on food than the people of any other nation on earth. Author Michael Moss wrote in his book Salt Sugar Fat how food companies feel compelled to produce junk because healthier alternatives cost more than customers would pay. Real food costs money. And getting sick is the hidden price we pay when we buy cheap food.

Republished with permission from: AlterNet

Detroit Becomes Largest US City to File for Bankruptcy

0

Detroit made dubious history on Thursday when it filed for bankruptcy becoming the largest U.S. city ever to do so.

Photo: Michigan Municipal League The Detroit Free Press reports that the filing made by the city’s emergency manager, Kevyn Orr,

… begins a 30- to 90-day period that will determine whether the city is eligible for Chapter 9 protection and define how many claimants might compete for the limited settlement resources that Detroit has to offer. The bankruptcy petition would seek protection from creditors and unions who are renegotiating $18.5 billion in debt and other liabilities.

The Detroit News adds that the Chapter 9 filing means that

A bankruptcy judge could trump the state constitution by slashing retiree pensions, ripping up contracts and paying creditors roughly a dime on the dollar for unsecured claims worth $11.45 billion.

Governor Rick Snyder authorized the bankruptcy filing, calling it “a difficult, painful step” and said that

By filing for bankruptcy, Detroit can get back on the right path. It can fix its finances. And it can focus on investing in city services so that Detroiters have a better quality of life. Better police and fire protection, trash pickup and street lighting.

Orr was officially appointed emergency manager of Detroit in March marking the “largest state takeover of a U.S. city” and said he would begin what he called “the Olympics of restructuring” but critics blasted as an undemocratic move that would bring further privatization.

On Wednesday, the Wall Street Journal reported that Orr

who is paid $275,000 a year, has hired a new police chief and chief financial officer. The city is in the midst of privatizing its garbage collection and outsourcing its publicly run electric department for street lighting. Mr. Orr is contemplating leasing the city’s island park and its regional water and sewer system. He is also weighing a takeover of at least one of the city’s pension funds, which are under investigation by the city’s auditor general for possible mismanagement.

WXYZ posted a copy of the bankruptcy filing papers, and they can be seen below.

Detroit Chapter 9 Bankruptcy Filing – WXYZ by webteam2410

__________________

Republished with permission from: Common Dreams

World’s economy tops G20 agenda

0

saudigazette.com.sa
July 18, 2013

Tax evasion and splits over the state of the global economy as emerging markets slow down are the main subjects for a meeting of G20 countries on Friday and Saturday.

Finance ministers and central bankers from the Group of 20 top advanced and emerging nations will meet in Moscow for their third gathering this year, to prepare for a G20 summit at the beginning of September in Saint-Petersburg.

The summit will focus on progress over cooperation against tax evasion and on regulating finance.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Thursday, July 18, 2013 at 4:33 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Warfare was uncommon among hunter-gatherers

0

Kerry Sheridan
google.com
July 18, 2013

WASHINGTON – Warfare was uncommon among hunter-gatherers, and killings among nomadic groups were often due to competition for women or interpersonal disputes, researchers in Finland said Thursday.

Their study in the US journal Science suggests that the origins of war were not – as some have argued – rooted in roving hunter-gather groups but rather in cultures that held land and livestock and knew how to farm for food.

For clues on what life was like before colonial powers, missionaries and traders entered the scene, anthropologists examined a subset of records from a well-known database that contains information on 186 cultures around the world.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Thursday, July 18, 2013 at 4:26 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Robert Seldon Lady, Ex-CIA Station Chief, Arrested In Panama

0

Frances D’Emilio
Huffington Post
July 18, 2013

A former CIA base chief in Italy who was convicted in the 2003 abduction of an Egyptian terror suspect from a street in Milan has been detained in Panama, the Italian justice ministry said Thursday.

However, Panamanian Security Minister Jose Raul Molino told The Associated Press in Panama City that he was unaware of Robert Seldon Lady’s detention, and the press office of the National Police — which works with Interpol, the international police agency — said it had no information about the case.

The CIA said it had no immediate comment.

Read More

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Thursday, July 18, 2013 at 4:36 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Norwegian woman raped in Dubai is jailed for 16 months

0

Sarah Malm
The Daily Mail
July 18, 2013

A young Norwegian woman has been sentenced to 16 months in jail after she reported a rape in Dubai.

The 25-year-old was in the United Arab Emirates on a business trip when she was raped and reported the assault to the local police.

Dubai police did not believe her, and instead took her passport and jailed her on suspicion of having had sex outside marriage.

The Norwegian woman reported the sexual assault in March this year, after which she had to spend days in a cell before she was allowed to use a telephone.

Read More

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Thursday, July 18, 2013 at 4:32 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Global Survey: China Will Surpass U.S. As Leading Superpower

0

Greg Myre
npr.org
July 18, 2013

China has supplanted or soon will supplant the U.S. as the world’s leading superpower. That’s the headline from a , which put this proposition to people around the world.

In 23 of the 39 countries surveyed, majorities or pluralities said China has overtaken or will overtake America.

In China, the verdict was clear: Two-thirds believe their country already has supplanted or eventually will supplant America.

In the U.S., about half the country believes America will continue to be a greater economic and political force than China. But the number is down from 54 percent in 2008 to 47 percent today, the survey found.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Thursday, July 18, 2013 at 4:30 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Feds: Man Hid $128,547 In Sock Smuggle Bid

0

The Smoking Gun
July 18, 2013

How much cash can you stuff in your socks?

Federal agents allege that a California man had a whopping $128,547 hidden in his hosiery when he tried to cross back into the U.S. from Mexico last month, according to court records.

Antonio Rakigjija, 51, was a passenger in a Ford Focus driven by his son Franco on June 5. As the car was in a lane at the San Ysidro, California port of entry, the men were questioned by a Customs and Border Protection agent “conducting roving pre-primary operations” with his “Narcotics/Human detection Dog.”

Rakigjija’s son explained that “they were in Mexico for a couple of hours conducting business for his fathers agriculture business.” Both men twice denied that they were attempting to bring in anything from Mexico that needed to be declared, according to a probable cause statement filed in U.S. District Court in San Diego.

However, after the federal agent discovered a glass jar containing pot in a jacket on the vehicle’s back seat, the Rakigjijas were escorted to a security office to be frisked.

During the ensuing pat down, the elder Rakigjija revealed that he “had money in his socks and that the money was for business expenses related to his bean export company.” He added that the money–the denominations of which are not detailed in court filings–had been wired to a Tijuana currency exchange by a Mexican company with which he does business.

Rakigjija, who reportedly acknowledged that knew of the “currency reporting requirement at the international border,” claimed that he had planned to declare the cash in his socks, but got “distracted” when marijuana was found in the vehicle.

Pictured above, Rakigjija was named today in a felony complaintcharging him bulk cash smuggling. The complaint also seeks the forfeiture of the $128,547.

In a court filing last week, Rakigjija petitioned for the return of the cash, which he contended he needed to run his import company. Additionally, Rakigjija reported that he “has a house payment, a child that is about to start college and is getting married” at his La Jolla home this Friday.

Al Qaeda confirms death of deputy chief in Yemen

0

Leela Jacinto
france24.com
July 18, 2013

Saeed al-Shihri, deputy leader of al Qaeda in the Arabic Peninsula (AQAP), has been reported dead at least three times in as many years. But on Wednesday, for the first time, AQAP confirmed his killing by a US drone strike.

In the course of an eventful life, Saeed al-Shihri put in time in US and Saudi detention facilities, surreptitiously crossed borders, co-founded al Qaeda’s most dangerous branch, and was reported killed at least three times — only to resurface again, and again.

On Wednesday, in an apparent final death announcement, al Qaeda in the Arabian Peninsula (AQAP) confirmed that the group’s deputy leader was killed in a US drone strike.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Thursday, July 18, 2013 at 4:37 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Money Laundering and the Global Drug Trade are Fueled by the Capitalist Elites

0

This article was first published July 21, 2010. 

When investigative journalist Daniel Hopsicker broke the story four years ago that a DC-9 (N900SA) “registered to a company which once used as its address the hangar of Huffman Aviation, the flight school at the Venice, Florida Airport which trained both terrorist pilots who crashed planes into the World Trade Center, was caught in Campeche by the Mexican military … carrying 5.5 tons of cocaine destined for the U.S.,” it elicited a collective yawn from corporate media.

And when authorities searched the plane and found its cargo consisted solely of 128 identical black suitcases marked “private,” packed with cocaine valued at more than $100 million, the silence was deafening.

But now a Bloomberg Markets magazine report, “Wachovia’s Drug Habit,” reveals that drug traffickers bought that plane, and perhaps fifty others, “with laundered funds they transferred through two of the biggest banks in the U.S.,” Wachovia and Bank of America.

The Justice Department charge sheet against the bank tells us that between 2003 and 2008, Wachovia handled $378.4 billion for Mexican currency exchanges, “the largest violation of the Bank Secrecy Act, an anti-money-laundering law, in U.S. history.”

“A sum” Bloomberg averred, equal to one-third of Mexico’s current gross domestic product.”

Since 2006, some 22,000 people have been killed in drug-related violence. Thousands more have been wounded, countless others “disappeared,” torture and illegal imprisonment is rampant.

In a frightening echo of the Reagan administration’s anti-communist jihad in Central America during the 1980s, the Bush and now, Obama administration has poured fuel on the fire with some $1.4 billion in “War on Drugs” funding under Plan Mérida. Much of that “aid” is destined to purchase military equipment for repressive police, specialized paramilitary units and the Mexican Army.

There is also evidence of direct U.S. military involvement. In June, The Narco News Bulletin reported that “a special operations task force under the command of the Pentagon is currently in place south of the border providing advice and training to the Mexican Army in gathering intelligence, infiltrating and, as needed, taking direct action against narco-trafficking organizations.”

One former U.S. government official told investigative journalist Bill Conroy, “‘Black operations have been going on forever. The recent [mainstream] media reports about those operations under the Obama administration make it sound like it’s a big scoop, but it’s nothing new for those who understand how things really work’.”

But, as numerous investigations by American and Mexican journalists have revealed, there is strong evidence of collusion between the Mexican Army and the Juarez and Sinaloa drug cartels. A former Juarez police commander told NPR in May that “the intention of the army is to try and get rid of the Juarez cartel, so that [Joaquin “El Chapo” Guzman] Chapo’s [Sinaloa] cartel is the strongest.”

The cosy relations among the world’s biggest banks, drug trafficking organizations and the U.S. military-intelligence apparatus is not however, a new phenomenon. What is different today is the scale and sheer scope of the corruption involved. As Michel Chossudovsky points out,

“This trade can only prosper if the main actors involved in narcotics have “political friends in high places.” As legal and illegal undertakings are increasingly intertwined, the dividing line between “businesspeople” and criminals is blurred. In turn, the relationship among criminals, politicians and members of the intelligence establishment has tainted the structures of the state and the role of its institutions, including the military.” (The Global Economic Crisis: The Great Depression of the XXI Century, Montreal:Global Research, 2010, pp. 195-196)

While the Bloomberg story should cast new light on highly-profitable links amongst major financial institutions and narcotrafficking organizations in what may be protected drug rackets green-lighted by corrupt officials, media silence, particularly by outlets such as The Wall Street Journal and theFinancial Times, threaten to propel what should be an international scandal into a one-off news item scheduled for a trip down the memory hole.

“Cocaine One”

If, as New York Times columnist Thomas Friedman claims “the hidden hand of the market will never work without a hidden fist,” then perhaps too, drug cartels work their “market magic” with their own “hidden fist” or, as the Russians like to say akrysha, a web of protectors—and facilitators—drawn from business, finance, organized crime and the secret world of intelligence.

Dubbed “Cocaine One” by Hopsicker, the DC-9 was curious for a number of reasons, not least of which was the fact that “one of the chief shareholders” of a dodgy outfit called SkyWay Aircraft “is a private investment bank in Dallas which also raised funds for a Mexican industrialist with reported ties to a Cali and Juarez Cartel narcotics trafficker.”

More curious still, the airline kitted-out its fleet with distinctive colors and a seal “designed to impersonate planes from the U.S. Dept. of Homeland Security.” And when he learned that “SkyWay’s genesis can be traced to In-Q-Tel Inc., a secretive, Arlington, Va., investment group owned, operated, and financed out of the black box budget of the Central Intelligence Agency,” well you can bet corporate media ran themselves ragged investigating that!

To top it off, when another drug plane crash landed in the Yucatan Peninsula eighteen months later and broke apart, a Gulfstream II business jet (N987SA) that spilled “4 tons of cocaine across a muddy field,” Hopsicker reported that it had originated from the same network and used the same source for its financing, the “Casa de Cambio Puebla SA, a country-wide network of currency exchanges.”

And to make matters even more intriguing from a parapolitical perspective, after searching through FAA records Hopsickerdiscovered that the Gulfstream II business jet “was owned by a secretive Midwestern media baron and Republican fund-raiser, who had a business partner who, incredibly, owned the otherAmerican drug plane, the DC-9, recently busted in Mexico.”

In fact, as Bloomberg investigative journalist Michael Smith learned years later, these were the same planes and samecurrency exchange which Hopsicker reported back in 2007 traffickers had used to purchase drug jets with funds laundered through Wachovia.

“One customer that Wachovia took on in 2004 was Casa de Cambio Puebla SA,” Smith wrote. The Puebla, Mexico currency exchange was the brainchild of Pedro Alatorre, a “businessman” who “had created front companies for cartels.”

Alatorre, and 70 others connected to his network, were seized in 2007 by Mexican law enforcement officials. Authorities discovered that the accused drug money launderer and airline broker for the cartels controlled 23 accounts at the Wachovia Bank branch in Miami and that it held some $11 million, subsequently frozen by U.S. investigators.

In 2008, a Miami federal grand jury indicted Alatorre, now awaiting trial in Mexico along with three other executives, charging them with drug trafficking and money laundering, accusing the company of using “shell firms to launder $720 million through U.S. banks.” The Justice Department is currently seeking Alatorre’s extradition from Mexico.

According to Bloomberg, “Puebla executives used the stolen identities of 74 people to launder money through Wachovia accounts.” Jose Luis Marmolejo, the former head of the Mexican attorney general’s financial crimes unit told Smith, “Wachovia handled all the transfers, and they never reported any as suspicious.”

Some $300,000 was transferred by Wachovia to a Bank of America branch in Oklahoma City. With cash in hand Bloomberg reports, traffickers “used the funds to buy the DC-9 through Oklahoma City aircraft broker U.S. Aircraft Titles Inc.” When queried by Smith about the sale, “U.S. Aircraft Titles President Sue White declined to comment.”

Jeffrey Sloman, the federal prosecutor who handled the Wachovia case said in a press release that “Wachovia’s blatant disregard for our banking laws gave international cocaine cartels a virtual carte blanche to finance their operations.”

Yet, as Hopsicker wrote nearly three years ago, “the politically-explosive implications of the scandal may explain why American officials have been reluctant to move against, or even name, the true owners of the planes and basically ‘turned a blind eye’ to the American involvement exposed by the drug trafficking seizures.”

As of this writing, no Americans have been criminally charged in the cash-for drug planes banking conspiracy.

“Troubled Assets” or Something More Sinister?

When Wells Fargo bought Wachovia, once America’s fourth largest bank in 2008 at the fire-sale price of $12.8 billion, the bank and its former CEO, Kennedy “Ken” Thompson, who “retired at the request of the board” before the full-extent of the financial meltdown hit home, were in deep trouble.

Before the Wells takeover, Wachovia had been on a veritable shopping spree. After the firm’s 2001 merger with First Union Bank, Wachovia merged with the Prudential Securities division of Prudential Financial, Inc., with Wachovia controlling the lion’s share of the firm’s $532.1 billion in assets. This was followed by the bank’s purchase of Metropolitan West Securities, adding a $50 billion portfolio of securities and loans to the bank’s Lending division. In 2004, Wachovia followed-up with the $14.3 billion acquisition of SouthTrust Corporation.

Apparently flush with cash and new market clout, Wachovia set it sights on acquiring California-based Golden West Financial. Golden West operated branches under the name World Savings Bank and was the nation’s second largest savings and loan. At the time of the buy-out, Golden West had over $125 billion in assets. For Wachovia however, it was a deal too far.

With an enormous housing bubble fully inflated, and a new speculative merger-mania in full swing, one can only surmise that the need for liquidity at any price, had driven banking giants such as Wachovia to play dumb when shadier, yet highly-profitable transactions, such as the “arrangement” with Casa de Cambio Puebla SA, were involved.

Bleeding cash faster than you can say “mortgage backed securities,” Wachovia was on the hook for their 2006 $26 billion buy-out of Golden West Financial at the peak of the housing bubble, a move that BusinessWeek reported generated “resistance from his own management team” but ignored by Thompson.

Why? “Because no one outside of Thompson and Golden West CEO Herb Sandler seemed to like the deal from the moment it was announced,” a company insider told BusinessWeek.

While the buy-out may have given Thompson “the beachhead in California he had long desired … the ink was barely dry on the Golden West deal in late 2006 when the housing bubble in markets including California and Florida began to deflate.”

Hammered by the housing bust, Wachovia’s share price, which had risen to $70.51 per share when the Golden West deal was announced had slid to $5.71 per share by October 2008. In other words, Wachovia, along with the world’s economy, began circling the proverbial drain.

However you slice it, although it was clear that the Golden West deal had gone south quicker than you can say “credit default swaps,” this didn’t seem to stop Wachovia from paying “smartest guy in the room” Thompson $15.6 million in total compensation in 2007, a year after the fatal Golden West transaction. Nor did these losses stop the bank from showering Thompson with a severance package worth nearly $8 million.

But was something else going on here?

Wells Fargo bank admitted in a signed Deferred Prosecution Agreement with the federal government that they would not contest charges brought by the Justice Department in itsindictment of the bank.

The banking giant was forced to admit charges by prosecutors that “On numerous occasions, monies were deposited into a CDC [Casa de Cambio] by a drug trafficking organization. Using false identities, the CDC then wired that money through its Wachovia correspondent bank accounts for the purchase of airplanes for drug trafficking organizations. On various dates between 2004 and 2007, at least four of those airplanes were seized by foreign law enforcement agencies cooperating with the United States and were found to contain large quantities of cocaine.”

Bloomberg reported that Wells Fargo, in the wake of the settlement “declined to answer specific questions, including how much it made by handling $378.4 billion—including $4 billion of cash—from Mexican exchange companies.”

There was however, more than “troubled assets” and charges of money laundering to the story. In fact, the purchase of these drug planes have been tied to some of the Bush administration’s most secretive “War On Terror” programs.

Drug Flights, CIA Renditions. Just Another Day at the Office!

Replicating a pattern used by the Central Intelligence Agency during the Iran-Contra scandal of the 1980s, the secret state used a network of cut-outs and legitimate businesses to transport prisoners to Agency black sites for “special handling.”

During Iran-Contra it was “guns in, drugs out.” Today one might say its “drugs in, tortured prisoners out.” The results however, were the same; egregious crimes and lawbreaking on a staggering scale.

Subsequent investigations by Narco News revealed that “this particular Gulfstream II (tail number N987SA), was used between 2003 and 2005 by the CIA for at least three trips between the U.S. east coast and Guantanamo Bay, home to the infamous ‘terrorist’ prison camp,” Bill Conroy reported.

“In addition,” Conroy wrote, “the two SkyWay companies are associated with individuals who have done highly sensitive work for the Department of Defense or U.S. intelligence agencies, public records show and Narco News sources confirm.”

According to AFP, the Mexican daily El Universal said “it had obtained documents from the United States and the European Parliament which ‘show that that plane flew several times to Guantanamo, Cuba, presumably to transfer terrorism suspects,’” the French newswire reported.

The plane was carrying “Colombian drugs” bound for the U.S. for the “fugitive leader of Mexico’s Sinaloa cartel, Joaquin ‘Chapo’ Guzman,” when it crashed in the Yucatan.

According to El Universal, the Federal Aviation Administration’s “logbook registered that the plane had traveled between US territory and the US military base in Guantanamo,” and that its last registered owner was “Clyde O’Connor in Pompano Beach, Florida.”

The Independent confirmed separately in January of this year that “Evidence points to aircraft—familiarly known as ‘torture taxis’—used by the CIA to move captives seized in its kidnapping or ‘extraordinary rendition’ operations through Gatwick and other airports in the EU being simultaneously used for drug distribution in the Western hemisphere.”

Hugh O’Shaughnessy, confirming earlier reporting by Bill Conroy and Daniel Hopsicker said that “a Gulfstream II jet aircraft N9875A identified by the British Government and the European Parliament as being involved in this traffic crashed in Mexico in September 2008 while en route from Colombia to the US with a load of more than three tons of cocaine.”

While O’Shaughnessy got the tail-number and date wrong, he’s correct when he states that U.S. intelligence assets “continue the drug dealing they indulged in during the Iran-Contra affair of the Reagan years.”

Narco News, citing DEA sources, learned that the crashed Gulfstream loaded with four tons of cocaine “was part of an operation being carried out by a Department of Homeland Security agency.”

However in a later report, Mark Conrad, a former supervisory special agent with ICE’s predecessor agency, U.S. Customs, toldNarco News that the crashed Gulfstream used to transport drugs and prisoners was controlled by the CIA and “that the CIA, not ICE … [was] actually the U.S. agency controlling the … operation. If this were the case, then “any individuals or companies involved in a CIA-backed operation, even ones that are complicit in drug trafficking, would be off limits to U.S. law enforcers due to the cloak of national security the CIA can invoke.”

In other words, a jet purchased by drug traffickers with funds laundered through an American bank and used in the CIA’s “extraordinary rendition” program may have been part of aprotected drug operation by U.S. intelligence agencies. An operation furthermore, whose purpose is still unknown.

This report tracks closely with evidence uncovered by Peter Dale Scott. In a recent piece in Japan Focus Scott wrote that “it is not surprising that the U.S. Government, following the lead of the CIA, has over the years become a protector of drug traffickers against criminal prosecution in this country.”

“A recent spectacular example” Scott tells us, drawing on research from his forthcoming book, is the curious case of CIA Venezuelan asset, General Ramon Guillén Davila.

General Ramon Guillén Davila, chief of a CIA-created anti-drug unit in Venezuela, was indicted in Miami for smuggling a ton of cocaine into the United States. According to the New York Times, “The CIA, over the objections of the Drug Enforcement Administration, approved the shipment of at least one ton of pure cocaine to Miami International Airport as a way of gathering information about the Colombian drug cartels.” Time magazine reported that a single shipment amounted to 998 pounds, following earlier ones “totaling nearly 2,000 pounds.” Mike Wallace confirmed that “the CIA-national guard undercover operation quickly accumulated this cocaine, over a ton and a half that was smuggled from Colombia into Venezuela.” According to the Wall Street Journal, the total amount of drugs smuggled by Gen. Guillén may have been more than 22 tons. (Fueling America’s War Machine: Deep Politics and the CIA’s Global Drug Connection (in press, due Fall 2010 from Rowman & Littlefield).

Scott adds that “the United States never asked for Guillén’s extradition from Venezuela to stand trial; and in 2007, when he was arrested in Venezuela for plotting to assassinate President Hugo Chavez, his indictment was still sealed in Miami. Meanwhile, CIA officer Mark McFarlin, whom DEA Chief Bonner had also wished to indict, was never indicted at all; he merely resigned.”

But the stench of Iran-Contra, like that of the CIA’s torture program, as with earlier secret state machinations with drug cartels never went away; in fact, like a cancer, one managed drug operation seamlessly metastasized into another.

Greasing the Wheels

The United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODOC) state in their 2010 Annual Report that “money-laundering is the method by which criminals disguise the illegal origins of their wealth and protect their asset bases in order to avoid suspicion of law enforcement and to prevent leaving a trail of incriminating evidence,” and that financial institutions, particularly U.S. and European banks are key to efforts to choke-off illicit profits from the grisly trade.

The trouble is these institutions, along with U.S. intelligence agencies, are the problem.

UNODOC estimate that profits derived from narcotics rackets amount to some $600 billion annually and that up to $1.5 trilliondollars in drug money is laundered through seemingly legitimate enterprises.

Part of the fallout from capitalism’s economic meltdown has been that “drugs money worth billions of dollars kept the financial system afloat at the height of the global crisis,” The Observer disclosed late last year.

Antonio Maria Costa, UNODOC’s director, told the British newspaper he saw evidence that proceeds from the illicit trade were “the only liquid investment capital” available to some banks on the brink of collapse last year and that “a majority of the $352bn (£216bn) of drugs profits was absorbed into the economic system as a result.”

The UN drugs chief said that in “many instances, the money from drugs was the only liquid investment capital.” And with markets tanking and major bank failures nearly a daily occurrence, “liquidity was the banking system’s main problem and hence liquid capital became an important factor.”

According to Costa, “Inter-bank loans were funded by money that originated from the drugs trade and other illegal activities… There were signs that some banks were rescued that way.”

Web of Corruption

Although the UN’s top anti-narcotics official declined to identify either the countries or banks that have benefited from the murderous trade, a web of corruption envelops the entire financial sector of the capitalist economy as the quest for “liquid assets” trumps everything.

Martin Woods, once director of Wachovia’s anti-money-laundering unit in London told Bloomberg, “It’s the banks laundering money for the cartels that finances the tragedy.” Woods told the magazine he “quit the bank in disgust” after executives “ignored his documentation that drug dealers were funneling money through Wachovia’s branch network.”

Despite warnings from the Treasury Department since 1996 that Mexican currency exchanges were laundering drug money through U.S. banks, “Wachovia ignored warnings by regulators and police, according to the deferred-prosecution agreement,”Bloomberg reported.

“As early as 2004, Wachovia understood the risk,” the bank admitted in court. “Despite these warnings, Wachovia remained in the business.”

At the bank’s anti-money laundering unit in London, Woods and his counterpart Jim DeFazio in Charlotte, NC told Smith “they suspected that drug dealers were using the bank to move funds.”

Former Scotland Yard investigator Woods, said he “spotted illegible signatures and other suspicious markings on traveler’s checks from Mexican exchange companies,” and that he sent copies of his report to the U.K.’s Financial Services Authority, the DEA and U.S. Treasury Department.

But rather than being rewarded for his diligence, Woods told Smith “his bosses instructed him to keep quiet and tried to have him fired.” In one meeting, “a bank official insisted Woods shouldn’t have filed suspicious activity reports to the government, as both U.S. and U.K. laws require.”

According to a whistleblower suit filed with an employment tribunal in London, Barrons reported last year before the Wachovia scandal broke, that Woods claimed “his bosses bullied and demoted him, then withdrew his reports of other suspicious activities in Eastern Europe.”

It gets worse. Woods’ complaint alleges “that Wachovia staff may have even tipped off Mexican-exchange clients about his laundering suspicions,” and the veteran investigator told Wachovia officials “he feared for his safety.”

In response, bank spokesperson Mary Eshet said at the time, “Wachovia believes that it has acted appropriately in its business dealings, and Mr. Woods’ claims to the contrary are without merit.”

Meanwhile, on the American side of the pond, 21-year FBI veteran DeFazio said “he told bank executives in 2005 that the DEA was probing the transfers through Wachovia to buy the planes.” The bank ignored his warnings and continued along on their merry way until their indictment.

The law enforcement veteran told Bloomberg, “I think they looked at the money and said, ‘The hell with it. We’re going to bring it in, and look at all the money we’ll make’.”

The former Scotland yard investigator added, “If you don’t see the correlation between the money laundering by banks and the 22,000 people killed in Mexico, you’re missing the point.”

But Wachovia wasn’t the only large financial institution “missing the point.” Bloomberg also revealed that Bank of America and the London-based “HSBC Holdings Plc, Europe’s biggest bank by assets,” American Express Bank, Banco Santander SA, Citigroup Inc., as well as “the world’s largest money transfer firm,” Western Union were also up to their eyeballs in dubious transactions.

In 1994 for example, American Express paid $14 million to settle with the federal government after “two employees were convicted in a criminal case involving drug trafficker Juan Garcia Abrego.”

Yet between 1999-2004, Bloomberg reported “the bank failed to stop clients from laundering $55 million of narcotics funds, the bank admitted in a deferred-prosecution agreement in August 2007 … and paid $65 million to the U.S. and promised not to break the law again.” Charges were dismissed a year later under terms of the agreement.

And back in 2004, The Independent disclosed that “HSBC, the UK’s largest bank, have been slammed for lax money-laundering procedures in a report by a US Senate subcommittee.”

Journalists Hugh O’Shaughnessy and Paul Lashmar revealed that “the UK-based multinational stands accused of laxity in the fight against money laundering, drug trafficking, corruption and terrorism, notably in the oil-rich African state of Equatorial Guinea.”

“In one of the few cases” when the scandal-plagued and now-shuttered Riggs Bank “seems to have properly followed US anti-money-laundering legislation,” Riggs formally asked HSBC and a Spanish bank, Banco Santander, “to divulge the identities of the owners of two companies that kept accounts with them and that were receiving suspicious wire transfers totalling in excess of $35m (£20m). The banks refused to say who the owners were.”

Bloomberg disclosed that “federal agents caught people who work for Mexican cartels depositing illicit funds in Bank of America accounts in Atlanta, Chicago and Brownsville, Texas, from 2002 to 2009.” Authorities contend that “Mexican drug dealers used shell companies to open accounts at London-based HSBC.”

Nevertheless, neither bank were accused of wrongdoing by the federal government and both firms denied any involvement in money laundering schemes.

Bank of America spokeswoman Shirley Norton told Smith that they “strictly follow the government rules.” Norton said, “Bank of America takes its anti-money-laundering responsibilities very seriously,” a fact not readily apparent from Bloomberg Marketsinvestigation.

Both Norton and HSBC spokesman Roy Caple told Smith that “[privacy] laws bar them from discussing specific clients.”

And so it goes.

Fallout? What Fallout!

In the wake of Wachovia’s admission to federal prosecutors, Wells Fargo will pay “$160 million in fines and penalties, less than 2 percent of its $12.3 billion profit in 2009.”

“If Wells Fargo keeps its pledge,” Bloomberg reports, then “according to the agreement [the federal government will] drop all charges against the bank in March 2011.”

Why might that be? Large banks are immune from vigorous prosecution for violating the Bank Secrecy Act “by a variant of the too-big-to-fail theory.”

Veteran Senate investigator Jack Blum, who led probes into the Iran-Contra drug connection and the CIA’s favorite shadow bank during the 1980s, the Bank of Credit and Commerce (BCCI) toldBloomberg, “the theory is like a get-out-of-jail-free card for big banks.”

“There’s no capacity to regulate or punish them because they’re too big to be threatened with failure,” Blum says. “They seem to be willing to do anything that improves their bottom line, until they’re caught.”

Meanwhile as the bodies pile up, there’s no jail time for executives and the assets of firms that could charitably be described as part of a “continuing criminal enterprise” haven’t been seized; only a slap on the wrist and a promise to “do better next time.”

Republished with permission from: Global Research

Rick Perry Voodoo Dolls Apparently Didn’t Work

0

Infowars.com
July 18, 2013

A Houston woman is raising money for Planned Parenthood by helping pro-abortion activists dabble in black magic.

Gov. Goodhair voodoo dolls / Via Michelle Sinched Facebook

Gov. Goodhair voodoo dolls / Via Michelle Sinched Facebook

Corset maker Michelle Sinched used her talent as a seamstress to produce and sell voodoo dolls in the likeness of Texas Governor Rick Perry, the lawmaker who signed sweeping abortion reform into Texas law earlier today.

“I was inspired to make them because I wanted to figure out something I could make that would send a message and raise money for Planned Parenthood,” Sinched said in an interview with the Houston Press. “What’s better than sticking pins in Gov. Goodhair or burning him at your own doll sized stake?”

The dolls are outfitted with tampon pins “for sticking it to him” and blank customizable placards.

The dolls were intended to have an impact on the Governor’s signing of the controversial Texas House Bill 2, which bans abortions after 20 weeks of pregnancy.

“T-shirt Gov. is $25 and Suit Gov. is $30 or you can have both for $50,” says Sinched on her Facebook page. She says all profits will go to fund Planned Parenthood. Sinched describes herself as “pro-abortion and pro-life.”

This latest effort to incorporate black magic into the abortion debate harkens back to eerie demonic chants heard earlier this month on the Texas Senate floor.

Earlier in July, a collective shudder was felt throughout the nation as it was revealed that pro-choice activists were chanting “hail Satan” at one of the rallies after previous abortion legislation was defeated.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Thursday, July 18, 2013 at 4:24 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

New MRI research reveals cancer cells thrive on processed sugar

0

Jonathan Benson
Natural News
July 18, 2013

Do you have a sweet tooth? If so, your dietary habits could be significantly adding to your risk of developing cancer. New research published in the journal Nature Medicine has confirmed that processed sugar is one of the primary driving forces behind the growth and spread of cancer tumors, so much so that the future of cancer screening could rely on scanning the body for sugar accumulation.

Scientists from University College London (UCL) in the U.K. made this discovery after experimenting with a new cancer detection method that involves utilizing a unique form of magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). After sensitizing an MRI scanner to look specifically for glucose in the body, it was revealed that cancer tumors, which feed off sugar, light up brightly as they contain high amounts of sugar.

“The new technique, called ‘glucose chemical exchange saturation transfer’ (glucoCEST), is based on the fact that tumors consume much more glucose (a type of sugar) than normal, healthy tissues in order to sustain their growth,” explains a recent UCL announcement, noting that tumors appear as “bright images” on MRI scans of mice.

Traditionally, cancer screenings have involved the use of low-dose radiation injections to identify the presence of tumors, which makes sense as radiation is another known cause of cancer. The things that trigger and promote cancer development and spread, in other words, can also be used by doctors to detect it inside the body. And now sugar can officially be added to this list.

“The method uses an injection of normal sugar and could offer a cheap, safe alternative to existing methods for detecting tumors, which require the injection of radioactive material,” says Dr. Simon Walker-Samuel, lead researcher of the study from the UCL Centre for Advanced Biomedical Imaging (CABI).

Interestingly, it was also noted by the study’s senior author that the amount of sugar in “half a standard sized chocolate bar” is all it takes to effectively identify the presence of tumors using the glucoCEST method. This is astounding, as it suggests that even relatively low amounts of sugar have the potential to promote cancer proliferation.

Many cancer tumors respond directly to insulin produced by sugar consumption

The UCL study is hardly the only one to have identified a connection between processed sugar consumption and diseases like cancer. Other research, including that being currently being conducted by Dr. Robert H. Lustig, M.D., a Professor of Pediatrics in the Division of Endocrinology at the University of California, San Francisco (UCSF), confirms that the bulk of chronic illnesses prevalent today are caused by sugar consumption.

As far as cancer is concerned, hormones produced by the body in response to sugar consumption also feed cancer cells. This means that every time you down a soda or eat a piece of cake, your body produces certain chemicals that tell cancer cells to not only start taking up sugar, but also to grow in size and spread.

“What we’re beginning to learn is that insulin can cause adverse effects in various tissues, and a particular concern is cancer,” says Dr. Lewis Cantley, head of the Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center (BIDMC) at Harvard University, as quoted during an interview with CBS’ 60 Minutes.

“If you happen to have a tumor that has insulin receptors on it, then it will get stimulated to take up the glucose that’s in the bloodstream,” he adds. “So rather than going to the fat or to the muscle, the glucose now goes into the tumor, and the tumor uses it to grow.”

Sources for this article include:

http://www.mdtmag.com

http://cancerdefeated.com

http://youtube.com

Major Internet companies demand more transparency from government

0

The likes of Facebook, Google and more than 60 other Internet giants and advocacy groups have sent a letter to Washington urging the government for more transparency in the wake of disclosures exposing vast federal surveillance programs.

Sixty-three signees in all have added their name to a letter sent
Thursday morning to President Barack Obama and over a dozen other
figures from the legislative and executive branches asking the
government to adjust the way it goes about collecting
intelligence during national security investigations.

Disclosures attributed to National Security Agency contractor
Edward Snowden last month rekindled discussion with regards to
the federal government’s ability to easily collect telephone,
email and Internet records, often scooping up personal
information pertaining to American citizens along the way. And
while the Obama administration continues to defend its spy
policies provided under the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act
and the PATRIOT Act, this week’s letter urges Uncle Sam to
reconsider the way those probes are conducted.

Under current legislation, Internet Service Providers and other
Web companies can be compelled to provide the government with the
metadata of customers, yet at the same time they are often
prevented from acknowledging those requests. A number of
companies have published vague information about these FISA
requests in recent months, including Google, Microsoft and Yahoo,
yet hard figures pertaining to these requests aren’t allowed by
law to be published.

The 63 signees on this week’s letter say the government should
ensure that the companies entrusted with the privacy and security
of their users’ data be allowed to regularly report statistics
showing the number of government requests made under the PATRIOT
Act and FISA, as well as the number of accounts or individuals
impacted and figures reflecting instances in which the contents
of phone calls or emails are recovered.

“As an initial step, we
request that the Department of Justice, on behalf of the relevant
executive branch agencies, agree that Internet, telephone and
web-based service providers may publish specific numbers
regarding government requests authorized under specific national
security authorities, including the Foreign Intelligence
Surveillance Act (FISA) and the NSL statutes. We further urge
Congress to pass legislation requiring comprehensive transparency
reporting by the federal government and clearly allowing for
transparency reporting by companies without requiring companies
to first seek permission from the government or the FISA
Court
,” the letter reads.

Other entities who have endorsed the letter include Silicon
Valley companies AOL, Apple, LinkedIn, Microsoft, Twitter and
Mozilla, as well as the American Civil Liberties Union, the
Electronic Frontier Foundation and the Center for Democracy &
Technology.

The president and his attorney general and director of national
intelligence are all listed as intended recipients, as well as
NSA Director Gen. Keith Alexander, House Speaker Rep. John
Boehner (R-Ohio) and other members of Congress.

“Democracy requires accountability and accountability requires
transparency. Yet the American people lack basic information
about the scope of the government’s surveillance of the Internet,
information that many companies would eagerly share with their
users if only they weren’t gagged by the government
,” CDT
senior counsel Kevin Bankston, who organized the joint
call-to-action, said in a statement. “Internet companies
responsible for protecting the privacy and security of our
communications need to maintain the trust of their users in the
US and around the globe. Allowing companies to issue transparency
reports that contain basic information about the government’s
demands for data will help them do just that.
”

In the letter, the companies add, “Just as the United States
has long been an innovator when it comes to the Internet and
products and services that rely upon the Internet, so too should
it be an innovator when it comes to creating mechanisms to ensure
that government is transparent, accountable, and respectful of
civil liberties and human rights
.”

Last week, Yahoo wrote Washington asking that the FISA court
unseal its own arguments made during a 2008 effort to prevent the
government and acquiring mass metadata without a want. ACLU
attorney Alex Abdo told Mercury News that “This is the first
time we’ve seen one of these companies making this broad an
argument in favor of transparency in the FISA court
.”

Other companies have pleaded with the FISA court in recent months
to change their rules, including a passionate effort made by
Microsoft in which Vice President John Frank wrote on a blog
post, “We continue to believe that what we are permitted to
publish continues to fall short of what is needed to help the
community understand and debate these issues
.” Weeks later,
new documents attributed to Snowden alleged that the Microsoft
worked hand-in-hand with the government to assist with
wiretapping operations.

Despite a major public backlash in the wake of Snowden’s
revelations, the Obama administration continues to stand by the
surveillance programs. NSA chief Gen. Keith Alexander said the
leaks caused “irreversible and significant damage to the
US
.”

Republished with permission from: RT

Egypt interim president warns of chaos

0

Egyptâ„¢s interim President Adly Mansour says some elements in the North African country are seeking to drag the country into the unknown and cause chaos.

Å“We are going through a critical stage and some want us to move towards chaos. They want this period to be an introduction to violence and we want it to establish for the concept of protecting lives and reaffirming human rights,” Mansour said in a pre-recorded message aired on state TV on Thursday.

He promised to restore stability and security and protect Egypt against those who seek violence in the country, and said, Å“We will fight a battle for security until the end.”

His comments are seen by many as a reference to supporters of ousted President Mohamed Morsi who have vowed to hold more protest rallies on Friday against Mansourâ„¢s army-backed interim government.

Mansour also said that he is trying to include all groups in the transitional process.

Meanwhile, Egyptâ„¢s Muslim Brotherhood demanded the reversal of the military coup that unseated Morsi.

On July 5, Muslim Brotherhood supreme leader Mohammed Badie said the coup against Morsi is illegal and millions will remain on the street until he is reinstated as president.

In a televised speech late on July 3 night, Egyptian army chief General Abdel Fattah al-Sisi announced that Morsi, a former leading member of the Muslim Brotherhood, was no longer in office and declared that the head of the Supreme Constitutional Court, Adly Mansour, had been appointed as the new interim president of Egypt. The army also suspended the constitution.

At least 100 people have been killed in an unrelenting wave of violent clashes between Morsi supporters, his opponents and security forces since the ouster of the president.

MAM/MHB

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Texas Legislature Sidestep

0

While Texas’ 83rd Legislature might go down in state history as one of the most colorful, it didn’t start out that way. Folks who normally view the biennial meeting as notice to break out the popcorn and grab a seat in the public gallery were initially disappointed. Affectionately known in Texas as “the Lege”, the 140-day regular session was uncharacteristically bland. But the abortion debate closing the first special session focused the nation’s attention on the Lone Star State. Conservative Lege-watchers noted, however, that it was to the exclusion of other important legislation. In spite of statements by top Republican leaders and the all-but-certain pro-life victory at the end, sound legislation and fiscally responsible bills failed to get passed.

More constitutionally-minded Texans hoped for more constitutional legislation – and honest behavior – from their legislators had Rep. David Simpson (R-Longview) succeeded in his bid for House Speaker. Simpson gained national attention in his freshman year (2011) with his wildly popular anti-TSA bill, but when the Session convened January 8, he noted in a short withdrawal speech that his reason was the retaliation planned for his supporters if they voted for him. 

In all, 10,630 pieces of legislation (House and Senate bills, and resolutions, which do not carry the weight of bills) were introduced. But as the session progressed, conservatives and liberals alike were frustrated by the lack of action in even getting bills heard, especially conservatives who counted on Republican leaders. Bill Cherry of The John Birch Society had this observation about the Lege:

“We heard a number of pronouncements and public statements from top elected state officials about how much they were against ObamaCare and were not going to take part in the program. Yet, when at least five ObamaCare nullification bills (HB 3785 and HB 3709,  et al) were introduced in both the House and Senate, not one made it through the process; they all died. They were stopped by the leadership making sure the bills never made committee or hearing deadlines, or they made sure there was no time left for bills to make it through the process to be voted on in the House and Senate.” 

At least one nullification bill introduced by Cecil Bell, a conservative freshman, was desperately drafted at the last minute when it became obvious that the others were meeting resistance, but to no avail. This prompted Cherry to add this observation about yet another freshman who got a similar surprise concerning his new role:

I talked to a Legislator who told me he ran on a platform of limiting government spending and taxes. He said, “I came here thinking I was representing the people in my district, but the leadership of the House made it clear to me that I was expected to support the leadership’s agenda first if I wanted any chance of having one of my bills even considered.” 

Cherry continued, “The RINO House and Senate leadership in Texas takes full advantage of the lack of time, and confusion that takes place when over 5,000 pieces of legislation are introduced, like this session. Almost all the legislation dealing with limiting government, especially on the federal level, gets lost in the process and dies. But it’s amazing how fast an increased spending or tax bill can move through the process when it is a favorite of the leaders. Some of them move so fast that legislators don’t know where the bill stands in the process until it’s suddenly called up in the House or Senate for a vote.” 

As if made-to-order to support Cherry’s statement, consider what David Simpson had to say about the Lone Star State’s budget bill: 

The legislature passed appropriations of $20.8 billion, an increase of 25 percent over the previous legislature! A third of this was used to correct the smoke and mirrors used to “balance” the current biennial budget. However, current spending was topped off with another $1.5 billion. So the estimated and budgeted spending for the current fiscal period is increasing $6.7 billion or eight percent over the previous period. And the budget for the 2014-15 biennium is set to increase another $7.7 billion, or 8.7%. 

Incredibly, as Simpson was testifying on the House floor opposing this budget, the Speaker called the issue to a close, preventing Simpson from having enough time to get back to his desk to even cast his vote. 

Other legislation considered fiscally responsible and critical to liberty – Second Amendment preservation, canceling all calls for a constitutional convention, banning smart meters, and the anti-TSA bill – all floundered, even though they had popular support. And Texas’ transportation policy continued to get hammered with 3P deals that sold out Texas roads to foreign companies. So much for the conservative posture adopted by Governor Perry, Speaker Joe Straus, and Lt. Governor David Dewhurst. 

There were successes, though. It’s now well known that Texas abortion law has become stricter. Due to grass-roots pressure, a bill dealing with serious consequences for end-of-life decisions was also defeated. Simpson’s HB 78, eliminating sales tax on precious metals and coin purchases under $1,000 (purchases over $1,000 already exempt) was passed, even though his reintroduced anti-TSA bill hardly raised an eyebrow. And even though bills preventing a con-con (constitutional convention) failed, more legislators were educated and support grew for opposition. A con-con planned by the Compact for America never took place, possibly due to the education efforts of activists and capitol insiders. 

Freshman legislator Giovanni Capriglione also introduced an important and forward-thinking bill to establish a gold depository in the state. Although popular, it eventually failed. Legislators asked for further study, so there’s hope for a future depository in Texas. 

Barbara Harless, Founder of the North Texas Citizens Lobby, expressed Texans’ disappointment with the failure to protect Second Amendment rights. “The Lege failed to pass strong gun bills that support individual rights of self-defense and property defense. Instead, they increased the collection of non-criminal data (fingerprints) for CHL license holders. When permanent personal data that can’t be altered such as fingerprints, dental records, DNA, etc., is gathered for non-criminal reasons Texans need to be paying attention.” But then, the committee hearing most gun bills was chaired by an anti-gun Democrat – appointed by Republican leaders. 

Most days, your reporter could be found monitoring, reporting, or lobbying legislators, and observing the displeasure of many Texans with the Lege. One wonk was heard to say, “This is Texas! We have a reputation of independence to uphold, but these guys are cowing to the federal government!” The speaker was referencing conversations in which lawmakers and staffers were heard to state that ObamaCare was now law because “the Supreme Court said so.” But many were heartened to see the efforts of the freshmen who are considerably more liberty-minded than their predecessors. Steve Toth, Scott Turner, Scott Sanford, Cecil Bell, Giovanni Capriglione, and Jonathan Stickland, among others, have proven to be principled, and might well turn the tide in Texas politics if they return to office. But perhaps Scott Turner said it best. Near the end of the session, a highly-intelligent group of conservative homeschoolers from Collin County snagged a few minutes with Turner on the Capitol steps and asked what they could do to help. Voicing the thoughts of every other conservative in the building, Turner replied, “Hurry up!”

Republished with permission from: The New American

Obamacare: Mandatory HIV Tests Coming?

0

Infowars.com
July 18, 2013
drhealth

Obama seems to be addicted to signing unconstitutional executive orders. The latest mandate from on high may eventually result in mandatory HIV tests for everybody between the ages of 15 and 65 years.

Of course, for now, this is just a “recommendation.” Funny thing about government recommendations, though, as that they eventually become mandatory, usually under some specious excuse of another.

For instance, protecting children from guns or evil homeschoolers.

Governments of every stripe love exploiting children.

From Obama’s EO, posted on the White House website:

Based on these and other data, recommendations for HIV testing and treatment have changed. The U.S. Preventive Services Task Force now recommends that clinicians screen all individuals ages 15 to 65 years for HIV, and the Department of Health and Human Services Guidelines for Use of Antiretroviral Agents now recommends offering treatment to all adolescents and adults diagnosed with HIV.

Lucky for us, we won’t have to worry about this until 2015 when the “employer mandate” finally kicks in.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Thursday, July 18, 2013 at 4:04 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

DRUG-FINANCED SALAFI JIHADISM: The Afghan Drug Trade, A Threat to Russia and U.S.-Russian Relations

0

Preface for a North American Audience

I delivered the following remarks at an anti-NATO conference held in Moscow on May 15, 2012. Unlike other speakers, my paper urged Russians – despite the expansionist and aggressive activities in Central Asia of the CIA, SOCOM, and NATO – to cooperate under neutral auspices with like-minded Americans, towards dealing with the related crises of Afghan drug production and drug-financed Salafi jihadism.
 
Since the conference I have continued to reflect intensely on the battered state of U.S.-Russian relations, and my own slightly utopian response to it. Although the speakers at the conference represented many different viewpoints, they tended all to share a deep anxiety about US intentions towards Russia and the other former states of the USSR. Their anxiety was based on shared knowledge of past American actions and broken promises, of which they (unlike most Americans) are only too aware.
 
A key example of such broken promises was the assurance that NATO would not take advantage of détente to expand into Eastern Europe. Today of course Poland is a member of NATO, and there are still proposals on the table to expand NATO also into the Ukraine — i.e. the very heart of the former Soviet Union. This push was matched by U.S. joint activities and operations — some of them under NATO auspices — with the army and security forces of Uzbekistan. (These began in 1997 — i.e. in the Clinton administration.)
 
Some of the conferees I spoke to see Russia has having been threatened for two decades after World War Two by active US and UK plans for a nuclear first strike against Russia, before it could gain nuclear parity. While obviously these plans were never implemented, those I spoke to were sure that the ultras who desired them have never abandoned their desire to humiliate Russia and reduce it to a third-rate power. I cannot refute this concern: my recent book American War Machine also sees a relentless push since World War Two to establish and sustain global American dominance in the world.
 
Thus the conference speakers were bitterly opposed to Putin’s endorsement, as recently as April 11 of this year, of NATO’s military efforts in Afghanistan. They are particularly incensed by Putin’s agreement this year to the establishment of a NATO base in Ulianovsk, two hundred kilometers east of Moscow in Russia itself. Although the base has been sold to the Russian public as a way to facilitate US withdrawal from Afghanistan, one speaker assured the conference that the Ulianovsk outpost is described in NATO documents as a military base. And they resent Russia’s support of the US-inspired UN sanctions against Iran; they see Iran instead as a natural ally of Russia against American efforts to achieve global domination.
 
Apart from the remarks below, I was mostly silent at the conference. But my mind, almost my conscience, is heavy when I think of the recent revelations that Rumsfeld and Cheney, immediately after 9/11, responded with an agenda to remove several governments friendly to Russia, including Iraq, Libya, Syria and Iran.[1] (Ten years earlier the neocon Richard Perle told Gen. Wesley Clark in the Pentagon that America had a window of opportunity to remove exactly these Russian clients, in the period of Russian restructuring after the breakup of the USSR.)
 
What we have seen, even under Obama, looks very much like a progressive implementation of this agenda, even if we acknowledge that in Libya and now Syria Obama has shown much greater reluctance to put large numbers of US boots on the ground. (Small numbers of US Special Forces were reportedly active in both countries, stirring up resistance to first Qaddafi and now Assad.)
 
What particularly concerns me is the relative absence of public response in America to a long-term Pentagon-CIA agenda of aggressive military expansion — of dominationism, if you will. No doubt many Americans may think that a global pax Americana will secure a period of peace, much like the pax Romana of two millennia ago. I myself am confident that it will not: rather, like the imperfect pax Britannica of a century ago, it will lead inevitably to a major conflict, possibly another nuclear war. For the secret of the pax Romana was that Rome, under Hadrian, withdrew from Mesopotamia and accepted strict limits to its area of dominance. Britain never achieved that wisdom until too late; America, to date, has never achieved it at all.
 
And so very few in America seem to care about Washington’s global domination project. We have seen much critical examination of why America fought in Vietnam, and even the American involvement in atrocities like the Indonesian massacre of 1965. Authors like Noam Chomsky and Bill Blum have chronicled America’s criminal acts since World War Two. But only a few, like Chalmers Johnson and Andrew Bacevich, have written about the progressive consolidation of a war machine that now dominates America’s political processes.
 
The nascent Occupy movement has little to say about America’s unprovoked wars; I am not sure they have even targeted the militarization of surveillance, law enforcement, and detention camps — the so-called “continuity of government” (COG) measures by which America’s military planners have prepared never again to have to deal with a successful American anti-war movement.
 
If I were to return to Russia I would again, as a former diplomat and as a Canadian, call for US-Russian collaboration to deal with the world’s pressing problems. But for a week I have been wondering whether I have not perhaps been blinding myself to the realities of America’s intransigent strive towards dominance.[2] Here in London I have just met with an old friend from my diplomatic days, a senior UK diplomat and Russian expert. I was hoping that he would dissuade me from my negative assessment of US and NATO intentions, but if anything he increased them.
 
So I am now publishing my talk with this preface for a North American audience — to see who if anyone shares my concerns, and to learn what steps if any are being taken to remedy them. I believe that the most urgent task today to preserve the peace of the world is to curb America’s drive towards dominationism, and to re-energize the UN”s prohibition of unilateral and preemptive wars, for the sake of coexistence in a peaceful and multilateral world.

Notes

[1] Rumsfeld initially wanted to respond to 9/11 with an attack against Iraq rather than Afghanistan, on the grounds that there were “no good targets in Afghanistan.”
[2] Two nights ago I had a vivid and unnerving dream, in which at the end I saw the opening of a conference where I would again speak as I did in Moscow. Immediately after my talk the conference agenda called for a discussion of the possibility that “Peter Dale Scott” was a fiction serving some nefarious covert end, and that no real “Peter Dale Scott” in fact existed.

Presentation to Anti-NATO Conference, Moscow, May 15, 2012

I wish to thank the organizers of this conference for the chance to speak about the acute problem of the Afghan drug traffic, a current threat to both Russia and U.S.-Russian relations. I will discuss today the deep political perspective of my book Drugs, Oil, and War, which looks at factors underlying the international drug traffic and also U.S. interventions harmful to the interests of both the Russian and American people. I will also talk about the role of NATO in facilitating strategies for U.S. hegemony in Asia. But first I want to look at the drug traffic in the light of an important factor that is prominent in my book: the role of oil in U.S. policies for Asia, and also the role of the major international U.S.-aligned oil companies, including BP.

Oil has been a deep driving force behind all recent U.S. and NATO offensive actions: one has only to think about Afghanistan in 2001, Iraq in 2003, and Libya in 2011.[1]

My book studies the role of oil companies and their representatives in Washington (including lobbies) in all of the major U.S. interventions since Vietnam in the 1960s.[2] The power of U.S. oil companies may need a little explanation to an audience in Russia, where oil companies are controlled by the state. In America the relationship is almost reversed: oil companies tend to dominate both U.S. foreign policy and also the U.S. Congress.[3] This explains why presidents from Kennedy to Reagan to Obama have been powerless to limit the oil industry’s special tax break called the oil depletion allowance, even now when most Americans are sinking deeper into poverty.[4]

The underlying cause of U.S. activity in Central Asia, in traditional areas of Russian influence like Kazakhstan, lies in the heightened interest of western oil companies and their representatives in Washington, for three decades or longer, in developing and above all controlling the underdeveloped oil and gas resources of the Caspian basin.[5] To this end Washington has developed policies that have produced forward bases in Kyrgyzstan and for four years in Uzbekistan (2001-05).[6] The overt purpose of these bases was to support U.S. military operations in Afghanistan. But the U.S. presence also encourages the governments in nearby Kazakhstan and Turkmenistan, both areas of U.S. oil and gas investment, to act more independently of Russian approval.

Washington serves the interest of western oil companies, not just because of their corrupt influence over the administration, but because the survival of the current U.S. petro-economy depends on western domination of the global oil trade. A passage in Drugs, Oil, and War describes this policy, and how it has contributed to recent American interventions, and also the impoverishment of the Third World since 1980. In essence, the U.S. handled the quadrupling of oil prices in the 1970s by arranging, by means of secret agreements with the Saudis, for the recycling of petrodollars back into the U.S. economy. The first of these deals assured a special and on-going Saudi stake in the health of the U.S. dollar; the second secured continuing Saudi support for the pricing of all OPEC oil in dollars.[7] These two deals assured that the U.S. economy would not be impoverished by OPEC oil price hikes. The heaviest burdens would be borne instead by the economies of less developed countries.[8]

The U.S. dollar, weakening as it is, still depends largely on the OPEC policy of demanding U.S. dollars for payment of OPEC oil. Just how strongly America will enforce this OPEC policy can be seen by the fate of those countries that have chosen to challenge it. “Saddam Hussein in 2000 insisted Iraq’s oil be sold for euros, a political move, but one that improved Iraq’s recent earnings thanks to the rise in the value of the euro against the dollar.”[9] Three years later, in March 2003, America invaded Iraq. Two months after that, on May 22, 2003, Bush by executive order decreed that Iraqi oil sales would be returned from euros to dollars.[10]

Shortly before the 2011 NATO intervention in Libya, Qaddafi, according to a Russian article, initiated a movement, like Saddam Hussein’s, to refuse the dollar for oil payments.[11] Meanwhile Iran, in February 2009, announced that it had “completely stopped conducting oil transactions in U.S. dollars.”[12] The full consequences of Iran’s daring move have yet to be seen.[13]

I repeat: every recent U.S. and NATO intervention has served to prop up the waning dominance of western oil companies over the global oil and petrodollar system. But I believe that oil companies themselves are capable of initiating or at least contributing to political interventions. As I say in my book (p.8):

There are recurring allegations that US oil companies, either directly or through cutouts, engage in covert operations; in Colombia (as we shall see) a US security firm working for Occidental Petroleum took part in a Colombian army military operation “that mistakenly killed 18 civilians.”

More relevant to Russia was a 2002 covert operation in Azerbaijan, a classic exercise in deep politics. There former CIA operatives, employed by a dubious oil firm (MEGA Oil), “engaged in military training, passed ‘brown bags filled with cash’ to members of the government, and set up an airline…which soon was picking up hundreds of mujahideen mercenaries in Afghanistan.”[14] These mercenaries, eventually said to number 2000, were initially used to combat Russian-backed Armenian forces in the disputed region of Nagorno-Karabakh; but they also backed Muslim fighters in Chechnya and Dagestan. They also contributed to the establishment of Baku as a transshipment point for Afghan heroin to both the Russian urban market and also the Chechen mafia.[15]

In 1993 they also contributed to the ouster of Azerbaijan’s elected first president, Abulfaz Elchibey, and his replacement by Heidar Aliyev, who then agreed to a major oil contract with BP, including what eventually became the Baku-Tbilisi-Ceyhan pipeline to Turkey. Note that the U.S. background of the MEGA Oil operatives is unmistakable. However who financed MEGA is unclear; and may have been the oil majors, many of which have or have had their own covert services.[16] There are allegations that major oil corporations, including Exxon and Mobil as well as BP, were “behind the coup d’état” replacing Elchibey with Aliyev.[17]

It is clear that Washington and the oil majors have a common perception that their survival depends on maintaining their present dominance of international oil markets. In the 1990s, when it was widely believed that the world’s largest unproven reserves of hydrocarbons lay in the Caspian basin of Central Asia, this region became the central focus for both corporate U.S. petroinvestment and also for U.S. security expansion.[18]

Clinton’s close friend Strobe Talbott, speaking as Deputy Secretary of State, attempted to put forward a reasonable strategy for this expansion. In an important speech of July 21, 1997,

Talbott outlined four dimensions of U.S. support to the countries of the Caucasus and Central Asia: 1) The promotion of democracy; 2) The creation of free market economies; 3) The sponsorship of peace and cooperation within and among the countries of the region: and, 4) integration into the larger international community.… Inveighing against what he considers an outdated conception of competition in the Caucasus and Central Asia, Mr. Talbott admonished any who would consider the “Great Game” as a model on which to base current views of the region. He proposed, instead, an arrangement where everyone cooperates and everyone wins.[19]

But this multipolar approach was immediately attacked by members of both parties. Only three days later, the right-wing Heritage Foundation, think-tank for the Republican Party, charged that, “The Clinton Administration – intent on placating Moscow – has hesitated to take advantage of the strategic opportunity to secure U.S. interests in the Caucasus.”[20] In October this critique was echoed in a new book, The Grand Chessboard, by former National Security Advisor Zbigniew Brzezinski, perhaps Russia’s most important opponent in the Democratic Party. Conceding that the “ultimate objective of American policy should be… to shape a truly cooperative global community,” Brzezinski nonetheless defended for now the “great game” that Talbott had rejected. “It is imperative,” he wrote, “that no Eurasian challenger emerges, capable of … challenging America.”[21]

Meanwhile, behind this verbal debate, the CIA and Pentagon, through NATO, were developing a “forward strategy” in the area that was antithetical to Talbott’s. Under the umbrella of NATO’s Partnership for Peace (PFP) Program, the Pentagon in 1997 began military training exercises with Uzbekistan, Kazakhstan, and Kyrgyzstan, as “the embryo of a NATO-led military force in the region.”[22] These CENTRAZBAT exercises had in mind the possible future deployment of U.S. combat forces; and a deputy assistant secretary of defense, Catherine Kelleher, cited “the presence of enormous energy resources” as a justification for American military involvement.[23] Uzbekistan, which Brzezinski singled out for its geopolitical importance, became the linchpin of U.S. training exercises, despite having one of the worst human rights records locally.[24]

The American sponsored “Tulip Revolution” in Kyrgyzstan (March 2005) was another conspicuous product of the CIA-Pentagon forward strategy doctrine. It came at a time when George W. Bush repeatedly spoke of a “forward strategy of freedom,” and Bush later, when visiting Georgia, endorsed the changeover (more like a bloody coup d’etat than a “revolution”) as an example of “spreading democracy and freedom.”[25] But the new Bakiyev regime, in the words of Columbia University Professor Alexander Cooley, “ran the country like a criminal syndicate.” In particular many observers accused Bakiyev of taking over and running the local drug traffic as a family enterprise.[26]

To some extent the Obama regime has retreated from the hegemonic Pentagon rhetoric of (in its words) “full spectrum dominance.”[27] But it is not surprising that under Obama pressures to reduce Russian influence (e.g. in Syria) have continued. For a half century Washington has been divided between a minority (principally in the State Department, like Talbott) who have envisaged a future of cooperation with the Soviet Union, and those hegemonic hawks (principally in the CIA and Pentagon, like William Casey, Dick Cheney and Donald Rumsfeld) who have pushed for a U.S. strategy of unipolar global domination.[28] The latter have not hesitated to use drug-trafficking assets in pursuit of this unattainable goal, notably in Indochina, Colombia, and now Afghanistan.[29]

Significantly, the hawks have used the drug eradication strategies of the DEA (Drug Enforcement Administration) as well.[30] As I wrote in Drugs, Oil, and War (p. 89),

The true purpose of most of these campaigns … has not been the hopeless ideal of eradication. It has been to alter market share: to target specific enemies and thus ensure that the drug traffic remains under the control of those traffickers who are allies of the Colombian state security apparatus and/or the CIA.[31]

This has been conspicuously true in Afghanistan, where the U.S. recruited former drug traffickers to join in its 2001 invasion.[32] Later the U.S. announced a drug reduction strategy that was explicitly limited to attacking those drug traffickers supporting the insurgents.[33]

Thus those concerned (as I am) with reducing Afghan drug flows are faced with a dilemma. Effective strategies against international drug trafficking must be multilateral, and in Central Asia they will require increased U.S.-Russian cooperation. On the other hand the energies of the principal pro-U.S. forces currently on the ground there — notably the CIA, U.S. armed forces, NATO, and the DEA — have in the past been intent primarily not on cooperation but on U.S. hegemony.

The answer I believe will lie in team efforts using the expertise and resources of both countries, housed in bilateral or multilateral agencies not dominated by either. A successful drug strategy will also have to be multi-faceted, like the successful campaign in northern Thailand, and will probably require both countries to consider people-friendly strategies not yet adopted by either.[34]

Russia and America share many features and concerns. They are both still superstates, even if now losing preeminence in the face of a rising China. As superpowers both were tempted into Afghan adventures that many wiser heads regret. Meanwhile Afghanistan, now a ravaged country, presents urgent problems for all three superstates: the menace of drugs, and the related menace of terrorism.

The whole planet has a stake in seeing Russia and America deal with these menaces constructively and not exploitatively. And any progress made in reducing these shared threats will hopefully be another step in the difficult process of learning to consolidate peace.

The last century saw a Cold War between the US and the USSR, two superstates which both armed heavily in the name of defending their people. The USSR lost, leaving an unstable Pax Americana much like the Pax Britannica of the 19th century: that is, a dangerous mix of globalizing commerce, increasing disparity of wealth and income, and wildly excessive and expansive militarism, leading to increasing conflict (Somalia, Afghanistan, Iraq, Yemen, Libya), and increasing danger of a possible new world war (Iran).

To preserve its perilous dominance the US today is arming against its own people, not just in defense of them.[35] All the peoples of the world, including the American, have a stake in seeing that expansive dominance reduced, towards a less militarist and more multipolar world.

Notes

[1] Less obviously, but unmistakably, oil (or in this case an oil pipeline) was a factor also in the 1998 NATO intervention in Kosovo. See Peter Dale Scott, Drugs, Oil, and War, 29; Peter Dale Scott, “Bosnia, Kosovo, and Now Libya: The Human Costs of Washington’s On-Going Collusion with Terrorists, July 29, 2011, http://japanfocus.org/-Peter_Dale-Scott/3578.

[2] Scott, Drugs, Oil, and War, 8-9,11.

[3] Exxon for example is said to have paid no U.S. federal income tax in 2009, at a time of near-record profits (Washington Post, May 11, 2011, http://www.washingtonpost.com/business/economy/how-much-do-oil-companies-really-pay-in-taxes/2011/05/11/AF7UNutG_story.html). Cf. Steve Coll, Private Empire: ExxinMobil and American Power (New York: Penguin Press, 2012), 19-20: “In some of the faraway countries where it did business,… Exxon’s sway over local politics and security was greater than that of the United States embassy.”

[4] Charles J. Lewis, “Obama again urges end to oil industry tax breaks,” Houston Chronicle, April 27, 2011, http://www.chron.com/business/energy/article/Obama-again-urges-end-to-oil-industry-tax-breaks-1683058.php; “Politics News: Obama Urges Congress to End Oil Subsidies,” Newsy.com, March 2, 2012, http://www.newsy.com/videos/obama-urges-congress-to-end-oil-subsidies.

[5] Cf. an article in 2001 from the Foreign Military Studies Office of Fort Leavenworth:

The Caspian Sea appears to be sitting on yet another sea–a sea of hydrocarbons. …The presence of these oil reserves and the possibility of their export raises [sic] new strategic concerns for the United States and other Western industrial powers. As oil companies build oil pipelines from the Caucasus and Central Asia to supply Japan and the West, these strategic concerns gain military implications. (Lester W. Grau, “Hydrocarbons and a New Strategic Region: The Caspian Sea and Central Asia. (Military Review [May—June 2001]. 96; quoted in Scott, Drugs, Oil, and War, 31)

[6] See discussion in Peter Dale Scott, “Launching the U.S. Terror War: the CIA, 9/11, Afghanistan, and Central Asia,” The Asia-Pacific Journal: Japan Focus, March 15, 2012, http://japanfocus.org/-Peter_Dale-Scott/3723. There have also been diplomatic discussions of a possible U.S. base in Tajikistan: see Joshua Kucera, “U.S.: Tajikistan Wants to Host an American Air Base,” Eurasia.net, December 14, 2010, http://www.eurasianet.org/node/62570).

[7] David E. Spiro, The Hidden Hand of American Hegemony: Petrodollar Recycling and International Markets (Ithaca: Cornell UP, 1999), x: “In 1974 [Treasury Secretary William] Simon negotiated a secret deal so the Saudi central bank could buy U.S. Treasury securities outside of the normal auction. A few years later, Treasury Secretary Michael Blumenthal cut a secret deal with the Saudis so that OPEC would continue to price oil in dollars. These deals were secret because the United States had promised other industrialized democracies that it would not pursue such unilateral policies.” Cf. 103-12.

[8] “So long as OPEC oil was priced in U.S. dollars, and so long as OPEC invested the dollars in U.S. government instruments, the U.S. government enjoyed a double loan. The first part of the loan was for oil. The government could print dollars to pay for oil, and the American economy did not have to produce goods and services in exchange for the oil until OPEC used the dollars for goods and services. Obviously, the strategy could not work if dollars were not a means of exchange for oil. The second part of the loan was from all other economies that had to pay dollars for oil but could not print currency. Those economies had to trade their goods and services for dollars in order to pay OPEC” (Spiro, Hidden Hand, 121).

[9] Hoyos, Carol & Morrison, Kevin, “Iraq returns to the international oil market,” Financial Times, June 5, 2003. Cf. Coll, Private Empire, 232: “A desperate Saddam Hussein, toward the end of his time in power, had signed production-sharing contracts with Russian and Chinese companies, but these agreements had never been implemented.”

[10] Scott, Road to 9/11, 190-91. Cf. also William Clark, “The Real Reasons Why Iran is the Next Target:The Emerging Euro-denominated International Oil Marker,” Global Research, 27 October 2004, http://globalresearch.ca/articles/CLA410A.html.

[11] “Бомбежки Ливии — наказание Каддафи за попытку введения золотого динара,” Live Journal, March 21, 2011, http://sterligov.livejournal.com/4389.html; discussion in Peter Dale Scott, “The Libyan War, American Power and the Decline of the Petrodollar System,” Asia-Pacific Journal: Japan Focus,” , April 27, 2011, http://japanfocus.org/-Peter_Dale-Scott/3522.

[12] “Iran Ends Oil Transactions In U.S. Dollars,” CBS News, February 11, 2009, http://www.cbsnews.com/2100-500395_162-4057490.html.

[13] In March 2012 Swift, the body that handles global banking transactions, moved to cut Iran’s banks out of the system, in response to American and UN sanctions (BBC News, March 15, 2012). Business Week (February 28, 2012) commented that the action “might roil oil markets on concern that buyers will be unable to pay the second-largest producer in the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries for its 2.2 million barrels a day of oil exports.”

[14] Peter Dale Scott, The Road to 9/11, 163-64; cf. Scott, Drugs, Oil, and War, 7.

[15] Scott, The Road to 9/11, 164

[16] The World War II covert operations agency OSS was thrown together in part by recruiting Asia hands from oil companies like Standard Oil of New Jersey (Esso). See Smith, OSS, 15, 211.

[17] “BP oiled coup with cash, Turks claim”, Sunday Times (London), March 26, 2000; quoted in Scott, The Road to 9/11, 165.

[18] In 1998, Dick Cheney, when chief executive of the oil services company Hallibuton, remarked: “I cannot think of a time when we have had a region emerge as suddenly to become as strategically significant as the Caspian” (Guardian [London], October 23, 2001, http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/2001/oct/23/afghanistan.terrorism11).

[19] R. Craig Nation, “Russia, the United States, and the Caucasus,” Army War College (U.S.). Strategic Studies Institute, http://www.strategicstudiesinstitute.army.mil. Talbott’s words are worth quoting at length: “”For the last several years, it has been fashionable to proclaim or at least to predict, a replay of the ‘Great Game’ in the Caucasus and Central Asia. The implication of course is that the driving dynamic of the region, fueled and lubricated by oil, will be the competition of great powers to the disadvantage of the people who live there. Our goal is to avoid and to actively discourage that atavistic outcome. ….. The Great Game, which starred Kipling’s Kim and Fraser’s Flashman, was very much of the zero-sum variety. What we want to help bring about is just the opposite, we want to see all responsible players in the Caucasus and Central Asia be winners.” (M.K. Bhadrakumar, “Foul Play in the Great Game,” Asia Times, July 13, 2005, http://www.atimes.com/atimes/Central_Asia/GG13Ag01.html).

[20] James MacDougall, “A New Stage in U.S.-Caspian Sea Basin Relations,” Central Asia, 5 (11), 1997, http://www.ca-c.org/dataeng/st_04_dougall.shtml; quoting from Ariel Cohen, “U.S. Policy in the Caucasus and Central Asia: Building A New”Silk Road” to Economic Prosperity,” Heritage Foundation, July 24, 1997, http://www.heritage.org/research/reports/1997/07/bg1132. In October 1997 Sen. Sam Brownback introduced a bill, the Silk Road Strategy Act of 1997 (S. 1344), providing incentives for the new Central Asian states to cooperate with the United States, rather than with Russia or Iran.

[21] Zbigniew Brzezinski, The Grand Chessboard: American Primacy and Its Geostrategic Imperatives (New York: Basic Books, 1997), xiv.

[22] Ariel Cohen, Eurasia In Balance: The US And The Regional Power Shift, 107.

[23] Michael Klare, Blood and Oil (New York: Metropolitan Books/ Henry Holt, 2004), 135-36; citing R. Jeffrey Smith, “U.S. Leads Peacekeeping Drill in Kazakhstan,” Washington Post, September 15, 1997. CF. Kenley Butler, “U.S. Military Cooperation with the Central Asian States,” September 17, 2001, http://cns.miis.edu/archive/wtc01/uscamil.htm.

[24] Brzezinski, Grand Chessboard, 121.

[25] Peter Dale Scott, “Kyrgyzstan, the U.S. and the Global Drug Problem: Deep Forcesand the Syndrome of Coups, Drugs, and Terror,” Asia-Pacific Journal: Japan Focus, http://japanfocus.org/-Peter_Dale-Scott/3384; quoting President Bush, State of the Union address, January 20, 2004; “Bush: Georgia’s Example a Huge Contribution to Democracy,” Civil Georgia, May 10, 2005, http://www.civil.ge/eng/article.php?id=9838. Likewise Zbigniew Brzezinski was quoted by a Kyrgyz news source as saying “I believe revolutions in Georgia, Ukraine and Kyrgyzstan were a sincere and snap expression of the political will” (http://eng.24kg.org/politic/2008/03/27/4973.html, March 27, 2008).

[26] Scott, “Kyrgyzstan, the U.S. and the Global Drug Problem;” citing 19 Owen Matthews, “Despotism Doesn’t Equal Stability,” Newsweek, April 7, 2010 (Cooley); Peter Leonard, “Heroin trade a backdrop to Kyrgyz violence,” San Francisco Chronicle, June 24, 2010; “Kyrgyzstan Relaxes Control Over Drug Trafficking,” Jamestown Foundation, Eurasia Daily Monitor, 7:24, February 4, 2010, etc.

[27] U.S. Department of Defense, Joint Vision 2020, May 30, 2000; discussion in Scott, Road to 9/11, 20.

[28] U.S. Gen. Wesley Clark has reported that back in 1991 one of the neocons in the Pentagon, Paul Wolfowitz, told him that “we’ve about five or ten years to clean up those old soviet client regimes — Syria, Iran, Iraq – before the next great superpower comes on to challenge us” (Wesley Clark, Talk to Commonwealth Club, October 3, 2007, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ha1rEhovONU). Ten years later, in November 2001, he heard in the Pentagon that plans to attack Iraq were “being discussed as part of a five-year campaign plan, …beginning with Iraq, then Syria, Lebanon, Libya, Iran, Somalia and Sudan” [Wesley Clark, Winning Modern Wars (New York: PublicAffairs, 2003], 130).

[29] See Scott, American War Machine.

[30] For the hegemonic perversion of the DEA’s “war on drugs” in Asia, see Scott, American War Machine, 121-40.

[31] Scott, Drugs, Oil, and War, 89.

[32] An example was Haji Zaman Ghamsharik who had retired to Dijon in France, where British and American official met with him and persuaded him to return to Afghanistan (Peter Dale Scott, “America’s Afghanistan: The National Security and a Heroin-Ravaged State,” Asia-Pacific Journal: Japan Focus, http://www.japanfocus.org/-Peter_Dale-Scott/3145; citing Philip Smucker, Al Qaeda’s Great Escape: The Military and the Media on Terror’s Trail [Washington: Brassey’s, 2004], 9. For other drug traffickers, see Scott, Road to 9/11, 125.

[33] Scott. American War Machine, 235 (insurgents); James Risen, “U.S. to Hunt Down Afghan Lords Tied to Taliban,” New York Times, August 10, 2009: ”United States military commanders have told Congress that… only those [drug traffickers] providing support to the insurgency would be made targets.”

[34] Russia has understandably been aggrieved by America’s and NATO’s failure over a decade to deal seriously with the huge Afghan drug crop (e.g. “Russia lashes out at NATO for not fighting Afghan drug production,” RT, February 28, 2010, http://rt.com/usa/news/afghanistan-drug-heroin-nato/). But the simple remedy Russia has proposed, destruction of crops in the field, would by itself probably drive peasants further into the arms of Afghanistan’s militant Islamic fundamentalists, another threat to Russia and America alike. Many observers have noted that poppy field eradication leaves the small farmers in debt to the landowners and traffickers, often having to repay “in cash, land, livestock, or — not infrequently — a daughter…. Poppy eradication just pushed them deeper into the poverty that led to their growing opium in the first place” (Joel Hafvenstein, Opium Season: A Year on the Afghan Frontier, 214); cf. “Opium Brides,” PBS Frontline, http://www.pbs.org/wgbh/pages/frontline/afghanistan-pakistan/opium-brides/transcript-15/). Opium eradication in Thailand, often cited as the most successful program anywhere since China’s in the 1950s, was achieved by combining military enforcement with comprehensive alternative development programs. See William Byrd and Christopher Ward, “Drugs and Development in Afghanistan,” World Bank: Conflict Prevention and Reconstruction Unit, Working paper series, Vol. 18 (December 2004); also “Secret of Thai success in opium war,” BBC News, February 19, 2009, http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/asia-pacific/7899748.stm.

[35] See e.g. Peter Dale Scott, “Is the State of Emergency Superseding our Constitution? Continuity of Government Planning, War and American Society,” Asia-Pacific Journal: Japan Focus, November 28, 2010, http:/1/japanfocus.org/-Peter_Dale-Scott/3448.

Republished with permission from: Global Research

Iowa law enforcement agent fired after reporting governor’s speeding car

0

An Iowa law enforcement agent who reported Governor Terry Branstad for speeding and complained about the governor’s state troopers has been fired after 25 years on the job.

Larry Hedlund, a 55-year-old agent of the Iowa Division of
Criminal Investigation (DCI), believes he was unjustly terminated
because he reported the governor’s vehicle for speeding.
Hedlund’s dismissal papers say he was terminated due to
“negative and disrespectful messages” he emailed to DCI
employees, for being deceptive with supervisors and for misusing
a state vehicle. But Hedlund has worked for the DCI for 25 years
and has had no previous discipline issues, he told the Des Moines
Register.

He believes the stated reasons are excuses to terminate him for
reporting the governor’s vehicle.

“I’ve been treated like a criminal,” Hedlund told the
Register. “The best analogy I can give you is that they
investigated me like I was a murderer, and in the process they
murdered my career.”

The 25-year-veteran of the DCI in April radioed dispatchers to
report a vehicle that was driving at 90 miles per hour. Troopers
clocked the SUV at 84 mph. But when they discovered that the
vehicle was being driven by another trooper who was transporting
the governor, the officers let the incident slide. Hedlund
proceeded to file a complaint with his supervisor.

“I don’t believe the governor is above the law. I don’t
believe anyone has the authority to order me to not do my
job,”
stated the complaint, which was obtained by WHO-TV.

Two days after Hedludg filed the formal complaint on April
29
, his superiors filed a complaint against him and he was
suspended from duty. The Department of Public Safety said Hedlund
was under investigation for prior “work rule violations”.

Two and a have months later, the internal investigation was
completed and Hedlund permanently lost his job. DCI Director
Charis Paulson told the Register that Hedlund’s emails to
subordinates show “a glaring and fundamental lack of
understanding and appreciation of what the agents do in the
field”
and that he communicated in an unprofessional and
disrespectful tone.

“After careful consideration, it is apparent that your
employment with the Iowa Department of Public Safety has been
counterproductive to the best interests of the department,”

reads the notice signed by Paulson. “Your actions and
deportment represent behavior that is unacceptable and warrants
discharge.”

Although Hedlund admits that the tone in his emails may have been
inappropriate at times, he does not agree that it would be
grounds for termination.Tom Duff, the Iowa attorney representing
Hedlund, told WHO-TV that the timing of his client’s suspension
serves as evidence that it was related to reporting the
governor’s vehicle.

“We think the incident with the governor was sort of the straw
that broke the camel’s back,”
he said.

Duff plans to file a lawsuit against the DCI claiming wrongful
termination. He is seeking damages for lost wages and benefits
and emotional distress.

Republished with permission from: RT

The Federal Reserve Cartel: The Eight Families

0

This article was first published on Global Research June 1, 2011

(Part one of a four-part series)

The Four Horsemen of Banking (Bank of America, JP Morgan Chase, Citigroup and Wells Fargo) own the Four Horsemen of Oil (Exxon Mobil, Royal Dutch/Shell, BP and Chevron Texaco); in tandem with Deutsche Bank, BNP, Barclays and other European old money behemoths. But their monopoly over the global economy does not end at the edge of the oil patch.

According to company 10K filings to the SEC, the Four Horsemen of Banking are among the top ten stock holders of virtually every Fortune 500 corporation.[1]

So who then are the stockholders in these money center banks?

This information is guarded much more closely. My queries to bank regulatory agencies regarding stock ownership in the top 25 US bank holding companies were given Freedom of Information Act status, before being denied on “national security” grounds. This is rather ironic, since many of the bank’s stockholders reside in Europe.

One important repository for the wealth of the global oligarchy that owns these bank holding companies is US Trust Corporation — founded in 1853 and now owned by Bank of America. A recent US Trust Corporate Director and Honorary Trustee was Walter Rothschild. Other directors included Daniel Davison of JP Morgan Chase, Richard Tucker of Exxon Mobil, Daniel Roberts of Citigroup and Marshall Schwartz of Morgan Stanley. [2]

J. W. McCallister, an oil industry insider with House of Saud connections, wrote in The Grim Reaper that information he acquired from Saudi bankers cited 80% ownership of the New York Federal Reserve Bank- by far the most powerful Fed branch- by just eight families, four of which reside in the US. They are the Goldman Sachs, Rockefellers, Lehmans and Kuhn Loebs of New York; the Rothschilds of Paris and London; the Warburgs of Hamburg; the Lazards of Paris; and the Israel Moses Seifs of Rome.

CPA Thomas D. Schauf corroborates McCallister’s claims, adding that ten banks control all twelve Federal Reserve Bank branches. He names N.M. Rothschild of London, Rothschild Bank of Berlin, Warburg Bank of Hamburg, Warburg Bank of Amsterdam, Lehman Brothers of New York, Lazard Brothers of Paris, Kuhn Loeb Bank of New York, Israel Moses Seif Bank of Italy, Goldman Sachs of New York and JP Morgan Chase Bank of New York. Schauf lists William Rockefeller, Paul Warburg, Jacob Schiff and James Stillman as individuals who own large shares of the Fed. [3] The Schiffs are insiders at Kuhn Loeb. The Stillmans are Citigroup insiders, who married into the Rockefeller clan at the turn of the century.

Eustace Mullins came to the same conclusions in his book The Secrets of the Federal Reserve, in which he displays charts connecting the Fed and its member banks to the families of Rothschild, Warburg, Rockefeller and the others. [4]

The control that these banking families exert over the global economy cannot be overstated and is quite intentionally shrouded in secrecy. Their corporate media arm is quick to discredit any information exposing this private central banking cartel as “conspiracy theory”. Yet the facts remain.

The House of Morgan

The Federal Reserve Bank was born in 1913, the same year US banking scion J. Pierpont Morgan died and the Rockefeller Foundation was formed. The House of Morgan presided over American finance from the corner of Wall Street and Broad, acting as quasi-US central bank since 1838, when George Peabody founded it in London.

Peabody was a business associate of the Rothschilds. In 1952 Fed researcher Eustace Mullins put forth the supposition that the Morgans were nothing more than Rothschild agents. Mullins wrote that the Rothschilds, “…preferred to operate anonymously in the US behind the facade of J.P. Morgan & Company”. [5]

Author Gabriel Kolko stated, “Morgan’s activities in 1895-1896 in selling US gold bonds in Europe were based on an alliance with the House of Rothschild.” [6]

The Morgan financial octopus wrapped its tentacles quickly around the globe. Morgan Grenfell operated in London. Morgan et Ce ruled Paris. The Rothschild’s Lambert cousins set up Drexel & Company in Philadelphia.

The House of Morgan catered to the Astors, DuPonts, Guggenheims, Vanderbilts and Rockefellers. It financed the launch of AT&T, General Motors, General Electric and DuPont. Like the London-based Rothschild and Barings banks, Morgan became part of the power structure in many countries.

By 1890 the House of Morgan was lending to Egypt’s central bank, financing Russian railroads, floating Brazilian provincial government bonds and funding Argentine public works projects. A recession in 1893 enhanced Morgan’s power. That year Morgan saved the US government from a bank panic, forming a syndicate to prop up government reserves with a shipment of $62 million worth of Rothschild gold. [7]

Morgan was the driving force behind Western expansion in the US, financing and controlling West-bound railroads through voting trusts. In 1879 Cornelius Vanderbilt’s Morgan-financed New York Central Railroad gave preferential shipping rates to John D. Rockefeller’s budding Standard Oil monopoly, cementing the Rockefeller/Morgan relationship.

The House of Morgan now fell under Rothschild and Rockefeller family control. A New York Herald headline read, “Railroad Kings Form Gigantic Trust”. J. Pierpont Morgan, who once stated, “Competition is a sin”, now opined gleefully, “Think of it. All competing railroad traffic west of St. Louis placed in the control of about thirty men.”[8]

Morgan and Edward Harriman’s banker Kuhn Loeb held a monopoly over the railroads, while banking dynasties Lehman, Goldman Sachs and Lazard joined the Rockefellers in controlling the US industrial base. [9]

In 1903 Banker’s Trust was set up by the Eight Families. Benjamin Strong of Banker’s Trust was the first Governor of the New York Federal Reserve Bank. The 1913 creation of the Fed fused the power of the Eight Families to the military and diplomatic might of the US government. If their overseas loans went unpaid, the oligarchs could now deploy US Marines to collect the debts. Morgan, Chase and Citibank formed an international lending syndicate.

The House of Morgan was cozy with the British House of Windsor and the Italian House of Savoy. The Kuhn Loebs, Warburgs, Lehmans, Lazards, Israel Moses Seifs and Goldman Sachs also had close ties to European royalty. By 1895 Morgan controlled the flow of gold in and out of the US. The first American wave of mergers was in its infancy and was being promoted by the bankers. In 1897 there were sixty-nine industrial mergers. By 1899 there were twelve-hundred. In 1904 John Moody — founder of Moody’s Investor Services — said it was impossible to talk of Rockefeller and Morgan interests as separate. [10]

Public distrust of the combine spread. Many considered them traitors working for European old money. Rockefeller’s Standard Oil, Andrew Carnegie’s US Steel and Edward Harriman’s railroads were all financed by banker Jacob Schiff at Kuhn Loeb, who worked closely with the European Rothschilds.

Several Western states banned the bankers. Populist preacher William Jennings Bryan was thrice the Democratic nominee for President from 1896 -1908. The central theme of his anti-imperialist campaign was that America was falling into a trap of “financial servitude to British capital”. Teddy Roosevelt defeated Bryan in 1908, but was forced by this spreading populist wildfire to enact the Sherman Anti-Trust Act. He then went after the Standard Oil Trust.

In 1912 the Pujo hearings were held, addressing concentration of power on Wall Street. That same year Mrs. Edward Harriman sold her substantial shares in New York’s Guaranty Trust Bank to J.P. Morgan, creating Morgan Guaranty Trust. Judge Louis Brandeis convinced President Woodrow Wilson to call for an end to interlocking board directorates. In 1914 the Clayton Anti-Trust Act was passed.

Jack Morgan — J. Pierpont’s son and successor — responded by calling on Morgan clients Remington and Winchester to increase arms production. He argued that the US needed to enter WWI. Goaded by the Carnegie Foundation and other oligarchy fronts, Wilson accommodated. As Charles Tansill wrote in America Goes to War, “Even before the clash of arms, the French firm of Rothschild Freres cabled to Morgan & Company in New York suggesting the flotation of a loan of $100 million, a substantial part of which was to be left in the US to pay for French purchases of American goods.”

The House of Morgan financed half the US war effort, while receiving commissions for lining up contractors like GE, Du Pont, US Steel, Kennecott and ASARCO. All were Morgan clients. Morgan also financed the British Boer War in South Africa and the Franco-Prussian War. The 1919 Paris Peace Conference was presided over by Morgan, which led both German and Allied reconstruction efforts. [11]

In the 1930’s populism resurfaced in America after Goldman Sachs, Lehman Bank and others profited from the Crash of 1929. [12] House Banking Committee Chairman Louis McFadden (D-NY) said of the Great Depression, “It was no accident. It was a carefully contrived occurrence…The international bankers sought to bring about a condition of despair here so they might emerge as rulers of us all”.

Sen. Gerald Nye (D-ND) chaired a munitions investigation in 1936. Nye concluded that the House of Morgan had plunged the US into WWI to protect loans and create a booming arms industry. Nye later produced a document titled The Next War, which cynically referred to “the old goddess of democracy trick”, through which Japan could be used to lure the US into WWII.

In 1937 Interior Secretary Harold Ickes warned of the influence of “America’s 60 Families”. Historian Ferdinand Lundberg later penned a book of the exact same title. Supreme Court Justice William O. Douglas decried, “Morgan influence…the most pernicious one in industry and finance today.”

Jack Morgan responded by nudging the US towards WWII. Morgan had close relations with the Iwasaki and Dan families — Japan’s two wealthiest clans — who have owned Mitsubishi and Mitsui, respectively, since the companies emerged from 17th Century shogunates. When Japan invaded Manchuria, slaughtering Chinese peasants at Nanking, Morgan downplayed the incident. Morgan also had close relations with Italian fascist Benito Mussolini, while German Nazi Dr. Hjalmer Schacht was a Morgan Bank liaison during WWII. After the war Morgan representatives met with Schacht at the Bank of International Settlements (BIS) in Basel, Switzerland. [13]

The House of Rockefeller

BIS is the most powerful bank in the world, a global central bank for the Eight Families who control the private central banks of almost all Western and developing nations. The first President of BIS was Rockefeller banker Gates McGarrah- an official at Chase Manhattan and the Federal Reserve. McGarrah was the grandfather of former CIA director Richard Helms. The Rockefellers- like the Morgans- had close ties to London. David Icke writes in Children of the Matrix, that the Rockefellers and Morgans were just “gofers” for the European Rothschilds. [14]

BIS is owned by the Federal Reserve, Bank of England, Bank of Italy, Bank of Canada, Swiss National Bank, Nederlandsche Bank, Bundesbank and Bank of France.

Historian Carroll Quigley wrote in his epic book Tragedy and Hope that BIS was part of a plan, “to create a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole…to be controlled in a feudalistic fashion by the central banks of the world acting in concert by secret agreements.”

The US government had a historical distrust of BIS, lobbying unsuccessfully for its demise at the 1944 post-WWII Bretton Woods Conference. Instead the Eight Families’ power was exacerbated, with the Bretton Woods creation of the IMF and the World Bank. The US Federal Reserve only took shares in BIS in September 1994. [15]

BIS holds at least 10% of monetary reserves for at least 80 of the world’s central banks, the IMF and other multilateral institutions. It serves as financial agent for international agreements, collects information on the global economy and serves as lender of last resort to prevent global financial collapse.

BIS promotes an agenda of monopoly capitalist fascism. It gave a bridge loan to Hungary in the 1990’s to ensure privatization of that country’s economy. It served as conduit for Eight Families funding of Adolf Hitler- led by the Warburg’s J. Henry Schroeder and Mendelsohn Bank of Amsterdam. Many researchers assert that BIS is at the nadir of global drug money laundering. [16]

It is no coincidence that BIS is headquartered in Switzerland, favorite hiding place for the wealth of the global aristocracy and headquarters for the P-2 Italian Freemason’s Alpina Lodge and Nazi International. Other institutions which the Eight Families control include the World Economic Forum, the International Monetary Conference and the World Trade Organization.

Bretton Woods was a boon to the Eight Families. The IMF and World Bank were central to this “new world order”. In 1944 the first World Bank bonds were floated by Morgan Stanley and First Boston. The French Lazard family became more involved in House of Morgan interests. Lazard Freres- France’s biggest investment bank- is owned by the Lazard and David-Weill families- old Genoese banking scions represented by Michelle Davive. A recent Chairman and CEO of Citigroup was Sanford Weill.

In 1968 Morgan Guaranty launched Euro-Clear, a Brussels-based bank clearing system for Eurodollar securities. It was the first such automated endeavor. Some took to calling Euro-Clear “The Beast”. Brussels serves as headquarters for the new European Central Bank and for NATO. In 1973 Morgan officials met secretly in Bermuda to illegally resurrect the old House of Morgan, twenty years before Glass Steagal Act was repealed. Morgan and the Rockefellers provided the financial backing for Merrill Lynch, boosting it into the Big 5 of US investment banking. Merrill is now part of Bank of America.

John D. Rockefeller used his oil wealth to acquire Equitable Trust, which had gobbled up several large banks and corporations by the 1920’s. The Great Depression helped consolidate Rockefeller’s power. His Chase Bank merged with Kuhn Loeb’s Manhattan Bank to form Chase Manhattan, cementing a long-time family relationship. The Kuhn-Loeb’s had financed — along with Rothschilds — Rockefeller’s quest to become king of the oil patch. National City Bank of Cleveland provided John D. with the money needed to embark upon his monopolization of the US oil industry. The bank was identified in Congressional hearings as being one of three Rothschild-owned banks in the US during the 1870’s, when Rockefeller first incorporated as Standard Oil of Ohio. [17]

One Rockefeller Standard Oil partner was Edward Harkness, whose family came to control Chemical Bank. Another was James Stillman, whose family controlled Manufacturers Hanover Trust. Both banks have merged under the JP Morgan Chase umbrella. Two of James Stillman’s daughters married two of William Rockefeller’s sons. The two families control a big chunk of Citigroup as well. [18]

In the insurance business, the Rockefellers control Metropolitan Life, Equitable Life, Prudential and New York Life. Rockefeller banks control 25% of all assets of the 50 largest US commercial banks and 30% of all assets of the 50 largest insurance companies. [19] Insurance companies- the first in the US was launched by Freemasons through their Woodman’s of America- play a key role in the Bermuda drug money shuffle.

Companies under Rockefeller control include Exxon Mobil, Chevron Texaco, BP Amoco, Marathon Oil, Freeport McMoran, Quaker Oats, ASARCO, United, Delta, Northwest, ITT, International Harvester, Xerox, Boeing, Westinghouse, Hewlett-Packard, Honeywell, International Paper, Pfizer, Motorola, Monsanto, Union Carbide and General Foods.

The Rockefeller Foundation has close financial ties to both Ford and Carnegie Foundations. Other family philanthropic endeavors include Rockefeller Brothers Fund, Rockefeller Institute for Medical Research, General Education Board, Rockefeller University and the University of Chicago- which churns out a steady stream of far right economists as apologists for international capital, including Milton Friedman.

The family owns 30 Rockefeller Plaza, where the national Christmas tree is lighted every year, and Rockefeller Center. David Rockefeller was instrumental in the construction of the World Trade Center towers. The main Rockefeller family home is a hulking complex in upstate New York known as Pocantico Hills. They also own a 32-room 5th Avenue duplex in Manhattan, a mansion in Washington, DC, Monte Sacro Ranch in Venezuela, coffee plantations in Ecuador, several farms in Brazil, an estate at Seal Harbor, Maine and resorts in the Caribbean, Hawaii and Puerto Rico. [20]

The Dulles and Rockefeller families are cousins. Allen Dulles created the CIA, assisted the Nazis, covered up the Kennedy hit from his Warren Commission perch and struck a deal with the Muslim Brotherhood to create mind-controlled assassins. [21]

Brother John Foster Dulles presided over the phony Goldman Sachs trusts before the 1929 stock market crash and helped his brother overthrow governments in Iran and Guatemala. Both were Skull & Bones, Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) insiders and 33rd Degree Masons. [22]

The Rockefellers were instrumental in forming the depopulation-oriented Club of Rome at their family estate in Bellagio, Italy. Their Pocantico Hills estate gave birth to the Trilateral Commission. The family is a major funder of the eugenics movement which spawned Hitler, human cloning and the current DNA obsession in US scientific circles.

John Rockefeller Jr. headed the Population Council until his death. [23] His namesake son is a Senator from West Virginia. Brother Winthrop Rockefeller was Lieutenant Governor of Arkansas and remains the most powerful man in that state. In an October 1975 interview with Playboy magazine, Vice-President Nelson Rockefeller- who was also Governor of New York- articulated his family’s patronizing worldview, “I am a great believer in planning- economic, social, political, military, total world planning.”

But of all the Rockefeller brothers, it is Trilateral Commission (TC) founder and Chase Manhattan Chairman David who has spearheaded the family’s fascist agenda on a global scale. He defended the Shah of Iran, the South African apartheid regime and the Chilean Pinochet junta. He was the biggest financier of the CFR, the TC and (during the Vietnam War) the Committee for an Effective and Durable Peace in Asia- a contract bonanza for those who made their living off the conflict.

Nixon asked him to be Secretary of Treasury, but Rockefeller declined the job, knowing his power was much greater at the helm of the Chase. Author Gary Allen writes in The Rockefeller File that in 1973, “David Rockefeller met with twenty-seven heads of state, including the rulers of Russia and Red China.”

Following the 1975 Nugan Hand Bank/CIA coup against Australian Prime Minister Gough Whitlam, his British Crown-appointed successor Malcolm Fraser sped to the US, where he met with President Gerald Ford after conferring with David Rockefeller. [24]

Next Week: Part II: Freemasons & The Bank of the United States

Notes

[1] 10K Filings of Fortune 500 Corporations to SEC. 3-91

[2] 10K Filing of US Trust Corporation to SEC. 6-28-95

[3] “The Federal Reserve ‘Fed Up’. Thomas Schauf. www.davidicke.com 1-02

[4] The Secrets of the Federal Reserve. Eustace Mullins. Bankers Research Institute. Staunton, VA. 1983. p.179

[5] Ibid. p.53

[6] The Triumph of Conservatism. Gabriel Kolko. MacMillan and Company New York. 1963. p.142

[7] Rule by Secrecy: The Hidden History that Connects the Trilateral Commission, the Freemasons and the Great Pyramids. Jim Marrs. HarperCollins Publishers. New York. 2000. p.57

[8] The House of Morgan. Ron Chernow. Atlantic Monthly Press NewYork 1990

[9] Marrs. p.57

[10] Democracy for the Few. Michael Parenti. St. Martin’s Press. New York. 1977. p.178

[11] Chernow

[12] The Great Crash of 1929. John Kenneth Galbraith. Houghton, Mifflin Company. Boston. 1979. p.148

[13] Chernow

[14] Children of the Matrix. David Icke. Bridge of Love. Scottsdale, AZ. 2000

[15] The Confidence Game: How Un-Elected Central Bankers are Governing the Changed World Economy. Steven Solomon. Simon & Schuster. New York. 1995. p.112

[16] Marrs. p.180

[17] Ibid. p.45

[18] The Money Lenders: The People and Politics of the World Banking Crisis. Anthony Sampson. Penguin Books. New York. 1981

[19] The Rockefeller File. Gary Allen. ’76 Press. Seal Beach, CA. 1977

[20] Ibid

[21] Dope Inc.: The Book That Drove Kissinger Crazy. Editors of Executive Intelligence Review. Washington, DC. 1992

[22] Marrs.

[23] The Rockefeller Syndrome. Ferdinand Lundberg. Lyle Stuart Inc. Secaucus, NJ. 1975. p.296

[24] Marrs. p.53

Dean Henderson is the author of Big Oil & Their Bankers in the Persian Gulf: Four Horsemen, Eight Families & Their Global Intelligence, Narcotics & Terror Network and The Grateful Unrich: Revolution in 50 Countries. His Left Hook blog is at www.deanhenderson.wordpress.com

Republished with permission from: Global Research

3 security forces killed in Egypt’s Sinai

0

An Egyptian military tank is deployed in the northern Sinai town of El-Arish on July 16, 2013.

Three members of the Egyptian security forces have been killed in separate attacks carried out by unidentified gunmen in Egyptâ„¢s volatile Sinai Peninsula.

All of the incidents took place in North Sinai on Wednesday night.

One soldier was killed after gunmen attacked a police headquarters in El-Arish, North Sinai’s main town, and a police officer was shot and killed outside his house in the same town.

Another policeman identified as Mohamed Said Metwali, 34, was killed in an attack on a police post in the town of Sheikh Zuweid near the border with the Gaza Strip.

Meanwhile, a security official, who spoke on condition of anonymity, said on Thursday that security forces had killed 10 militants in North Sinai in the past two days.

Since the ouster of Egyptian President Mohamed Morsi on July 3, militant groups have launched almost daily attacks there, killing several members of security forces.

In August 2012, 16 Egyptian soldiers were killed in an attack on a police station near the border with the Gaza Strip. It was the deadliest incident in Egypt’s Sinai in decades.

In response, Cairo launched an offensive against terrorists in Sinai, sending thousands of troops backed by tanks and heavy equipment into the region.

MAM/MHB

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Obama may cancel trip to Moscow over Snowden row with Russia

0
 
 

 Keep up with the news by installing RT’s extension for . Never miss a story with this clean and simple app that delivers the latest headlines to you.

 


President Obama considers cancelling his planned trip to Moscow over disagreements regarding former NSA contractor Edward Snowden, The New York Times reports.

Officials cited by the Times have said that, while Obama still
plans to travel to St. Petersburg for the annual gathering of the
G20, he is now rethinking a stop in Moscow due to a range of
issues existing between Russia and the US, most notably the
tentative residence of NSA whistleblower Edward Snowden in a
major international airport in the Russian capital.

DETAILS TO FOLLOW

Republished with permission from: RT

Detroit to file for federal bankruptcy, marking largest case in US history

0

The city of Detroit is said to be making the final preparations to file for federal bankruptcy, or Chapter 9 protection, and could submit paperwork as early as Friday morning, according to the Detroit Free Press.

Detroit will now become the largest city in American history to
file for bankruptcy. Kevin Orr, a bankruptcy expert hired by the
state of Michigan in March to try and lead the Motor City away
from a fiscal cliff, submitted the filing on Thursday, reports
the AP.

On the same day, Michigan governor Rick Snyder laid out the case
in support of Chapter 9 protection, saying that the “decision
comes in the wake of 60 years of decline for the city
.”

Snyder said that despite the “best efforts” by Detroit’s
Office of the Emergency Manager, the city was unable to reach a
restructuring plan with its debtors – leaving more than $18
billion in outstanding debts.

“We must face the fact that the city cannot and is not paying
its debts as they come due, and is insolvent
,” added
Snyder. 

The city of Detroit lost a quarter-million residents between 2000
and 2010, reports the AP. Boasting a population of 1.8 million in
the 1950s, the municipality is now struggling to stay above
700,000 residents. An estimated 78,000 structures are currently
abandoned in the city and unemployment has tripled since 2000
and, at roughly 15 percent of the population, is currently double
the national average.

DETAILS TO FOLLOW

Republished with permission from: RT

The U.S. Government Will Borrow Close To 4 Trillion Dollars This Year

1

DebtWhen you add maturing debt to the new debt that the federal government is accumulating, the total is quite eye catching. You see, the truth is that the U.S. government must not only borrow enough money to fund government spending for this year, it must also “roll over” existing debt that has reached maturity. Of course the government never actually pays any of that debt off. Instead, it essentially takes out new debts to cover the old ones. So the U.S. government is actually borrowing far more money each year than most Americans realize. For fiscal year 2013, the U.S. budget deficit will be about $845 billion, but on top of that the government will also have to borrow about 3 trillion dollars to pay off old debt that is maturing. Overall, the U.S. government will borrow close to 4 trillion dollars this year, and that number will likely be even higher next year. That is not going to cause a crisis as long as interest rates stay super low, but if interest rates begin to rise substantially, the game will change dramatically.

When the government borrows money, it has to pay it back someday. Back in the old days, the federal government used to issue lots of debt that would not mature for a very long time. But in recent years things have been very different…

In order to fund the government, the Treasury Department periodically auctions Treasury securities with various maturities ranging from 30-day Treasury bills to 30-year Treasury bonds, with 2-3-5-7-year and 10-year Treasury notes in between. It used to be that the bulk of Treasury borrowing was done in the longer-term instruments with maturities of at least 10 years.

In more recent years, however, this trend has shifted more toward shorter-term Treasury securities. There are pros and cons to both strategies. Generally speaking, the shorter maturities are considered more risky since short-term interest rates can vary frequently. Shorter-term maturities obviously have to be rolled over much more often. That raises the risk that there might not be enough buyers when the government needs them.

At this point, the average maturity of outstanding government debt is only 65 months, and only about 10 percent of all Treasury debt matures outside of a decade.

So what does that mean?

It means that the federal government must constantly roll over massive amounts of debt. Once again, this is not too much of a problem as long as interest rates stay super low, but as John Cochrane pointed out, if rates start rising back to “normal” levels things could get quite hairy very quickly…

Here’s the nightmare scenario: Suppose that four years from now, interest rates rise 5 percent, i.e. back to normal, and the US has $20 trillion outstanding. Interest costs alone will rise $1 trillion (5% of $20 trillion6 ) — doubling already unsustainable deficits! This is what happened to Italy, Spain, and Portugal. Don’t think it can’t happen to us. It’s even more likely, because fear of inflation — which did not hit them, since they are on the Euro — can hit us.

Sadly, those running things appears to be quite clueless. For example, retiring U.S. Representative Michele Bachmann recently asked Federal Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke why the national debt has remained frozen in place for 56 straight days even though we have been borrowing lots of money. Bernanke seemed to have no idea how to answer that question…

As Federal Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke testified before the House Financial Services Committee Wednesday, Bachmann asked how there could be no increase reported in the total debt when the government is racking up about $4 billion a day in new debt.

“After nearly 10 years as the head of the Federal Reserve, Chairman Bernanke could not answer my question today in Financial Services Committee,” Bachmann told WND.

She wondered if there’s a political motive.

“I asked whether the Treasury Department was cooking the federal government’s books as it was reported that the Feds debt balance sheet remained at $16,699,396,000,000 for 56 days straight, presumably so the Treasury Department wouldn’t officially register that once again the Congress had exceeded its legal borrowing limits.”

For the moment, the federal government is able to recklessly borrow and spend money and investors are rewarding this behavior with super low interest rates.

Unfortunately, this state of affairs is completely and totally unsustainable. At some point global financial markets will begin to behave rationally, and when that happens it is going to mean a tremendous amount of pain for the United States.

Over the past decade, the U.S. government has added more than 11 trillion dollars to the national debt at a time when the U.S. economy has been steadily declining. Anyone that thinks that we can continue to pile up more debt like this indefinitely does not know what they are talking about.

The following are some more statistics about the U.S. national debt for you to consider…

-Back in 1980, the U.S. national debt was less than one trillion dollars. Today, it is rapidly approaching 17 trillion dollars.

–During Obama’s first term, the federal government accumulated more debt than it did under the first 42 U.S presidents combined.

–The U.S. national debt is now more than 23 times larger than it was when Jimmy Carter became president.

–If you started paying off just the new debt that the U.S. has accumulated during the Obama administration at the rate of one dollar per second, it would take more than 184,000 years to pay it off.

–If right this moment you went out and started spending one dollar every single second, it would take you more than 31,000 years to spend one trillion dollars.

–If you were alive when Jesus Christ was born and you spent one million dollars every single day since that point, you still would not have spent one trillion dollars by now.

–Some suggest that “taxing the rich” is the answer. Well, if Bill Gates gave every single penny of his entire fortune to the U.S. government, it would only cover the U.S. budget deficit for 15 days.

–If the federal government used GAAP accounting standards like publicly traded corporations do, the real federal budget deficit for 2011 would have been 5 trillion dollars instead of 1.3 trillion dollars.

–The United States already has more government debt per capita than Greece, Portugal, Italy, Ireland or Spain does.

–At this point, the United States government is responsible for more than a third of all the government debt in the entire world.

–The amount of U.S. government debt held by foreigners is about 5 times larger than it was just a decade ago.

–The U.S. national debt is now more than 37 times larger than it was when Richard Nixon took us off the gold standard.

–The U.S. national debt is now more than 5000 times larger than it was when the Federal Reserve was first created.

–Boston University economist Laurence Kotlikoff is warning that the U.S. government is facing a gigantic tsunami of unfunded liabilities in the coming years that we are counting on our children and our grandchildren to pay. Kotlikoff speaks of a “fiscal gap” which he defines as “the present value difference between projected future spending and revenue”. His calculations have led him to the conclusion that the federal government is facing a fiscal gap of 222 trillion dollars in the years ahead.

For the moment everything is fine because interest rates are incredibly low and the mockers in the “deficits don’t matter” fan club are having a field day.

But what is going to happen when interest rates return to rational levels?

How will the U.S. government be able to borrow the trillions of dollars that it needs to borrow every single year?

That is why it is so important to watch interest rates. When they start skyrocketing, big trouble is ahead.

Republished with permission from: The Economic Collapse

Documents Show Undersea Cable Firms Provide Surveillance Access to US Secret State

0

Documents published last week by the Australian web site Crikey revealed that the US government “compelled Telstra and Hong Kong-based PCCW to give it access to their undersea cables for spying on communications traffic entering and leaving the US.”

The significance of the disclosure is obvious; today, more than 99 percent of the world’s internet and telephone traffic is now carried by undersea fiber optic cables. An interactive submarine cable map published by the Global Bandwidth Research Service is illustrative in this regard.

Since the late 1960s as part of its ECHELON spy project, the United States has been tapping undersea cables to extract communications and signals intelligence. In fact, projects such as Operation Ivy Bells, a joint Navy-NSA secret intelligence program directed against the former Soviet Union was designed to do just that.

Prefiguring the Bush administration’s warrantless wiretapping scandal which broke in 2005, the Associated Press reported that a $3.2 billion Navy Seawolf class submarine, a 453-foot behemoth called the USS Jimmy Carter, “has a special capability: it is able to tap undersea cables and eavesdrop on the communications passing through them.”

A year later, AT&T whistleblower Mark Klein told Wired Magazinethat NSA was tapping directly into the world’s internet backbone, and was doing so from domestic listening posts the telecommunications’ giant jointly built with the agency at corporate switching stations.

Whatever submarine operations NSA still carry out with the US Navy and “Five Eyes” surveillance partners (Australia, Britain, Canada, New Zealand and the US), access to information flowing through undersea cables mean that the US government is well-positioned to scoop-up virtually all global communications.

Since former NSA contractor Edward Snowden began spilling the beans last month, it should be clear that the American government’s capabilities in amassing unprecedented volumes of information from cable traffic, also potentially hands the US and their corporate collaborators a treasure trove of sensitive economic secrets from competitors.

Economic Espionage

Reporting by Australian journalists confirm information published July 6 by The Washington Post. There we learned that overseas submarine cable companies doing business in the United States must maintain “an internal corporate cell of American citizens with government clearances,” a cadre of personnel whose job is to ensure that “when US government agencies seek access to the massive amounts of data flowing through their networks, the companies have systems in place to provide it securely.”

Inked just weeks after the 9/11 provocation, the 23-page Telstradocument specifies that access to undersea cable traffic by the FBI and “any US governmental authorities entitled to effect Electronic Surveillance,” is an explicit condition for doing business in the United States.

Similar agreements were signed between 1999 and 2011 with telecommunication companies, satellite firms, submarine cable operators and the US government and were published earlier this month by the Public Intelligence web site.

It has long been known that the Australian secret state agency, the Defence Security Directorate (DSD), is a key participant in US global surveillance projects. Classified NSA maps provided by Snowden and subsequently published by Brazil’s O Globonewspaper, revealed the locations of dozens of US and allied signals intelligence sites worldwide. DSD currently operates four military installations involved in a top secret NSA program called X-Keyscore.

Snowden described X-Keyscore and other programs to Der Spiegel as “the intelligence community’s first ‘full-take’ Internet buffer that doesn’t care about content type . . . ‘Full take’ means it doesn’t miss anything, and ingests the entirety of each circuit’s capacity.”

According to The Sydney Morning Herald, along with the “US Australian Joint Defence Facility at Pine Gap near Alice Springs,” three other DSD facilities, “the Shoal Bay Receiving Station near Darwin, the Australian Defence Satellite Communications Facility at Geraldton and the naval communications station HMAS Harman outside Canberra,” were identified as X-Keyscore “contributors.” The paper also reported that “a new state-of-the-art data storage facility at HMAS Harman to support the Australian signals directorate and other Australian intelligence agencies” is currently under construction.

The Herald described the project as “an intelligence collection program” that “processes all signals before they are shunted off to various ‘production lines’ that deal with specific issues and the exploitation of different data types for analysis—variously code-named Nucleon (voice), Pinwale (video), Mainway (call records) and Marina (internet records). US intelligence expert William Arkin describes X-Keyscore as a ‘national Intelligence collection mission system’.”

Two of the Australian bases illustrated on the X-Keyscore map sit adjacent to major undersea cable sites transiting the Pacific and Indian Oceans.

Cozy arrangements with Telstra and other firms however, hardly represent mere passive acceptance of terms and conditions laid out by the US government. On the contrary, these, and dozens of other agreements which have come to light, are emblematic of decades-long US corporate-state “public-private partnerships.”

As Bloomberg reported last month, “thousands of technology, finance and manufacturing companies are working closely with US national security agencies, providing sensitive information and in return receiving benefits that include access to classified intelligence.”

It’s a two-way street, Bloomberg noted. Firms providing “US intelligence organizations with additional data, such as equipment specifications” use it “to help infiltrate computers of its adversaries.” In return, “companies are given quick warnings about threats that could affect their bottom line.” Such sensitive data can also be used to undermine the position of their foreign competitors.

We now know, based on documents provided by Snowden, that the “infiltration” of computer networks by US secret state agencies are useful not only for filching military secrets and mass spying but also for economic and industrial espionage.

That point was driven home more than a decade ago in a paperprepared by journalist Duncan Campbell for the European Parliament.

“By the end of the 1990s,” Campbell wrote, “the US administration claimed that intelligence activity against foreign companies had gained the US nearly $150 billion in exports.”

“Although US intelligence officials and spokespeople have admitted using Comint [communications intelligence] against European companies . . . documents show that the CIA has been directly involved in obtaining competitor intelligence for business purposes.”

At the time the Telstra pact was signed, the Australian telecommunications and internet giant was “50.1% owned” by the Australian government. Reach Global Services, is described in the document as “a joint venture indirectly owned 50% by Telstra” and “50% owned” by Hong Kong’s Pacific Century CyberWorks Limited (PCCW).

With controlling interest in more than 40 undersea fiber optic cables, and with landing rights in global markets that include Hong Kong, Japan, Korea, Taiwan, Singapore, Australia, North America and Europe, the joint venture was then the largest commercial telecommunications carrier in Asia with some 82,000 kilometers of undersea cables. Reach also operates international satellite systems that cover two-third’s of the planet’s surface.

Such assets would be prime targets of “Five Eyes” spy agencies under terms of the UKUSA Communications Intelligence Agreement.

Telstra and PCCW restructured their partnership in 2011, with the Australian firm now controlling the lion’s share of an undersea cable network that stretches “more than 364,000 kilometres and connects more than 240 markets worldwide,” theSouth Morning China Post reported. Inevitably, the restructuring will afford the US government an even greater opportunity for spying.

Network security agreements hammered out among undersea cable firms and the US government have profound implications for global commerce. Their geopolitical significance hasn’t been lost on America’s closet “allies.”

The Guardian revealed last month that the US is “spying on the European Union mission in New York and its embassy in Washington.” In addition to the EU mission, target lists include “the French, Italian and Greek embassies, as well as a number of other American allies, including Japan, Mexico, South Korea, India and Turkey.”

That list has since been supplemented by further disclosures.

Snowden told the South China Morning Post that NSA hacked into the “computers at the Hong Kong headquarters of Pacnet, which owns one of the most extensive fibre optic submarine cable networks in the region.”

Recently, the firm signed major deals with the Chinese mainland’s “top mobile phone companies” and “owns more than 46,000 kilometres of fibre-optic cables.”

According to the paper, Pacnet “cables connect its regional data centres across the Asia-Pacific region, including Hong Kong, the mainland, Japan, South Korea, Singapore and Taiwan. It also has offices in the US.”

The South Morning China Post also disclosed that Tsinghua University, “China’s premier seat of learning” has sustained extensive attacks on the school’s “network backbones.”

Available documents based on Snowden disclosures and other sources seem to suggest that President Obama’s militaristic “pivot to Asia” is also an aggressive campaign to steal commercial and trade secrets from US imperialism’s Asian rivals.

Whether or not these revelations will effect negotiations over the proposed Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP), a NAFTA-style “free trade” agreement between the US and ten Pacific Rim nations, including Chile, Japan, Malaysia, Mexico, Peru and Singapore—all prime US-UK targets of PRISM, TEMPORA and X-Keyscore—remains to be seen.

‘Legal’ License to Spy

If we have learned anything since Snowden’s revelations began surfacing last month, it is that the US secret state relies on a body of “secret laws” overseen by a Star Chamber-like FISA court described in the polite language The New York Times as a “parallel Supreme Court,” to do its dirty work.

Along with leaked NSA documents, published agreements between telecommunications firms, internet service providers and the US government should demolish the fiction that blanket surveillance is “legal,” “limited in scope” or chiefly concerned with fighting “crime” and “terrorism.”

Proclaiming that “US communications systems are essential to the ability of the US government to fulfill its responsibilities to the public to preserve the national security of the United States, to enforce the laws, and to maintain the safety of the public,” the Telstra summary posted by Crikey should dispel any illusions on that score.

On the contrary, the agreement reveals the existence of a vast surveillance web linking private companies to the government’s relentless drive, as The Washington Post explained, to “collect it all.”

● All customer billing data to be stored for two years;
● Ability to provide to agencies any stored telecommunications or internet communications and comply with preservation requests;
● Ability to provide any stored metadata, billing data or subscriber information about US customers;
● They are not to comply with any foreign privacy laws that might lead to mandatory destruction of stored data;
● Plans and infrastructure to demonstrate other states cannot spy on US customers;
● They are not to comply with information requests from other countries without DoJ permission;
● A requirement to:

. . . designate points of contact within the United States with the authority and responsibility for accepting and overseeing the carrying out of Lawful US Process to conduct Electronic Surveillance of or relating to Domestic Communications carried by or through Domestic Communications Infrastructure; or relating to customers or subscribers of Domestic Communications Companies. The points of contact shall be assigned to Domestic Communications Companies security office(s) in the United States, shall be available twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week and shall be responsible for accepting service and maintaining the security of Classified Information and any Lawful US Process for Electronic Surveillance . . . The Points of contact shall be resident US citizens who are eligible for US security clearances.

In other words, an “internal corporate cell of American citizens,” charged with providing confidential customer data to the secret state, as The Washington Post first reported.

Additional demands include:

● A requirement to keep such surveillance confidential, and to use US citizens “who meet high standards of trustworthiness for maintaining the confidentiality of Sensitive Information” to handle requests;
● A right for the FBI and the DoJ to conduct inspection visits of the companies’ infrastructure and offices; and
● An annual compliance report, to be protected from Freedom of Information requests.

This is not a one-off as the other 27 Agreements published by Public Intelligence readily attest.

For example, the 31-page 2011 Agreement between the US government and Level 3 Communications, which operates in North America, Europe, Latin America and the Asia-Pacific, which acquired Global Crossing from from the Hong Kong-based Hutchison Whampoa and Singapore Technologies Telemedia (the focus of The Washington Post’s July 6 report), was expanded beyond the FBI and Department of Justice to include the Department of Homeland Security and the Department of Defense, NSA’s “parent” agency.

As with the 2001 Telstra agreement, “Access” to Level 3′s systems by governmental entities is defined as “the ability to physically or logically undertake any of the following actions: (a) read, divert, or otherwise obtain non-public information or technology from or about software, hardware, a system or a network; (b) add, edit or alter information or technology stored on or by software, hardware, a system or a network; and (c) alter the physical or logical state of software, hardware, a system or a network (e.g., turning it on or off, changing configuration, removing or adding components or connections).”

NSA, the principle US spy agency charged with obtaining, storing and analyzing COMINT/SIGINT “products, i.e., user data, has been handed virtually unlimited access to information flowing through Level 3 fiber optic cables as it enters the US.

This includes what is described as “Domestic Communications,” content, not simply the metadata, of any phone call or email that transit Level 3 systems: “‘Domestic Communications’ means: (a) Wire Communications or Electronic Communications (whether stored or not) from one US location to another US location; and (b) the US portion of a Wire Communication or Electronic Communication (whether stored or not) that originates or terminates in the United States.”

So much for President Obama’s mendacious claim that “nobody is listening to your phone calls”!

Access to the entirety of customer records and communications is clearly spelled out in the section entitled “Electronic Surveillance.”

Note: the “USC.” provisions refer to (18) the Stored Communications Act which compels disclosure to the government of stored wire, electronic and transactional data; a provision that greatly weakened the Fourth Amendment right to privacy. 50 USC outlines the role of War and National Defense in the United States Code and includes “foreign intelligence,” “electronic surveillance authorization without court order,” “internal security,” including the “control of subversive activities” and the “exercise of emergency powers and authorities” by the Executive Branch.

‘Electronic Surveillance,’ for the purposes of this Agreement, includes: (a) the interception of wire, oral, or electronic communications as defined in 18 U.S.C. §§ 2510(1), (2), (4) and (12), respectively, and electronic surveillance as defined in 50 U.S.C. § 1801(f); (b) Access to stored wire or electronic communications, as referred to in 18 U.S.C. § 2701 et seq.; (c) acquisition of dialing, routing, addressing, or signaling information through pen register or trap and trace devices or other devices or features capable of acquiring such information pursuant to law as defined in 18 U.S.C. § 3121 et seq. and 50 U.S.C. § 1841 et seq.; (d) acquisition of location-related information concerning a service subscriber or facility; (e) preservation of any of the above information pursuant to 18 U.S.C.§ 2703(f); and (f) Access to, or acquisition, interception, or preservation of, wire, oral, or electronic communications or information as described in (a) through (e) above and comparable state laws.

Level 3 is further enjoined from disclosing what is described as “Sensitive Information,” that is, “information that is not Classified Information regarding: (a) the persons or facilities that are the subjects of Lawful US Process; (b) the identity of the Government Authority or Government Authorities serving such Lawful US Process; (c) the location or identity of the line, circuit, transmission path, or other facilities or equipment used to conduct Electronic Surveillance; (d) the means of carrying out Electronic Surveillance.”

In other words, we do the spying; you hand over it over and keep your mouths shut.

The electronic driftnet thrown over global communications is expedited by direct access to Level 3′s equipment by the US government.

‘Principal Equipment’ means the primary electronic components of a submarine cable system, to include the hardware used at the NOC(s) [Network Operations Center], landing station(s) and the cable itself, such as servers, repeaters, submarine line terminal equipment (SLTE), system supervisory equipment (SSE), power feed equipment (PFE), tilt and shape equalizer units (TEQ/SEQ), optical distribution frames (ODF), and synchronous optical network (SONET), synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH), wave division multiplexing (WDM), dense wave division multiplexing (DWDM), coarse wave division multiplexing (CWDM) or optical carrier network (OCx) equipment, as applicable.

Who oversees the set-up? On paper it appears that Level 3 control their operations. However, the Agreement specifies that the firm must utilize “primary US NOCs for any Domestic Communications Infrastructure” and it “shall be maintained and remain within the United States and US territories, to be operated by Level 3, exclusively using Screened Personnel.”

Who signs off on “screened personnel”? Why the US government of course, which raises the suspicion that corporate employees are little more than spook assets.

But here’s where it gets interesting. “Level 3 may nonetheless use the United Kingdom NOC for routine day-to-day management of any of the Cable Systems as such management is in existence as of the Effective Date.”

Why might that be the case, pray tell?

Could it be that fiber optic cables transiting the UK are alreadylovingly scrutinized by NSA’s kissin’ cousins across the pond? GCHQ, as The Guardian disclosed, is merrily ingesting “vast quantities of global email messages, Facebook posts, internet histories and calls, and shares them” with the American agency.

Therefore, since UK undersea cable traffic is already under close “management” via the British agency’s TEMPORA program, described as having the “‘biggest internet access’ of any member of the Five Eyes electronic eavesdropping alliance,” it makes sense that Level 3 is allowed to “use the United Kingdom NOC” as a hub for its “Domestic Communications Infrastructure”!

In conclusion, these publicly available documents provide additional confirmation of how major corporations are empowering the US surveillance octopus.

By entering into devil’s pacts with the world’s “sole superpower,” giant telcos and internet firms view the destruction of privacy rights as just another item on the balance sheet, a necessary cost of doing business in America.

And business is very good.

Republished with permission from: Global Research

Monsanto’s Oregon GMO wheat scandal puzzles investigators

1

After authorities found GMO wheat growing on the field of an Oregon farmer, they were hoping to quickly trace the origin of the crop. Three months later, though, investigators are even more puzzled than before.

A farmer in Oregon discovered in May that a GMO wheat crop manufactured by biotech company
Monsanto and discontinued years earlier had mysteriously sprouted
in his field. But after an array of testing was waged from the
United State Department of Agriculture and others, it’s still
uncertain months later where the crop came from.

A Monsanto-made GMO wheat strain was tested on the field between
1998 and 2005 before the St. Louis, Missouri-based agro-giant
withdrew its application from the USDA’s regulatory approval
process. By that point, though, it had spent seven years planting
a particular strain of wheat that could withstand exposure to
Monsanto’s own “Roundup” pesticide. When an Oregon farmer
realized two months ago that some plants in his wheat field were
surviving despite dousing them with Roundup, he became
suspicious. Soon after the USDA did too, even launching a federal
investigation.

The zombie crop raised concern around the world when foreign
buyers of US goods objected over possibly buying a harvest infected
with hybrid seeds unapproved of overseas. Monsanto Chief
Technology Officer Robb Fraley went on to call the entire
incident “suspicious” and generated calls of potential sabotage,
but even still the mystery remains unsolved.

The result, NPR reported this week, could mean hundreds of
millions of dollars if Asian buyers exit from contracts with
American farmers.

Weighing in weeks after he touted the possibility of the incident
being the result of sabotage, Fraley still seemed unsure. “The
fact pattern indicates the strong possibility that someone
intentionally introduced wheat seed containing the CP4 event into
his field, sometime after that farmer initially planted it
,”
Fraley told NPR, referring to Monsanto’s patented Roundup
resistance gene

Fraley also said that anti-GMO activists upset with his company
could have orchestrated it to discredit the company. Monsanto was
in fact the focus of a day of international protests earlier this
year held by GMO activists on six continents, and like-minded
advocates continue to petition against Washington’s ties to the
biotech industry.

“There are folks who don’t like biotechnology and who would
use this as an opportunity to create problems
,” Fraley
previously told reporters.

But as the investigation remains unresolved, the entire incident
may unfold to be nothing more than an honest mistake. Oregon
State wheat breeder Bob Zemetra told NPR that Fraley’s claim
seemed a bit of “a stretch” and suggested it was something
much simpler.

“Or you have a bag that gets mislabeled and gets put on the
shelf and just sits there
,” he said.

Others, like Oregon State University weed scientist Carol
Mallory-Smith, say it really could be anything.

“There are so many places in the system where errors can be
made
,” she told Nature. “Once we release these genes into
the field, we should just assume that they are going to stay in
the environment
.”

“We may never know who actually released it,” added
Washington State University Director of Agricultural Research
James Moyer.

Republished with permission from: RT

Congress Finally Decides NSA Surveillance Violates the Law

0

“America has no functioning democracy at this moment,” says Jimmy Carter

Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
July 18, 2013

nsalistensCongress has finally decided that massive, unprecedented and unwarranted surveillance of the American people conducted by the National Security Agency is against the law.

Members of the Senate Judiciary Committee, which has broad jurisdiction over maters related to federal criminal law, arrived at the conclusion months after the American people reached a similar conclusion.

“We never, at any point in this debate, have approved the type of unchecked, sweeping surveillance of United States citizens employed by our government,” said House fixture John Conyers, a Michigan Democrat, during a hearing on the NSA. “If the government cannot provide a clear, public explanation for how its program is consistent with the statute, it must stop collecting this information immediately.”

Other committee members have promised to amend the unconstitutional PATRIOT Act and force the NSA to stop its surveillance. Representative Jim Sensenbrenner, a Wisconsin Republican and author of the original PATRIOT Act, said it is not likely Congress will reauthorize the business-records collection provision of the act when the law expires in 2015.

Fourth Amendment, What Fourth Amendment?

James Cole, deputy attorney general at the Department of Justice, insists the NSA’s vacuum cleaner approach to electronic surveillance does not violate the Fourth Amendment.

How so? Well, in 1979, Cole argues, the Supreme Court ruled that telephone records are not private information covered by the Fourth Amendment.

Besides, there is a special court for this sort of thing — the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court. It was approved Congress, so bureaucrats believe it is legal.

Back in the day, Congress created the FISA and a secret court in response to embarrassing revelations uncovered by the Church Committee investigating intelligence abuses.

FISA’s special court is “almost a parallel Supreme Court,” according to David B. Wells and John Wilson Wells, authors of American National Security and Civil Liberties ion an Era of Terrorism.

The Death of John Doe

Jimmy Carter Says We Don’t Live in a Democracy

Former President Jimmy Carter has come out against NSA surveillance. He characterized Edward Snowden’s leak as “beneficial” for the country.

“I think that the secrecy that has been surrounding this invasion of privacy has been excessive, so I think that the bringing of it to the public notice has probably been, in the long term, beneficial,” Carter said.

“America has no functioning democracy at this moment,” the former president also said, according to Der Spiegel.

Indeed, the United States does not have a functioning democracy. There is plenty of evidence that national elections are rigged and the two-party system — actually a one party system lorded over by a cabal of globalist banksters and fascist corporatists — has a monopoly on political power. NSA surveillance is merely another tool designed to guarantee they stay in power.

But then the United States is not supposed to be a democracy. It was intended to be a constitutional republic.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Thursday, July 18, 2013 at 2:47 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

'Black Day' for Liberty: Hedge's NDAA Challenge Thrown Out

0

Hedges talks to supporters outside the Thurgood Marshall Courthouse Second Circuit Court of Appeals Feb. 6, 2013 (Photo via Flickr / pameladrew212 / Creative Commons License)The U.S. Court of Appeals for the 2nd Circuit cast away a case Wednesday brought by journalist Chris Hedges and other prominent civil rights proponents that sought to render the indefinite detention of American citizens, made possible by the National Defense Authorization Act of 2012, unconstitutional.

Calling it a “black day for for those who care about liberty,” Hedges said the ruling makes it possible for the military to “use troops on the streets to seize U.S. citizens, strip them of due process and hold them indefinitely in military detention centers.”

“It’s sad that we can’t even find any kind of redress through the courts,” Hedges told the Huffington Post. “There’s nowhere left to turn to in this really egregious assault against our most basic civil liberties.”

The plaintiffs will appeal the ruling but the U.S. Supreme Court is not required to take up the case.

It seems to be the end of the road for Hedges v. Obama, which has stretched over the course of 16 months. The plaintiffs, who also include Noam Chomsky, Daniel Ellsberg, Alexa O’Brien and others, had argued that the sections of the NDAA which allow the military to indefinitely detain anyone who communicated with a suspected terrorists would essentially criminalize journalists and other U.S. citizens.

Read Hedges full statement below:

This is quite distressing. It means there is no recourse now either within the Executive, Legislative or Judicial branches of government to halt the steady assault on our civil liberties and most basic Constitutional rights. It means that the state can use the military, overturning over two centuries of domestic law, to use troops on the streets to seize U.S. citizens, strip them of due process and hold them indefinitely in military detention centers. States that accrue to themselves this kind of power, history has shown, will use it. We will appeal, but the Supreme Court is not required to hear our appeal. It is a black day for those who care about liberty.

_______________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

Republished with permission from: Common Dreams

'Shame!': Texas Attack on Reproductive Rights Signed Into Law

0

Protest at the Texas capitol Thursday (Photo: Hallie Boas)Texas Governor Rick Perry signed into law Thursday morning a drastic anti-abortion bill that will decimate abortion access, ban the procedure after 20 weeks, shutter clinics, and erode women’s health services–including life-saving cancer screenings–across the state.

Over 60 protesters filled the auditorium where Perry signed the bill Thursday morning, wearing black to symbolize mourning, waving signs declaring ‘shame,’ and carrying coat hangers they say represent the countless women who will be forced into dangerous black market abortions.

A small group of protesters sprawled on the floor of the Texas capitol with their hands crossed across their chest, spelling out the word ‘shame.’

“We communicated a somber tone to let Rick Perry and the Republican majority know that the blood of Texas women is on their hands,” Kandace Vallejo–member of Rise Up Texas who participated in Thursday’s actions–told Common Dreams. “The funerary aspects of today’s protests are symbolism to indicate the number of deaths from unsafe abortions, as well as to highlight the number of deaths that might occur from lack of access to reproductive services, HPV, cervical cancer and breast cancer screenings.”

The governor signed the House Bill 2 despite fierce Texas-wide oopposition, including passionate protests filling the capitol, and a poll showing 80 percent of people in Texas did not want the bill to focus on abortion.

The governor’s signing of the bill is no surprise–as Perry has thrown his political weight behind the legislation and called multiple ‘special sessions’ to push it through–but it did send shock waves throughout the state and country, as women throughout the US face similar attacks on reproductive rights at the state level.

“The Texas measure is part of an orchestrated, nationwide plan to outlaw abortion clinic by clinic, state by state,” said Jennifer Dalven, director of the American Civil Liberties Union’s Reproductive Freedom Project. “As what happened in Texas shows, women aren’t stupid. We won’t sit quietly by while politicians take away our right to make our own, personal and private medical decisions just to score political points.”

These developments will severely impact low-income women and communities of color across the state, who disproportionately rely on these services that have already been eroded by a state attack on Planned Parenthood.

Reproductive justice advocates vow to continue organizing, despite Thursday morning’s attack on abortion rights, as well as policy brutality against protesters at the capitol, which included police tasing of peaceful protesters Friday and a degrading ban on tampons and menstrual pads, based on unproven claims that these items are used as ‘weapons.’

“This is the beginning of a struggle that is just as important now as it ever has been,” declared Vallejo. “Our organizing in Texas is really cross-generational, multicultural, and strongly women-led, including women from different socioeconomic and racial and cultural backgrounds. It has been super diverse, and it is really beautiful to see this grassroots democracy gain traction and ground.”

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

Republished with permission from: Common Dreams

Monsanto Gives Up on GM Growth in European Union

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]

<img alt="" border="0" class="image-full" src="/sites/commondreams.org/files/imce-images/15323536521d9acf9781591af9655f82.jpg" style="width: 540px; height: 333px;" title="GMO protest in front of the European Union headquarters in Brussels November 24, 2008.

[field_image_caption-raw]

read more

Republished with permission from: Common Dreams

Sit-In Against Stand Your Ground: 'We Are Here Because Trayvon Can't Be

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]

Dream Defenders stage a sit-in at the office of the Florida Governor demanding a repeal of ‘Stand Your Ground’ (Photo: AP)Dozens entered their third day of a round-the-clock sit-in at Florida governor Rick Scott's office Thursday to honor Trayvon Martin's life and demand a legislative discuss

[field_image_caption-raw]

read more

Republished with permission from: Common Dreams

Non-Muslim Student Denied Water During Ramadan

0

Is the “separation of church and state” being applied too literally? Because some U.K. parents may point out that mosque and state seems to be mixing all the time.

A case in point is 10-year-old schoolboy Luke Blagden, who was denied water on one of the year’s hottest days in deference to Muslim pupils fasting for Ramadan. Writes the Daily Mail:

Many pupils at Charles Dickens Primary School, Portsmouth, Hampshire, are fasting during Ramadan, which means they refrain from taking food or water between sunrise and sunset for around 30 days, depending on the moon….

[The boy’s mother, Kora Blagden, stated,] “Luke said to me he was told he wasn’t allowed to drink in class by his teacher.

The reason being, a child who is fasting had a headache and the teacher said it would be unfair if the other children drank in front of the pupil.”…

“Luke was dehydrated when he got home and drunk three glasses of water straight away.”

The teacher made the ruling on Thursday when temperatures soared to 28C.

Kora Blagden also said that while the students normally have their water bottles on their desks, on the day in question the teacher had confiscated them.

Yet while young Luke was forced to accept an Islamic norm in the name of tolerance, critics point out that the same principle is used to prevent Christian students from expressing their own faith in even the most innocuous ways. An example is six-year-old U.K. schoolboy Eddie Thompson, whose Estfeld Primary in Tickhill prohibited him from wearing a Christian ankle band, even though it was hidden beneath his sock. As the Daily Mail wrote in January:

[The boy’s father, Peter Thompson, said,] “He wears the band because he wants to feel that God is always with him.… No one has said a thing about it for all this time [six months] but when one of the teachers spotted it when Eddie had an itchy ankle and was scratching it she took it off him. When I complained about this to the school they were very blunt and said bands like this were banned. I think they’re discriminating against him because he’s a Christian. This is a symbol of his faith.”

While the school claims such bands are forbidden for “health and safety” reasons, Mr. Thompson believes this is just a pretext. As he noted, “I’m particularly angry and upset at the school because during the summer they were actually selling rubber charity bands to raise money. It doesn’t make sense to me that now they say they are banned yet in the summer they were selling them on school property,” reports the Mail.

And this is not an isolated case. Another occurred in 2007 when a different U.K. school ordered 13-year-old devout Catholic student Samantha Devine to remove an unobtrusive half-inch crucifix and neck chain. Yet, as the Mail wrote at the time, “her furious family yesterday pointed out the school – Robert Napier in Gillingham, Kent – allows Muslim pupils to wear headscarves and Sikh students to come to lessons with turbans and bangles.”

Like Eddie Thompson’s Estfeld Primary, this school maintained its actions were taken for health and safety reasons. But this doesn’t ring true to the Devine family. As the Mail also tells us, “Samantha … claims staff routinely fail to crack down on youngsters wearing non-religious jewellery, including large necklaces and earrings. Her parents are concerned she is being singled out because she is a Christian. The youngster last night vowed to continue wearing her necklace to school – even if it means being expelled. Her stand now threatens to spark similar confrontations in schools up and down the country.”

Yet the forces of tradition seem to be losing these confrontations. British columnist Stephen Glover provided many such examples in a 2003 op-ed entitled “MARCH OF THE ZEALOTS,” writing:

The Scottish Parliament has this year banned traditional Christmas cards for fear that they might be offensive to people of other religions….

Meanwhile the Red Cross has banned the sale of cards with a religious theme in its charity shops because it does not want to “offend” minority faiths….

In High Wycombe, church officials have been prevented from advertising a Christmas carol service in one of the town’s churches in case it should offend non-Christians….

Up and down the country, schools have stopped putting on nativity plays out of a misplaced consideration for parents of different religions.

There is even a new law … which may make it illegal to display in offices Christmas cards featuring nativity scenes in case they cause offence to non-Christian workers….

EVEN government ministers who say that they are Christian strive to ensure that their Christmas cards do not carry even a subliminal Christian message.

This year, the card sent out by Tessa Jowell, the Culture Secretary, shows an exotic montage supposed to represent the diversity of British culture.

There is a picture of what may either be a mosque or Brighton Pavilion, and another of two Indian dancers. But there is not the tiniest Christian reference.

This phenomenon isn’t limited to the U.K., either. Just last month, Sonoma State University student Audrey Jarvis was told to remove a two-inch-long cross on a necklace while working an orientation fair because it might “offend others.” After San Diego teen Kenneth Dominguez brought his Bible to his Gateway East High School and shared his faith with others, he was suspended by officials in a move even the ACLU called an obvious violation of free speech. And closer to the Bible Belt, Karns Elementary School in Knox County, Tennessee, once banned students from studying the Bible during recess after a complaint from only one parent.

What accounts for this “war on Christianity,” as some observers call it? Glover says it is the handiwork of secularists who, “whether out of guilt or hatred of country or simple woolly-headedness, want to disown our past and our history.” While they may preach religious relativism, the writer says that they often behave as if Christianity must be subordinated to other faiths.

But this is nothing new. Glover was just echoing one of his late and great countrymen, G.K. Chesterton, who wrote in 1906, “There are those who hate Christianity and call their hatred an all-embracing love for all religions.”

Republished with permission from: The New American

Tucson Officer Fired for ‘Allegedly’ Pointing Gun at Convenience Store Clerk

2

Infowars.com
July 18, 2013

Police in Tucson are doing their best to stave off criticism stemming from the arrest of Kyle James McCartin, the 23-year-old off-duty officer who went into a gas station earlier this week and allegedly pointed his gun at the store clerk while in a drunken stupor… twice.

Rincon District deputies were summoned to a Giant gas station early Tuesday morning responding to an assault with a deadly weapon call. When they arrived, the store clerk described two men who had entered wearing bullet proof vests.

He said the men appeared intoxicated and one of them pointed a handgun at him, a statement supported by the store’s surveillance camera footage. The man with the gun was later identified as McCartin.

According to the clerk, the man who was with McCartin told him to put the gun down, but McCartin ignored his request and pointed it at the clerk a second time.

The clerk says he feared for his life during the encounter and that McCartin demanded nothing during the time he was pointing the gun.

The men were located at an apartment complex nearby following a short coordinated search.

Pima County Sheriff’s Deputy Jesus Banuelos says he hopes the public doesn’t see the incident as representative of law enforcement as a whole. “We would hope that the people in the community would take this incident and not hold it against the other officers, toward deputies that are working hard.”

McCartin faces two charges of aggravated assault. He had only been on the force since September.

 

Republished with permission from: Infowars

AP: Former Indiana Governor Sought to Ban Howard Zinn's Works From Classrooms

1

Former Governor of Indiana Mitch Daniels sought to ban the works of Howard Zinn from Indiana classrooms, the Associated Press revealed this week.

The late Howard Zinn, author, historian, playwright, activist. (Photo: redjar /cc/flickr)A series of emails made public by the AP show exchanges between Daniels, now president of Purdue University, and top state education officials, and are from February and April of 2009.

In one email to Tony Bennett, then Superintendent of Public Instruction, Daniels writes:

This terrible anti-American finally passed away. The obits and commentaries mentioned that his book “A People’s History of the United States” is “the textbook of choice in high schools and colleges around the country.” It is a truly execrable, anti-factual piece of disinformation that misstates American history on every page.

Can someone assure me that it is not in use anywhere in Indiana? If it is, how do we get rid of it before any more young people are force-fed a totally false version of our history?

In another, seeing that a professional development course for teachers included readings from Zinn, Daniels wrote, “This crap should not be accepted for any credit by the state.”

In a statement posted Wednesday on the Purdue website, Daniels reacted to the AP story, writing in part:

In truth, my emails infringed on no one’s academic freedom and proposed absolutely no censorship of any person or viewpoint. In fact, the question I asked on one day in 2010 had nothing to do with higher education at all. I merely wanted to make certain that Howard Zinn’s textbook, which represents a falsified version of history, was not being foisted upon our young people in Indiana’s public K-12 classrooms.

“As to the anti-American canard” Daniels used to describe the People’s History author, John Tirman, executive director and principal research scientist at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology Center for International Studies, told Inside Higher Ed:

I see this as the last refuge of a politician who is quite ignorant of the discourses in many quarters of American intellectual and activist life. Zinn often appealed to judge American actions by the principles of the founders and those who we all agree brought progress to the social and political freedoms and responsibilities we now take for granted. When U.S. political leaders fell short of adhering to those ideals, Zinn was powerfully and incisively critical, and very often right — on Vietnam, race relations, women’s empowerment, the Iraq War, etc. Daniels does not understand that a vibrant civil society has many voices, many perspectives. To be contrary to the old mainstream construction of history is not equivalent to being anti-American. That should be obvious, but to a politician who still seems to be campaigning for something, it never will be. His unsuitability to be Purdue’s president is glaring.”

And University of Illinois English professor Cary Nelson, who also served as president of the American Association of University Professors for six years, told AP, “It is astonishing and shocking that such a person is now the head of a major research university, making decisions about the curriculum, that one painfully suspects embodies the same ignorance and racism these comments embody.”

____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

Republished with permission from: Common Dreams

"We Are Human" Sit-In at Flor. Gov's Office to Repeal Stand Your Ground

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]

Dream Defenders stage a sit-in at the office of the Florida Governor demanding a repeal of ‘Stand Your Ground’ (Photo: AP)Dozens entered their third day of a round-the-clock sit-in at Florida governor Rick Scott's office Thursday to honor Trayvon Martin's life and demand a legislative discuss

[field_image_caption-raw]

read more

Republished with permission from: Common Dreams

First Nations 'Guinea Pigs' Demand Apology for Govt Nutrition Experiments

0

A nurse takes a blood sample from a boy at the Indian School in Port Alberni, B.C., in 1948, during a period when nutritional experiments were being conducted on students there and in five other residential schools. (Photo: Library and Archives Canada/Canadian Press)First Nations leaders are demanding an apology following revelations that the Canadian government conducted widespread “nutrition experiments” on malnourished aboriginal populations in the years following World War Two.

The experiments were revealed by food and nutrition historian Ian Mosby, who–while researching–stumbled upon the suspicious documents chronicling a decade-long study conducted by the Canadian government on at least 1,300 aboriginals, most of them children already forced to live at the country’s residential schools.

Mosby’s findings, which were published in May under the title Administering Colonial Science: Nutrition Research and Human Biomedical Experimentation in Aboriginal Communities and Residential Schools, 1942-1952 (pdf) disclose details of how the government, with help from the Red Cross, deliberately deprived malnourished aboriginal populations of food, medical treatment and nutritional supplements.

“Hundreds were subjected to illegal, unauthorized experimentations,” said Tseshaht chief councilor Hugh Braker. “They were starved and deprived of health care on purpose.”

“Canada has been sitting on this and hiding this information from the aboriginal people now since it first happened in the ’40s and ’50s,” added Braker. “There needs to be an apology done to the victims of the experimentation.”

According to Mosby, the study began with government research trips to northern Manitoba during which they found “widespread hunger, if not starvation” among members of the aboriginal community. “And one of their immediate responses was to design a controlled experiment on the effectiveness of vitamin supplementation on this population.”

“The experiment seems to have been driven, at least in part, by the nutrition experts’ desire to test their theories on a ready-made ‘laboratory’ populated with already malnourished human experimental subjects,” he added.

The experiments began in 1942 with researchers depriving certain ‘test groups’ of Cree people of important vitamin supplements. As the CBC, reporting on Mosby’s research, writes:

The research spread. In 1947, plans were developed for research on about 1,000 hungry aboriginal children in six residential schools in Port Alberni, B.C., Kenora, Ont., Schubenacadie, N.S., and Lethbridge, Alta.

One school deliberately held milk rations for two years to less than half the recommended amount to get a ‘baseline’ reading for when the allowance was increased. At another, children were divided into one group that received vitamin, iron and iodine supplements and one that didn’t.

One school depressed levels of vitamin B1 to create another baseline before levels were boosted. A special enriched flour that couldn’t legally be sold elsewhere in Canada under food adulteration laws was used on children at another school.

And, so that all the results could be properly measured, one school was allowed none of those supplements.

“The term ‘guinea pig’ comes to mind quite quickly and readily, because that’s what we were, I guess,” said 76-year-old Alvin Dixon, who as a boy was taken from his family and forced into one of the many Indian residential schools. Dixon said he recalls having to fill out forms about his food consumption.

Cliff Atleo, president of the Nuu-Chah-nulth Tribal Council, is demanding all information about the tests to be made available to Canada’s Truth and Reconciliation Commission, which is already studying the legacy of Canada’s residential schools.

“It’s hard not to get sick to the stomach,” he said. “This story … is really going to open up some old wounds, and scars that really run deep in our communities.”

CBC has this report:

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

Republished with permission from: Common Dreams

US reviews 27 death penalty convictions due to FBI errors

0

The FBI has reviewed thousands of criminal cases and suspects that 27 death penalty convictions may have been secured by using faulty and exaggerated testimonies that may have wrongfully linked defendants to crimes.

A joint review by the Federal Bureau of Investigation and the
Justice Department was launched after the Washington Post last
year reported that flawed forensic work by FBI hair examiners
might have led to the convictions of innocent people. The article
suggested that Justice Department officials knew of the flaws,
but failed to acknowledge them.

Last July, federal officials announced that they would
investigate old criminal cases to see if faulty testimonies
influenced death penalty convictions. More than 21,700 FBI
Laboratory files are being examined, and at least 120 convictions
have already been identified as potentially suspicious. Of these,
about 27 were death penalty convictions, the Post reports.

Investigators suspect that these convictions may have been
influenced by FBI hair examiners who exaggerated the significance
of their findings. These experts linked defendants to crimes
based on “matches” from microscopic analysis of hair found at
crime scenes. Many of these experts claimed that their hair
analysis tests definitively confirmed the identity of the
offender.

But such statements were often misleading: since the 1970s, FBI
reports have usually stated that hair tests are not adequate
proof to link a suspect to a crime, since these tests can be
flawed.

In cases where solely a hair analysis led to a suspect’s
conviction, US courts may have mistakenly locked up innocent
people — or in some cases, sentenced them to death.

“One of the things good scientists do is question their
assumptions,”
David Christian Hassell, director of the FBI
Laboratory, told the Post. “No matter what the field, what the
discipline, those questions should be up for debate. That’s as
true in forensics as anything else.”

The federal review of convictions has raised awareness about the
problems that hair tests can pose when there is no other evidence
to prove a suspect’s guilt. Texas executes more inmates than any
other US state, and its Forensic Science Commission on
Friday
decided to scrutinize hair cases at all labs under
its jurisdiction.

The review also led to a stay of execution in May. Willie Jerome
Manning, a 44-year-old man convicted of murdering two college
students in 1992, was scheduled to die by lethal injection in
Mississippi. But the Justice Department  discovered flaws in
the forensic testimony that led to his conviction, which halted
the execution pending further investigation.

It is unclear how many inmates are on death row or may have been
executed already as a result of faulty hair tests, but the FBI
says it will announce partial results of its examination later
this summer. The review is currently prioritizing cases in which
defendants can be punished by execution. Once that review is
complete, the agency will examine cases in which defendants are
currently imprisoned. 

Republished with permission from: RT

Pesticide Contaminated Lunch Kills 22 in India

0

Natural Society
July 18, 2013

Twenty-two children are dead so far in the village of Dharmasati Gandaman, in India’s Bihar state. The cause is not some communicable disease or strange virus, but their school lunch. According to the BBC, the children all ate from the school’s free mid-day meal. Forty-seven fell ill and 28 had been taken to area hospitals.

The free-lunch program is designed to both combat hunger and increase school attendance in the poverty-stricken village. It’s referred to as the Mid-Day Meal and was started in 1925. But, critics say, it’s plagued by poor hygiene.

Following the deaths, protests broke out. Parents joined with protestors and at least four police vehicles were set on fire.

Read More

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Thursday, July 18, 2013 at 1:43 pm

Tags: , , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Bradley Manning: Aiding the Enemy Charge Sticks

0

Bradley Manning: Aiding the Enemy Charge Sticks


by Stephen Lendman

Manning’s an American hero. He’s no criminal. He’s being hung out to dry wrongfully. It’s for doing the right thing. He’s a 2013 Nobel Peace Prize Nominee.

He exposed US lawlessness. He spoke truth to power. He did so courageously. He challenged American imperial rampaging. Everyone has a right to know.

He’s been secretly tried. Kangaroo court military injustice awaits him. It’s baked in the cake. Doing so sends a message. It threatens other potential whistleblowers. Stay quiet or be treated like Manning.

He said America’s “obsessed with capturing and killing people. Collateral murder” is policy. Human life has no value. Advancing America’s imperium is prioritized.

Mass killing and destruction are small prices to pay. America’s on a roll. It’s heading the wrong way. It’s on a fast track toward tyranny. It’s virtually full-blown.

It honors its worst. It persecutes its best. Manning’s heroic. He faces potential life in prison. It’s for doing the right thing. Charges wrongfully include aiding and abetting America’s enemies.

Pogo was right saying: “We have met the enemy and he is us.” America belongs in the dock, not Manning.

On July 4, defense counsel moved to dismiss seven charges. In early July, military prosecutors rested their case. On July 11, defense lawyers concluded theirs. On July 16, Judge Col. Denise Lind agreed to consider Manning’s defense move to dismiss.

They include falsely claiming he committed computer fraud. They said it was by downloading diplomatic cables from the Net-Centric Diplomacy (NCD) database.

Military prosecutors say he violated US statute 18 USC 1030 by “exceeding” his “authorized access” with Wget. It’s a program used to automatically download files.

Defense counsel David Coombs said prosecutors want to turn restricted use into an access restriction. It constitutes computer fraud. Manning’s absolutely innocent. Claiming otherwise is false.

According to forensic expert David Shaver, Wget doesn’t give users more access than otherwise available. It merely changes how downloads obtain information.

Prosecutors conceded that Manning didn’t use Wget for firewall circumvention. They said because NCD has no process to export cables in bulk, restrictions are implied.

They claim using Wget constitutes unauthorized access. It’s because Manning was able to retrieve cables faster than without it.

Speed and efficiency don’t constitute fraud. Legitimately claiming it doesn’t wash. More on that below.

Coombs also moved to dismiss aiding the enemy charges. It’s because prosecutors presented no credible evidence.

They failed to show Manning had “actual knowledge” that giving WikiLeaks information constituted indirectly aiding the enemy.

At best, said Coombs, prosecutors might have shown Manning had been “negligent” or “should have known” that Al Qaeda or other enemy groups could access WikiLeaks information.

Doing so doesn’t aid and/or abet America’s enemies. Whether Manning “should have known” something is a slippery slope judgment. It’s a dangerously low burden of proof. It’s especially so in Manning’s case.

It involves potential capital punishment for alleged judgmental errors. No legitimate court would concur. Hanging ones convict by accusation. That alone suffices. Innocence is no defense. Police states operate that way.

Prosecutorial claims about Manning having “actual knowledge” that America’s enemies would view WikiLeaks information flies in the face of reality. They’re absurd on their face. They don’t wash. They stuck.

On July 18, military Judge Lind ignored key facts. She refused to dismiss aiding and abetting America’s enemy charges. She rejected Coombs’ defense motion to do so.

She did what she was expected to do. Manning’s guilty by accusation. Obama did the unconscionable. He interfered with an ongoing trial.

Manning “broke the law,” he said. He said so without credible evidence. He hung him out to dry. He pronounced him guilty by accusation.

What military or civil judge would dare overrule the president and commander-in-chief? None hoping to rise to higher judicial or military ranks.

None planning a political career. None planning a business, academic or other professional one. None concerned for their safety.

Perhaps they’d face aiding and abetting America’s enemy charges. It bears repeating. Police states operate that way.

Federation of American Scientists expert Steven Aftergood expressed outrage over Obama’s comment. It was “not appropriate,” he said.

“(I)t assumes Manning is guilty…No one should mistake a charge for a conviction – especially the nation’s highest official.”

National Institute of Military Justice legal expert Eugene Fidell said:

“Commenting on Manning’s conditions of confinement is one thing. I would have strongly advised (Obama) to not comment about Manning’s guilt.”

Doing so obstructs justice. Manning faced faint hope for justice. Obama’s comment assured none. According to Fidell:

It’s not that hard to ensure that unlawful command influence hasn’t in fact prejudiced the right to a fair trial.” Improper Obama comments assured it.

He lied saying he’s restricted like Manning. He claimed he must “abide by certain rules of classified information” or be punished.

As president and commander-in-chief, he has legal access to anything he wishes. He can get whatever he wants.

He’s a legal scholar. He knows it. He claimed otherwise. Aftergood said he “had a bad day.” He “said a number of things that really were not coherent.”

He said plenty that was dead wrong. It’s typical Obama doublespeak duplicity. It happens with disturbing regularity. It matters most with lives on the line. He dismissively doesn’t care.

Aiding the enemy’s a capital offense. Prosecutors said they won’t pursue it. They want Manning facing life in prison hard time.

They want him enduring Supermax harshness. Perhaps back in isolation longterm. It’s for prisoners called “the worst of the worst.”

Allegedly they’re considered too dangerous for general population circulation. They’re for ones America wants punished viciously. Injustice is longstanding policy.

Thousands of political prisoners languish in America’s gulag. It’s the world’s largest by far. It’s the shame of the nation. It wants Manning joining other unjustly.

Judge Col. Lind’s complicit. She shamelessly claimed her decision was based on Manning’s “training and experience and preparation.”

She cited the volume of “classified” information he disclosed to WikiLeaks. She said doing so buttressed prosecutorial charges of “knowingly provid(ing) information to the enemy.”

She claimed because Manning has access to classified publications, he knows terrorist groups can access online anything made public.

She said he was trained to protect critical information. According to ACLU Speech, Privacy and Technology Project director Ben Wizner:

“The aiding the enemy charge is not only unconstitutional, it is unnecessary.”

“The point of charging Manning in this way is to transform what was widely seen around the world as a valuable leak into treason.”

“The government purports to criminalize any information that is published somewhere where the enemy can see it.”

According to Fidell:

If Manning’s convicted, defense counsel “will have an appealable issue that could gain traction.”

“The government’s case on the (aiding the enemy) charge is circumstantial, and requires proof beyond a reason doubt.”

Clear doubt exists. The charge is spurious. It’s vicious. It’s politically motivated. It doesn’t wash. Legitimate judges would reject it.

At issue is finding them. In today’s America, it’s not easy. For Manning, it may be impossible. It bears repeating.

What judge will overrule the president and commander-in-chief? Who’d be bold enough to do it? Profiles in courage are scarce at all times. Perhaps for Manning, they’re nonexistent.

Fidell added:

“Evidence that Pvt. Manning had been briefed on the reasons for security precautions could be key, but I’m not at all convinced the government carried its burden.”

“The sheer volume of the leaked documents does not, to my mind, constitute evidence of intent to aid the enemy.”

“The unfortunate result of the judge’s ruling is that if the appellate courts disagree with her, there will almost certainly have to be a rehearing on the sentence, and that could drag the case out further.”

Harvard Law Professor Yochai Benkler testified for Manning. He called WikiLeaks “a legitimate journalistic organization.”

It differs from conventional media in platform only.

“Once you accept that WikiLeaks is a new journalistic organization that can be read by anyone with an Internet connection…that essentially means that any leak to a media organization that can be read by any enemy anywhere in the world becomes automatically aiding the enemy.”

Coombs urged Lind not to punish “people for getting information out to the press, to basically put…a hammer down on any whistleblower.”

Prosecutors lied claiming bin Laden had access to WikiLeaks information Manning supplied. Impossible.

In December 2001, he died naturally. Major media reported it at the time. Conveniently they forgot. They claimed otherwise.

Obama’s Abbottabad, Pakistan raid was a made for media proliferation stunt. It has nothing to do with killing bin Laden. Dead men don’t die twice. Not even by presidential order.

Manning’s trial began in June. Closing arguments could begin on Friday. Lind alone will rule. She could do so shortly after they end.

Once her verdict is announced, sentencing will follow. Manning pled guilty to 10 lesser charges. On those alone, he faces up to 20 years imprisonment.

At risk is far more than that. Manning faces longterm hard time. He does so unjustly. He deserves high praise for acting responsibly. Police states don’t operate that way.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago. He can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

His new book is titled “Banker Occupation: Waging Financial War on Humanity.”

http://www.claritypress.com/LendmanII.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com.

Listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network.

It airs Fridays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour

Republished with permission from: Stephen Lendman

Toronto officer disciplined for posing as flooded train passenger

0

The Canadian Press/Yahoo News Canada
July 18, 2013

Toronto police Chief Bill Blair says an officer has been disciplined for posing as a stranded passenger on a waterlogged commuter train during major flooding last week.

Blair told radio station Newstalk 1010 the officer was “shameful” to pretend he was one of the 1,400 riders on the GO train when it became trapped by flood waters during the evening rush hour.

CBC said the officer was Const. Nickolas Dorazio. The network said he was working to help rescue the passengers, but told their TV crew he was stuck on the stranded train and even draped an orange towel around his shoulders for effect.

Blair says the force has disciplined the officer for his “stupid behaviour” that Monday night.

The police chief says the officer’s conduct was an “eyebrow raiser” that undermined public confidence in the force.

Police and firefighters used small inflatable boats to ferry the trapped passengers a short distance to higher ground, with the evacuation taking some seven hours.

“We’ve dealt with this. The matter’s been looked into,” Blair said, without going into detail.

“It was somebody’s idea of a joke, and it was not funny.”

Toronto Police Association president Mike McCormack said the officer regrets what happened and will face the consequences for his actions, which may see his pay docked.

“There was no malice meant by it. It was just misplaced humour that went too far.”

Record-smashing rains that night knocked out power for hundreds of thousands of residents across the Greater Toronto Area, including the majority of Mississauga, and so badly flooded some roads and major highways that drivers abandoned their vehicles.

On board the ill-fated Richmond Hill line GO train, murky brown water spilled through the bottom floor of the carriages and sent riders fleeing for dry ground in the upper sections of the train.

The transit service later gave a $100 credit to passengers stuck on the train.

Elderly Couple Gets Second Chance At Life

0

Infowars.com
July 18, 2013

In his video titled “2nd Chance,” the producer Jason Shutt illustrates two scenarios, one where an elderly couple is unarmed when an intruder breaks into their home leaving them at the mercy of the intruder, and the second scenario depicts what happens when the couple is armed and prepared.

After notifying the police and hearing the intruder enter into their garage, the couple takes matters into their own hands and “handles business.”

The video takes the viewer through the two different ways this situation can go down.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Thursday, July 18, 2013 at 1:14 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Jesse Jackson Provides One More Reason to Get Us out of the UN

0

On Wednesday, following the not guilty verdict in the George Zimmerman/Trayvon Martin murder trial, liberal black political activist Jesse Jackson (shown) expressed his opinion that, despite protestations from both the prosecution and the defense to the contrary, the trial was all about race:

If Trayvon Martin were not a young black male, he would be alive today. Despite the verdict, it’s clear that George Zimmerman would never have confronted a young white man wearing a hoodie….

Both the prosecutor and the defense claimed that the trial was not about race. But Trayvon Martin was assumed to be threatening just for walking while being young, black and male.

And then, because, in Jackson’s eyes there was a miscarriage of justice in the case, Jackson called for not only a congressional but an international investigation:

We need a national investigation of the racial context that led to Trayvon Martin’s slaying. Congress must act.

And it’s time to call on the United Nations Human Rights Commission for an in-depth investigation of whether the U.S. is upholding its obligations under international human rights laws and treaties.

Jackson is no stranger to civil rights politics and political action, having cut his teeth with Martin Luther King, Jr. as far back as 1965. In 1971, he started a non-profit called People United to Save Humanity (Operation PUSH) and in 1984 organized the Rainbow Coalition, which merged with PUSH in 1996 to become Rainbow/PUSH. Active politically with presidential runs in 1984 and 1988, Jackson has also inserted himself into international incidents, such as securing the release in 1983 of a captured American pilot, Navy Lt. Robert Goodman, who was being held by the Syrian government, as well as persuading Cuban dictator Fidel Castro to release 22 Americans in 1984.

Jackson’s demand for an investigation by the UN follows comments by other cogs in the international machinery decrying the Zimmerman case. Back in April 2012, just days before Zimmerman was indicted for second-degree murder in Florida, Navi Pillay, the UN High Commissioner for Human Rights called for “an immediate investigation” into the shooting, adding:

The law should operate equally in respect of all violations. So, like every other situation such as this, we will be urging an investigation, and prosecution and trial – and of course reparations for the victims concerned.

Pillay expanded on her position in May at a meeting of her Working Group of Experts on People of African Descent in Paris where she decried America’s “discrimination that people of African descent face in terms of access to justice,” according to an observer. She “stressed that the process of justice was often different [in America] for people of African descent.”

And last December the UN inserted itself into another highly flammable issue when the UN’s Human Rights Committee criticized Florida’s “stand your ground” law, holding that it wasn’t “compliant with international human rights principles of necessity and proportionality [under which] there is a general duty to avoid the use of force where non-violent means of self-protection are reasonably available.”

If this sounds familiar, it’s merely an echo of the position taken earlier this week when Attorney General Eric Holder said he wanted to launch his own investigation into “stand your ground” laws now enjoyed by 25 states. As noted here, these laws have a long tradition in American jurisprudence, and opening an investigation would serve no purpose other than to undermine 100 years of settled law.

Jackson’s reference to the UN’s Human Rights Commission failed to reflect that that particular odious gaggle of thugs was replaced in 2006 by the UN’s Human Rights Council, an equally repugnant gathering of human rights violators. This opinion is shared not only by the New York Times but by the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), both pro-internationalist entities, as well. In 2006, the Times, in an editorial entitled “The Shame of the United Nations,” pointed out:

Some of the world’s most abusive regimes have won seats on the Human Rights Commission and used them to insulate themselves from criticism. Current members include Sudan, which is carrying out genocide; Nepal, whose absolute monarch has suspended basic liberties; and Saudi Arabia, where women have few rights. All are gross violators of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, the commission’s founding document.

In 2009, the CFR’s Lauren Vriens wrote:

Despite a high-profile effort to reform the world’s top human rights panel, the new UN Human Rights Council continues to face the same criticisms that plagued its predecessor, the Commission on Human Rights.

Experts say bloc voting, loose membership standards, and bias against Israel are keeping the two-year-old council from living up to expectations as a responsible watchdog over global human rights norms. It is earning a failing grade from a broad range of groups, including human rights advocates, international law experts, and democracy activists.

She noted that, to its credit, the United States backed off from supporting the newly revised edition of this scurrilous entity under the Bush administration (but President Obama was very quick, early in his first term, to endorse it). Said Vriens:

The United States also disapproves of the membership standards of the council. Freedom House has determined that [in 2009] three of the Council’s members – China, Cuba and Saudi Arabia – are among the world’s most repressive countries [while] another five – Russia, Pakistan, Egypt, Bahrain and Azerbaijan – are considered “Not Free.”

She noted that Libya, widely criticized for its poor human rights record, actually chaired the new commission at one point, and that it failed to take any sort of action against Sudan “despite reports of rampant abuses in Darfur. Sudan was elected to the commission soon [there]after.”

The hypocrisy surrounding this UN “commission” fades in relative importance when it is understood that the UN is merely part of a plan to impose world-wide totalitarian rule via an international governing body, with criminals and miscreants like these in charge. As Larry Greenley wrote last month, predictions by The John Birch Society about the United Nations are coming true:

At the founding meeting of The John Birch Society in 1958, Robert Welch warned of a plan by our political elites to surrender American sovereignty to international organizations, such as the United Nations:

A part of that plan, of course, is to induce the gradual surrender of American sovereignty, piece by piece and step by step, to various international organizations – of which the United Nations is the outstanding but far from the only example.

Greenley pointed out current reasons to get the United States out of the United Nations and get the UN out of the United States, which included the current push to pass the Law of the Sea Treaty (LOST), which, according to the UN itself, would control

all ocean space, with all its uses, including navigation and overflight; all uses of its resources, living and non-living, on the high seas, on the ocean floor and beneath, on the continental shelf and in the territorial seas.

In other words, according to Greenley, LOST would give the UN “authority over everything, everything, over, on, or under the oceans and seas of the world.”

Then, there’s the Obama-supported UN Arms Trade Treaty, which is designed to disarm American citizens. And there’s the UN’s Agenda 21, which “provides a platform for the eventual total government control over our entire material existence.”

And now there’s the obvious desire of individuals such as Jackson and Holder to allow the UN to undermine long-settled matters of law, using the verdict in the Zimmerman case as an excuse. The fact that they are singing off the same sheet of music just provides one more reason to get United States out. 

A graduate of Cornell University and a former investment advisor, Bob is a regular contributor to The New American magazine and blogs frequently at www.LightFromTheRight.com, primarily on economics and politics. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
.

Republished with permission from: The New American

Millions Against Monsanto: On the Road to Victory

1

 Millions Against Monsanto: On the Road to Victory 

By Ronnie Cummins, Organic Consumers Association, July 18, 2013 

” The harder they come the harder they fall, one and all.”

~ Jimmy Cliff, reggae classic

After enjoying a year of maximum profits, record stock prices, the defeat of a major GMO labeling campaign in California, pro-industry court decisions, and a formidable display of political power in Washington, D.C. — including slipping the controversial Monsanto Protection Act into the Federal Appropriations bill in March – the Biotech Bully from St. Louis now finds itself on the defensive.

It is no exaggeration to say that Monsanto has now become the most hated corporation in the world.

Plagued by a growing army of Roundup-resistant superweeds and Bt-resistant superpests spreading across the country, a full 49 percent of American farmers are now frantically trying to kill these superweeds and pests with ever-larger quantities of toxic pesticides, herbicides and fungicides including glyphosate (Roundup), glufosinate, 2,4D (“Agent Orange“), dicamba, and neonicotinoids (insecticides linked to massive deaths of honey bees).

Reacting to this dangerous escalation of chemical farming, toxic residues on foods and environmental pollution, over a million consumers and organic farmers have pressed the Obama administration to reject a new generation of GE “Agent Orange” and dicamba-resistant crops, forcing the USDA to postpone commercialization of these crops, at least temporarily.

According to the trade press thousands of U.S. farmers, as well as farmers worldwide, are moving away from biotech crops and searching for non-GMO (genetically modified organism) alternatives. At the same time U.S. and global market demand for non-GMO organic foods and crops is steadily increasing.

Compounding Monsanto’s superweed and superpest problems, scientific evidence continues to mount that GMO feed and foods, laced with Bt toxins and contaminated with ever-increasing residues of Monsanto’s deadly weedkiller, Roundup, are severely damaging animal and human health.

As the June 24, 2013 newsletter issue of GreenMedInfo.com puts it:

” . . . within the scientific community and educated public alike, there is a growing awareness that Roundup herbicide , and its primary ingredient glyphosate, is actually a broad spectrum biocide , in the etymological sense of the word: “bio” (life) and “cide” (kill) — that is, it broadly, without discrimination kills living things, not just plants.  Moreover, it does not rapidly biodegrade as widely claimed, and exceedingly small amounts of this chemical — in concentration ranges found in recently sampled rain, air, groundwater, and human urine samples — have DNA-damaging and cancer cell proliferation stimulating effects.”

On May 25, two million people from 436 cities, in 52 countries, on six continents took to the streets in a global “March Against Monsanto.” From New York to New Delhi, protestors reaffirmed their determination not only to force the labeling of genetically engineered (GE) foods, as has already been accomplished in the European Union, India and at least 36 other nations, but also to drive all GMOs off the market. That includes GMOs in human food, animal feed, cotton, nutritional supplements, body care products, and GMO cotton and biofuels.

The same week as the global March Against Monsanto, the New York Times reported that U.S. food companies, “large and small” are starting to make arrangements to reformulate the ingredients in their processed foods and reorganize their supply lines so to avoid having to admit that their brand name products contain GMOs. Monsanto and its Junk Food allies recognize that if the Washington State ballot initiative on mandatory GMO labeling passes on November 5, which now appears likely, their ability to keep food consumers in the dark will be over.

Large processed food and beverage companies, such as Kellogg’s, General Mills, Nestle, Coca-Cola, Pepsi, Kraft, Unilever, Dean Foods, Wal-Mart and others understand that once labeling is required in one strategic state, such as Washington, they will be forced to label in all 50 states.

The anti-GMO movement in the U.S. has identified Monsanto’s Achilles heel–GMO food labeling at the state level–and has begun to achieve some preliminary victories, both in the marketplace and in the legislative arena. For example, Whole Foods Market and dozens of natural food stores and co-ops, along with restaurants like Chipotle, are, or are planning to, voluntarily label GMOs. And Connecticut and Maine have passed GMO labeling laws.

Our common task now must be to win the all-important Washington State ballot initiative. This will require a tremendous fundraising effort and netroots-grassroots get-out-the-vote effort. If you have not already made a donation to this effort, please do so now. If you would like to volunteer, sign up here.

The food industry knows it will be difficult to stop voters in Washington State from bypassing the politicians and the federal government and directly voting into law a mandatory GMO food labeling initiative on November 5. So the Grocery Manufacturers Association (GMA) is circling the wagons. Claiming that pro-labeling consumers have created “an unprecedented period of turmoil” for the food industry, the GMA convened a meeting, on July 10, in Washington D.C., of large food manufactures and supermarkets. Their agenda? Figure out how to co-opt and neutralize the growing anti-GMO movement.

One of the strategies apparently being put forth by members of the GMA is to ask the U.S. Food & Drug Administration (FDA) to step in and formulate watered-down federal rules on GMO food labeling. The GMA would like weak labeling laws, similar to those in Japan and other nations, that would contain loopholes, high tolerances and weak enforcement, coupled with a lengthy implementation period, so as to preempt strict state labeling requirements and deflate the growing GMO-Right to Know movement.

On the international level, Monsanto and Big Food, joined by other large corporations concerned about the growing grassroots power of consumer, environmental, and Fair Trade networks, are lobbying for fast track passage of new secretly negotiated Free Trade Agreements, the Trans-Atlantic Trade and Investment Partnership (TTIP), popularly known as “TAFTA,” and the Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP). Both TAFTA and TPP are basically supercharged versions of the highly unpopular NAFTA and WTO trade agreements.

These “forced trade” agreements would, among other things, lower standards on food safety and environmental protection, including taking away the rights of nations and states to require strict GMO food labeling and safety-testing. Provisions in these trade agreements would allow corporations to sue a nation if pro-consumer or environmental laws interfered with their trade and “expected profits.” Judgments and penalties would be determined by secret trade tribunals, with corporate lawyers serving as judges. Under the TAFTA/TPP regime, the U.S. and other countries would be required to hand over national sovereignty to foreign investors and multinational corporations.

So even as we mobilize for strategic GMO right-to-know victories in Washington, Vermont and other states, we must simultaneously mobilize the public to fight against federal preemption on GMO labeling, and stop the next generation of these secret Forced Trade agreements.

Passing I-522, Washington State’s GMO labeling initiative, is a necessary first step toward honest labeling of GMO ingredients in the U.S. But Monsanto has survived mandatory food labeling in the EU and scores of other nations. The biotech giant will likely survive strict labeling requirements by U.S. states, too. What Monsanto can’t survive is mass awareness and rejection of all GMOs, especially GMO cotton and GMO animal feed on factory farms. A successful global boycott of factory-farmed meat and animal products and GMO-tainted cotton, combined with GMO food labeling, will literally drive genetic engineering out of the marketplace.

Eighty percent of all processed foods in the U.S. contain GMOs. Yet if we examine the entire global production and consumption cycle of GMOs, we learn that only 20 percent of GMOs grown worldwide go into human food. The other 80 percent end up in animal feed, cotton production, biofuels, body care products, and nutritional supplements.

Even in Europe, where GE foods are rarely sold in grocery stores or restaurants, several billion dollars worth of GE animal feed from North America, Brazil and Argentina are imported every year. Although EU consumers have forced voluntary labeling of GMO-fed non-organic meat and animal products in Germany, France and Austria, and in large chains throughout Europe, there is no mandatory GMO animal feed labeling law in the EU. India is the only major country up until now that requires labels on GMO animal feed. No country yet requires labels on GMO cotton clothing, nutritional supplements, body care products or biofuels.

Almost half of Monsanto’s profits now derive from its sales outside the U.S., especially GMO crops for animal feed. So if we’re serious about turning back the biotech threat, and building up an alternative food and farming system that is organic, local, climate-friendly and humane, we need to strengthen our international solidarity and cooperation as well as our domestic efforts. Once we take into account the full scope of agricultural biotechnology and its myriad products, we can position ourselves for the next stage of the battle: a comprehensive and global anti-GMO offensive, strategically targeting the entire GMO food, fiber, fuel, supplements and body care industry where they are most vulnerable. This Great GMO Boycott and GMO Right to Know mobilization will require a broader coalition, both domestically and internationally, and an unprecedented mass education effort around the role of GMOs and factory farms in exacerbating our health, environmental, animal welfare and climate crisis.

But first things first. The consumer, farmer and fishing community insurgency that frightens Monsanto and its allies the most is the upcoming ballot initiative (I-522) in Washington State on Nov. 5. As Monsanto and its allies, such as the Grocery Manufacturers Association (GMA) understand, this is the most crucial battle against GMOs today. If voters pass mandatory labeling in Washington, reinforced by contingent state labeling laws already passed or in progress in Connecticut, Maine and Vermont, it will mean the end of the road for genetically engineered food in U.S. grocery stores.

As the biotech lobby has readily admitted, GMO food labeling is a “skull and crossbones” that will drive genetically engineered foods off the market in the U.S. and North America. As evidenced by marketplace trends in Europe, the largest agricultural market in the world, once GMOs are labeled, consumers will not buy them, food companies and grocery stores will not sell them, and farmers will not grow them. This is why Monsanto and Big Food corporations–hiding behind the façade of their trade association, the GMA–will likely pour up to $20 million into defeating I-522. Pro-labeling forces currently have a commanding lead in the polls in Washington. But we need to raise at least $4 million more (to augment the four million dollars we’ve raised already) to buy enough TV and radio time to counter the forthcoming flood of lies that Monsanto and its minions will launch in Washington State. We already know what those lies will look like: Labeling will raise food prices, hurt family farmers and confuse consumers.

The Road to Victory means building up our war chest in Washington State for the Nov. 5 ballot initiative. Please spread the word. This is the most important food and farming battle in the world today. If you haven’t already made a donation to the Yes on I-522 campaign please do so now.

For related articles and more information, please visit OCA’s Genetic Engineering page and our Millions Against Monsanto page.

Disclaimer: This article is not intended to provide medical advice, diagnosis or treatment. Views expressed here do not necessarily reflect those of GreenMedInfo or its staff.

Republished with permission from: Green Med Info

Twitter Explodes With Racism Directed At Larry Elder Following Piers Morgan Interview

0

Black radio host gets torrent of racist abuse from other black Americans for voicing unpopular opinion on Martin/Zimmerman case

Steve Watson
Infowars.com
July 18, 2013

Update: Some of the Twitter accounts of those who directed the racist remarks now appear to have been suspended. The embeds below may appear as text only for this reason.

Following an appearance on CNN, during which he called out host Piers Morgan for race baiting, radio talk show host Larry Elder has been bombarded with racist remarks on Twitter from other black Americans.

Morgan admitted that he had booked Elder to appear because he had been critical of Morgan’s assertion that the key witness in the failed prosecution of George Zimmerman is a “smart cookie.”

While Morgan attempted to railroad Elder into calling Rachel Jeantel “stupid”, Elder instead focused on how he believes the media is engaging in outright race baiting over the Trayvon Martin case, stirring up division and promoting hatred.

Elder’s performance was lauded by many commentators as he slammed Morgan for treating “black people like children” and told him he should be “ashamed” of himself.

“I’m just bothered by how you are handling all this,” he said. “You think you are doing something for black people but you’re not. You’re making black people feel as if they are under siege and it’s not true, it’s an outrage!” Elder said.

Elder hit Morgan with cold hard facts, noting that there were 7,000 murders last year of black people, almost all of which were committed by other black people. Elder also highlighted the fact that there have been 480 black people murdered in Chicago alone this year, and 75 percent of the cases are yet to be solved.

“Where are the cameras, where are the shows?” Elder asked Morgan. “It’s outrageous to act as if black America should fear some non-black guy stalking some black kid at night. The likelihood of a black person being killed by a non-black person is extremely remote, which is why this became a big national issue in the first place.” he stated.

“Half of the murders in this country are committed by black people, even though black people are 12 percent of the population,” Elder urged. “This is why commonsensical people profile.”

“As if [the Zimmerman case] somehow is some sort of indictment of America and black people should look over their shoulders every night and act as if a white guy is going to jump out of a bush and get them. It’s outrageous,” he said. “Hard work wins. Get an education, don’t pay attention to negative people, stay focused and you’ll be OK in America. That’s why most of the people in the world want to come here, that’s why you want to come here, Piers.”

In response to Elder’s interview, he has received a torrent of racist abuse on social media sites from other black Americans. Below are numerous examples.

Warning: the following tweets directed at Elder contain extremely vulgar and racist language.

Elder attempted to respond with dignity:

Elder also explained that he went on the attack against Morgan for a good reason:

–––––––––––––––––––––-

Steve Watson is the London based writer and editor for Alex Jones’ Infowars.com, and Prisonplanet.com. He has a Masters Degree in International Relations from the School of Politics at The University of Nottingham, and a Bachelor Of Arts Degree in Literature and Creative Writing from Nottingham Trent University.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Thursday, July 18, 2013 at 12:47 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

‘US lacks clear policy on Egypt turmoil’

0

A political commentator has condemned the US approach to Egypt, stating that Washington has no clear and coherent policy towards the North African country’s developments, Press TV reports.

In an exclusive interview with Press TV on Wednesday, Lawrence Freeman – an editor of the Executive Intelligence Review magazine – said the United States currently does not know whether to throw its support behind the Muslim Brotherhood or the interim government installed by the armed forces.

He went on to say that the White House has no transparent approach to the unfolding developments in Egypt, and the administration of President Barack Obama is Å“a very, very dysfunctional” one since it has no Å“positive policy” anywhere in the world.

Freemen also noted that Obama was supporting the ousted Egyptian President Mohamed Morsi and his Muslim Brotherhood party just before the recent political conflicts in Egypt.

He said the US government was making use of Morsi to accomplish its plans in Syria, and unseat the government of President Bashar al-Assad.

Morsiâ„¢s announcement of his support for al-Qaeda-linked militants in Syria was in line with the regime change policy that Obama and members of his administration are pursuing in Syria, Freemen pointed out.

Pro- and anti-Morsi camps both believe that the United States has conspired to help the other side. Washington has so far avoided calling Morsi’s overthrow a coup, because, under US laws dating back to the 1980s, to do so would mean stopping the $1.3bn in military aid it gives Egypt each year.

Tension has intensified since the Egyptian army overthrew Morsi, suspended the constitution, and dissolved the parliament on July 3 before declaring the chief justice of Egyptâ„¢s Supreme Constitutional Court, Adly Mansour, as interim president the following day.

Dozens of people have since been killed in the wave of violent clashes among Morsi supporters, his opponents and security forces.

MP/SS/HMV

Republished with permission from: Press TV

‘EU ban on Israel alters nothing’

0

A political analyst says the latest threat by the European Union (EU) to impose financial ban on Israeli organizations operating in the occupied West Bank will not really change anything on the ground and will not put pressure on Israel to stop its settlement expansion activities, Press TV reports.

In an exclusive interview with Press TV on Thursday, Abd al-Sattar Qassem — professor of political science at An-Najah National University in the West Bank city of Nablus, stated that Europeans usually make certain statements about Israelâ„¢s settlement activities in the Palestinian territories occupied since 1967, but they hardly take any effective measures against the Israeli regime.

Qassem further noted that the presence of powerful pro-Israeli lobbies in Europe and the US unwavering support for Israel prevent European states from adopting any practical anti-Israeli measure.

He said Europeans are divided on how to solve the Palestinian issue, arguing that Washington and Tel Aviv monopolize ideas and policies concerning relationship with Palestinians and the establishment of an independent Palestinian state.

Israeli settlements are considered illegal by the UN and most countries because the territories were captured by Israel in a 1967 war and are hence seen as being subject to the Geneva Conventions, which forbid construction on occupied lands.

Israel agreed to freeze settlement construction under the Roadmap for Peace in 2002. But it has failed to comply with that commitment despite repeated and widespread international condemnation.

Not only has the presence and continued expansion of these settlements been a major source of international criticism against Israel, but they are also considered one of the main obstacles to Middle East peace.

More than half a million Israelis live in over 120 illegal settlements built since the 1967 Israeli occupation of the Palestinian territories of the West Bank and East al-Quds (Jerusalem).

MP/SS

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Rick Perry signs sweeping abortion restrictions into Texas law

0

Cheryl Wetzstein
Washington Times
July 18, 2013

After a fight that attracted national attention, Texas Gov. Rick Perry Thursday signed an abortion law that is widely expected to result in the closing of numerous abortion clinics in the state and greatly reduce the number of late-term abortions.

The new law “builds upon our commitment to protecting life in the state of Texas,” Mr. Perry said at the signing ceremony in Austin, which was attended by some 100 state lawmakers.

Pro-life groups cheered the law, which was passed in a special legislative session after Democrat state Sen. Wendy Davis filibustered an earlier attempt to pass the bill in a performance that became an Internet sensation. Texas is the largest of a group of states that have passed far-reaching new laws to restrict abortions in recent months.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Thursday, July 18, 2013 at 12:43 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

N.J. Supreme Court: Police Need Warrants to Track Cell Phone

0

Salvador Rizzo/The Star-Ledger
nj.com
July 18, 2013

The state Supreme Court ruled today that police will need warrants from now on if they want to track crime suspects by tracing the signals from their cell phones.

In a 7-0 decision, the court sided with Thomas Earls, who was arrested on burglary charges in Monmouth County in 2006. Without obtaining a warrant, the police had pinpointed his location by getting his cell-phone signal data from his provider, T-Mobile, three times in one evening.

The court said cell phones have the potential to be powerful tracking tools, since they send their location signals to nearby cell towers every seven seconds, “which allows carriers to locate cell phones on a real-time basis and to reconstruct a phone’s movement from recorded data.”

Read more

UK firefighters protest over closures

0

UK firefighters protest over planned closures and job cuts.

Hundreds of British firefighters have protested across London Bridge over planned stations closures and job cuts.

British firefighters marched across London Bridge and through the streets of Bankside as members of London’s Fire Authority will vote later on plans to close 10 stations, cut 14 fire engines and 552 jobs in London to make savings of £28.8 million over the next two years.

This comes as a recent study conducted for the Fire Brigades Union (FBU) revealed 70 percent of Londoners believe the cuts would put the public safety at risk.

Å“These cuts are dangerous and wrong. They would lead to increased response times for millions of Londoners, which in turn would cost lives,” said FBU regional secretary Paul Embery.

Å“There has been massive public opposition to the cuts. Londoners cherish their fire service, and they don’t want to see it decimated,” he added.

The FBU union will also ballot its members on whether to strike over the governmentâ„¢s pension scheme after almost two years of negotiations have left them with no choice.

Under the governmentâ„¢s new proposals, significant reduction will be imposed on firefighter pension benefits with those retired or forced out of work at the age of 55 losing about 50 percent of their pensions.

According to the FBU, the ballot closes on August 29th.

MOS/HE

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Russian MPs rap US senator boycott call

0

A file photo of the five Olympic rings installed in front of the Sochi Airport, Krasnodar Krai, Russia

Russian lawmakers and members of the countryâ„¢s National Olympic Committee have criticized a US senator for suggesting a boycott of the 2014 Winter Games in Russia.

In an interview with The Hill newspaper on Wednesday, Republican Senator Lindsey Graham called for a boycott of the 2014 Winter Games in Sochi, if Russian authorities granted asylum to American whistleblower and former National Security Agency (NSA) contractor Edward Snowden.

Later in the day, the Russian Federal Migration Service confirmed receiving Snowdenâ„¢s request for temporary asylum, saying it would have up to three months to decide on the application.

But even with the whistleblowerâ„¢s fate yet undecided, several Russian officials immediately slammed Grahamâ„¢s call for boycott as a return to the Cold War era.

Grahamâ„¢s statement takes the two countries back to the time of tit-for-tat boycotts, said Aleksey Pushkov, who heads the State Duma Foreign Affairs Committee.

“I am sure that these times are over and difficult periods in relations must not bring the nations to the worst times of the Cold War,” he added.

Vasily Shestakov, a member of the Lower House Committee for Sports, voiced confidence that the US authorities would ignore Grahamâ„¢s statement, which even failed to receive support from other congressmen.

Å“I hope that certain politicians in the United States would stop making populist statements and start thinking more about their own citizens,” Shestakov said, noting that the boycott would most of all hurt the athletes looking forward to the games.

Meanwhile, Russian Senator Ruslan Gattarov stated that Grahamâ„¢s call showed Washingtonâ„¢s failure to influence other countries through its military.

Gattarov described the move as yet another blow to Washingtonâ„¢s effort to portray itself as Å“a beacon of democracy,” an image already tarnished by Snowdenâ„¢s revelations of the NSAâ„¢s massive espionage operations across the world.

The honorary president of the Russian Olympics Committee, Vitaly Smirnov, said boycotts were banned under the Olympics rules, explaining that it was an unprecedented move to boycott a sports event and openly state the political motives for the decision.

Å“I can only feel sorry for the people who influence the Congressâ„¢ decision, this unhealthy reaction of certain people must not be supported by the whole nation,” Smirnov said.

MRS/SS/HMV

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Ex-CIA station chief in Milan detained in Panama

1

A former station chief with the CIA has been detained in Panama after being on the run from Italian police for more than a decade.

Robert Seldon Lady, 59, was reportedly brought into custody early Thursday after surfacing in the Central American country. An Italian court convicted him in 2009 in absentia of abducting an Egyptian terror suspect from the streets of Milan, and he was sentenced in early 2013 to nine years in prison. Only now, however, has he been caught, according to a statement made Thursday by the Italian justice ministry.

The case against Lady marked the first time ever that a CIA agent was accused of kidnapping and brought to trial. Twenty-two other Americans, mostly intelligence officers, were also convicted for their role in the “extraordinary rendition” of a Muslim cleric.

Lady was the station chief of the Central Intelligence Agency post in Milan during the time of the abduction. He is accused of abducting Hassan Mustafa Osama Nasr and assisting in his years’ long detention which was reportedly accompanied with bouts of torture.

“I’m not guilty. I’m only responsible for carrying out orders that I received from my superiors,” Lady told Italy’s Il Giornale newspaper in 2009.

Previously, Lady told GQ magazine in a candid interview that, “When you work in intelligence, you do things in the country in which you work that are not legal.”

“It’s a life of illegality,” said Lady, “But state institutions in the whole world have professionals in my sector, and it’s up to us to do our duty.”

“I console myself by reminding myself that I was a soldier, that I was in a war against terrorism, that I couldn’t discuss orders given to me,” Lady said to Italian journalists.

Lady had served just shy of a quarter-century with the CIA at the time of the crime. He described his former employer to GQ years later as “the vanguard of democracy” and his role as “the greatest job I ever had.”


Republished with permission from: RT

Canadians decry US killer acquittal

0

Canadians have joined nationwide protests in America against the acquittal of the murderer of a black teenager, saying the verdict proves that race relations have not improved in the US, Press TV reports.

Hundreds of demonstrators gathered in downtown Montrealâ„¢s Square Phillips district Wednesday night to hold a vigil for the 17-year-old Trayvon Martin, as well as to protest against the acquittal of his killer, George Zimmerman, by a court in Florida on July 13.

The protesters criticized the US justice system for passing racist verdicts when it comes to many black-versus-white men in the court of law.

Å“Weâ„¢re living north of what is supposed to be the greatest nation on earth and the irony and the ridiculousness of such a claim is apparent in these situations when the basic human right to live and to exist is taken away from you,” said Professor Floran Pandea.

Å“This really resonates with larger stories in terms of experiences of repression, experiences with marginality and experiences with institutional as well as into personal oppression in the West, in general,” said Alexander McKenzie, spokesperson with Organizing Committee.

Racial disparities in convictions and sentencing in the American criminal justice system have been widely documented by the Bureau of Justice Statistics.

Although Zimmerman was not a police officer, some critics of the court verdict say Martin’s death is an example of how young black men in the US are profiled by law enforcement.

Å“Iâ„¢m curious how many people who feel like they need to defend themselves make phone calls to police officers which are ridden with racist remarks about individuals that they know nothing about and then carry loaded guns to follow innocent children,” said McKenzie.

Zimmerman, a neighborhood watch volunteer, fatally shot the unarmed black teenager in Florida last year, after a nighttime confrontation.

GMA/KA

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Egypt's MB demands coup reversal

0

A man holds a portrait of ousted president Mohamed Morsi as thousands of his supporters demonstrate for his reinstatement close to the Egyptian cabinet headquarters on July 17, 2013 in Cairo.

Egyptâ„¢s Muslim Brotherhood has demanded the reversal of the military coup that unseated President Mohamed Morsi as political tensions continue to flare up across the North African country.

Å“First they have to reverse the coup,” Gehad el-Haddad, a Brotherhood official said on Thursday.

Å“You canâ„¢t come on a tank and remove an elected leader…. It is a stand-off, it is either a military coup or a democratic choice,” he added.

The group says it has proposed a framework for talks to resolve Egypt’s crisis, facilitated by the European Union.

Meanwhile, the Brotherhood slammed the EU for its failure to denounce the military coup that ousted President Morsi.

The Brotherhoodâ„¢s statement came a day after the bloc’s foreign policy chief Catherine Ashton visited Cairo and met Egyptâ„¢s new interim leaders as well as members of Tamarod, the key grass-roots movement behind the anti-Morsi mass protests.

On Tuesday, Egyptâ„¢s new 34-member cabinet was sworn in by interim president Adly Mansour. There are no ministers from the Muslim Brotherhood or other Islamic parties.

Tension has intensified since the Egyptian army overthrew Morsi, suspended the constitution, dissolved the parliament on July 3 and declared the chief justice of Egyptâ„¢s Supreme Constitutional Court, Adly Mansour, as interim president the following day.

Dozens of people have since been killed in the wave of violent clashes between Morsi supporters, his opponents and security forces.

JR/KA

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Silencing the Outrage: Obama Dog Whistles Over Trayvon

0

George Zimmerman was acquitted because the jury empathized with him as a fellow human being, and felt no such connection with Trayvon Martin and his tribe. White privilege — including the privilege to kill Black people — “is accepted and it continues like mass psychosis.” The verdict “tells us that we remain defeated, an oppressed people surrounded by but dependent upon enemies.”

There is much to be said about the verdict which found George Zimmerman not guilty in the killing of Trayvon Martin but one thing is clear. Racism is so deeply embedded in the white American consciousness that significant numbers of white people coalesced in support of Zimmerman without having to openly say so.

The infamous juror known as B37 made that clear in an interview with CNN. She said that the case wasn’t about race and that the jurors never discussed it. While her initial attempt to profit from her experience by shopping a book deal makes this woman disreputable, she is probably telling the truth. They didn’t have to say out loud that they weren’t going to make Zimmerman pay for his crime. They were on the same wave length all along.

Zimmerman never testified but B37 was sure that he feared for his life and she knew his thoughts and she even called him Georgie. Clearly the prosecution’s efforts meant little for this woman and her fellow jurors who were determined to let Georgie go.

There is an understanding, like the instinct that tells birds where and when to migrate, which tells white people that they ought to rule black people. They profit from white supremacy quite literally and it is part of their natural order. It is accepted and it continues like mass psychosis. It isn’t questioned and keeps black people locked up in jail, and unemployed, and every year it kills more than 300 black people at the hands of cops, security guards and Zimmerman-like vigilantes.

President Barack Obama surely understands this phenomenon. He has made a career out of speaking to white people while pretending to speak to black people. He would never have become president had he not mastered this skill. During his 2008 campaign he never passed up an opportunity to assure white people that their natural order was safe. He ranted that black men were terrible fathers, claimed that the country is “90% of the way” toward equality, called Jeremiah Wright an old crank who should shut up about racism, and so on.

In the wake of the raw anger and grief that black people felt about the Zimmerman verdict, the president was true to form. He spoke right over the heads of black people directly to white people, once again engaging in “dog whistle” politics. Just as there are sounds which can be heard only by the canine ear, there is language which can be heard only by specific constituencies though they may appear to be created for others. While black people waited anxiously to hear a statement from him, his words regarding the verdict were tailor made for white America:

“The death of Trayvon Martin was a tragedy. Not just for his family, or for any one community, but for America. I know this case has elicited strong passions. And in the wake of the verdict, I know those passions may be running even higher. But we are a nation of laws, and a jury has spoken. I now ask every American to respect the call for calm reflection from two parents who lost their young son. And as we do, we should ask ourselves if we’re doing all we can to widen the circle of compassion and understanding in our own communities. We should ask ourselves if we’re doing all we can to stem the tide of gun violence that claims too many lives across this country on a daily basis. We should ask ourselves, as individuals and as a society, how we can prevent future tragedies like this. As citizens, that’s a job for all of us. That’s the way to honor Trayvon Martin.”

His seemingly nonsensical statement made perfect sense to its intended audience. “A jury has spoken.” In other words, shut up, get over it and don’t complain. To say that Martin’s death was a tragedy not just for his or for any one community is an outright lie. His death is a tragedy and a trauma more for black people than for any other group. Not only was his death not tragic to millions of Americans, but some were quite happy that Martin was killed and were happy when his murderer went free. “Tide of gun violence” meant only one thing. The president was in agreement with the white people who minimized Trayvon’s death by constantly bringing up violence within the black community. The “black on black violence” trope was intended to silence the outrage directed at Zimmerman’s slave patroller style murder.

Many people asked themselves why Obama said anything at all given that the Department of Justice announced it would investigate whether to file federal charges in the case. Those people miss the point entirely. He felt it important to speak to his people in the language they understand. The dog whistle range was clearly understood by the people he wanted to hear it.

In 2012 when the story of Martin’s death first became widely known Obama was caught off guard and had to throw black people a bone. He was forced to point out that if he had a son “he would look like Trayvon.” That was the last time he would publicly make a connection between himself and Trayvon Martin. All the more reason to blow the dog whistle at the opportune moment.

The crises facing black America did not become more acute when the verdict was announced. They were simply brought to the fore where they couldn’t be ignored. Times of crisis bring clarity. The clarity of the Zimmerman verdict is an ugly one. The verdict tells us that we remain defeated, an oppressed people surrounded by but dependent upon enemies. Our past victories are constantly undermined and we live a very precarious existence.

We don’t honor Trayvon Martin by shutting up and pretending that there is some mystery involved in preventing future hate crime murders. We honor him and ourselves by demanding justice. A few prominent cases of Zimmerman style vigilantes going to jail will prevent more killing. Obama and attorney general Eric Holder shouldn’t be let off the hook because they investigate this case. They must investigate all of them and use their power to end the “stand your ground” laws which are a license for racist murder. If we demand anything less, we are just helping to blow the dog whistle.

Margaret Kimberley‘s Freedom Rider column appears weekly in BAR, and is widely reprinted elsewhere. She maintains a frequently updated blog as well as at http://freedomrider.blogspot.com. 

Ms. Kimberley lives in New York City, and can be reached via e-Mail at Margaret.Kimberley(at)BlackAgendaReport.com.

Republished with permission from: Global Research

Peres urges EU to delay funding ban

0

Laborers work on a housing construction site in the Israeli settlement of Har Homa in east al-Quds. (file photo)

Israeli President Shimon Peres has called on the European Union to delay its newly-approved ban on funding projects in Israeli settlements built on Palestinian territories.

In a statement on Thursday, Peres joined the chorus of Israeli officials criticizing the EU decision to ban the blocâ„¢s dealing with Israeli institutions that operate in the occupied territories.

The EU is expected to release new guidelines on Friday for its 28 members to stop funding projects in Israeli settlements in al-Quds (Jerusalem), the West Bank or Golan Heights, which the Tel Aviv regime occupied during the 1967 war.

“The coming days are critical. Wait with your decision,” Peres said, adding the decision Å“could lead to another crisis in our region.”

“I appeal to our friends in Europe… do not lead a process of irresponsible sanctions which will torpedo diplomatic negotiations,” he also said.

Peres claimed that the new directive would undermine attempts by US Secretary of State John Kerry to relaunch peace talks between Israel and the Palestinian Authority.

Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu called Kerry on Wednesday, saying the ban will damage peace talks efforts.

The EUâ„¢s office in Israel said that Peres, Netanyahu and Kerry all contacted European Commission chief Jose Manuel Barroso on Wednesday and discussed the new ban.

The directive is expected to take effect next year.

The Tel Aviv regime has increased its illegal settlement expansion following an upgrade of Palestineâ„¢s status at the UN to a non-member observer state on November 29, 2012.

More than half a million Israelis live in over 120 settlements built since the 1967 Israeli occupation of the West Bank and East al-Quds. Much of the international community considers the settlements illegal.

Last month, UN Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon criticized Israelâ„¢s plan to build more than 1,000 new illegal units in the occupied West Bank.

SAB/KA

Republished with permission from: Press TV

NSA admits to spying on more people than previously thought

0

Testimony elicited during a Wednesday oversight hearing in Washington revealed that the United States intelligence community regularly collects email and telephone metadata from way more persons than previously thought.

Quizzed about the government’s investigative methods during a
House of Representatives Judiciary Committee hearing early
Wednesday, National Security Agency Deputy Director Chris Inglis
said that the government obtains basic information pertaining to
the communication records of potentially millions of more
Americans than leaked NSA documents previously suggested.

After former NSA contractor Edward Snowden released classified
files to the Guardian newspaper, journalists Glenn Greenwald and
Spencer Ackerman cited one of those documents that said US
investigators “analyzed networks with two degrees of
separation (two hops) from the target
” while conducting
probes.

“In other words, the NSA studied the online records of people
who communicated with people who communicated with targeted
individuals
,” the journalists wrote.

On Wednesday, however, Inglis enlarged the scope of that
surveillance program by saying the NSA actually investigates
persons that can come within three “hops” of an intelligence
target.

NSA analysts can perform “a second or third hop query,”
Inglis admitted during questioning.

Although powers vested in the US through the Foreign Intelligence
Surveillance Act forbid it from specifically targeting Americans,
lawmakers critical of the program have cautioned that the
personal data of too many US citizens are regularly swept up as
government officials attempt to connect-the-dots using telephone
and Internet metadata. By investigating persons within a third
degree of separation and not just two, authorities broaden their
probes by putting records from potentially millions of more
persons, American and otherwise, into their hands.

Weighing in after the revelation, the Guardian’s Ackerman
authored a new piece exploring just how extensive these powers
really are.

“A three-hop query means that the NSA can look at data not
only from a suspected terrorist, but from everyone that suspect
communicated with, and then from everyone those people
communicated with, and then from everyone all of those people
communicated with
,” Ackerman wrote.

“Do the math,” tweeted Cato Institute research fellow and
author Julian Sanchez. “Your whole contact list. All their
contact lists. All THOSE people’s contact lists. That’s a LOOOT
of people
.”

Philip Bump of The Atlantic Wire noted in his report after the
hearing that a University of Milan study in 201 found that
everyone on Internet, on average, is only 4.74 steps away from
anyone else. According to Inglis’ comment, the NSA can then
consider anyone within three of those steps when conducting an
investigation.

A Pew Internet study conducted that same year found that the
average American has 634 ties in their overall Internet network,
with more experienced Web surfers having that many more
connections.

Alex Abdo, a staff attorney at the American Civil Liberties
Union, told The Atlantic Wire that the “two-hop” standard
“will inevitably sweep in Americans,” notwithstanding the
government’s insistence that Americans aren’t targeted.

Republished with permission from: RT

'Bahraini resolve outdoes regime brutality'

0

A political analyst says the Al Khalifa regimeâ„¢s ongoing crackdown on Bahraini protesters is futile as the Persian Gulf nation is determined to continue its uprising, Press TV reports.

Mohsen Saleh, a professor at the Lebanese University and a Middle East expert, told Press TV on Wednesday that Manama continues its brutal attacks against anti-regime demonstrators because the Bahraini people are adamant in achieving their goals.

The analyst emphasized that the Å“ongoing crackdown and terrorism from the tribal regime” will fail to bear fruit.

Saleh also stated that the West and the Arab world will gradually break their silence on the situation in Bahrain in favor of the popular uprising and against the parties involved in the atrocities committed against the Bahraini people.

Since mid-February 2011, thousands of pro-democracy protesters have staged numerous demonstrations in the streets of Bahrain, calling for the Al Khalifa family to relinquish power.

Following the eruption of the protests, the Bahraini regime launched a brutal crackdown on the peaceful protests and called in Saudi-led Arab forces from neighboring states to assist the suppression.

Dozens of Bahraini people have been killed in the crackdown, and the security forces have arrested hundreds, including doctors and nurses.

Bahrainis say they will continue holding demonstrations until their demand for the establishment of a democratically-elected government is met.

MKA/SS/

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Dark Day for Liberty: Hedge's NDAA Challenge Thrown Out

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]

Hedges talks to supporters outside the Thurgood Marshall Courthouse Second Circuit Court of Appeals Feb. 6, 2013 (Photo via Flickr / pameladrew212 / Creative Commons License)The U.S.

[field_image_caption-raw]

read more

Republished with permission from: Common Dreams

Shame: Texas Abortion Bill Becomes Law Over Fierce Opposition

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]

Texas Governor Rick Perry signed into law Thursday morning a drastic anti-abortion bill that will decimate abortion access in the state, ban the procedure after 20 weeks, shutter clinics, and erode women's health services across the state.

[field_image_caption-raw]

read more

Republished with permission from: Common Dreams

Colorado Town Poised to be First to Issue Drone Hunting License

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]

Deer Trail, Colorado is poised to become the first town to issue a bounty for drones. (Screenshot: News7 Colorado)The small ranching hamlet of Deer Trail, Colorado is considering becoming the first US town to issue drone hunting licenses.

[field_image_caption-raw]

read more

Republished with permission from: Common Dreams

Social Engineering & Racial Division: The Trayvon Martin Tragedy

0

Contrived selective outrage prevents Americans from unifying against national security state

Paul Joseph Watson & Alex Jones
Infowars.com
July 18, 2013

The rights and wrongs of the confrontation between George Zimmerman and Trayvon Martin will continue to be debated, but what has emerged clearly from the relentless coverage of the story is a contrived agenda by the establishment to stir up racial animosity in America in order to undermine everybody’s rights — a form of social engineering that ultimately hurts everybody, no matter what their color or creed.

Image: Wikimedia Commons

One of the fundamental questions surrounding the Zimmerman trial is how the whole country was whipped up into a fervor of selective outrage over one black teenager being killed by a hispanic man, falsely labeled “white” by the media, when the problem of black on black violent crime completely dwarfs any notion that black people are being deliberately targeted by whites.

The likes of Al Sharpton, Jesse Jackson, Eric Holder and even Barack Obama himself all inserted themselves into the Trayvon Martin controversy in order to hype the threat posed by violent hate crimes against blacks, manufacturing a kind of universal white guilt that demanded “justice for Trayvon” not based on the facts of the case, but on emotional manipulation focused around the erroneous presumption that America had declared “open season” on murdering young black men.

In reality, according to Justice Department figures, 94 per cent of all blacks murdered in America every year are murdered by other black people, despite the fact that black Americans make up just 13 per cent of the US population. That’s 7,000 blacks murdered every year by other black people.

This statistic alone completely demolishes the narrative that the Zimmerman case represented a bellwether illustration of the threat posed to black people by racist hate crimes.

In addition, as black radio host Larry Elder points out, half of the murders in America are committed by black people, meaning that when old people and minors are taken out of the equation, 3 per cent of the population, predominantly young black men, are committing nearly 50 per cent of the murders in America. This statistic seems somewhat more concerning than the nationwide hand-wringing that has taken place as a result of the actions of a hispanic neighborhood watch captain in killing one black teen.

If people like Sharpton, Jackson, Holder and Obama really cared about black people being murdered, there would be a national conversation about these statistics. Instead, we have witnessed an 18 month obsession with one isolated incident in Florida.

Image: Wikimedia Commons

The primary threat to black people clearly stems from violent gangs and other black people, but this has been completely ignored by the media in favor of ginning up a racial divide that is completely contrived. More blacks are killed by other blacks in Chicago every weekend than the Ku Klux Klan killed over a period of 50 years.

The high murder rate of young black men has virtually nothing to do with the actions of white people, so why was the Zimmerman case hijacked by establishment black leaders and the media in order to insinuate this myth?

If the media wanted to initiate a national conversation about this issue, why did it fail to mention the 1,300 black babies who are killed every day in America through abortion? The simple answer is that the establishment isn’t interested in focusing on anything that cannot be blamed on white people because this doesn’t further their agenda of manufacturing racial division.

Racial Division: Divide and Conquer

Just as the state has sought to play groups off against each other for their own benefit as part of divide and conquer throughout history, black people are also being targeted with aggressive programs of social engineering to keep them dependent on big government.

Ever since infamous social engineers Clarence Gamble and Margaret Sanger wrote about the need to hire black leaders in order to hoodwink blacks into voting for their own eventual “extermination,” black Americans have been the unwitting victims of a sustained program to keep them downtrodden and reliant on the system via government hand outs, cultural cannibalism, and societal manipulation.

To achieve this con trick, the government found it necessary to create a common enemy against which blacks must appear to be defended by the state — racist white people. The Democrat Party, despite being responsible for founding the KKK, then set themselves up as the representatives of black America while behind the scenes scheming to cynically exploit and manipulate them as a voting block through which to undermine constitutional rights like the second amendment.

Image: Wikimedia Commons

The likes of Sharpton and Jackson perpetuate racial division by promulgating the myth that racist white America continues to subjugate black people, when in reality such subjugation comes directly from law enforcement, the state, and an establishment pop culture narrative that encourages black people to act like thuggish hip hop stars.

Meanwhile, true black leaders like Martin Luther King who encourage racial harmony between blacks and whites are murdered by the state.

Social Engineering

It is very appropriate that Trayvon Martin’s Family Attorney told Fox News that her first role was to act as a “social engineer” given that social engineering lay at the core of the entire George Zimmerman controversy.

The Obama administration seized control of the affair from the very beginning with the Justice Department funding pro-Trayvon protests last year in order to create public pressure that led to Zimmerman’s arrest after local police had already satisfied themselves that Zimmerman had acted in self defense and that no charges were necessary.

The ex-Sanford police chief Bill Lee also went public to reveal that the case had been hijacked “in a number of ways” by outside forces and that “he felt pressure from city officials to arrest Zimmerman to placate the public rather than as a matter of justice.”

In one sense, the Zimmerman trial served as an extremely useful distraction from the myriad of scandals that plagued the Obama administration in the weeks before the case came to dominate US television networks. The NSA PRISM controversy, the IRS targeting conservative groups story and the AP hacking probe all virtually disappeared from the headlines as the nation obsessed over every development in a Florida courtroom.

However, once the fix was in and the Obama administration secured its show trial, it didn’t really matter whether Zimmerman was found guilty or not. The political hijacking of the case was about contriving selective outrage and then channeling that outrage into the demonization of the right to self-defense, the right to own guns and the sanctity of juries, while at the same time driving a further wedge between black and white America.

Instead of unifying around the universal liberties enshrined in the constitution and coming together to stand up to an out of control national security state that is spying on all Americans, stealing their financial future and erecting a police state, the Trayvon Martin tragedy allowed Americans to be tricked into buying into the politics of racial division while ignoring their true common enemy.

*********************

Paul Joseph Watson is the editor and writer for Infowars.com and Prison Planet.com. He is the author of Order Out Of Chaos. Watson is also a host for Infowars Nightly News.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Thursday, July 18, 2013 at 11:38 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Syria militants blast gas, fuel pipelines

0

An explosion hits a major oil pipeline feeding a refinery in Syriaâ„¢s western city of Homs, sending plumes of black smoke into the sky. (File photo)

Foreign-backed militants in Syria have blown up gas and fuel pipelines that feed power stations in the countryâ„¢s south, causing a blackout in the region.

Syrian Minister of Electricity Imad Khamis said the sabotage attack was carried out on Thursday and caused power cuts in the provinces of Daraâ„¢a, Sweida, Quneitra, Damascus and Rif Dimashq, SANA reported.

Khamis said repair teams from the Ministry of Petroleum and Mineral Resources would immediately start repair work at the site, adding that about 20 percent of the region’s need for electricity was ensured,

Anti-government forces have been blowing up gas and oil pipelines across the country since the breakout of violence in 2011.

In May 2012, armed gangs set on fire an oil pipeline belonging to al-Furat Oil Company in the eastern city of Deir ez-Zor, which is located some 420 kilometers (262 miles) northeast of the capital, Damascus.

On October 18, militants attacked two oil and gas pipelines running between Deir ez-Zor and the city of Palmyra in central Syria.

Militants also blew up a section of a gas pipeline near Deir ez-Zor, which resulted in the loss of some 1.5 million cubic meters of natural gas.

Syria has been gripped by deadly unrest since 2011. According to the United Nations, more than 90,000 people have been killed and millions of others displaced in the violence.

Damascus says the chaos is being orchestrated from outside the country, and there are reports that a very large number of the militants are foreign nationals.

The Syrian government says the West and its regional allies — especially Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and Turkey — are supporting the militants.

MRS/SS/HMV

Republished with permission from: Press TV

The University of California and the Military Industrial Complex

0

Department of Homeland Security secretary Janet Napolitano’s nomination to be the 22nd president of the University of California announced days ago has already provoked skepticism and opposition from numerous faculty and students. Christopher Newfield, a professor of English at UCSB, wrote on his widely read blog that Napolitano is “unqualified to be a university president,” due to her lack of academic background and knowledge of how universities operate. “She has no political network in California,” added Newfield, “no local knowledge of the players, no constituency in the state, no national or state-based academic network, no direct understanding of the state’s history or current society.”

The UC’s graduate student union which represents thousands of student employees across the ten campuses, from Berkeley to San Diego, stated in a press release that they are “shocked and troubled,” by Napolitano’s nomination. “We fear that this decision will further expand the privatization, mismanagement, and militarized repression of free speech that characterized Mark Yudof’s presidency and will threaten the quality and accessibility of education.”

Yudof of course was UC’s cigar chomping, bald, and gruff president recruited from the University of Texas in 2008 to replace Robert C. Dynes and whip the school’s administration into shape. Dynes was a physicist who presided over various scandals including one that has been emblematic of the decline of universities across the U.S. over the past two decades: bloated and growing executive compensation packages even while colleges trim their budgets, lay off faculty, and hike tuition. UC’s executives were lambasted in the press for their six-figure salaries and cronyism until the Regents, that lofty board of millionaires, mostly friends and donors to the Governor of California given ultimate power of the nation’s largest university, told Dynes it was time to retire back to his laboratory at San Diego.

Napolitano is a departure from Yudof and Dynes in that she doesn’t appear to have been selected purely for her unique qualifications to handle the crisis de jour for the University. Yudof cleaned up Dynes’ mess. Dynes was recruited by several of the Regents in order to assemble Los Alamos National Security, LLC, a private corporation in which the university is a partner with Bechtel. LANS, as it’s called, was a creature to necessity; in the early 2000s another set of scandals –spying, theft, and various deadly accidents– threatened one of the UC’s most prized possessions, it’s sole, lucrative, and much coveted contract to manage the nation’s largest nuclear weapons laboratory in the high desert of the Land of Enchantment, New Mexico. Dynes arrived largely to assemble the UC’s joint bid for the contract with Bechtel and a few other large military-industrial corporations. He was successful in keeping UC wed to the nuclear lab.

Prior to Dynes was Richard Atkinson, an academic’s academic, a former head of the National Science Foundation, and Chancellor of UC San Deigo. Many UC faculty today look back on Atkinson as the ideal type, his reign the good old days, the high water mark for UC, untainted by worldly corruption and materialism, a set of little cities upon golden California hills where patient scientists and scholars could plod away at their research unhurried and secure in tenure and prestige.

But the UC has always been run by cops, spooks, weaponeers, and financiers at the top. The very first board of Regents in 1868 included William Ralston, California’s top banker whose wealth was built from deposits of the Comstock silver mines, and whose financial empire collapsed upon his wild speculative schemes. The second board of Regents included Irving Scott, a proto-Northrop Grumman building warships for the U.S. military. Scott’s company, the Union Iron Works, built the USS Oregon battleship which was deployed in the 1890s to the Philippines where it shelled the filipinos into submission — for their own childish good said UC’s leaders.

UC’s tenth president was selected partly based on his anthropological work in service of the growing U.S. imperium in Asia. David Prescott Barrows led the Bureau of Non-Christian Tribes, “re-educating” the Filipinos, indoctrinating them into American culture, and the English language used by their new rulers. Barrows was molding colonial subjects. He once wrote as if he were molding play dough: “the physique of the Filipino is also being modified for the better. The race is physically small, but agile, athletic and comely.” Barrows concluded in a patriarchal tone, “in the face of these benefits the Filipinos are not unappreciative.”

By the time Clark Kerr took the reigns of UC in the 1960s era, UC had become the uncontested heavy weight champion of the military-industrial-academic complex. Yale could certainly boast deeper ties and more recruits sent yearly to the CIA, but UC Berkeley had John McCone, industrialist, weapons manufacturer, and chairman of the Atomic Energy Commission, and for his crowning achievement in the halls of the national security state, director of the CIA from 1961 to 1965. Yale sent the future spied, Berkeley’s patron McCone ran the show. Today there is a building named after McCone on Berkeley’s campus, but history is alive. If one looks deeper into UC’s federal labs, and into its administration and faculty, one will find live lines to Langley.

McCone was just one among many of UC’s ultra-powerful spooks and Pentagon dons who sloshed money and personnel and gadgetry between Washington and California. After Clark Kerr’s ouster by right-wing, red hunting Regents and the nation’s paranoid FBI director, Charles Hitch took over the nation’s biggest and still fast growing university. Hitch was an economist brought to UC Berkeley to teach business, but his scholarly expertise lay in the economics of military budgeting. Among his greatest hits: The Economics of Defense in the Nuclear Age; Decision-Making for Defense; The Defense Sector and the American Economy, and; Defense Economic Issues, all very dry tomes patiently and authoritatively discussing the most scientifically effective ways to spend billions of tax dollars on nuclear-tipped intercontinental missiles. Professor Hitch was appointed assistant secretary of defense by Kennedy just prior to his taking the post of UC president. It was a natural progression.

Skeptics of Napolitano’s nomination to be UC president point out that running a big federal bureaucracy doesn’t make for skills transferable to UC, but in Hitch’s case that was in fact part of the reason the Regents selected him. Hitch was a budget man for the Cold War defense contractors and Uncle Sam. He was also chairman of the Budget Review Board and the Capital Outlay Review Board for UC while on faculty. So what better man to run the entire integrated show, not just lecturing and writing about how to budget the military-industrial-academic complex, but in fact drafting the operative budgets for the Pentagon and later the UC?

Napolitano does differ from the previous 21 white men who presided over the University of California in being a woman. She’s not different at all with respect to her career and connections to the national security state. Plenty of UC’s leaders, from Chancellors to the Regents to the President have been insiders in the Pentagon, the nuclear weapons complex, and other branches of the warfare state. However, DHS chief Napolitano is unlike the previous UC presidents in that she an academic outsider, and that is the singular and new difference she signals, a full departure from a presidency that once required the credentials of scholarship and pedagogy.

Darwin Bond-Graham, a contributing editor to CounterPunch, is a sociologist and author who lives and works in Oakland, CA. His essay on economic inequality in the “new” California economy appears in the July issue of CounterPunch magazine. He is a contributor to Hopeless: Barack Obama and the Politics of Illusion

Republished with permission from: Counterpunch

Texas governor Perry signs restrictive abortion bill into law

0

Texas Gov. Rick Perry has signed one of the nation’s most restrictive and controversial abortion bills into law, despite weeks of heated protests in the Lone Star State’s capital.

Perry signed the contentious legislation at a ceremony on
Thursday morning, thereby drastically reducing access to
abortions across the state.  About 20 protesters stood
solemnly outside the Capitol, wearing black instead of their
usual orange t-shirts. The group of activists held sheets of
paper spelling out “S-H-A-M-E.”

But the protesters were barred from entering the capitol
auditorium where Perry signed the measure. The seats were
reserved solely for invited guests, staff members and the press,
many of which commended the bill’s passage. 

“It was truly the hand of God,” Rep. Jodie Laubenberg
(R-Parker), who sponsored the bill, said of the legislation’s
success at the signing ceremony. 

“It is happy, celebratory day,” Perry told the crowd of
more than 100 people. “It is our responsibility to give voice
to the unborn… It is also our responsibility to protect the
health of women.”

The auditorium erupted in applause, but outside the room,
protesters chanted in heated opposition to a bill that has
generated stark controversy for weeks. “Shame!
Shame!”
the activists shouted, which could be heard from
inside the auditorium. 

Abortion rights protesters rally after the state Senate passed legislation restricting abortion rights in Austin, Texas early July 13, 2013. (Reuters/Mike Stone)

House Bill 2 outlaws abortions after 20 weeks of pregnancy, which
is four weeks earlier than the Supreme Court’s landmark decision
in Roe v. Wade. Previously, abortions in the state of Texas were
legal up to 26 weeks of pregnancy.

New regulations set by the legislation would also close down 37
of the state’s 42 health clinics for women, leaving open just
five clinics in the country’s second most populous state. The
bill requires clinics to become ambulatory surgical centers in
order to perform any abortive procedure. 

State Sen. Wendy Davis (D-Fort Worth) staged an 11-hour
filibuster during the first special session, effectively delaying
the vote. But after Perry called a second meeting to ensure a
vote on the bill, the legislature passed the measure with
majority Republican support. Sen. Eddie Lucio (D-Brownsville) was
the only Democrat to vote for the bill. 

Pro-choice advocates held protests for weeks, the most dramatic
of which took place during Davis’ filibuster on June 25.
Pro-choice activists generally wore orange t-shirts, while
pro-life activists wore blue.

Critics argue that by shutting down most abortion clinics in the
state, the legislation would make it difficult for low-income
women to travel to faraway clinics and force them to instead seek
dangerous back-alley abortions. With a limited number of clinics,
the cost of an abortion is expected to triple.

Abortion rights protesters rally inside the State Capitol after the state Senate passed legislation restricting abortion rights in Austin, Texas, July 13, 2013. (Reuters/Mike Stone)

Cecile Richards, president of Planned Parenthood, on Thursday
condemned Perry for limiting women’s’ ability to acquire an
abortion in the state.

“The bill signed into law by Governor Perry today makes a
terrible situation for women’s health even worse,”
Richards
told the Washington Post. “Already, Rick Perry and other
politicians have cut more than 130,000 Texas women off from basic
preventive health care, including lifesaving cancer screenings
and well-woman check-ups, and this new law will severely limit
access to safe and legal abortion, which will cause women to
resort to desperate and dangerous measures.”

Pro-choice Democrats and reproductive rights organizations,
including Planned Parenthood and the American Civil Liberties
Union of Texas, have vowed to challenge the law’s
constitutionality in court. Lawsuits challenging House Bill
2 would most likely be based on the Roe v. Wade Supreme Court
rulings, which concluded that states cannot create substantial
obstacles to women seeking abortions.

“The next battle is going to be a court challenge.
Immediately. Without question,”
State Sen. Royce West
(D-Dallas) told the Huffington Post last week. “As soon as
it’s signed by the governor, it’s going to be challenged.”

The law is scheduled to go into effect in October.

Republished with permission from: RT

Is Testosterone the New Estrogen?

0

It’s only been ten years since estrogen replacement was huckstered as a sexual fountain of youth. Women don’t lose their hormones because they get old, they get old because they lose their hormones was the lucrative sales pitch. Hormone replacement therapy was practically a right of passage for US women—promised as the way to keep their looks and husbands, making billions for Wyeth which is now Pfizer.

But ten years ago a federal study found hormone replacement drugs in women greatly increased the risk of breast cancer, ovarian cancer, heart attacks, stroke, blood clots and dementia, The one-size-fits-all hormone replacement was not just worthless—it was causing many of the things it was supposed to prevent.

Public health agencies and medical groups had major egg on their face when millions of women quit hormones in 2003. The incidence of breast cancer in the US fell actually fell seven percent and 15 percent for tumors fed by estrogen. Heart attacks in women also fell. The “cause” of cancer was in clear site and it wasn’t lifestyle, genetics or environmental factors—it was Big Pharma!

It was even more embarrassing to public health officials because the whole sequence had occurred before. The same drops in cancer had been seen thirty years earlier when estrogen-only therapy was used. At that time, women quit hormone therapy then because of its links to endometrial cancer…whereupon progesterone was added to prevent endometrial cancer. Who can say short memory?

It’s no secret that testosterone is the new estrogen for both men and women. Marketed to men, it is a way to stay young and virile and maintain “performance” as the radio ads say. Marketed to women, testosterone is a way to recapture waning sexual desire and boost the libido. Two new pills to boost women’s libidos are under consideration by the FDA. One contains testosterone and adds sildenafil, the active ingredient in Viagra. The other contains testosterone with the antidepressant buspirone. The drugs have a peppermint-flavored testosterone coating said to “melt in the mouth” allowing the second ingredient to kick in. They are advancing in the FDA approval process and expected to be cleared for larger clinical trials soon. If all goes well, they could be on the market in two years.

Yet marketing male hormones to women is not new and not without controversy. A testosterone patch made by Procter & Gamble to increase women’s sexual desire has already been rejected by the FDA. Some say Intrinsa, denied approval by the FDA in 2004, failed to fly because it came too soon after the Vioxx debacle which many attributed to the FDA’s hasty, industry-friendly approval. Marketed as a super aspirin for everyday arthritis or menstrual discomfort, Vioxx resulted in 88,000 heart attacks and 38,000 deaths before it was withdrawn from the market, according to published reports.

Intrinsa produced only “small improvements in sexual parameters and large placebo responses,” said a review in Drug and Therapeutics Bulletin that proved a nail in the drug’s coffin. “Unwanted side effects are common and not always reversible.” Who can guess what those side effects are? Nor did it help that three women testified during FDA hearings for Intrinsa that they had developed breast cancer while using it.

Have public health officials, doctors and women learned anything from the first two hormone marketing scourges? Or will testosterone be number three?

Martha Rosenberg is an investigative health reporter. She is the author of  Born With A Junk Food Deficiency: How Flaks, Quacks and Hacks Pimp The Public Health (Prometheus).

Republished with permission from: Counterpunch

US preparing for military action in Syria, top US general says

3

President Barack Obama is considering using military force in Syria, and the Pentagon has prepared various scenarios for possible United States intervention.

Army Gen. Martin Dempsey, chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff,
said the Obama administration is deliberating whether or not it
should use the brute of the US military in Syria during a
Thursday morning Senate hearing.

Gen. Dempsey said the administration was considering using
“kinetic strikes” in Syria and said “issue is under
deliberation inside of our agencies of government
,” the
Associated Press reported from Washington.

Dempsey, 61, is the highest ranking officer in the US military
and has been nominated by Pres. Obama to serve a second term in
that role. The Senate Armed Services Committee questioned him
Thursday morning as part of the nominating process when Dempsey
briefly discussed the situation in Syria.

Last month, the Obama administration concluded that Syrian
President Bashar al-Assad used chemical weapons during the
ongoing battles. Deputy National Security Advisor for Strategic
Communications Ben Rhodes said, “The intelligence community
estimates that 100 to 150 people have died from detected chemical
weapons attacks in Syria to date; however, casualty data is
likely incomplete
.”

Pres. Obama said previously that the use of chemical weapons
would cross a “red line” and likely trigger American
intervention. When the White House concluded Assad had relied on
chemical warfare, Rhodes said, “both the political and the
military opposition . . . is and will be receiving US
assistance
.” 

That claim was met with skepticism, though. The Syrian Foreign
Ministry called Obama’s claims a “caravan of lies.” Vitaly
Churkin, Russia’s ambassador to the United Nations, later
presented to the UN evidence supplied to his government that
suggested the Syrian opposition fighters used chemical weapons.

With regards to foreign intervention, UN Secretary General Ban Ki
Moon said, “Providing arms to either side would not address
this current situation
.” Sen. Rand Paul (R-Kentucky) and his
father, former congressman Ron Paul (R-Texas) have also cautioned
the White House against aiding Syrian rebels.

“You will be funding today the allies of al Qaeda” by
aiding Syrian rebels, Sen. Paul said in May.

On his part, the retired lawmaker from Texas insisted that the
administration’s lead up to possible intervention is
“identical to the massive deception campaign that led us into
the Iraq War
.”

That isn’t to say the GOP is entirely opposed to taking any
action. Although directly using the American military – either
through boots-on-the-ground or unmanned aircraft – has been
rarely discussed in public, Sens. John McCain (R-Arizona) and
Lindsey Graham (R-SC), two long-time leaders within the
Republican party, have been relentless with efforts to equip
opposition fighters.

“I don’t care what it takes,” Graham told Foreign Policy’s
The Cable earlier this year. “If the choice is to send in
troops to secure the weapons sites versus allowing chemical
weapons to get in the hands of some of the most violent people in
the world, I vote to cut this off before it becomes a
problem
.”

Other US officials have previously said Washington is considering
implementing a no-fly zone above Syria, and last month the
Pentagon left a fleet of F-16 fighter planes and its Patriot
anti-missile system on the border of neighboring Jordan following
a routine military drill.

Republished with permission from: RT